24 Electrical Power

Customer : HIM Manual : AMM
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321 Selected applicability : 002-002

Rev. Date : Aug 01, 2017
24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
** ON A/C ALL
24-00 - ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL
24-00-00 - ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL
24-00-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - ELECTRICAL POWER

- GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Power - General Schematic)
Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 1 of 1294

AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.
301PP
11PB
CSM/G CONTROL UNIT

6XE
PANEL 35VU 1PB2 702PP

5PB2
BCL-2
704PP
BAT2
PANEL 21VU SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2 3PB2
1PB1
701PP B
BCL-1 12PB1 1PR
103PP
3PN1 703PP
5PB1
BAT1
101PP SHUNT
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1 3PB1
DC BUS 1 1PP BAT BUS 3PP C

1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
3XB
5PU1 5XB
28
115 2XB 6PH
D
STATIC
INV 901XP
12XB
1PU1 801XP
TR1 AC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION
24-50-00 AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP
115VAC
110XP 8XH
7XN1 21XN1
131XPA 431XPC
5XN1 26V 4XH 26V
2PU1 15XN1 5XH
103XP 401XP
3XN1 115VAC
101XP AC ESS BUS 4XP
1XN1
AC BUS 1 1XP E
1XC
115VAC
3XC
3XC1 3XC2
15XE
F
15XE2 15XE1
G
BTC-1
GLC-1 11XU1 GLC-APU EPC
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS
H
GCU-1 28-21-00
1XU1 GEN APU GAPCU EXTERNAL
4000XU 8XS
1 GEN 24XG POWER
RECEPTACLE
N_MM_240000_0_ANM0_01_00
Figure 24-00-00-11200-00-Q / SHEET 1/2 - Electrical Power - General Schematic

** ON A/C ALL

802PP
10PH
A 35XE 801PP
APU START DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP
6KA 10KA 5KA 49-42-00
28VDC
8PH
20PC
2PR 401PP
502PP
501PP DC ESS BUS 4PP
5PR 8PR 4PC
208PP 28VDC
206PP
6PN
B
204PP 601PP
3PN2
602PP
202PP
1PN2
C DC BUS 2 2PP DC SVCE BUS 6PP

7PN 8PN
28VDC
28VDC
210PP
3PX
11PN 10PN 212PP
D
5PU2 3PE
AC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION
24-50-00
220XP 1PX
28XN 27XN 218XP
1PU2 1PE
210XP
7XN2 21XN2 TR2 ESS TR
231XPA
5XN2 26V
15XN2
204XP
3XN2
214XP
202XP 4XX 16XX
1XN2
E AC BUS 2 2XP 216XP
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC 4PE
212XP
10XN 12XN
ELEC PUMP-Y
3801GX 3805GX 29-24-00
F
G GLC-EMERG
BTC-2 1XX 14XX 2XE
11XU2 GLC-2
9XU2 2XX 12XX
H
3802GX 3806GX
CSM/G
GCU-2 GEN CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
1XU2 2 4000XU
1XE
N_MM_240000_0_ANM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

A. Generation
Two Integrated Drive Generators (IDG) normally supply the aircraft electrical power in flight ; each engine
drives one generator.
The APU drives a third, auxiliary, generator (APU GEN) which can replace either main generator (GEN 1 or
GEN 2).
The generators supply the distribution network with alternating current.
Two Transformer Rectifiers (TR) supply, in normal configuration, the distribution network with direct current.
In the event of major failure, a constant-speed hydraulic motor drives an emergency generator (CSM/G) to
supply the systems required for aircraft control.
On the ground, an electrical Ground Power Unit (GPU) can supply the aircraft. The APU GEN can also be
an independant power source.
B. General Arrangement of the Distribution Network
In normal flight configuration, each IDG supplies its own distribution network via its Line Contactor (GLC).
The two IDGs are never electrically coupled.
The distribution network 1 consists of:
the Alternating Current Bus 1 (AC BUS 1),
the Alternating Current Essential Bus (AC ESS BUS),
the Alternating Current Sheddable Essential Bus (AC SHED ESS BUS).
The distribution network 2 corresponds to the Alternating Current Bus 2 (AC BUS 2).
The TR 1 powered from the AC BUS 1 supplies through its contactor:
the Direct Current Bus 1 (DC BUS 1),
the Direct Current Battery Bus (DC BAT BUS),
the Direct Current Essential Bus (DC ESS BUS),
the Direct Current Sheddable Essential Bus (DC SHED ESS BUS).
Two batteries are associated with the DC BAT BUS.
The TR 2 powered from the AC BUS 2 supplies the Direct Current Bus 2 (DC BUS 2) through its contactor.
In case of loss of the TR 1 or the TR 2, a third Essential Transformer Rectifier (ESS TR) powered from the
AC BUS 1, supplies through its contactor:
the DC ESS BUS,
the DC SHED ESS BUS.
In certain failure configurations, the AC ESS BUS and the AC SHED ESS BUS plus, via the ESS TR, the
DC ESS BUS and the DC SHED ESS BUS can be supplied by:
the AC BUS 2 if the AC BUS 1 is lost,
the CSM/G more especially in emergency configuration or smoke emergency configuration.
Two sheddable AC and DC busbars are powered respectively by the GLC 2 and the TR 2 and controlled by
two contactors. These AC busbars are automatically shedded in the single generator configuration and the
DC busbars in the single generator and single TR configurations.
2. Component Location
A. Main Component Location
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Power - Component Location SHEET 1)

(IDG 2)
4000XU
A
8XS
24XG 1XU2
90VU
1XU1
8XE
4000XU
20XG (IDG 1)
RADOME ACCESS DOOR
FR3
109VU 811
811
FR5
FWD ELECTRONIC RACK 90VU
108VU A
FR9
103VU
1XE 105VU
FR11 BAT 70VU
TR 1
1PE TR
FR13 822
812 BCL1
BCL2 BAT
FR15 2
106VU
107VU
3XB
NOSE LDG/GR
WELL
824
FR23 187VU 63VU

188VU
AFT ELECTRONIC RACK 80VU
N_MM_240000_0_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-00-00-13600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Power - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Control and Indicating - Component Location SHEET 1)

A B
PANEL 35VU
COMMERCIAL 35VU
DC BUS 1 BAT 1 1 BAT 2 BAT 2 DC BUS 2
FAULT FAULT AC ESS FEED 2000VU CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
OFF . V
OFF OFF
. V
FAULT
E GALLEY E CL 90 t
A AC BUS 1 AC ESS BUS ALTN AC BUS 2
L FAULT U L N1
E T
O E 4 6 8 4 6 8
OFF
BUS TIE
C A
C 2 10 2 10
IDG 1 0 72 5
U
T
IDG 2 0 72 5 1500
GEN 1 APU GEN EXT PWR GEN 2 6200 6200
OFF O
mc
FAULT FAULT FAULT AVAIL FAULT FAULT EGT
4 6 8 4 6 8 T .FUEL= 13900
OFF OFF ON OFF
t
2 10 2 10
0 130 0 130 SLP19 FLAP9
85 0 N2 95 0 0
E IGNITION
ANTI ICI
SEAT BELT
PANEL 21VU NO SMOKING
APU AVAIL
EMER ELEC PWR MAX COOL
EMER GEN TEST MAN ON
RAT
BL & R
GEN 1 LINE EMER GEN
SMOKE
FAULT A
U
OFF T
O A 4WT1
E DU ECAM,UPPER
D C
B
SYSTEM REPORT / TEST
AC GEN
ELEC
TR 1
C
GCU EMER TR 2 BAT 1 BAT 2
BCL 1 TR 3
D ELEC
28 V DC BAT 28 V
150 A 150 A
BCL 2 D DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
RETURN 28 V ESS TR EMER GEN 28 V
150 A 150 A
DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA AC 1 AC ESS AC 2

RAD FUEL SEC MCDU
F-PLN NAV PRED F-PLN GEN 1 GEN 2
MENU
26 % APU 26 %
AIR
PORT A B C D E 116 V 116 V
NEXT
4 0 0 HZ 4 0 0 HZ
PAGE F G H I J
IDG 1 C 90 80 C IDG 2
1 2 3 K L M N O
TAT 19 C G.W. 60300 KG

+ +
4 5 6 P Q R S T
SAT 18 C C.G. 28 1 %
7 8 9 U V W X Y
. 0 / Z
- + OVFY CLR
4WT2
MCDU DU ECAM,LOWER
N_MM_240000_0_AEQ0_01_00
Figure 24-00-00-13700-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Control and Indicating - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

FIN FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION PANEL ZO AC- ATA REF

NE CESS
DOOR
1PE TR-ESS 125 24-34-51
3XB STAT INV 126 24-28-51
1XE CONTROL UNIT-CSM/G 125 24-24-34
8XE CSM/G 148 24-24-51
20XG RCPT-EXT PWR 121AL 120 24-41-51
8XS GEN-APU 316 24-23-51
1XU1 GCU-1 91VU 121 24-22-34
1XU2 GCU-2 91VU 121 24-22-34
4000XU IDG 435 24-21-51
24XG GAPCU 92VU 122 24-41-34
3. System Description
A. AC Generation and Distribution
(Ref. Fig. AC Generation and Distribution - Schematic SHEET 1)

IDG 1 R GEN 1
FAULT FAULT
TR1
OFF 115 VAC
BUS 1 4XP
GLC-1 BTC-1
GEN 1
GCU-1 GEN 1 LINE BUS TIE

A
SMOKE O O U
IDG 2 R GEN 2 T
OFF OFF
O
FAULT FAULT
OFF
115 VAC
BUS 2 2XP TR2
GLC-2
GEN 2
BTC-2
GCU-2
APU FAULT
GEN
OFF
GLC-APU
APU
GEN
115 VAC
GAPCU SVCE BUS 2
212XP
EPC 214XP
216XPC
901XP
EXT PWR AC STAT
INV
AC ESS FEED
AC ESS
FAULT BUS 115 VAC
115 VAC SHED ESS BUS
ALTN ESS BUS 4XP 8XP
SWITCHING
CNTOR
EXT PWR
AVAIL
ON
BL EMER STAT
GEN INV
TEST
AC ESS BUS EMER CNTR ESS TR
GLC-EMERG
CSM/G
CSM/G
CONTROL UNIT
N_MM_240000_0_AGN0_01_01
Figure 24-00-00-13800-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - AC Generation and Distribution - Schematic

** ON A/C ALL

(1) Generation
(a) Main Generator, APU GEN, Generator Control Unit (GCU) and Ground and Auxiliary
Power Control Unit (GAPCU).
Each generator is controlled, via a GCU and via the GAPCU for the APU generator, by a GEN
pushbutton switch located on the ELEC panel on the overhead panel.
The leading particulars of the generator are:
nominal power: 90 KVA at the POR,
voltage: 115 V/200 V, three-phase, 400 Hz.
The main functions of the GCU and GAPCU are:
to regulate the generator voltage by the field current,
to protect the network and the generator by control of the associated GLC and the generator field
current,
to provide BITE information to the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS),
to control the warnings associated with the corresponding channel.
Each GCU and the GAPCU include a BITE and self monitoring system which:
analyzes most of the faults that affect the channel,
memorizes the corresponding data in a non-volatile memory.
In addition the lower ECAM display unit receives the electrical parameters and warnings dealing with
the channel concerned.
(b) CSM/G drive
In emergency conditions, a hydraulic motor speed-controlled by a servo-valve speed regulator drives
the CSM/G. The regulator uses the oil flow from the Blue Hydraulic system to maintain the CSM/G at
a constant speed.
In normal conditions, an electric pump supplies the Blue hydraulic system. In emergency conditions,
the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) supplies the Blue system.
(c) CSM/G and CSM/G control unit
Loss of the AC BUS 1 and AC BUS 2 automatically controls the RAT and the CSM/G.
The MAN ON guarded pushbutton switch located on the EMER ELEC PWR panel on the cockpit
overhead panel serves to manually control the RAT and the CSM/G. This control is redundant with
the automatic RAT deployment.
The CSM/G control unit enables full control of the CSM/G.
The leading particulars of the CSM/G are:
Nominal Power: 5 KVA at POR
Voltage: 115/200 VAC, three-phase, 400 Hz.
The main functions of the control unit are:
to control the servo-valve excitation for speed regulation,
to protect the network and the generator by control of the associated GLC and the generator field
current.
The EMER GEN TEST guarded pushbutton switch on the EMER ELEC PWR panel allows to test the
CSM/G on the ground, with the Blue electric pump running.
(d) Static inverter
The static inverter, with a 1000 VA nominal power, transforms the direct current from the battery 1
into a single phase, 115 V 400 Hz, alternating current.
The static inverter is automatically activated if AC BUS 1 and AC BUS 2 are lost and the CSM/G is
unavailable.
For maintenance purposes, the static inverter delivers FAULT indication to the Centralized Fault
Display System (CFDS) through the two Battery Charge Limiters (BCL).
(2) Transfer Circuit
The transfer circuit enables supply of either AC electrical network or both from one of the four power
sources (GEN 1, GEN 2, APU GEN, EXT PWR) via the Bus Transfer Contactors (BTC). BTC control
is entirely automatic and depends on the availability of these sources and the correct condition of each
network. The BTC 1 closes, if no interlock condition exists on the GCU 1:

when the GEN 1 is not available, in order to supply the network 1 from another power source (GEN 2
APU GEN or EXT PWR),
to supply the network 2 from the GEN 1, if the GEN 2, APU GEN and EXT PWR are not available.
The BTC 2 control is symmetrical to BTC 1.
The GCU 1 or GCU 2 enables closure of the BTC 1 or BTC 2 if no overcurrent condition and no "GLC
welded" failure occurred (Ref. AMM D/O 24-22-00-00) .
The networks 1 and 2 are supplied in priority order:
by the corresponding generator,
by the ground power unit,
by the APU GEN,
or by the other generator.
NOTE: Locking of the two BTCs and isolation of the two channels is possible by action on the BUS TIE
pushbutton switch; this control is located on the ELEC panel on the cockpit overhead panel.
(3) Distribution
The alternating current distribution network comprises three independent parts.
The network 1 mainly comprises the AC BUS 1, the AC ESS BUS and the AC SHED ESS BUS which
are three-phase, 115 V/400 Hz busses.
The AC BUS 1 supplies the essential busses in series.
The AC BUS 1 and the AC ESS BUS also deliver 26 V/400 Hz power supply through their 115/26 V
transformer.
In the event of AC BUS 1 loss, AC ESS BUS and the AC SHED ESS BUS can be manually restored by
the transfer of power supply directly from the AC BUS 2. It is possible to perform the transfer by action
on the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch on the ELEC panel, after illumination of the FAULT legend.
In the event of AC BUS 1 and AC BUS 2 loss (emergency configuration), the AC ESS BUS and AC
SHED ESS BUS are restored on the CSM/G when the RAT hydraulic power is available.
During RAT deployment or when the following two conditions are both met:
main landing gear compressed,
and A/C speed below 100 Knots,
AC ESS BUS and AC STAT INV BUS are supplied by battery 1 via the static inverter.
The network 2 includes the AC BUS 2 which is a three-phase, 115 VAC/400 Hz bus.
It also delivers 26 VAC/400 Hz power supply through a 115/26 VAC transformer.
NOTE: To carry out ground service operations (Ref. Para. C.), the external power receptacle provides
independent and direct supply to a part of the network 2.
B. DC Generation and Distribution
(Ref. Fig. DC Generation and Distribution - Schematic SHEET 1)

28 VDC
115 VAC TR 1 BUS 1 - 1PP
BUS 1 - 1XP TR 1 CNTOR 1 BAT 2
28 VDC BAT 1 BAT 2
HOT BUS - 701PP FAULT FAULT
V V
OFF OFF
28 VDC 703PP
Print Date: September 21, 2017

DC NORM BAT BUS - 3PP BAT 1
BUS 2
SWITCHING
CNTOR
BCL
DC NORM BAT 2
BUS 1
SWITCHING
Customer : HIM
CNTOR 704PP
115 VAC
BUS 2 - 2XP TR 2
28 VDC
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
HOT BUS
702PP
28 VDC
BUS 2 - 2PP
115 VAC BCL
SVCE BUS 2
** ON A/C ALL
212XP STAT INV
214XP 901XP CNTR
28 VDC AC STAT
216XP - C SVCE BUS - 6PP INV
AC ESS 115 VAC 115 VAC

BUS ESS BUS - 4XP SHED ESS BUS-
SWITCHING 8XP
CNTOR DC ESS BUS
SPLY CNTOR
STAT
INV

28 VDC 28 VDC
ESS BUS - 4PP SHED ESS BUS -
AC ESS BUS EMER CNTR ESS TR 8PP
Figure 24-00-00-15500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation and Distribution - Schematic

N_MM_240000_0_AJL0_01_00
Selected applicability : 002-002
Manual : AMM
Page 12 of 1294
(1) DC Power Sources

The power sources of direct current are:
three identical transformer rectifiers and two identical batteries.
In normal configuration, the two normal TRs (TR 1 and TR 2) and possibly the batteries supply direct
current.
In the event of loss of one or both TR, part of the DC network is transferred to the ESS TR.
(a) TR
Each TR transforms the three-phase alternating current into direct current (28VDC).
1 TR1 and TR2
Upon energization, the two normal TRs operate and supply the DC network via a contactor
controlled by the internal TR logic.
In case of failure, the TR sends a FAULT signal to the CFDS for maintenance purposes.
2 Essential TR
Upon energization, the essential TR operates and supplies the DC network via a contactor.
To reset the TR push the TR RST pushbutton switch 15PU located on the relay box 103VU.In
addition,the TR sends its electrical parameters to the lower ECAM display unit. In addition, the
TR sends its electrical parameters to the lower ECAM display unit.
(b) Batteries
Each of the two batteries has a nominal 23 AH capacity and a 24 VDC voltage. The main functions
of the batteries are:
to start the APU in flight and on the ground,
to supply the essential network in some configurations.
A BCL controls each battery contactor when the BAT pushbutton switch is in the AUTO
configuration.
In addition, each BCL includes a BITE and a self monitoring system which analyzes internal and
peripherical fault information. Initiation of the test is possible via the CFDS or at each power up on
ground.
Each BCL delivers electrical parameters and warnings concerning each battery to the lower ECAM
display unit.
(2) Distribution
The direct current distribution network is divided into two parts.
The network 1 comprises the DC BUS 1, the DC BAT BUS, the DC ESS BUS and the DC SHED ESS
BUS. The TR 1 supplies the network 1.
The network 2 comprises the DC BUS 2. The TR 2 supplies the network 2.
In the event of TR 1 loss, the TR 2 automatically restores supply to the DC BUS 1 and the DC BAT
BUS. The DC ESS BUS and the DC SHED ESS BUS are automatically transferred to the ESS TR.
The AC BUS 1 supplies the ESS TR.
The TR 2 loss leads to the symmetrical recovery of the DC BUS 2 from the TR 1 and the same transfer
for the DC ESS BUS and the DC SHED ESS BUS.
In the event of TR 1 and TR 2 loss (DC BUS 1 and 2 loss), the DC ESS BUS and the DC SHED ESS
BUS are supplied from the ESS TR.
In case of loss of AC BUS 1 and AC BUS 2 (emergency configuration), DC ESS BUS and DC SHED
ESS BUS are recovered by the CSM/G (via the ESS TR) when the RAT hydraulic generation is
available.
During RAT deployment or when the following two conditions are both met:
main landing gear compressed,
and A/C speed below 100 Knots,
DC ESS BUS only is supplied by battery 2.
NOTE: The external power receptacle directly energizes the TR 2 which can independently supply a
part of the DC normal network. (Ground service configuration).
C. Power Supply Via the External Power Receptacle
(Ref. Fig. AC Generation and Distribution - Schematic SHEET 1)

(1) AC External Power Control Supply

An external power receptacle located in front of the nose landing gear well enables power supply of the
aircraft network. This is performed by means of the three-phase, 400 Hz, 115/200 V ground power unit.
External power supply is controlled from the ELEC panel on the cockpit overhead panel and via the
GAPCU.
The GAPCU includes a BITE and a self monitoring system which analyzes most of the faults which may
affect the channel. The system memorizes the corresponding information in a non-volatile memory.
This memory also memorizes the fault information from each main GCU.
Finally, the GAPCU delivers all fault information to the CFDS.
The test is initialized:
either on the ground by the CFDS,
or automatically at each power-up.
In addition, the GPCU delivers electrical parameters relative to its channel to the EGIU 1, channel 2.
(2) Ground Service Bus Control

It is possible to supply a part of the aircraft electrical network as follows, directly from the external power
receptacle, to carry out ground service operations :
supply of part of the AC network (AC SVCE busses),
supply of part of the DC network (DC SVCE busses), without energization of the whole aircraft
electrical network.
The MAINT BUS switch located on the panel 2000VU controls the supply of the ground service network.
4. Controls and Indications Related to Electrical Generation and Distribution
Controls and indications related to electrical generation and distribution are on:
the ELEC control panels,
the ECAM display units,
the forward entryway circuit breaker panel (2000VU),
the CFDS.
A. MAINT BUS Switch

This switch is located on the panel 2000VU. It controls power supply of the AC and DC ground/flight
network.
ON: This network is supplied in priority as follows:
by the aircraft network if it is energized,
or by the electrical ground power unit, via the external power receptacle.
OFF: This network is supplied by the main electrical network.
B. Central Warning System
(Ref. Fig. Lower ECAM Display Unit - ELEC Page)

1 - TR2 (W) 9 - IDG: (W) IN NORMAL CONFIGURATION

(A) IF VOLTAGE 25 V (A)WHEN IDG DISCONNECTED
OR VOLTAGE 31 V OR IDG OUTLET TEMP 180 C
OR IDG OIL LOW PRESS
2 - EMER GEN VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY (SAME AS 11, 10)
NOT DISPLAYED WHEN EMER GEN OFF 10 - GENERATOR FREQUENCY (G)
(A) WHEN FREQUENCY 390 HZ
3 - "1" OR "2" (W) OR FREQUENCY 410 HZ
(A) WHEN ENG 1 OR 2 CORE SPEED IS BELOW IDLE 11 - GENERATOR VOLTAGE (G)
(A) WHEN VOLTAGE 110 V
4 - EXT PWR (W) WHEN AVAILABLE OR VOLTAGE 120 V
VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY (SAME AS 11, 10) 12 - GENERATOR LOAD (G)
NOT DISPLAYED WHEN EXT PWR NOT AVAILABLE (A) WHEN OVERLOAD
5 - APU GEN LOAD, VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY (SAME AS 12, 11, 10) 13 - GEN (W)
OFF REPLACES THESE INDICATIONS WHEN APU GEN (A) WHEN GEN PUSHBUTTON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH IS SELECTED OFF SWITCH SELECTED OFF
NOT DISPLAYED WHEN APU MASTER SWITCH IS IN OR F 390 HZ OR F 410 HZ
OFF POSITION OR V 110 V OR V 120 V
OR GEN OVERLOAD
6 - GALLEY SHED (W) WHEN GALLEY SHED NOT DISPLAYED IN
NORMAL OPERATION
14 - BUSBARS (G) WHEN SUPPLIED
7 - IDG OUTLET OIL TEMPERATURE (G) (A) WHEN NOT SUPPLIED
FLASHES WHEN T 147 C
(A) WHEN T 180 C
8 - LO PR OR DISC (NOT DISPLAYED IN NORMAL CONFIGURATION)
4WT2
DU-ECAM, LOWER
ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28 V DC BAT 28 V
150 A 150 A
14 DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 SHED TR 2 1
28 V ESS TR EMERG GEN 28 V
150 A 28 V 116 V 150 A
130 A 400 HZ 2
14 AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
SHED
13 GEN 1 GEN 2 3
12 26 % APU EXT PWR 26 %
11 116 V GALLEY 26 % 116 V 116 V
10 400 HZ SHED 116 V 400 HZ 400 HZ
400 HZ
9 IDG 1C 110 115C IDG 2 3
LO PR DISC
8 7 6 5 4
N_MM_240000_0_ALL0_01_00
Figure 24-00-00-18300-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Lower ECAM Display Unit - ELEC Page
** ON A/C ALL

15 - BAT 2 VOLTAGE (G) 21 - STATIC INVERTER VOLTAGE (G)

(A) WHEN VOLTAGE 25 V (A) WHEN VOLTAGE 110 V
OR VOLTAGE 31 V OR VOLTAGE 120 V
16 - BAT 2 CURRENT (G) 22 - STATIC INVERTER FREQUENCY (G)

(A) WHEN CURRENT 5 A (A) WHEN FREQUENCY 390 HZ
OFF REPLACES THESE INDICATIONS WHEN BAT OR FREQUENCY 410 HZ
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH IS SELECTED OFF
23 - ESS TR CURRENT (G)
17 - TR VOLTAGE (G) NOT DISPLAYED IN NORMAL CONFIGURATION
(A) IF VOLTAGE 25 V
OR VOLTAGE 31 V 24 - ESS TR VOLTAGE (G)
(A) IF VOLTAGE 25 V
18 - TR CURRENT (G) OR VOLTAGE 31 V
NOT DISPLAYED IN NORMAL CONFIGURATION
19 - SHED (A) DISPLAYED WHEN
SHED ESS BUSSES ARE SHEDDED 25 - BAT 1 CHARGE
DISCHARGE
20 - STATIC INVERTER (W)
(A) WHEN VOLTAGE 110 V OR VOLTAGE 120 V 26 - DC BAT : (G) WHEN THE VOLTAGE OF THE
OR WHEN FREQUENCY 390 HZ OR FREQUENCY 410 HZ BATTERY BUS 3PP IS 25 V
(A) WHEN THE VOLTAGES FROM

THE BCL1 AND BCL2
ARE BOTH 25 V
LEGEND
IS REPLACED BY (A) XX WHEN
(A) AMBER
BOTH VOLTAGES FROM THE BCL1
(G) GREEN AND BCL2 ARE NOT
(W) WHITE AVAILABLE (THE BAT1 AND THE
24 25 26 BAT2 P/BSW ARE RELEASED)
ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28 V DC BAT 28 V 15
150 A 150 A 16
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 SHED TR 2
28 V ESS TR EMER GEN 28 V 17
150 A 28V 116 V 150 A 18
23 130 A 400 HZ
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
SHED 19
GEN 1 GEN 2
26 % APU STAT INV 26 %
116 V GALLEY 26 % 115 V 116 V
400 HZ SHED 116 V 400 HZ 400 HZ
400 HZ 20
IDG 1C 110 115C IDG 2
LO PR DISC
4WT2
DU-ECAM, LOWER
21
22
N_MM_240000_0_ALL0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

The block diagram of the electrical generation appears on the lower ECAM display unit (Ref. AMM D/O 24-
27-00-00) .
C. Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
Line maintenance of the electronic systems is based on the use of the CFDS.
The purpose of the CFDS is to give to maintenance technicians a central maintenance aid. The CFDS
enables intervention at system or subsystem level from the Multipurpose Control and Display Units
(MCDUs) located in the cockpit.
From the MCDUs it is possible:
to read the maintenance information,
to initiate various tests.
The electrical components connected to the CFDS are:
the GAPCU,
the BCLs,
the emergency GCU,
the TRs.
The GAPCU and BCLs can memorize fault codes and communicate with the CFDIU via ARINC 429 buses.
The emergency GCU and the three TRs are connected to the CFDIU by a discrete link: it is thus possible to
know only the status of these systems (OK or faulty) during SYSTEM REPORT/TEST sequence.
Figure 24-00-00-13600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Power - Component Location
Figure 24-00-00-13700-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Control and Indicating - Component Location
Figure 24-00-00-13800-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - AC Generation and Distribution - Schematic
Figure 24-00-00-15500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation and Distribution - Schematic
24-00-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-00-00-710-003-A
Integrity Test of the Electrical Power
1. Reason for the Job

To ensure aircraft safety after maintenance work on the wiring.
2 Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
(Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A). Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power
(Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A-01). Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU
(Ref. 24-41-00-861-002-A-02). Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)
(Ref. 24-41-00-862-002-A). De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External
Power
(Ref. 24-41-00-862-002-A-01). De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU
(Ref. 24-41-00-862-002-A-02). De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine
1(2)
(Ref. 31-32-00-860-004-A). Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ELEC Page
(Ref. 31-60-00-860-001-A). EIS Start Procedure
(Ref. 31-60-00-860-002-A). EIS Stop Procedure
3. Job Set-up

Subtask 24-00-00-860-056-A
A. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key (on the lower ECAM DU, the ELEC page comes into
view).
(4) On the MCDU, get the system REPORT/TEST/ELEC page (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-004) .
(5) Make sure that the AC ESS FEED, BUS TIE and GALLEY pushbutton switches are pushed.
Subtask 24-00-00-865-061-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION

49VU SDAC/1 AND 2/28VDC/ESS BUS 12WV F05
106VU DC BUS/1 AND 2/MONG 68WV C03
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/GND/FLT/LOGIC 7XA S24
122VU ELEC/BUS/2XP/CTL 17XN2 V27
122VU ELEC/AC/BUS1/CTL 17XN1 V25
122VU ELEC/CNTOR/DC/BUS/TIE1 9PC W25
122VU ELEC/EXT PWR/LT CLT/NOT IN/USE 6XG X30
122VU ELEC/TR2/MONG 3PU2 X26
123VU TR1/SPLY 2PU1 AB10
123VU TR2/214XP/SPLY 2PU2 AB04
123VU AC ESS/BUS ON/BUS 1 1XC AC12
124VU TR2/CNTOR/SPLY 4PU2 BC01
125VU TR1/CNTOR/SPLY 4PU1 CF01
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-00-00-710-050-A
A. Energization of the Aircraft with the Batteries 1 and 2
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ELEC control panel 35VU: On the ELEC control panel 35VU:
Release the EXT POWER pushbutton switch. The AVAIL legend of the EXT POWER pushbutton
switch comes on.
Release the BAT 1 and BAT 2 pushbutton
switches. The OFF legends of the BAT 1 and BAT 2 push-
button switches come on.
The battery voltmeters show a value higher than

25 volts.
2.On the EMER ELEC PWR section of the panel Wait until the PFD and the upper ECAM DU images
21VU: come into view.
Open the guard, push and hold the EMER GEN
TEST pushbutton switch.

ACTION RESULT
3.On the ECAM control panel: On the upper ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
Push and hold the ELEC key. The STAT INV indications come into view (115V,
400Hz).
4.Release the ELEC key of the ECAM control panel
and the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton switch of the
EMER ELEC PWR section of the panel 21VU.
Subtask 24-00-00-710-051-A
B. Ground Service Configuration
ACTION RESULT
1.On the control panel 2000VU: In the right avionics compartment:
set the MAINT BUS switch to ON the TR2 operates.
2.On the panel 122VU: In the right avionics compartment
open then close the circuit breaker 6XG. the TR2 does not operate.
Subtask 24-00-00-710-052-A
C. Loss of Busbars 1XP and 2XP
ACTION RESULT
Push the BAT 1 and BAT 2 pushbutton switches. The OFF legends of the BAT 1 and BAT 2 push-
button switches go off.
Push the EXT POWER pushbutton switch.
The AVAIL legend of the EXT POWER pushbutton
switch goes off.
2.On the panel 122VU: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
open the circuit breaker 17XN1. the AC1 busbar indication comes on amber
the DC2 busbar energizes the DC BAT busbar
the ESS TR busbar energizes the DC ESS busbar.
On the upper ECAM DU:
the AC BUS1 FAULT warning comes into view.
close the circuit breaker 17XN1. the AC1 busbar indication becomes green
the DC1 busbar energizes the DC BAT busbar
the ESS TR busbar energizes the DC ESS busbar.
the AC BUS1 FAULT warning goes out of view.
open then close the circuit breaker 1XC. the DC1 busbar energizes the DC ESS busbar.
open the circuit breaker 17XN2. the AC2 busbar indication comes on amber.
the AC BUS2 FAULT warning comes into view.
close the circuit breaker 17XN2. the AC2 busbar indication becomes green.
the AC BUS2 FAULT warning goes out of view.
Subtask 24-00-00-710-053-A

D. Transfer Logic of the Busbar 4XP
ACTION RESULT
1.On the AC power center 123VU: On the ELEC control panel 35VU:
Open the circuit breaker 1XC. The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the lower ECAM DU:

The AC ESS BUS FAULT and
AC ESS FEED .... ALTN warnings come into
view.
2.On the ECAM control panel: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
Push and hold the ELEC KEY. The AC ESS busbar indication comes on amber.
The SHED indication comes into view under the
AC ESS busbar indication.
Release the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED pusbut-
ton switch goes off and the ALTN legend comes
on.
On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
The AC ESS busbar indication becomes green.
The SHED indication goes out of view.
The AC ESS BUS FAULT and
AC ESS FEED .... ALTN warnings go out of
view.
Open the circuit breaker 2XC. The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
ton switch comes on and the ALTN legend stays
on.

The AC ESS BUS FAULT warning comes into
view.
Push and hold the ELEC KEY. The AC ESS busbar indication comes on amber.
AC ESS busbar indication.
Close the circuit breaker 2XC. The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
ton switch goes off and the ALTN legend stays on.
The AC ESS busbar indication becomes green.
The SHED indication goes out of view.
The AC ESS BUS FAULT warning goes out of
view.
7.On the AC power center 123VU: No change.
Close the circuit breaker 1XC.
Push the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. The ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
ton switch goes off.

ACTION RESULT
The line between the AC2 and the AC ESS busbar
indications goes out of view.
The line between the AC1 and the AC ESS busbar
indications comes into view.
Subtask 24-00-00-710-054-A
E. Loss of the Electrical Network with the BUS TIE Pushbutton Switch
ACTION RESULT
Release the BUS TIE pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the BUS TIE pushbutton switch
comes on.
Make sure that the lower and upper ECAM DUs are
de-energized.
Push the BUS TIE pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the BUS TIE pushbutton switch
goes off.
Make sure that the lower and upper ECAM DUs are
energized again.
Subtask 24-00-00-710-055-A
F. Galley Shedding Logic
ACTION RESULT
open the circuit breaker 7XA. the GALLEY SHED indication comes into view.
close the circuit breaker 7XA. the GALLEY SHED indication goes out of view.
3.On the ELEC control panel 35VU: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
release the GALLEY pushbutton switch. the GALLEY SHED indication comes into view.
push the GALLEY pushbutton switch. the GALLEY SHED indication goes out of view.
Subtask 24-00-00-710-056-A
G. Transfer Logic of the DC Electrical Network
NOTE: This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between parentheses.
ACTION RESULT
open the circuit breaker 3PU1 (3PU2). no change.
2.On the panel 125VU (124VU): On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
Open the circuit breaker 4PU1 (4PU2). The TR1 (2) stops to energize the DC1 (2) busbar
The DC1 (2) busbar indication stays amber for 5
seconds
The TR1 (2) voltage parameter is between 29V
and 31V.
The TR1 (2) current parameter is less than 5A.

ACTION RESULT
The DC2 (1) busbar energizes the DC1 (2) busbar
through the DC BAT busbar
The ESS TR energizes the DC ESS busbar.
The TR1 (2) warning comes into view.
3.On the panels 122VU and 125VU (122VU, No change.
124VU):
Close the circuit breakers 3PU1 (2) and 4PU1 (2).
4.On the MCDU, on the ELEC page: On the MCDU:
Push the line key adjacent to the TR1 (2) indica- The TR1 (2) pages comes into view.
tion.
push the line key adjacent to the RESET indica- On the MCDU:
tion. The NO FAULT indication comes into view.
The TR1 (2) energizes the DC1 (2) busbar
The ESS TR continues to energize the DC ESS
busbar.
The TR1 (2) FAULT warning goes out of view.
Open then close the circuit breaker 1XC. The DC1 busbar energizes the DC ESS busbar.
Open the circuit breaker 2PU1 (2). The TR1 (2) stops to energize the DC1 (2) busbar
The DC1 (2) busbar indication stays amber for 5
seconds
The TR1 (2) voltage parameter is approximately
0V.
The DC2 (1) busbar energizes the DC1 (2) busbar
through the DC BAT busbar
The TR1 (2) FAULT warning comes into view.
Close the circuit breaker 2PU1 (2). The TR1 (2) voltage parameter is between 29V
and 31V.
Push the line key adjacent to the TR1 (2) indica- The TR1 (2) page comes into view.
tion.
Push the line key adjacent to the RESET indica- On the MCDU:
tion. The NO FAULT indication comes into view.
On the SD, on the ELEC page:
The TR1 (2) energizes the DC1 (2) busbar
The ESS TR continues to energize the DC ESS
busbar.
The TR1 (2) FAULT warning goes out of view.
Open the circuit breaker 9PC.

ACTION RESULT
The DC2 busbar energizes the DC BAT busbar
(the DC1 busbar stops to energize The DC BAT
busbar)
11.On the control panel 122VU: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
Close the circuit breaker 9PC. The DC1 busbar energizes the DC BAT busbar
Subtask 24-00-00-710-057-A
H. Test of the DC EMER CONFIG Warning
ACTION RESULT
1.On the panels 106VU and 49VU: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
open the circuit breakers 68WV and 12WV. the DC ESS busbar indication comes on amber.
the DC EMER CONFIG and EMER ELEC PWR ...
MAN ON warnings come into view.
2.On the panels 106VU and 49VU: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
close the circuit breakers 68WV and 12WV. the DC ESS busbar indication becomes green.
the DC EMER CONFIG and EMER ELEC PWR ...
MAN ON warnings go out of view.
Subtask 24-00-00-710-058-A
J. Emergency Logic with the Batteries
ACTION RESULT
1.Make sure that the voltage of the batteries 1 and
2 is more than 25.5V.
Release then push the BAT1 pushbutton switch. The green line between the DC BAT busbar and
the BAT1 indications come into view
The load current is < 150A then decreases
The green line goes out of view when the load cur-
rent is < 4A.
Release then push the BAT2 pushbutton switch. The green line between the DC BAT busbar and
the BAT2 indications comes into view
The load current is < 150A then decreases
The green line goes out of view when the load cur-
rent is < 4A.
Release the BAT1 and BAT2 pusbutton switches. The OFF legend of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
ton switches comes on.
On the EMER ELEC PWR control panel 21VU:
Push and hold the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton
switch.
On the ELEC control panel 35VU:

ACTION RESULT
Release the BUS TIE pushbutton switch.
On the ECAM control panel Total loss of the normal electrical network.
Push and hold the ELEC KEY. On the upper ECAM DU:
The AC ESS and the DC ESS busbar indications
come on green.
AC ESS and the DC ESS busbar indications
The STAT INV indication is shown white
The STAT INV parameters (115V, 400Hz) are
shown green.
5.On the ELEC control panel 35VU:
Push the BUS TIE pushbutton switch
Push the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches.
On the EMER ELEC PWR control panel 21VU: The normal electrical network is energized again.
Release the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton On the ELEC control panel 35VU:
switch. The OFF legend of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
ton switches goes off.
6.On the MCDU:
Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indic-
ation until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-00-00-860-057-A
A. Put the Aircraft back to its initial Configuration
(1) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-00-00 PB 601 CONF 00 - ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL - INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 24-00-00-200-003-A
General - Inspection/Check of the Electrical Circuits and Equipment
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT NO AC OR DC POWER IS CONNECTED TO THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL

CIRCUITS.
THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTROCUTION IF THE AC OR DC POWER STAYS CONNECTED.

The inspection/check procedure of electrical circuit includes two different operations:
A fast inspection, which includes a visual examination of all visible components without component removal.
A detailed inspection during which components are removed. Thus you can see the other components which
are behind and do a detailed visual inspection of all components of the system.
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION

No specific 2 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE


No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
B. Work Zones and Access Panels
ZONE/ACCESS ZONE DESCRIPTION

121AL, 811,
812, 822
FOR 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
C. Referenced Information
(Ref. 71-13-00-010-040-B). Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
(Ref. 71-13-00-410-040-B). Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-00-00-860-055-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) In the cockpit, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the pushbutton
switches on the panels 35VU, 211VU and 115VU.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the external power
receptacle.
Subtask 24-00-00-941-057-A
B. Get access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the doors 811, 812 and 822 of the
electronics compartment and at the door 121AL which gives access to the external power receptacle.
Subtask 24-00-00-010-051-A
C. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
(a) FOR 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
437AL, 438AR
(b) FOR 1000EM2 (ENGINE-2)
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-00-00-210-065-A
A. Fast Inspection
(1) Do a check of the general outer condition and attachment of these components:
Panels and their equipment
Electrical connectors
Rack-mounted system components
Indicators

Electrical bonding leads.

(2) Check the condition of all wiring (for signs of ageing, alteration, overheating, scaling and deformation
which can cause a decrease of wiring performance).
(3) Replace defective components.
Subtask 24-00-00-210-066-A
B. Detailed Inspection
(1) Open ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE and casings, remove or open panels and
shields and, if necessary, remove components which are in front of other components, to gain access
to wiring, plugs, electrical connections and the different system components.
(2) Components
(a) Remove dust with a vacuum cleaner and clean other dirt if necessary.
(b) Do a check of labels and their identification.
(c) Do a check of attachment and general condition of components.
(3) Wiring
(a) Do a check of identification sleeves or labels protective coatings, insulation and protective fittings
for correct condition.
(b) Do a check of the condition of wiring (for signs of ageing, alteration, overheating, scaling and
deformation which can cause a decrease of wiring performance).
(4) Electrical connectors
(a) Disconnect plugs, do a check of their physical and electrical condition. Make sure that there are
no signs of oxidation or corrosion, replace defective components (seals, gaskets, grommets,
ferrules etc...).
(b) Do a check of the tightness of connections to all electrical accessories, ground bonding leads,
ground leads, busbars and terminal bars.
(c) Do a check of tightness of non-safetied connectors.
(d) Do a check of the condition of electrical connector protections in the hydraulics compartment.
Subtask 24-00-00-020-053-A
C. Replacement of the Defective Components
(1) Replace defective components.
Subtask 24-00-00-420-053-A
D. Installation of the Removed Components
(1) Install removed components and put back all equipment in operating condition.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-00-00-865-059-A
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and tag(s) and close this (these) circuit breaker(s) (circuit breaker(s) with dark-
gray extension caps):

49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40

Subtask 24-00-00-410-057-A
B. Close the access doors 811, 812, 822, 121AL.
Subtask 24-00-00-410-058-A
C. Close Access
(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-00-00-942-054-A
D. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Remove the warning notice(s).
(2) Remove the access platform(s).
TASK 24-00-00-200-004-A
Opening and Closing of all Circuit Breakers with Electrical Circuits De-Energized

Refer to the MPD TASK: 240000-17
ELECTRICAL POWER, OPENING AND CLOSING OF ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS.
This task gives the procedure to do an opening and closing cycle of the circuit breakers to:
Have a better reliability
Decrease the number of maintenance problems
Decrease the effects of circuit breaker aging.


100 LOWER HALF FUSELAGE INCLUDING RADOME
200 UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
121AL
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 31-21-00-750-002-A). Procedure to set the Clock

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-00-00-860-058-A
switches on the panels 35VU, 211VU and 115VU.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the external
power receptacle.
(3) Make sure the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-00-00-210-067-A
A. Opening and Closing of Circuit Breakers
NOTE: Open and close the circuit breakers with the aircraft electrical circuit de-energized.
(1) Open and close each circuit breaker on these panels:

(a) In the cockpit:
49VU
121VU
122VU
123VU
124VU
125VU.
(b) In the avionics compartment:
105VU
106VU.
(c) In the cabin:
2000VU
2001VU.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-00-00-750-050-A
A. Adjustment of the Clock
(1) Adjust the clock, if necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 31-21-00-750-002) .
Subtask 24-00-00-942-055-A
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
24-20 - AC GENERATION
24-20-00 - AC GENERATION
24-20-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC GENERATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

1. General
The AC generation consists of:
two Integrated Drive Generators (IDG) (Ref. AMM D/O 24-21-00-00) ,
a main generation corresponding to the two IDG channels and to the transfer circuit (Ref. AMM D/O 24-22-
00-00) ,
an auxiliary generation corresponding to the APU generator and its channel (Ref. AMM D/O 24-23-00-00) ,
an emergency generation corresponding to the constant speed motor/generator, its associated GCU and its
channel (Ref. AMM D/O 24-24-00-00) ,
the essential generation switching (Ref. AMM D/O 24-25-00-00) ,
the control circuits for galley and sheddable busbars supply (Ref. AMM D/O 24-26-00-00) ,
the monitoring and indicating circuits for the cockpit.
(Ref. Fig. Main Components - Component Location SHEET 1)

(IDG2)
4000XU
A
8XS
24XG 1XU2
8XE
90VU
1XU1
20XG 4000XU
(IDG1)
RADOME ACCESS DOOR
FR3
109VU 811
FR5
FWD ELECTRONIC RACK 90VU
108VU A
FR9 103VU
105VU
FR11 BAT
70VU
TR 1
TR
FR13 822
BCL1
812 BCL2 BAT
FR15 2
106VU
107VU
3XB
NOSE LDG/GR
WELL
824
FR23 187VU 63VU

188VU
AFT ELECTRONIC RACK 80VU
N_MM_242000_0_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-20-00-12400-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Main Components - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


FR12
FR14 FR5
FR13 FR16 FR3
FR15 FR20
811
822
812
841
120VU
49VU
122VU
21VU
35VU
121VU
25VU
125VU
123VU
124VU
4WT2 4WT1
90VU
FR16
106VU
FR9
N_MM_242000_0_ACM0_01_00
Figure 24-20-00-12500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Main Components - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
2XA P/BSW-ELEC/GALLEY 35VU 210 24-26-00
2XB CNTOR-STAT INV 105VU 126 24-28-55
3XB STAT INV 126 24-28-51
3XC CNTOR-AC ESS BUS SWITCHING 106VU 125 24-25-55
5XB HOLDER-AC STAT INV BUS SPLY FUSE 105VU 126 24-28-00
11XC P/BSW-ELEC/AC ESS FEED 35VU 210 24-25-00
2XE GLC-EMER 106VU 125 24-24-55
8XE CSM/G 148 24-24-51
14XE ANN-EMER ELEC PWR/RAT/&/EMER 21VU 211 24-24-00
GEN
15XE CNTOR-AC ESS BUS SWITCHING 106VU 125 24-24-55
23XE P/BSW-EMER ELEC PWR/EMER GEN 21VU 211 24-24-00
TEST
24XE P/BSW-EMER ELEC PWR/MAN ON 21VU 211 24-24-00
2XS P/BSW-ELEC/APU GEN 35VU 210 24-23-00
3XS GLC-APU 120VU 212 24-23-55
8XS GEN-APU 316 24-23-51
42XS CT-AC, APU GEN 120VU 212 24-23-17
5XT P/BSW-ELEC/IDG 1 35VU 210 24-21-00
1XU1 GCU-1 91VU 121 24-22-34
1XU2 GCU-2 91VU 121 24-22-34
3XU1 P/BSW-ELEC/GEN 1 35VU 210 24-21-00
9XU1 GLC-1 120VU 212 24-22-55
9XU2 GLC-2 120VU 212 24-22-55
11XU1 BTC-1 120VU 212 24-22-55
11XU2 BTC-2 120VU 212 24-22-55
13XU P/BSW-EMER ELEC PWR/GEN1 LINE 21VU 211 24-21-00
41XU1 CT-AC, 1 131 24-22-17
41XU2 CT-AC, 2 132 24-22-17
4000XU IDG 435 24-21-51
24XG GAPCU 92VU 122 24-41-34
51XU1 CT 212 24-22-17
51XU2 CT 212 24-22-17
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5XB HOLDER-FUSE 105VU 126 822 24-28-00
5XB1 FUSE-AC STAT INV BUS SPLY 105VU 126 822 24-28-00
A. Spare Fuse
(Ref. Fig. Spare Fuse - Component Location SHEET 1)

A
A
FR13
FR1
B
SPARE FUSE
N_MM_242000_0_AEL0_01_00
Figure 24-20-00-13000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Spare Fuse - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

If fuse 5XB1 melts, you can replace it by a spare 80A fuse which is on the left side panel, in the cockpit.
Figure 24-20-00-12400-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Main Components - Component Location
24-20-00 PB 401 CONF 00 - AC GENERATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 24-20-00-040-001-A
Check of the AC Main Generation Maintenance Condition
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE IDG DOES NOT OPERATE FOR MORE THAN 50 HOURS IN THE DIS-
CONNECTED MODE.
- IF THE IDG OPERATES FOR 50 HOURS IN THE DISCONNECTED MODE, IT WILL BE NE-
CESSARY TO :
- REPLACE THE IDG.
- SEND THE REMOVED IDG FOR A SHOP INSPECTION. THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO
THE BALL BEARING ASSEMBLY ON THE IMPUT SHAFT.
NOTE: The procedure is the same for IDG1 (IDG2).

MMEL 24-22-01A
AC Main Generation (IDG, GCU, Line Contactor)
(Old MMEL ref: 24-20-01)
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-008-A). APU Start by External Power
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-008-A-01). APU Start by Batteries
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-009-A). APU Shutdown by External Power (131-9(A))
(Ref. 49-00-00-860-009-A-01). APU Shutdown by Batteries (131-9(A))
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-007-A). Check Oil Level and Replenish (131-9(A))
Oil Consumption of the APU GTCP 36-300 SHEET 1
Oil Consumption of the APU APS 3200 SHEET 1
Oil Consumption of the APU 131-9(A) SHEET 1

(US.
GALLONS) (QUARTS) (LITRES)
6.5 26 24.6 CAUTION:
OIL CONSUMPTION IS THE

TERM USED FOR THE
6.0 24 22.7 INTERNAL LOSS OF OIL FROM
OIL QUANTITY IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR BEARING SEALS AND AIR/OIL
IS NOT SUFFICIENT FOR 10 HOURS APU OPERATION SEPARATOR DURING APU
5.5 22 20.8 OPERATION.
EXTERNAL LEAKS ARE NOT
PERMITTED. YOU MUST
5.0 20 18.9 CORRECT EXTERNAL LEAKS
Customer : HIM
AND CLEAN THE APU,

APU COMPARTMENT AND APU
AIR INTAKE IMMEDIATELY
4.5 18 17.0 IF CONTAMINATED.
IF THE OIL CONSUMPTION
IS HIGHER THAN THE

4.0 16 15.1 "GRAPH A" LIMIT, OR THERE
IS A SUDDEN INCREASE
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
IN OIL CONSUMPTION,
3.5 14 13.3 YOU MUST DO THE OIL
CONSUMPTION MONITORING
VERY CAREFULLY TO
PREVENT BAD APU DAMAGE.
3.0 12 11.4
** ON A/C ALL
NOTE:
ADDED OIL (CUMULATIVE)

2.5 10 9.5 THE ADDED OIL (CUMULATIVE)
(VERTICAL SCALE) IS THE
OIL QUANTITY IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR TOTAL QUANTITY OF OIL
2.0 8 IS SUFFICIENT FOR 10 HOURS APU OPERATION 7.6 WHICH WAS ADDED TO THE APU
GRAPH B IF SERVICED BEFORE FLIGHT TO THE "FULL" OIL RESERVOIR IN ORDER TO
MARK ON THE OIL SIGHT GLASS. COMPENSATE FOR THE APU OIL
1.5 6 5.7 CONSUMPTION DURING AN APU

OPERATING TIME PERIOD
(HORIZONTAL SCALE).
1.0 4 3.8
GRAPH A OIL QUANTITY
IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR IS

0.5 2 SUFFICIENT FOR MINIMUM 10 HOURS 1.9
APU OPERATION WITHOUT PREFLIGHT SERVICE
IF NO "LOW OIL LEVEL" INDICATION IS SHOWN.
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Figure 24-20-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU GTCP 36-300
APU OPERATING TIME (HOURS)
Manual : AMM
N_MM_242000_4_AAM0_01_00
Page 36 of 1294
(US.
GALLONS) (QUARTS) (LITRES)
6.5 26 24.6 CAUTION:
OIL CONSUMPTION IS THE

TERM USED FOR THE
6.0 24 22.7 INTERNAL LOSS OF OIL FROM
OIL QUANTITY IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR BEARING SEALS AND AIR/OIL
IS NOT SUFFICIENT FOR 10 HOURS APU OPERATION SEPARATOR DURING APU
5.5 22 20.8 OPERATION.
EXTERNAL LEAKS ARE NOT
PERMITTED. YOU MUST
5.0 20 18.9 CORRECT EXTERNAL LEAKS
Customer : HIM
AND CLEAN THE APU,

APU COMPARTMENT AND APU
AIR INTAKE IMMEDIATELY
4.5 18 17.0 IF CONTAMINATED.
IF THE OIL CONSUMPTION
IS HIGHER THAN THE

4.0 16 15.1 "GRAPH A" LIMIT, OR THERE
IS A SUDDEN INCREASE
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
IN OIL CONSUMPTION,
3.5 14 13.3 YOU MUST DO THE OIL
CONSUMPTION MONITORING
OIL QUANTITY IN THE APU VERY CAREFULLY TO
OIL RESERVOIR IS SUFFICIENT PREVENT BAD APU DAMAGE.
3.0 12 FOR 10 HOURS APU OPERATIO 11.4
IF SERVICED BEFORE FLIGHT
** ON A/C ALL
TO THE "FULL" MARK ON NOTE:
ADDED OIL (CUMULATIVE)

2.5 10 THE OIL SIGHT GLASS. 9.5 THE ADDED OIL (CUMULATIVE)
(VERTICAL SCALE) IS THE
TOTAL QUANTITY OF OIL
2.0 8 7.6 WHICH WAS ADDED TO THE APU
GRAPH B OIL RESERVOIR IN ORDER TO
COMPENSATE FOR THE APU OIL
1.5 6 5.7 CONSUMPTION DURING AN APU

OPERATING TIME PERIOD
GRAPH A (HORIZONTAL SCALE).
1.0 4 3.8
OIL QUANTITY
IN THE APU OIL RESERVOIR IS

0.5 2 SUFFICIENT FOR MINIMUM 10 HOURS 1.9
APU OPERATION WITHOUT PREFLIGHT SERVICE
IF NO "LOW OIL LEVEL" INDICATION IS SHOWN.
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Figure 24-20-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU APS 3200
N_MM_242000_4_ABM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 37 of 1294
QUARTS
(US GALLONS) LITERS
20 18.9
(4.16)
18 17.0
(3.74)
CUMULATIVE OIL ADDED QUARTS (GALLONS)
16 15.1
(3.32) UNSATISFACTORY
CONSUMPTION
14 13.2
(2.9)
12 UNUSUAL OIL CONSUMPTION 11.4
(2.51) 0.196qt/hr USE APU ONLY WHEN OIL IS
(185cc/hr) FILLED BEFORE EACH FLIGHT
10 9.4
(2.07)
8 7.6
(1.67)
6 5.7
(1.25) 0.099qt/hr
(93cc/hr)
4 3.8
(0.84) SATISFACTORY
CONSUMPTION
2 1.9
(0.42)
0.0 0.0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
NOTE:
MAXIMUM OIL CONSUMPTION FOR NEW OR NEWLY OVERHAULED
APU IS 0.007qt(6.5cc)AN HOUR
N_MM_242000_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 24-20-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU 131-9(A)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-20-00-210-054-B
A. CAUTION to Prevent Damage to IDG
CAUTION: REPLACE THE IDG1(2) BEFORE NEXT ENGINE START IF:

- THE IDG1(2) WAS MECHANICALLY DISCONNECTED, AND
- THE FAULT MESSAGE "IDG1(E1-4000XU) OIL DELTA TEMP/GCU1 (1XU1)" OR
"IDG2(E2-4000XU) OIL DELTA TEMP/GCU2 (1XU2)" IS THEN SHOWN ON THE PFR
OR LAST LEG REPORT. THIS FAULT MESSAGE SHOWS THAT THE IDG IS STILL
MECHANICALLY CONNECTED. THIS CAN CAUSE HEAVY DAMAGE TO THE IDG AT
THE NEXT ENGINE START.
(1) On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page, make sure that the IDG 1(2) DISC message is shown.
NOTE: This is only applicable if one generator is inoperative and the cause of the dispatch under
MMEL 24-22-01A was one of these warning messages:
- ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL LO PR
- ELEC IDG 1(2) OIL OVHT.
Subtask 24-20-00-210-053-A
B. Check of the APU Oil Consumption
(1) If you do a regular monitoring of the APU oil consumption, make sure that the APU oil quantity is
sufficient for the flight:
For the GTCP 36-300
(Ref. Fig. Oil Consumption of the APU GTCP 36-300 SHEET 1)
or
For the APS 3200
(Ref. Fig. Oil Consumption of the APU APS 3200 SHEET 1)
or
For the 131-9(A)
(Ref. Fig. Oil Consumption of the APU 131-9(A) SHEET 1)
(2) If you do not do a regular monitoring of the APU oil consumption, do the steps that follow to make
sure that the APU oil quantity is sufficient for the flight:
(a) Make sure that APU LOW OIL LEVEL indication is not shown:
1 On the ECAM control panel, push the APU key (on the lower ECAM DU, the APU page
comes into view).
2 Make sure that the APU LOW OIL LEVEL indication is not shown.
(b) Make sure that there are no oil leaks:
1 Start and operate the APU:
For the GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-003) , or
For the APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-005) , or

For the 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008) .

2 During APU operation:
Do a check for oil smell in the passenger compartment.
Do a check for white smoke from the APU exhaust.
NOTE: An oil smell in the passenger compartment shows that there is an internal and/or ex-
ternal oil leakage.
NOTE: Smoke from APU exhaust shows that there is an internal oil leakage.
3 Stop the APU:

(c) Make sure that the APU oil is at maximum level:
NOTE: During the oil level check, make sure that there is no external oil leakage in the APU
compartment.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-051-B
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) Make an entry in the log book.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-20-00-040-002-A
RAT Extension Control - Check of the RAT Manual Extension
WARNING: PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY OP-
ERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF
HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED ITEMS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

MMEL 24-24-02A
RAT Extension Automatic Control

(Old MMEL ref: 24-20-06-A))


No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)

812
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 29-10-00-863-003-A). Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Hydraulic Ground Power-
Cart
(Ref. 29-10-00-863-003-A-01). Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump
(Ref. 29-10-00-864-003-A). Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
(Ref. 29-22-00-869-005-A). Extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
(Ref. 29-22-00-869-006-A). Retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the Ground
RAT control SHEET 1

Z195
21VU
B
A
21VU
EMER ELEC PWR
RAT
&
EMER GEN
A
FAULT U
T
O
C
24XE
B
INDICATION LIGHTS
C
INTERLOCK ACTUATOR RAT
WARNING PRESSURE STOWED
RESET
O
N
LOCKING STOW LAMP
TEST
MECHANISM
O
F
28V DC F
J2
N_MM_242000_4_AAC0_01_00
Figure 24-20-00-991-00100-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - RAT control

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-053-A
(1) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.
(2) As necessary, use the applicable SAFETY BARRIERS, specified by the operator's instructions and
your local regulations.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(4) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003) .
Subtask 24-20-00-010-050-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door 812 of the avionics
compartment.
(2) Open the access door 812.
Subtask 24-20-00-865-050-A
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

106VU CSM/G /EV/MAN/SPLY 6XE B04
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE RAT TRAVEL RANGE IS CLEAR BEFORE YOU EXTEND/RETRACT
THE RAT.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. RAT control SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-20-00-710-053-B
A. Extension of the RAT
(1) Do the extension of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the ground (Ref. AMM TASK 29-22-00-869-005) .
Subtask 24-20-00-710-054-B
B. Retraction of the RAT
(1) Do the retraction of the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) on the ground (Ref. AMM TASK 29-22-00-869-006) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-052-A
(1) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
(4) Remove the safety barriers.
Subtask 24-20-00-410-050-A

B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 812.
TASK 24-20-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the RAT Extension Control

MMEL 24-24-02A
RAT Extension Automatic Control
(Ref. 29-22-00-710-006-A). Operational Check of Ram Air Turbine Automatic Deployment
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-056-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-20-00-710-055-B
A. Do the operational test of the RAT automatic extension (Ref. AMM TASK 29-22-00-710-006) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-20-00-860-055-A
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
Figure 24-20-00-991-00100-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - RAT control
Figure 24-20-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU GTCP 36-300
Figure 24-20-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU APS 3200
Figure 24-20-00-991-00400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Consumption of the APU 131-9(A)
24-21 - INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR SYSTEM (IDG, GCU)
24-21-00 - INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR SYSTEM (IDG, GCU)
24-21-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR

SYSTEM (IDG, GCU) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
Each engine (HP rotor) drives its associated IDG through the accessory gearbox. The drive speed varies
according to the engine rating.
The IDG provides a 115/200 VAC, 3-phase, 400 Hz AC supply at the Point of Regulation (POR).
The IDG has two parts: the Constant-Speed Drive (CSD) and the generator.
The hydromechanical Constant-Speed Drive drives the AC generator at constant speed.

(Ref. Fig. IDG Location in Nacelle SHEET 1)

A FAN CASE
ELECTRICAL
HARNESS
4000XU
N_MM_242100_0_ACM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-12300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG Location in Nacelle

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. IDG System Control - Component Location SHEET 1)

4WT2 4WT1
PANEL 35VU
A
BAT 1 1 BAT 2 BAT 2
DC BUS 1 DC BUS 2
FAULT FAULT
v OFF OFF v
GALLEY FAULT
A AC BUS 1 AC ESS BUS ALTN AC BUS 2

FAULT
U
E OFF T
L O E
BUS TIE L
E
C A E
IDG 1 U C
IDG 2
GEN 1 ON T
R APU GEN EXT PWR GEN 2 R
O
FAULT FAULT FAULT AVAIL FAULT FAULT
OFF OFF ON ON
5XT 6XT
N_MM_242100_0_AJM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-12500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System Control - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

The IDG is installed on the engine gearbox pad.

It is attached by means of a Quick Attach Detach device (QAD),
(Ref. Fig. IDG Attachment to the Gearbox SHEET 1)

A A
IDG INPUT SHAFT
TENSION BOLT
SCREW QAD ADAPTER
N_MM_242100_0_VEM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-12200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - IDG Attachment to the Gearbox

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
4000XU IDG 435 24-21-51
4210KS HARNESS-IDG POWER FEEDER 410 73-25-00
A. Integrated Drive Generator (IDG)
The IDG converts variable speed shaft power directly into constant frequency 400 Hz AC electrical power.
This is accomplished by the Constant Speed Drive (CSD) which drives the AC generator at constant speed.
The AC generator produces thus constant frequency power.
B. Function of the Generator Control Unit (GCU)
Each GCU controls its dedicated IDG:

IDG 1 : GCU 1,
IDG 2 : GCU 2.
The main functions for the regulation and protection of the IDG are:
regulation of the generator voltage at Point Of Regulation (POR),
regulation of the generator speed,
monitoring and protection of the system.
C. Function of the IDG Pushbutton Switches
If an IDG is faulty (overheat or abnormal oil low pressure), the FAULT legend comes on. The pilot must
then open the safety guard and push the IDG pushbutton switch. This action results in the mechanical
disconnection of the faulty IDG.
NOTE: With engine stopped, the IDG cannot be disconnected. An underspeed condition inhibits the discon-
nection.
4. Power Supply
A. Circuit Breaker Table
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN CLIPPED LOCATION

122VU ELEC/IDG1/DISC 1XT T24
5. Interface
(Ref. Fig. Speed Regulation Loop SHEET 1)

HYDRAULIC
INTERFACE/COOLER
OIL CIRCULATION
SYSTEM
PERMANENT
EXCITER MAIN
MAGNET
1:2 SUMMING GENERATOR GENERATOR
GENERATOR
VARIABLE DIFFERENTIAL
ROTOR ROTOR
INPUT ROTOR
(ARMATURE) (FIELD)
SPEED
VARIABLE FIXED STATOR

STATOR STATOR
(FIELD)
HYDRAULIC UNIT
HYDRAULIC
SERVO VALVE
TEMPERATURE
SENSORS
DISCONNECT
SOLENOID
4000XU
IDG 5VAC
FAULT
OFF
TO LOADS
(115VAC/400Hz)
28VDC
P/BSW
ELEC/IDG
VOLTAGE
REGULATION
6 HOLE
CT
GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT
GLC
POR
N_MM_242100_0_VGM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-19300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Speed Regulation Loop

** ON A/C ALL

A. Generator Control Unit

(1) Input data
Each GCU receives the following signals from its dedicated IDG:
oil inlet temperature,
oil outlet temperature,
low oil pressure,
PMG 3 phase output voltage,
CT 3 phase signal.
(2) Output data
Each GCU provides the following output analog data to the SDACs, through the ARINC 429 link:
IDG oil output temperature,
IDG oil inlet temperature,
AC load at POR,
AC frequency (phase A)
AC voltage (phase A) at POR.
It provides also to the SDACs the following discrete information through ARINC 429 link:
overload warning,
generator fault,
IDG disconnect status,
IDG disconnect pushbutton position,
IDG oil outlet overheat,
IDG oil low pressure,
GEN pushbutton switch position.
6. Description
A. Description of the IDG
(Ref. Fig. IDG - Interface Accessories)

MODIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
PLATE PLATE
B A
INPUT
SPLINE OIL
SHAFT LEVEL
SIGHT GLASS
DISCONNECT
RESET RING
ELECTRICAL
A
CONNECTOR C
ELECTRICAL
VENT
CONNECTOR A
VALVE
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR B
TERMINAL
BLOCK
COVER
TERMINAL SCAVENGE
BLOCK FILTER
OVERFILL
DRAIN PORT CHARGE
FILTER
OIL-IN PORT
PRESSURE OIL-OUT
FILL PORT PORT
N_MM_242100_0_VJM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-12400-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - IDG - Interface Accessories

** ON A/C ALL

C QAD INDEX PIN
QAD ALIGNMENT MARK
PACKING
PACKING
DIRECTION
OF ROTATION
CASE DRAIN
N_MM_242100_0_VJM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

(1) Electrical circuit
hook-up of the electrical wiring,

location of the electrical connectors.
(2) Maintenance
oil replenishing,
oil drainage,
oil level check,
filter,
disconnect reset handle.
(3) Inspection
clogging indicator of the scavenge oil filter on the IDG oil-out line.
(4) Cooling system
oil in port,
oil out port.
B. Quick Attach Detach (QAD) Adapter
(Ref. Fig. IDG Attachment to the Gearbox SHEET 1)
The IDG is installed on the engine gearbox pad. It is attached by means of QAD device with a tension bolt.
C. Drive
The speed conversion components consist of the gear differential and the hydraulic trim unit. The variable
speed shaft power is provided by the engine gearbox to the IDG input shaft which is directly coupled to the
carrier shaft of the differential.
The variable displacement hydraulic unit is driven by the carrier shaft at a direct ratio of input speed. The
variable displacement hydraulic unit is hydraulically coupled to a fixed displacement hydraulic unit which is
mechanically coupled to the trim ring gear of the differential.
The speed and direction of rotation of the fixed displacement hydraulic unit and hence the trim ring gear is
regulated by an electronic controlled servo valve.
The servo valve ports oil to a control piston to position the variable wobbler and control the rate and
direction of oil flow from the variable to fixed hydraulic units. Speed summing is accomplished in the
differential by adding or subtracting the trim speed of the trim ring gear to the meshing planet gear which is
orbited as a function of input speed by the carrier shaft.
The second or output planet is in mesh with the first planet and the output ring gear. The output gear is
thereby made to rotate at a constant speed. Since the output ring gear is meshed with the generator drive
gear, constant shaft speed (24,000 rpm) is converted directly into 400 Hz constant frequency AC power
which is available at the IDG power terminals.
D. Generator
The generator is a three stage machine with the three component machines connected in cascade.
The first machine (pilot exciter (PE)) is a twelve pole permanent magnet generator (PMG).
Its rotor is constructed of small Rare Earth Cobalt magnets. The output from the PE stator winding :
has a generator excitation function
provides power for other components of the electrical system of which the generator forms part (supply
of the GCU and the external relays and contactors). The generator gets thus "Self-flashing" and "Self-
sufficient".
The second machine (Main Exciter (ME)), 10 poles stator, receives its field excitation from the pilot exciter
via the voltage regulator in the GCU: this creates a stationary field. Rotating diodes rectify the three phase
output of the main exciter rotor.
This output feeds the main rotor winding.
The DC output thus produced supplies the rotating field system of the third machine.
The third machine (main alternator) receives excitation for the rotating salient four pole field from the
rectified output of the main exciter.

The main alternator has a three-phase star-connected stator-winding. The three phases and neutral are
taken to the generator output terminal block.
The generator is designed for use with an external voltage regulator forming part of the GCU.
The GCU:
rectifies the output of the pilot exciter,
regulates the excitation current to the main exciter field winding.
The IDG generator contains three shielded toroidal current transformers combined into one assembly.
These provide outputs proportional to the current in the links connecting the neutral ends of the main stator
windings to the neutral terminal. They are designed for use in conjunction with the differential feeder current
protection circuit in the GCU. The secondary windings of these transformers are connected to an auxiliary
connector.
E. IDG Oil System
(Ref. Fig. IDG System - IDG Hydraulic Schematic SHEET 1)

CASE VACUUM
OVERPRESSURE BREAK
OIL IN RELIEF VALVE
FUEL/OIL FUEL TEMP VALVE
COOLER TO ENGINE BULB
CHARGE RELIEF VALVE
CHARGE

CHARGE
PRESSURE
FILTER
SWITCH
CHARGE
PUMP BYPASS VALVE ACCESSORY
BEAR
OIL IN BEARINGS
PORT
DEAERATOR DYNAMIC TANK
Customer : HIM
CHARGE
PRESSURE
PMG MONITOR PORT
DIFFERENTIAL
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
GENERATOR HYDRAULIC
UNITS
INVERSION
PUMP GENERATOR
BACKIRON SERVO VALVE
COOLING
EXTERNAL
** ON A/C ALL
CIRCUIT
BYPASS
SCAVENGE
PUMP
OIL OUT
PORT SCAVENGE
FILTER

P
OIL OUT
TEMP
Figure 24-21-00-20300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System - IDG Hydraulic Schematic

BULB
4000XU OIL FILTER

IDG OIL OIL CASE SIGHT
P INDICATOR
N_MM_242100_0_VRM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
FILLER OVERFLOW DRAIN GLASS
Page 58 of 1294
(1) IDG Cooling
An engine fuel/oil cooler cools the IDG oil and limits the IDG inlet temperature to 127 deg.C. Engine oil
and IDG oil both go through the fuel/oil cooler but do not mix.
NOTE: The normal IDG oil inlet temperature is between 40 deg.C to 105 deg.C
(2) IDG oil system operation
The oil enters the IDG at the opposite side of the drive end through the input (I/P) filter and is ported to:
the differential gear,
input seal,
charge pump,
generator stator and rotor.
The oil supplied to the differential gear is also used to spray cool the PMG stator and lube the
disconnect spline.
The input housing has rectangular grooves cut around the main generator stator core in which oil flows
to cool the stator and maintain a lower IDG surface temperature.
The charge pump draws in the oil flow at its suction port and intensifies its pressure.
The charge oil is then used:

as a motive flow in the hydraulic and control system,
for cooling and lubrication of the hydraulic parts.
The oil entering the rotor is distributed for cooling at level of:
the exciter and main generator rotors,
exciter and main generator windings,
the diodes.
This oil used is then either ported directly to the deaerator or leaked to the IDG sump where it is
scavenged and pumped to the deaerator. The oil is deaerated and then ported to the supply pump.
There it runs through the filter into the external system lines for cooling.
(3) Oil filter differential pressure indicator
The scavenge filter is fitted with an oil filter differential pressure indicator. The indicator shows when the
filter element requires replacement. The sensing device for the oil filter differential pressure indicator is
automatically inhibited during cold oil running conditions. This avoids spurious operation due to high oil
viscosity.
(4) IDG oil pressure fill
A quick fill coupling installed on the transmission casing enables pressure filling or topping up the unit
with oil. The oil thus introduced flows to the transmission via the scavenge filter and external cooler
circuit. This ensures:
the priming of the external circuit,
the filtration of any oil introduced.
An internal standpipe connected to an overflow drain ensures a correct quantity of oil.
NOTE: Motoring is not necessary for oil level check or oil replenishment.
(5) Oil level check
The oil level can be read on the vertical sight glass.

Servicing is performed according to the oil level position in zones determined by different colors (red,
yellow, green).
F. Description of the Electrical Connectors

(Ref. Fig. IDG - Internal Schematic SHEET 1)

MAIN GENERATOR ARMATURE

N
H1
T3
X1 TERMINAL
H1 BLOCK
T2
X1
CONNECTOR A H1
C T1
X1
B CURRENT
A TRANSFORMERS
(3)
DISCONNECT SOLENOID EXCITER

ARMATURE
EXCITER MAIN
FIELD GENERATOR
FIELD
ROTATING RECTIFIERS
PMG
ARMATURE
-
CONNECTOR B
SERVO VALVE +
JUMPER HARNESS
+
OIL IN
-
TEMPERATURE BULB
OIL OUT
+
TEMPERATURE BULB
CONNECTOR C
+
CHARGE PRESSURE
-
SWITCH
4000XU-IDG
N_MM_242100_0_VPM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-21200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG - Internal Schematic

** ON A/C ALL

There are three differently sized electrical connectors on the IDG.

(1) Connector A
The following internal components are connected to it:

the Main Exciter (ME),
3 current transformers,
disconnect solenoid.
(2) Connector B
The following internal component are connected to it:

the PMG stator,
the oil-in and oil-out temperature bulbs,
the servo valve.
(3) Connector C
Only one internal component is connected to it:

the charge pressure switch.
G. Leading Particulars of the IDG
(1) Speed range
Minimum speed : 4900 RPM

Maximum speed : 9120 RPM
(2) Direction of rotation
Clockwise looking from IDG input.

(3) Ambient temperature
Normal operating temperature : 40 C to 105 C

(4) Max mass
57.42 Kg.
7. Operation/Control and Indicating
(Ref. Fig. IDG System - Generator Drive Control and Indicating SHEET 1)

MASTER
SINGLE CHIME
CAUT
DISPLAY
SYSTEM
E/W
2WK2
2WK1
EWD
SD
DMC
1WW1,1WW2
FWC'S
1WV1,1WV2
SDAC'S
GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT

TEMPERATURE
DISC (REQUEST)
SERVO VALVE
OOT 185 C
LOP. SENSE
OVERHEAT
OIL LEVEL
OIL
IDG FAULT
IDG OFF
1XU1,1XU2
OOT
ELEC/IDG
OIT
FAULT
PRESSURE SWITCH
5XT,6XT
P/BSW
SERVO VALVE
DISCONNECT
SOLENOID
OIL LEVEL
POSITION
LOW OIL
SENSOR
TEMPERATURE
BULBS
OIL
5VAC
28VDC
4000XU
IDG
N_MM_242100_0_VHM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-22900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System - Generator Drive Control and Indicating
** ON A/C ALL

A. Monitoring of the Oil System Operation
(Ref. Fig. IDG 1 Oil Low Pressure - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

IDG 1 OIL LOW PRESSURE (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)
MANUAL CREW CONFIG. OVHD SYST

WARNING ECAM UPPER DISPLAY ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
ACTION SYSTEM PANEL IND.

IDG1
SINGLE
R CHIME
FAULT SEE FOLLOWING

Customer : HIM
+
PAGE
MASTER
CAUTION ELEC IDG1 OIL LO PR
IDG1........................OFF
AMBER "FAULT"
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
- IDG1 IDG1
DISCONNECTED
R
- GEN 1 FAULT SEE TWO PAGES
** ON A/C ALL
ACTION ON FAULT FARTHER
IDG1 P/BSW - AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER OF
NETWORK 1 ON ELEC IDG1 OIL LO PR
ANOTHER POWER
SOURCE
(GEN 2)
NORMAL CONFIG.
STATUS
GEN 1
APU GEN UP INOP SYS:
ACTION ON TO FL 350 GEN 1

CLEAR P/BSW FAULT
ON ECAM CP APU START UP MAIN
GALLEY
OFF TO FL 310
AMBER "FAULT"
NORMAL CONFIG.
N_MM_242100_0_ASM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Figure 24-21-00-23300-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - IDG 1 Oil Low Pressure - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
Page 65 of 1294
ELEC BAT 1
28V
BAT 2
28V
DC BAT
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
28V ESS TR EMER GEN 28V
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
116V APU GEN 116V
400HZ 400HZ
110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU-ECAM,LOWER
N_MM_242100_0_ASM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

Oil temperature sensors monitor oil-in and oil-out temperatures: they allow overheat detection.
A pressure switch operates in the event of a loss of charge oil pressure.
In both cases (overheat and loss of pressure), a warning is provided to the cockpit, (FAULT legend and
ECAM warning):
(Ref. Fig. IDG 1 Oil Overheat - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

IDG 1 OIL OVERHEAT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)


IDG1
SINGLE
R CHIME
FAULT SEE FOLLOWING

Customer : HIM
+
PAGE
MASTER
CAUTION ELEC IDG1 OIL OVHT
IDG1......................OFF
AMBER "FAULT"
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
- IDG1 IDG1
DISCONNECTED
R
- GEN 1 FAULT SEE TWO PAGES
** ON A/C ALL
ACTION ON FAULT FARTHER
IDG1 P/BSW - AUTOMATIC
TRANSFER OF
NETWORK 1 ON ELEC IDG1 OIL OVHT
ANOTHER POWER
SOURCE
(GEN 2)
STATUS
GEN 1
ACTION ON TO FL 350 GEN 1

CLEAR P/BSW FAULT
ON ECAM CP MAIN
GALLEY
OFF
AMBER "FAULT"
NORMAL CONFIG.
Figure 24-21-00-23500-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - IDG 1 Oil Overheat - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
N_MM_242100_0_BCM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 68 of 1294
ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
11 6 V APU GEN 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C190 110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU-ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242100_0_BCM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. IDG 1 Oil Overheat Advisory - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
SEE FOLLOWING
PAGE
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
IDG 1 OIL OVERHEAT ADVISORY
WARNING
OVHD SYST
PANEL IND.
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
MANUAL CREW
ACTION
N_MM_242100_0_AYM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-23400-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - IDG 1 Oil

Overheat Advisory - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

ELEC BAT 1
28V
BAT 2
28V
DC BAT
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
116V APU GEN 116V
400HZ 400HZ
IDG 1 c 170 110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU-ECAM,LOWER
N_MM_242100_0_AYM0_02_00
Figure 24-21-00-23400-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - IDG 1 Oil

Overheat Advisory - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

The oil-out temperature is displayed on the ECAM electrical page.
NOTE: When the oil temperature reaches a predetermined value, an advisory mode is shown on the ECAM
(Ref. Fig. IDG 1 Oil Overheat Advisory - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)
B. Disconnection of the IDG
(Ref. Fig. IDG 1 Disconnect - Lower ECAM Display Unit SHEET 1)

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
00% APU GEN 96%
0 0V 11 6 V
0 0 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110 110C IDG 2
DISC
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242100_0_BGM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-23600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG 1 Disconnect - Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

In case of:
oil overheat (high oil-out temperature),
oil pressure drop when not because of drive underspeed,
the amber FAULT legend of the ELEC/IDG1 or 2 pushbutton switch comes on,
the master warning system is triggered.
In this case, the IDG must be disconnected manually. For this, the PUSH-TO-DISC IDG1(2) safety-guarded
pushbutton switch, installed on the panel 35VU, must be pushed.
NOTE: - IDG disconnection is irreversible in flight. Connection of the system is then possible only on the
ground with engines shut down. - Illumination of IDG FAULT legend is inhibited at engine shut down
(under speed) in particular. In case of overheat or oil pressure drop, the legend goes off because a
disconnection occurs (speed below 2000 rpm).
- The IDG must not operate for more than 50 hours in the disconnected mode. If the IDG operates
for more than 50 hours in the disconnected mode, it will be necessary to replace it and send the
removed IDG for a shop inspection. This is because there is a risk of damage to the ball bearing
assembly on the input shaft.
C. Reconnection of the IDG

A mechanical reset handle is fitted to the IDG.
The handle is used to reconnect the drive while the engine is stationary on the ground.
D. Oil filter
A clogged filter indication is provided by a local visual pop out indicator. The indicator is installed opposite
the drive end of the IDG.
Figure 24-21-00-12200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - IDG Attachment to the Gearbox
Figure 24-21-00-12300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG Location in Nacelle
Figure 24-21-00-12500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System Control - Component Location
Figure 24-21-00-19300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Speed Regulation Loop
Figure 24-21-00-20300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System - IDG Hydraulic Schematic
Figure 24-21-00-21200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG - Internal Schematic
Figure 24-21-00-22900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System - Generator Drive Control and Indicating
Figure 24-21-00-23400-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - IDG 1 Oil Overheat Advisory - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
Figure 24-21-00-23400-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - IDG 1 Oil Overheat Advisory - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
Figure 24-21-00-23600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG 1 Disconnect - Lower ECAM Display Unit
24-21-00 PB 201 CONF 06 - INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR

SYSTEM (IDG, GCU) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 24-21-00-550-002-A
Preservation/Storage/Return to Service of the IDG

Preservation of the IDG prevents corrosion and deterioration when the IDG is in storage for a short period (less
than two years).
The preservation procedure will give maximum protection to the IDG. You must do it in clean and dry
conditions.

A. Consumable Materials
(Material No. 12ADB1) Corrosion Preventive Compound-Water Displacing & Heavy Duty Hard
Film -

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
(Ref. 12-13-24-612-041-B). IDG Servicing - Filling of the IDG with Oil or Addition of Oil after a
Level Check
(Ref. 12-13-24-680-040-B). Draining of the Oil from the IDG
(Ref. 24-21-51-000-040-B). Removal of the Integrated Drive Generator - IDG 1(2)
(Ref. 24-21-51-000-041-B). Removal of the IDG Oil Filter(s)
(Ref. 24-21-51-400-041-B). Installation of the IDG Oil Filter(s)
(Ref. 24-21-51-400-044-A). Installation of the Integrated Drive Generator - IDG 1(2) (New EPGS)
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-006-B). Minimum Idle Check
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-010-096-A
A. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
(1) FOR 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-00-620-052-B
A. IDG Preservation
(1) Remove the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040)
(2) Do an inspection of the external surfaces of the IDG for missing paint.
(a) If necessary, return the IDG to the overhaul facility to repair the paint work.
(3) Protection of the IDG.
(a) Apply adhesive tape on the input spline, the O-ring, the input seal area and the valves that are on
the periphery of the input pad. Do not remove the input flange, gasket or screws.
(b) Apply Corrosion Preventive Compound-Water Displacing & Heavy Duty Hard Film
- (Material No. 12ADB1) on the input face and the input pad area.

(c) Remove the adhesive tape.

(4) Install the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
(5) Replace the IDG filter(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-041) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-
041) .
(6) Fill the IDG with oil (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
(7) Start the engine to make sure that oil flows through the IDG and the external circuit
(Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) .
(8) Open the drains of the input pad seal to drain unwanted fluids (condensation water or remaining
engine washing fluids).
(9) At intervals, do an inspection for external corrosion damage. Do steps 1 to 3 again as necessary.
NOTE: We recommend that you do this inspection:

- a minimum of one time each year or
- when you do usual engine maintenance and/or inspections.
But it is possible to change the frequency of the intervals (use your experience and the
location of storage to make the decision).
Subtask 24-21-00-630-052-B
B. Return to Service
(1) Do a visual inspection of all the external surfaces of the IDG for damage.
(2) Drain the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-680-040) .
(3) Replace the filter(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-041) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-
041) .
(4) Fill the IDG with oil (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
(5) Start the engine to make sure that the IDG operates correctly (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-095-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
24-21-00 PB 301 CONF 06 - INTEGRATED DRIVE

GENERATOR SYSTEM (IDG, GCU) - SERVICING
TASK 24-21-00-920-040-B
Drain IDG Oil System, Discard Filter Element(s) and Replenish

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO ONE
HOUR.
WARNING: WEAR GOGGLES, INSULATED GLOVES AND OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHES.

HOT OIL CAN BURN YOUR EYES AND SKIN.
IF OIL TOUCHES YOUR EYES OR SKIN, GET MEDICAL AID.
CAUTION: USE ONLY NEW CANS OF OIL WHEN YOU FILL THE IDG WITH OIL OR ADD OIL TO THE IDG.
THE CONTAMINATION IN OIL THAT STAYS IN OPEN CANS CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORA-
TION OF THE OIL AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE SOLVENTS THAT CONTAIN CHLORINE TO CLEAN THE EQUIPMENT (PUMP,
HOSES, TANK AND FUNNEL) USED TO FILL THE IDG WITH OIL.
CHLORINE CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL CAN CAUSE FAST DETERIORATION OF THE OIL
AND WILL DECREASE THE LIFE OF THE IDG.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE THE IDG:

- IF IT CONTAINS TOO MUCH OIL
- IF IT DOES NOT CONTAIN ENOUGH OIL
IF YOU DO, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.
CAUTION: DO NOT DO THE SERVICING OF A DISCONNECTED IDG. CONTINUED OPERATION OF A DE-

FECTIVE IDG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

- REMOVE AND DISCARD SCAVENGE FILTER ELEMENT
- DRAIN AND REPLENISH OIL SYSTEM
- REMOVE AND DISCARD SCAVENGE AND CHARGE FILTER ELEMENTS,
- DRAIN AND REPLENISH OIL SYSTEM
To drain the IDG, replace the IDG oil filter element(s) and fill the IDG with oil.

No specific AR CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL)
No specific 1 FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP
No specific Torque wrench: range
to between 0.62 and 0.85 m.daN (54.87 and 75.22 lbf.in)
to between 1.76 and 2.03 m.daN (12.98 and 14.97 lbf.ft)
B. Consumable Materials
(Material No. CP8001) lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(Material No. CP8002) lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia
(Material No. 03ABA1) Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - -

C. Work Zones and Access Panels

438 FAN COWL
448 FAN COWL
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
D. Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM DESIGNATION IPC-CSN

6 O-ring 24-21-51-02-020
1 O-ring 24-21-51-02-200
2 filter element 24-21-51-02-210
3 O-ring 24-21-51-02-220
E. Referenced Information
(Ref. 12-32-24-281-001-A). Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
(Ref. 24-21-00-210-044-A). Inspection of the Filter Element(s)
(Ref. 24-21-00-612-043-B). Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
(Ref. 24-21-00-612-043-B-01). Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination and Extension
of the Oil-Filter Differential-Pressure Indicator (DPI)
(Ref. 24-42-00-861-001-A). Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power
(Ref. 24-42-00-862-001-A). De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External
Power
(Ref. 71-00-00-710-001-B). Dry Motoring Check
IDG Oil Filters

15
14
OIL LEVEL
SIGHT GLASS 13 SCAVENGE FILTER
A
CHARGE FILTER
9
12
OVERFLOW
DRAIN HOSE
1
11 7
CONTAINER PRESSURE 10 8
FILL HOSE
2
A
4
N_MM_242100_3_RCRA_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-30100-06-B / SHEET 1/2 - IDG Oil Filters

** ON A/C ALL

CORRECTLY FILLED IDG

A A
AFTER SERVICING OR AFTER ENGINE
ENGINE SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN
(COLD OIL/IDG) (HOT OIL/IDG)
A320 A320
OVER FULL OVER FULL
RED RED
YELLOW YELLOW
GREEN GREEN
ADD ADD ADD ADD

OIL OIL OIL OIL
RED RED
PW6000 PW6000
CFM CFM
OIL LEVEL MUST BE AT OR NEAR OIL LEVEL CAN BE

THE LINE BETWEEN THE YELLOW BAND IN THE GREEN BAND OR THE
AND THE GREEN BAND YELLOW BAND
INCORRECTLY FILLED IDG

A A
AFTER SERVICING OR AT ALL TIMES
ENGINE SHUTDOWN (HOT OR COLD OIL/IDG)
(COLD OIL/IDG)
A320 A320 A320
OVER FULL OVER FULL OVER FULL
RED RED RED
YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW

GREEN GREEN GREEN
ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD

OIL OIL OIL OIL OIL OIL
RED RED RED
PW6000 PW6000 PW6000
CFM CFM CFM
THE OIL LEVEL MUST NOT BE IN THE OIL LEVEL MUST NOT BE
THE YELLOW BAND BUT IT CAN IN THE RED BAND
BE IMMEDIATELY ABOVE THE
LOWER LIMIT OF THE YELLOW
BAND BECAUSE OF THE AIRCRAFT
RAMP ANGLE
ACTION: DO THE IDG SERVICING ACTION: PERFORM IDG OIL SERVICING

TO GET THE CORRECT IDG TO GET THE CORRECT IDG OIL LEVEL.
OIL LEVEL.
N_MM_242100_3_RCRA_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-861-053-A
A. Energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-21-00-941-066-A
B. Safety Precautions
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5 minutes before you do this
procedure.
(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 24-21-00-010-072-A
C. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Oil Filters)
Subtask 24-21-00-864-056-A
A. Depressurization of the IDG Case
WARNING: POINT THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER WHEN YOU CONNECT
THE HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HALF-COUPLING. THIS WILL PREVENT
BURNS FROM THE HOT OIL SPRAY. HOT OIL CAN CAUSE BURNS TO EYES AND
SKIN.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE DEVICES OTHER THAN THE APPROVED OVERFLOW DRAIN-HOSE FIT-
TING. HARD METAL OBJECTS SUCH AS SCREWDRIVERS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HALF-COUPLING SEAT.
(1) Put a CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL) (11) below the IDG (15).
(2) Remove the dust cap (10) from the overflow drain half-coupling (13).
(3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (12) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP
in the container (11).
(4) Do this step to depressurize the IDG case:
(a) Connect the overflow drain hose (12) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP to
the overflow drain half-coupling (13).
NOTE: Some oil can come out of the overflow drain hose (12) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT -
TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP when you connect it.
Subtask 24-21-00-680-058-A

B. Draining of the Oil
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL
LOCKWIRE. EACH TIME YOU CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMME-
DIATELY. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the case drain plug (5).
NOTE: Approximately 3.8l (1 USgal) of oil will flow into the container.
(2) Remove the case drain plug (5).

(3) Remove the O-ring (6) and discard it.
(4) Drain the oil.
(a) If you smell fuel from the drained oil, do the servicing of the IDG after oil chemical contamination
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-612-043) .
(b) If you think that the condition of the oil is incorrect, do the sampling of the IDG oil for analysis
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-24-281-001) .
Subtask 24-21-00-020-067-B
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCK-
WIRE. EACH TIME YOU CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMMEDIATELY.
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN CAUSE DAM-
AGE.
C. Removal of the IDG Oil Scavenge and Charge Filters
NOTE: This procedure is the same for the two filters
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the filter cover (4).
NOTE: Put a container 5.7 l (1.5 USgal) below the filter cavity.
(2) Remove the filter cover (4).

(3) Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the filter cover (4).
(4) Remove the filter element (2).
(5) Remove and discard the O-ring (1) from the filter element (2).
(6) Install a blanking plug on the filter cavity port.
Subtask 24-21-00-210-069-A
D. Inspection of the IDG Oil Filter(s)
(1) Do the inspection of the filter element(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-210-044) .
NOTE: We recommend that you do a visual inspection of the IDG oil filter for possible contamination,
debris.
Subtask 24-21-00-640-055-A
E. Lubrication of the Expendable Parts

(1) Lubricate the new O-ring (1) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
- (Material No. 03ABA1).
Subtask 24-21-00-420-069-A
F. Installation of the Case Drain Plug
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-020) O-ring (6) on the case drain plug (5).
(2) Install the case drain plug (5).
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (5) to between 0.62 and 0.85 m.daN (54.87 and 75.22 lbf.in).
(4) Safety the case drain plug (5) with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire
0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).
Subtask 24-21-00-420-068-B
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENTS ARE IN THE CORRECT POSITION IN THE FILTER
CAVITIES BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE FILTER COVERS. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE FILTER
COVER SCREWS TO PUT THE FILTER COMPONENTS IN THE HOUSINGS.
AGE.
G. Installation of the IDG Oil Scavenge and Charge Filters
NOTE: This procedure is the same for the two filters.
(1) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-200) O-ring (1) on the filter element (2).
(2) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-220) O-ring (3) on the filter cover (4).
(3) Remove the blanking plug from the filter cavity port.
(4) Put the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-210) filter element (2) in the filter cavity.
(5) Install the filter cover (4).
(6) TORQUE the filter cover (4) to between 1.76 and 2.03 m.daN (12.98 and 14.97 lbf.ft).
(7) Safety the filter cover (4) with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire
Subtask 24-21-00-612-070-B
CAUTION: USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX TYPES//BRANDS

OF LUBRICANTS.

CAUTION: BEFORE YOU CHANGE TO A NEW BRAND OF OIL, CONTACT THE IDG MANUFACTURER
IF YOU START THE ENGINES IN COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS. BECAUSE OF THE COM-
BINATION OF IDG MODEL, IDG LOW-TEMPERATURE START AND OIL WITH POSSIBLE
LOW ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE IDG ROTAT-
ING DIODES.
H. Filling of the IDG with Oil
NOTE: In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water contamination of the IDG oil during the
filling procedure.
(1) Remove the dust cap (8) from the pressure fill half-coupling (9).
(2) Connect the pressure fill hose (7) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP to the
pressure fill half-coupling (9).
(3) Fill the IDG with filtered Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1) at a
maximum pressure of 35 psi (2.41 bar).
NOTE: The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of oil brand names approved for the IDG.
(4) Stop the filling procedure when the quantity of oil collected from the overflow drain hose (12) of the
FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP is 0.95 l (0.25 USgal) minimum.
Subtask 24-21-00-020-073-A
J. Removal of the Hoses
(1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (7) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP from
the pressure fill half-coupling (9).
(2) Install the dust cap (8) on the pressure fill half-coupling (9).
(3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (12) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK
OIL, DH13PM TYP, disconnect the hose (12).
(4) Install the dust cap (10) on the overflow drain half-coupling (13).
Subtask 24-21-00-710-060-A
K. Do a dry motoring for leak check before inspection (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) .
Subtask 24-21-00-210-070-A
L. Inspection of the Oil Level
NOTE: To fill the external oil system to its maximum level before the oil level check, it is necessary to:
- Dry-motor the engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) for two minutes, or to
- Operate the engine at minimum idle (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) .
(1) Inspection of the oil level after dry motoring.
CAUTION: IF YOU DRY-MOTOR THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE THAT THE OIL LEVEL IS STABLE
BEFORE YOU DO THE INSPECTION. THE OIL LEVEL WILL BECOME STABLE
ONLY AFTER 30 MINUTES. THUS THE LEVEL INDICATIONS ON THE SIGHT-
GLASS WILL NOT BE CORRECT BEFORE THE END OF THIS PERIOD. IF YOU
ADD OIL WHEN IT IS NOT NECESSARY, THERE IS A RISK THAT YOU WILL
CAUSE FAILURE OF THE IDG.
(a) Wait thirty minutes to let the oil in the IDG become stable.

(b) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:

if the oil level is at or near the top of the green band, oil servicing is not necessary,
if the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A., 4.H. and 4.J. again,
if the oil level is above the green band, do the steps 4.A. and 4.J. again.
(2) Inspection of the oil level after an engine start (alternative procedure).
(a) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.
(b) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:
if the oil level is in the green or yellow band, oil servicing is not necessary,
if the oil level is below the green band, do the steps 4.A., 4.H. and 4.J. again,
if the oil level is above the yellow band, do the steps 4.A. and 4.J. again.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-072-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-21-00-862-053-A
B. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
TASK 24-21-00-612-043-B
Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
HOUR.





You must do this procedure to clean the IDG and the external lines.

No specific AR HOSE - DRAIN
to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.85 m.daN)

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
D. Expendable Parts

2 packing 24-21-51-02-020
Level Check
(Ref. 24-21-00-612-046-A). IDG Oil-Type Change
Power

(Ref. 71-00-00-710-028-B). Engine Shutdown
(Ref. 20-34-00-00). LIST OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR IDG SERVICE AND MAIN-
TENANCE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Servicing of IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination SHEET 1

A
A
6
5
B
7
10
OVERFLOW
DRAIN HOSE
9 8
FILL HOSE
N_MM_242100_3_RJP0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-30200-06-B / SHEET 1/1 - Servicing of IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-861-060-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-21-00-941-067-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-21-00-010-073-A
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Servicing of IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-00-864-054-A
SKIN.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU CONNECT THE HOSE OF THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HALF- COUP-
LING CORRECTLY. THIS HOSE LETS THE OIL IN THE IDG DRAIN TO THE CORRECT
LEVEL. IF THERE IS TOO MUCH OIL IN THE IDG THE IDG WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
(3) Put the end of the HOSE - DRAIN (10) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP in
the container (9).

Subtask 24-21-00-680-059-A
CAUSE DAMAGE.
NOTE: Approximately 3.8 l (1 USgal) of oil will flow into the container.

(4) Drain the oil.
Subtask 24-21-00-920-053-B
C. Removal of the IDG Oil Charge and Scavenge Filter Elements
(1) Replace the IDG oil scavenge-filter-element (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-041) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-041) .
(2) Remove and discard the IDG oil charge-filters-element (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-041) and
install the filter cover with a new O-ring (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-041) .
Subtask 24-21-00-170-053-A

OF LUBRICANTS.
D. Flushing of the IDG
NOTE: Approximately 3.8 l (1.00 USgal) to 5.7 l (1.51 USgal) of oil will flow into the CONTAINER 10 L(2
1/2 USGAL).
NOTE: The (Ref. AMM D/O 20-34-00-00) gives a list of oil brand names approved for the IDG.
(a) Fill the IDG with filtered Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1)
until:
The color of the oil that flows from the case drain is the same as the color of the oil that you put
into the IDG, or
You collect approximately 3.8 l (1.00 USgal) to 5.7 l (1.51 USgal) of oil from the case drain.
Subtask 24-21-00-640-056-A
E. Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-020) packing (2) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine
Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1).
Subtask 24-21-00-420-071-A


(1) Install the new O-ring (2) on the case drain plug (1).
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (1) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.85 m.daN).
Subtask 24-21-00-612-072-B

OF LUBRICANTS.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU CHANGE TO A NEW BRAND OF OIL, CONTACT THE IDG MANUFACTURER
IF YOU START THE ENGINES IN COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS. BECAUSE OF THE COM-
BINATION OF IDG MODEL, IDG LOW-TEMPERATURE START AND OIL WITH POSSIBLE
LOW ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE IDG ROTAT-
ING DIODES.
G. Filling of the IDG with Oil
NOTE: In case of OIL type/brand change, refer to (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-612-046) .
NOTE: In rain, fog or wet conditions, be careful to prevent water contamination of the IDG oil during the
filling procedure.
NOTE: The AMM 20-34-00 gives a list of oil brand names approved for the IDG.
(3) Fill the IDG with the filtered Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1)
at a maximum pressure of 35 psi (2.41 bar).
(4) Stop the filling procedure when the quantity of oil collected from the overflow drain hose (10) of the
FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP is 0.95 l (0.25 USgal) minimum.
Subtask 24-21-00-020-069-A
H. Removal of the Hoses
(1) Disconnect the pressure fill hose (8) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP from
the pressure fill half-coupling (7).
(3) When only drops of oil come out of the overflow drain hose (10) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK
OIL, DH13PM TYP, disconnect the hose (10).
(4) Install the dust cap (4) on the overflow drain half-coupling (5).
Subtask 24-21-00-710-061-A
J. Operation of the Engine
(1) Start the related engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) until the temperature of the IDG oil is
175 deg.F (80 deg.C).

NOTE: You can read the oil temperature on the ELEC page of the lower ECAM DU.
(2) Stop the engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .

Subtask 24-21-00-680-060-B
K. Do the steps 4.A and 4.B again.
Replace the IDG oil scavenge-filter-element (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-041) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-041) .
Install a new IDG oil charge-filter-element, new O-ring and the filter cover (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-
400-041) .
Then, do steps 4.E and 4.F again.
Subtask 24-21-00-612-073-B
L. Filling of the IDG with Oil
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU CHANGE TO A NEW BRAND OF OIL, CONTACT THE IDG MANUFAC-
TURER IF YOU START THE ENGINES IN COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS. BECAUSE
OF THE COMBINATION OF IDG MODEL, IDG LOW-TEMPERATURE START AND OIL
WITH POSSIBLE LOW ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY, THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE
TO THE IDG ROTATING DIODES.
(1) Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-073-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-21-00-862-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
TASK 24-21-00-612-043-B01
Servicing of the IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination and Extension of the Oil-Filter Differential-Pressure Indicator
(DPI)
HOUR.





Self explanatory


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
D. Referenced Information
Level Check
Power
(Ref. 73-11-60-000-002-A). Removal of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) Oil Cooler Assembly

(Ref. 73-11-60-400-002-A). Installation of the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) Oil Cooler As-
sembly
Servicing of the IDG after Oil Contamination / DPI Popped SHEET 1

A
IDG OIL COOLER
OIL IN PORT
CONTAINER
IDG OIL
COOLER
A
OIL FILTER
P INDICATOR
TO IDG OIL COOLER

OIL-IN PORT
B
3
1
5
PRESSURE FILL HOSE
N_MM_242100_3_RKP0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-30300-06-B / SHEET 1/1 - Servicing

of the IDG after Oil Contamination / DPI Popped
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-861-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-21-00-941-068-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-21-00-010-074-A
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Servicing of the IDG after Oil Contamination / DPI Popped SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-00-020-070-A
A. Removal of the IDG and IDG Oil Cooler-Assembly
(1) Remove the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) .
(2) If the cause of contamination is a leak of the IDG oil cooler-assembly:
(a) Remove the IDG oil cooler-assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-000-002) .
Subtask 24-21-00-420-073-B
B. Installation of New IDG and Main Oil/Fuel Heat Exchanger
(1) Install a new IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
(2) Do not connect the oil-in line (2) to the oil-in port (3) at this time.
(3) If the cause of contamination is a leak of the IDG oil cooler-assembly:
(a) Install a new IDG oil cooler-assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-400-002) .
Subtask 24-21-00-612-074-A

OF LUBRICANTS.
C. Flushing of the External Lines
NOTE: Approximately 1.5 USgal (5.7 l) of oil will flow into the container.
(1) Put the end of the IDG oil-in line (2) in a CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL).

(4) Use a pump to fill the IDG with filtered Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
- (Material No. 03ABA1) until:
the color of the oil that flows from the IDG oil-in line (2) is the same as the color of the oil that you
put into the IDG,
or until you collect 3.8 l (1.0038 USgal) to 5.7 l (1.5058 USgal) of oil from the IDG oil-in line (2).
Subtask 24-21-00-420-074-A
D. Connection of the IDG Oil-in Line
CAUTION: USE TWO WRENCHES TO HOLD THE FITTINGS WHEN YOU TORQUE THE OIL-IN
AND OIL-OUT LINES.
IF NOT YOU CAN TRANSMIT TOO MUCH TORQUE TO THE IDG FITTINGS AND
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG BOSSES.
(1) Connect the IDG oil-in line (2) to the oil-in port (3). Use two wrenches, one to hold and the other to
TORQUE the IDG oil-in line (2) to between 1000 and 1050 lbf.in (11.30 and 11.87 m.daN).
Subtask 24-21-00-612-075-B
E. Filling of the IDG with Oil
(1) Fill the IDG with oil or add oil in the after a level check (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-074-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Subtask 24-21-00-862-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
TASK 24-21-00-612-046-A
IDG Oil-Type Change

HOUR.




You must do this procedure to flush the IDG and the external lines with a new type of oil.


437AL, 438AR


438AL, 447AL,
448AR
D. Expendable Parts

2 O-ring 24-21-51-02-020
Level Check
Power
Oil Type Change - IDG SHEET 1

A
A
6
5
B
7
10
OVERFLOW
DRAIN HOSE
9 8
FILL HOSE
N_MM_242100_3_RAP0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-30400-06-B / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Type Change - IDG

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-861-063-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-21-00-941-071-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-21-00-010-081-A
437AL, 438AR,
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Oil Type Change - IDG SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-00-864-059-A
SKIN.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU CONNECT THE HOSE OF THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HALF- COUP-
LING CORRECTLY. THIS HOSE LETS THE OIL IN THE IDG DRAIN TO THE CORRECT
LEVEL. IF THERE IS TOO MUCH OIL IN THE IDG THE IDG WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
(3) Put the end of the overflow drain hose (10) of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP
in the container (9).

Subtask 24-21-00-680-062-A
CAUSE DAMAGE.

(4) Drain the oil.
Subtask 24-21-00-920-056-A
C. Replace the IDG oil filter(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-041) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-
041) .
Subtask 24-21-00-612-079-A
D. Flushing of the IDG
(3) Use a pump to fill the IDG with filtered Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
- (Material No. 03ABA1) until:
the color of the oil that flows from the case drain is the same as the color of the oil that you put into
the IDG,
or until you collect 3.8 l (1 USgal) of oil from the case drain.
Subtask 24-21-00-640-058-A
E. Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-020) O-ring (2) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine
Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1).
Subtask 24-21-00-420-077-A
(1) Install the new O-ring (2) on the case drain plug (1).
(3) TORQUE the case drain plug (1) to between 55 and 75 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.85 m.daN).
Subtask 24-21-00-612-080-B

G. Filling of the IDG with Oil
(1) Fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the IDG after a level check (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
Subtask 24-21-00-720-055-A
H. Do dry motoring (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) and make sure that there are no oil leaks at the
cover(s)of the IDG oil filter(s).
NOTE: We recommend that you do a visual inspection to make sure that there are no oil leaks at the
cover(s) of the IDG oil filter(s). Do this inspection at the subsequent engine start, at minimum idle
(Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) .
When you operate the engine at minimum idle, the oil pressure in the lubrication system and the cooling
system of the IDG is higher and the oil circulation time is longer.
Subtask 24-21-00-210-074-A
J. Inspection of the Oil Level after Dry Motoring
(1) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.
(2) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:
if the oil level is at or near the top of the green band, oil servicing is not necessary,
if the oil level is below the green band or above the green band, fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the
IDG after a level check (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
Subtask 24-21-00-210-075-A
K. Inspection of the Oil Level after an Engine Start (Alternative Procedure)
(1) Let the oil in the IDG become stable for 5 minutes.
(2) Look at the oil level sight-glass of the IDG:
if the oil level is in the green or yellow band, oil servicing is not necessary,
if the oil level is below the green band or above the yellow band, fill the IDG with oil or add oil to the
IDG after a level check (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-080-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR,
438AL, 448AR.
Subtask 24-21-00-862-062-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .


Figure 24-21-00-991-30200-06-B / SHEET 1/1 - Servicing of IDG after Oil Chemical Contamination
Figure 24-21-00-991-30300-06-B / SHEET 1/1 - Servicing of the IDG after Oil Contamination / DPI Popped
Figure 24-21-00-991-30400-06-B / SHEET 1/1 - Oil Type Change - IDG

GENERATOR SYSTEM (IDG, GCU) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-21-00-710-040-A
Operational Test of the IDG Disconnect and Reconnect (Reset) Function - Engine Static
HOUR.

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF INTEGRATED DRIVE GENERATOR (IDG) DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT
FUNCTION.
To do a check of the IDG disconnect system and reset system.
NOTE: This procedure is only applicable for an engine replacement.
NOTE: There is an alternative method that is specially applicable for an IDG replacement, refer to (Ref. TASK
24-21-00-720-041).



438 FAN COWL
448 FAN COWL
438AR
448AR

Power
1(2)
IDG - Reset Ring SHEET 1

2
3
N_MM_242100_5_UBM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-92200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG - Reset Ring

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-861-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page.
Subtask 24-21-00-010-050-A
B. Open the right fan cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
438AR
448AR
Subtask 24-21-00-865-050-A

Subtask 24-21-00-865-051-A
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

122VU ELEC/GCU/2 2XU2 T27
CAUTION: ENGAGE THE IDG DISCONNECT MECHANISM WITH THE DISCONNECT RESET RING BE-
FORE YOU START THE ENGINE. IF NOT YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DOG TEETH,
AT ENGINE START.
CAUTION: DO NOT PUSH THE IDG DISCONNECT PUSHBUTTON SWITCH FOR MORE THAN 3
SECONDS.
THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 60 SECONDS BETWEEN TWO OPERATIONS OF THE SWITCH.
THIS IS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DISCONNECT SOLENOID WHICH WILL BECOME
TOO HOT.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-00-710-050-B
A. Operational Test of the IDG Disconnect and Reconnect (Reset) Function - Engine Static
(Ref. Fig. IDG - Reset Ring SHEET 1)
NOTE: This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the paren-
theses.

ACTION RESULT
Lift the guard and push the IDG1(2) pushbutton
switch.
2.On the IDG 1(2): On the IDG 1(2):
Remove the screw (3) and desengage the loop If you feel a click while you hold the disconnect re-
clamp (2). set ring, this shows that the disconnect function op-
Slowly pull out the disconnect reset ring (1) to the erates correctly.
full limit of travel. Monitor the hand force that is ne-
cessary: this force must not be too high. The dis-
connect mechanism must move freely without hard
points.
Let the disconnect reset ring (1) go slowly back to
the initial position.
On the IDG 1(2):
CAU- MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS CORRECT The force is much less than in step 2.
TION: RESET OF THE IDG DISCONNECT MECH- There is no click.
ANISM. IF THE RESET IS NOT CORRECT,
YOU MUST REMOVE AND REPLACE THE
IDG BEFORE THE NEXT FLIGHT.
CAU- MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS CORRECT

TION: RESET OF THE IDG DISCONNECT MECH-
ANISM. IF THE RESET IS NOT CORRECT,
YOU MUST REMOVE AND REPLACE THE
IDG BEFORE THE NEXT FLIGHT.
3.On the IDG 1(2):

Again, slowly pull out the disconnect reset ring (1)
to the full limit of travel.
Let the disconnect reset ring (1) go slowly back to
the initial position.
Install the loop clamp (2) on the discon-
nect reset ring (1) and attach the loop clamp
with the screw (3). TORQUE the screw
to between 20 and 22 lbf.in (0.23 and 0.25 m.daN).
4.On the panel 35VU:
Lower the safety guard.
NOTE: When you do the first engine start, make

sure that the related engine electrical-gener-
ation system operates correctly.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-050-A
A. Close the right fan cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040) :
438AR
448AR
Subtask 24-21-00-865-052-A

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 24-21-00-862-050-A
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-21-00-720-041-A
Operational Test of the IDG Disconnect and Reconnect (Reset) Function - Engine in Operation
HOUR.

To do a check of the IDG disconnect system and reset system


438AR
448AR
Power
1(2)

(Ref. 71-00-00-710-003-B). Engine Automatic Start
IDG - Reset Ring SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page.
(4) Start the engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-003) .
Subtask 24-21-00-865-053-A

CAUTION: DO NOT PUSH THE IDG DISCONNECT PUSHBUTTON SWITCH IF THE ENGINE SPEED IS
LESS THAN IDLE SPEED. IF YOU DO, YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE JAW TEETH, AT
ENGINE START.
CAUTION: DO NOT PUSH THE IDG DISCONNECT PUSHBUTTON SWITCH FOR MORE THAN 3
SECONDS.
THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 60 SECONDS BETWEEN TWO OPERATIONS OF THE SWITCH.
THIS IS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DISCONNECT SOLENOID WHICH WILL BECOME
TOO HOT.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-00-720-050-A
A. Operational Test of the IDG Disconnect Function - Engine in Operation
theses.
ACTION RESULT
1.With the engines at idle speed, on the ELEC con- On the ELEC control panel 35VU:
trol panel 35VU: the FAULT legend of the related GEN pushbutton
lift the guard and push the IDG1(2) pushbutton switch comes on
switch.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the ELEC page:

ACTION RESULT
the load, voltage and frequency parameters of the
related generator are zero,
the amber DISC indication comes into view under
the indication IDG,
the external power energizes the aircraft electrical
circuits.
Release the GEN 1(2) pushbutton switch. the FAULT legend of the related GEN pushbutton
switch goes off,
push the guard of the IDG 1(2) pusbutton switch
back in position.
Subtask 24-21-00-710-054-A
B. Reset of the system
(1) Stop the engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .
Subtask 24-21-00-010-063-A
C. Open the right fan-cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
438AR
448AR
Subtask 24-21-00-720-051-B
D. Reset of the IDG 1(2) Disconnect System
(Ref. Fig. IDG - Reset Ring SHEET 1)
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE ENGINE IS STOPPED BEFORE YOU PULL THE DISCONNECT RE-
SET RING. IF NOT YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE JAW TEETH.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS CORRECT RESET OF THE IDG DISCONNECT MECHAN-
ISM. IF THE RESET IS NOT CORRECT, YOU MUST REMOVE AND REPLACE THE IDG
BEFORE THE NEXT FLIGHT.
(1) Remove the screw (3) and desengage the loop clamp (2).
(2) Slowly pull out the disconnect reset ring (1) to the full limit of travel. Monitor the hand force that is
necessary: this force must not be too high. The disconnect mechanism must move freely without hard
points.
NOTE: The disconnect solenoid will make a click that you can feel in the disconnect reset ring when
the reset ring comes near the full travel limit.
(3) Let the disconnect reset ring (1) go slowly back to the initial position.
(4) Again, slowly pull out the disconnect reset ring (1) to the full limit of travel.
Monitor the hand force that is necessary. If the reset of the disconnect mechanism is correct, this
force will be much less than in step (2). Also there will be no indication of the reset of the disconnect
mechanism.
(5) Install the loop clamp (2) on the disconnect reset ring (1) and secure the loop clamp with the screw
(3). TORQUE the screw to between 20 and 22 lbf.in (0.23 and 0.25 m.daN).

(6) On the ELEC control panel 35VU, push the GEN 1(2) pushbutton switch (the FAULT legend comes
on).
(7) When you do the first engine start, make sure that the related electrical generation system operates
correctly.
NOTE: If the IDG was disconnected , the next engine start will clear the DISC indication on the ELEC
page on the lower ECAM DU.
NOTE: If you start the engine after the test, you must do a GCU reset. To do this, release then push
the related GEN pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-063-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the right fan cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040) :
438AR
448AR
Subtask 24-21-00-860-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-21-00-730-040-A
System Test of the IDG Frequency (P/N 740119)
HOUR.

Make sure that the steady-state operating frequency of the IDG is between 390 and 410 Hz.
If the frequency of the IDG is out of the specified limits, but is between 380 and 420 Hz, the display of the IDG
frequency on the ECAM ELEC page becomes amber. Do these steps:
remove the IDG from the engine gearbox,
adjust the frequency of the IDG,
install the IDG on the engine gearbox.
If the frequency of the IDG is out of the limits 380 - 420 Hz, replace the IDG.
NOTE: You cannot get access to the frequency adjustment screw when the IDG is on the engine. The ad-
justment of the frequency is permitted only one time each 400FH. If you adjust the governor, make an
entry in the aircraft technical logbook.

A. Work Zones and Access Panels


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
B. Referenced Information
Power
1(2)
Governor Adjustment Screw - IDG SHEET 1

4000XU
2 1
A
ENGINE GEARBOX
N_MM_242100_5_UAM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-92000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Governor Adjustment Screw - IDG

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-010-056-A
A. Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
437AL, 438AR.
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 24-21-00-860-050-A
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel, get the ELEC page.
(4) Start the related engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-003) .
Subtask 24-21-00-865-057-A

FOR FIN 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
FOR FIN 1000EM2 (ENGINE-2)
WARNING: USE PROTECTIVE GOGGLES AND GLOVES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.
EACH TIME YOU CUT LOCKWIRE, REMOVE AND DISCARD IT IMMEDIATELY. LOOSE LOCK-
WIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND, AND/OR CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
CAUTION: DO NOT ADJUST THE GOVERNOR MORE THAN 1 TIME EACH 400 FH. IF YOU ADJUST THE
GOVERNOR, MAKE AN ENTRY IN THE AIRCRAFT TECHNICAL LOGBOOK.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Governor Adjustment Screw - IDG SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-00-730-050-B
A. Test of the IDG Frequency
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ECAM control panel: On the lower ECAM display unit:
Get the ELEC page Read the operating frequency of the generator
(IDG1 or IDG2) to calculate the value of the neces-
sary adjustment.
NOTE: The normal operating frequency of the gener-

ator is 400 + or - 5 Hertz.
2.Shut down the engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-

00-710-028) .

ACTION RESULT
3.Remove the IDG from the engine gearbox
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) .
4.Remove the lockwire from the governor adjust-
ment screw (2).
5.Adjust the frequency to 400 + or - 1 Hertz. To do
this, turn the adjustment screw (2):
Clockwise to decrease the frequency,
Or counterclockwise to increase the frequency.
NOTE: One full turn of the adjustment screw

changes the frequency by 3 to 3.5 Hertz.
6.Safety the adjustment screw (2) with lockwire. Do

this carefully not to change the setting of the adjust-
ment screw.
7.Install the IDG on the engine gearbox (Ref. AMM
TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
8.Start the related engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00- On the lower ECAM display unit:
00-710-003) . Check the frequency (400 Hz + or - 5Hz).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-860-055-A
(1) Shut down the engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-21-00-410-056-A
B. Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040) :
437AL, 438AR.
447AL, 448AR.
Figure 24-21-00-991-92200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG - Reset Ring
Figure 24-21-00-991-92000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Governor Adjustment Screw - IDG

GENERATOR SYSTEM (IDG, GCU) - INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 24-21-00-210-046-A
Check IDG Oil Level and Differential Pressure Indicator (DPI)
HOUR.

WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL
MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.
CAUTION: DO NOT DO THIS TASK IF THE IDG IS DISCONNECTED.

BEFORE YOU DO A CHECK OF THE IDG OIL LEVEL, MAKE SURE THAT THE IDG IS CON-
NECTED.
A DISCONNECTED IDG CAN CAUSE AN INCORRECT OIL QUANTITY INDICATION AND THUS
INCORRECT SERVICING. IF THE LEVEL IS TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW, DAMAGE CAN OCCUR
TO THE IDG WHEN IT OPERATES.

CHECK IDG OIL LEVEL AND DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR

No specific AR LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION
No specific AR MIRROR - INSPECTION

438 FAN COWL
448 FAN COWL
438AR
448AR
Level Check
Check of the Oil Level and the Differential Pressure Indicator Button

A
A
OIL FILTER
DP INDICATOR
B
INDICATOR BUTTON
(SILVER END, RED
CYLINDRICAL SIDE)
NORMAL EXTENDED
(RESET)
N_MM_242100_6_UAPA_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-90300-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - Check of

the Oil Level and the Differential Pressure Indicator Button
** ON A/C ALL

CORRECTLY FILLED IDG
B B
AFTER SERVICING OR AFTER ENGINE
ENGINE SHUTDOWN SHUTDOWN
(COLD OIL/IDG) (HOT OIL/IDG)
A320 A320
OVER FULL OVER FULL
RED RED
YELLOW YELLOW
GREEN GREEN
ADD ADD ADD ADD

OIL OIL OIL OIL
RED RED
PW6000 PW6000
CFM CFM
THE OIL LEVEL SHOULD BE AT OR NEAR THE OIL LEVEL MAY BE ANYWHERE
THE LINE BETWEEN THE YELLOW AND WITHIN THE GREEN OR
GREEN BANDS YELLOW BANDS
OVER FILLED IDG
B B
AFTER SERVICING OR AT ANY TIME
ENGINE SHUTDOWN (HOT OR COLD OIL/IDG)
(COLD OIL/IDG)
A320 A320
OVER FULL OVER FULL
RED RED
YELLOW YELLOW
GREEN GREEN
ADD ADD ADD ADD

OIL OIL OIL OIL
RED RED
PW6000 PW6000
CFM CFM
THE OIL LEVEL SHOULD NOT THE OIL LEVEL SHOULD NOT BE
BE IN THE YELLOW BAND. IN THE RED BAND
THE OIL LEVEL MAY BE
SLIGHTLY IN THE YELLOW
BAND DUE TO AIRCRAFT
RAMP ANGLE.
ACTION: PERFORM IDG OIL SERVICING
ACTION : DO IDG SERVICING TO GET THE CORRECT IDG OIL LEVEL.
N_MM_242100_6_UAPA_02_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-90300-00-C / SHEET 2/2 - Check of

the Oil Level and the Differential Pressure Indicator Button
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-941-059-A
A. Safety Precautions
procedure.
Subtask 24-21-00-010-065-A
B. Open the right fan-cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
438AR
448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Check of the Oil Level and the Differential Pressure Indicator Button)
Subtask 24-21-00-210-057-A
A. Check of the Oil Level
WARNING: DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(1) Do a check of the oil level sight-glass to make sure that no contamination prevents the correct view
of the oil level. If there is contamination, clean the oil level sight-glass with cleaning agents.After you
clean the oil level sight-glass:
remove the remaining solvent and contamination with a clean, dry cloth, or
blow compressed air on the sight-glass to dry it.
(2) Let the IDG oil become stable for 5 minutes minimum after the engine shutdown.
(3) On each engine, use the sightglass that is in the vertical position to do the check of the oil level,
(Ref. Fig. Check of the Oil Level and the Differential Pressure Indicator Button)
(4) If the oil level is below the green band or above the yellow band, do the oil servicing
(Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
NOTE: An internal oil consumption of 1 cc is permitted for each flight hour or when the engines oper-
ate.
Subtask 24-21-00-210-066-A
B. Visual Inspection of the DPI of the Oil Filter
(1) Make sure that the red button of the DPI is not extended.
Use an LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION and an MIRROR - INSPECTION, if necessary.
(a) If the red button is extended:
do the alternate procedure: Refer to TSM/24.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-065-A
A. Close Access
438AR
448AR
TASK 24-21-00-210-047-A
Visual Inspection of the IDG for Oil Leaks and Check of the Electrical Circuits
HOUR.

To make sure that the IDG oil system is serviceable and to do a check for leakage, staining or wetting.
To make sure that the wiring harnesses are in the correct condition.


438AR
448AR
Level Check
sembly

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-941-060-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-21-00-010-066-A
438AR
448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-00-210-059-B
A. Visual Inspection
(1) Do a visual inspection of these components:
NOTE: There can be different signs of possible leakage:

- Droplets of oil
- Wet areas around connections, oil stripes on tubes
- Stains or discoloration which can occur when oil or grease is in contact with very hot sur-
faces.
(a) IDG fittings for leakage:

Pressure fill port
Overflow drain port
Oil-in and oil-out ports (cooling circuit interface with the IDG)
Case drain.
If you find an oil leak at:
The pressure fill port, replace the pressure fill half-coupling (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-
040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-042) or (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
The overflow drain port, replace the overflow drain half-coupling (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-
000-040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-042) or (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
The oil-in and oil-out ports (cooling circuit interface with IDG) or case drain, replace the related
fitting.
(b) External oil circuit (oil lines) for leakage and correct condition:
1 Tubing
No cracks are permitted on tubes, hoses and tube coupling nuts.
There is no limit for the number of nicks and scratches if the depth is not more than 0.25
mm (0.0098 in.) (after removal of the high metal).

Two dents for each tube are permitted if they are of a smooth contour up to 1.27 mm
(0.0500 in.) depth.
You must replace all tubes or hoses that are not in these limits.
2 Attachment
Replace broken or cracked brackets.
Replace worn clamps.
Install missing nuts and bolts.
Tighten loose nuts and bolts.
(c) IDG oil cooler for leakage:
Oil-in and oil-out ports (cooling circuit interface with the cooler)
Drain plug
Body of the cooler.
If you find a leak, replace the IDG oil cooler (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-
000-002) and (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-400-002) .
(2) If you find components wet with oil, make sure that you find and correct all the causes.
If necessary, fill the oil tank (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
Subtask 24-21-00-210-060-A
B. Check of the Electrical Circuits
(1) Make sure that the wiring harnesses are in the correct condition.
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are correctly connected.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-066-A
A. Close Access
438AR
448AR
TASK 24-21-00-210-047-A01
Visual Inspection of the IDG for Oil Leakage Engine Static and Check of the Electrical Circuits
HOUR.




To make sure that the IDG oil system is serviceable and to do a check for leakage, staining or wetting.
To make sure that the wiring harnesses are in correct condition.

No specific 1 AIR SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY
No specific AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
(753970A) 1 CSD IDG SYSTEM LEAK TESTER

437AL, 438AR
437AL, 438AR,
447AL, 448AR
Level Check
sembly
Connection of the Test Tool to the IDG SHEET 1

ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR C
ELECTRICAL SCAVENGE FILTER
VENT
CONNECTOR A P INDICATOR
VALVE
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR B
TERMINAL
BLOCK
COVER
TERMINAL SCAVENGE
BLOCK FILTER
OVERFILL
DRAIN PORT CHARGE
FILTER
OIL-IN PORT
PRESSURE OIL-OUT
FILL PORT PORT
REGULATOR
VALVE
SYSTEM
COALESCING PRESSURE
SHUT-OFF FILTER GAUGE
VALVE CHECK
VALVE
FROM DRY
AIR SOURCE
DRAIN
VALVE
RELIEF-VALVE
(PRE-SET AT
100 PSI)
REGULATOR
PRESSURE
GAUGE
RELIEF-VALVE
(PRE-SET AT 50 PSI)
N_MM_242100_6_UDM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-00-991-92300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Connection of the Test Tool to the IDG
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-941-090-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-21-00-865-076-A
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

FOR FIN 4000XU (IDG), 1000EM1 (ENGINE-1)
Subtask 24-21-00-010-103-A
C. Get Access
(1) Open the right fan-cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Connection of the Test Tool to the IDG SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-00-210-089-B
A. Oil Leak Test
(1) On the tool CSD IDG SYSTEM LEAK TESTER (753970A) , turn the drain valve to the off position.
(2) Set the shut-off valve to OFF and close the regulator valve to prevent pressure release to the IDG
fitting.
(3) Remove the dust cap from the pressure fill valve half-coupling.
(4) Connect one end of the pressure fill hose of the tool to the pressure fill half-coupling (pressure fill
port) of the IDG.
(5) Connect the other end of the tool CSD IDG SYSTEM LEAK TESTER (753970A) to an AIR SOURCE
2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY.
(6) Turn the shut-off valve to ON and adjust the regulator valve to a pressure of 1.72 bar (24.9465 psi) on
the system pressure gauge.
(7) Turn the supply valve to OFF to keep the air in the system.

NOTE: Pressure will become stable in the system, with no leak. When the IDG case is vented:
- The pressure will decrease to a lightly lower value because of the vent valve setting.
- The pressure will stay at this setting.
(8) Monitor the system pressure gauge for confirmation of the leak.
(9) Do a visual inspection of these components in case of confirmed leak(s):
NOTE: There can be different signs of possible leakage:

- Droplets of oil
- Wet areas around connections, oil stripes on tubes
- Stains or discoloration which can occur when oil or grease is in contact with very hot sur-
faces.
(a) IDG fittings for leakage:

Pressure fill port
Overflow drain port
Oil-in and oil-out ports (cooling circuit interface with the IDG)
Case drain.
If you find an oil leak at:
The pressure fill port, replace the pressure fill half-coupling (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-
040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-042) or (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
The overflow drain port, replace the overflow drain half-coupling (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-
000-040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-042) or (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
The oil-in and oil-out ports (cooling circuit interface with IDG) or case drain, replace the related
fitting.
(b) External oil circuit (oil lines), for leakage and correct condition:
1 Tubing
No cracks are permitted on tubes, hoses and tube coupling nuts.
There is no limit for the number of nicks and scratches if the depth is not more than 0.25
mm (0.0098 in.) (after removal of the high metal).
Two dents for each tube are permitted if they are of a smooth contour up to 1.27 mm
(0.0500 in.) depth.
You must replace all tubes or hoses that are not in these limits.
2 Attachment
Replace broken or cracked brackets.
Replace worn clamps.
Reinstall missing nuts and bolts.
Tighten loose nuts and bolts.
(c) IDG oil cooler for leakage:
Oil-in and oil-out ports (cooling circuit interface with the cooler).
Drain plug.
Body of the cooler.
If you find a leak, replace the IDG oil cooler (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-
000-002) and (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-400-002) .
(10) If you find components wet with oil, make sure that you find and correct all the causes.
If necessary, fill the oil tank (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
(11) If the visual check does not locate the leak source, do a check of the system for leaks. To do this, use
soap suds or equivalent leak detector fluid:
Put an appropriate container below the drain valve and open the valve to release the pressure.
Make the necessary corrections and restore the system to an operational configuration.

Do the check again to make sure that the leak was corrected.
NOTE: If oil collects in the coalescing filter, use the drain valve a the bottom of the filter housing to
drain the oil.
NOTE: If you use an AIR SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY, it is necessary
to install a plug on the port for the compressed air source.
Subtask 24-21-00-210-098-A
B. Check of the Electrical Circuits
(1) Make sure that the wiring harnesses are in the correct condition.
(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are correctly connected.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-102-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
437AL, 438AR
Subtask 24-21-00-865-077-A

Subtask 24-21-00-942-057-A
C. Remove the warning notice(s).
TASK 24-21-00-210-043-A
Torque Check of the Quick Attach-Detach (QAD) Adapter Tension-Bolt
HOUR.

CHECK TORQUE OF QUICK-ATTACH-DETACH (QAD) TENSION BOLT
To do a torque check of the IDG QAD adapter tension bolt without component removal.


to between 22 and 26 lbf.ft (2.98 and 3.53 m.daN)
(Material No. 12ABE2) Corrosion Preventive Compound-Water Displacing Oily Film System
(Material No. 14QFB1) Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy -

438 FAN COWL
448 FAN COWL
438AR
448AR
(Ref. 24-21-41-000-040-B). Removal of the Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter of the IDG
(Ref. 24-21-41-400-043-A). Installation of the Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter of the IDG
(NEW EPGS)
(Ref. 70-22-00-911-002-A). Locking Procedures
IDG System - QAD Adapter SHEET 1
IDG System - QAD Adapter Wear Allowance (P/N 772896) SHEET 1

QAD
GEARBOX
A
TAP HERE
QAD RING
3 3
BRACKET
2
2
TAP ALONG THIS AREA
N_MM_242100_6_UCR0_01_02
Figure 24-21-00-991-90700-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System - QAD Adapter

** ON A/C ALL

QAD
GEARBOX
QUAD RING
RING LUG
7.9 mm MIN
7.9 mm MIN (0.31 in) MIN
(0.31 in) MIN
BRACKET
2
N_MM_242100_6_UER0_01_02
Figure 24-21-00-991-91300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG

System - QAD Adapter Wear Allowance (P/N 772896)
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-941-056-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-21-00-010-053-A
B. Open the right fan cowl door (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
438AR
448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG System - QAD Adapter SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-00-020-057-A
A. Removal of the Lockwire
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the tension bolt (2).
Subtask 24-21-00-640-051-A
B. Lubrication of the QAD Adapter and the Tension Bolt
(1) Apply Corrosion Preventive Compound-Water Displacing Oily Film System (Material No. 12ABE2)
with a spray to the QAD ring (3), the mating surface between the QAD adapter and the QAD ring,in
the zone where you can get access.
(2) Lubricate the tension bolt (2) with the Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
Subtask 24-21-00-220-050-B
C. Check of the Torque Value on the Tension Bolt
(Ref. Fig. IDG System - QAD Adapter Wear Allowance (P/N 772896) SHEET 1)
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(1) Measure the torque value on the tension bolt (2):

(a) If the torque on the tension bolt of the QAD adapter is less than 22 lbf.ft (2.98 m.daN), adjust
the ring. To do this, tap the edge of the QAD ring (3) that you can see with a brass drift
to make sure that the torque values you measure are correct, TORQUE the tension bolt
to between 22 and 26 lbf.ft (2.98 and 3.53 m.daN).
(2) Lightly shake the antidrive end of the IDG to make sure that the QAD adapter is correctly connected.
(a) If the IDG is loose, replace the IDG mounting flange (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-043) or (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) as applicable
and the QAD adapter (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-41-000-040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-41-
400-042) or (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-41-400-043) as applicable.
(b) If the IDG is not loose, continue this procedure.
(3) Repeat tap and torque check until the check torque value is not affected by more than 2 lbf.ft (0.27
m.daN) drop in torque value.
(4) Do a check of the distance between the ring lug and bracket of the QAD adapter.
(a) If the distance is less than 0.312 in. (7.9248 mm):
1 Replace the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-
400-043) or (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) but let the IDG accessory hoist installed
and do not attach tubes , harnesses and other components.
2 Measure the distance again
a If the distance is correct:
Safety the tension bolt with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-22-00-911-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 70-22-00-911-002) and
remove the IDG accessory hoist , attach components, the tube and the harnesses.
NOTE: When you send the worn IDG that you removed to the work shop, you must tell
them to replace the input flange.
b If the distance is not correct:

Remove the new IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) to replace the QAD
adapter (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-41-000-040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-41-400-
042) or (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-41-400-043) .
(b) If the distance is more than 0.312 in. (7.9248 mm):
1 Safety the tension bolt with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-22-00-911-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 70-22-00-911-002) .
Subtask 24-21-00-420-056-A
D. Safety the QAD tension bolt (2) with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QFB1) (Ref. AMM TASK 70-22-00-911-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
438AR
448AR

TASK 24-21-00-210-044-A
Inspection of the Filter Element(s)
HOUR.

Self explanatory


438AR
448AR
(Ref. 12-32-24-281-001-A). Sampling of the IDG Oil for Analysis
(Ref. 24-21-00-920-040-B). Drain IDG Oil System, Discard Filter Element(s) and Replenish
(Ref. 24-21-49-000-003-A). Removal of the IDG Cooling Oil-in Tubes and Hoses
(Ref. 24-21-49-000-004-A). Removal of the IDG Cooling Oil-out Tubes and Hoses
(Ref. 24-21-49-400-003-A). Installation of the IDG Cooling Oil-in Tubes and Hoses
(Ref. 24-21-49-400-004-A). Installation of the IDG Cooling Oil-out tubes and Hoses
sembly
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-00-941-057-A

procedure.
Subtask 24-21-00-010-054-A
438AR
448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-00-020-050-A
A. Remove the IDG Oil Filter(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-920-040)
Subtask 24-21-00-210-064-C
B. Inspection of the Scavenge and Charge Filter Elements
NOTE: This procedure is the same for the two filters.
(1) If you smell a fuel odour from the filter element or filter cover, do the servicing of the IDG after oil
chemical contamination (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-612-043) .
(2) If you think that the condition of the oil in the filter element or on the filter cover is not correct, do a
sampling of the IDG oil for analysis (Ref. AMM TASK 12-32-24-281-001) .
(3) If the filter element does not show signs of metal particles, or non-metallic, black colored, fiber-like
pieces, do the steps that follow:
NOTE: A moderate number of isolated, small metal flakes (bronze- or silver-color metal) or non-met-
al debris (for example, flakes of generator insulation, black epoxy and debris of tie wrap) are
permitted. They are the usual results of operation.
(a) If the Differential Pressure Indicator (DPI) is not extended:

install the filter element (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-041) .
(b) if the DPI is extended:
(4) - If the filter element shows bright metal deposits that are chunks or pieces which are the result of a
breakage, (not non magnetic flakes or slivers from normal wear), or
- if there are large quantities of bright metal deposits on the filter element, or non-metallic, black
colored, fiber-like pieces, in the filter cavity or in the oil drained from the IDG,
(a) Remove the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) and return it to the overhaul facility.
(b) Install a new IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
(5) If the filter element or/and the O-rings is (are) damaged, remove the tubings, the cooler and the IDG
and return them to the overhaul facility.

(a) Remove the tubings (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-49-000-003) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-49-000-
004) .
(b) Remove the cooler (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-000-002) .
(c) Remove the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) and return it to the overhaul facility.
(d) Install a new IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
(e) Install a new cooler (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-400-002) .
(f) Install new tubings (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-49-400-003) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-49-400-
004) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-00-410-054-A
A. Close Access
438AR
448AR
Figure 24-21-00-991-90300-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - Check of the Oil Level and the Differential Pressure Indicator
Button
Figure 24-21-00-991-90300-00-C / SHEET 2/2 - Check of the Oil Level and the Differential Pressure Indicator
Button
Figure 24-21-00-991-90700-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System - QAD Adapter
Figure 24-21-00-991-91300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG System - QAD Adapter Wear Allowance (P/N 772896)
Figure 24-21-00-991-92300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Connection of the Test Tool to the IDG
24-21-41 - ADAPTER - QAD (QUICK ATTACH/DETACH) ,IDG
24-21-41 PB 401 CONF 06 - ADAPTER - QUICK

ATTACH/DETACH, IDG - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-21-41-000-040-B
Removal of the Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter of the IDG
FIN : 4000XU
Self explanatory

No specific AR COVER - PROTECTION


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
IDG Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter (New EPGS)
Removal of the QAD Adapter (Coupling) SHEET 1

A
3
(8 PLACES) TOP CFM
INDEX
PIN
HOLE
ACCESSORY
GEARBOX
N_MM_242141_4_RARA_01_00
Figure 24-21-41-991-30100-06-A / SHEET 1/2 - IDG Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter (New EPGS)
** ON A/C ALL

3
A
ALIGNMENT
MARKS
GEARBOX
MOUNTING
PAD
N_MM_242141_4_RARA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

ENGINE
GEARBOX
3
5 4
FWD
ENGINE
GEARBOX
7 4
N_MM_242141_4_RAT0_01_00
Figure 24-21-41-991-40000-06-A / SHEET 1/1 - Removal of the QAD Adapter (Coupling)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-41-941-053-A
Subtask 24-21-41-010-055-A
B. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-41-020-054-A
A. Remove the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) .
Subtask 24-21-41-020-055-A
B. Removal of the QAD Adapter
(Ref. Fig. IDG Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter (New EPGS))
(Ref. Fig. Removal of the QAD Adapter (Coupling) SHEET 1)
(1) To remove the QAD adapter (2) from the accessory-gearbox mounting-pad (1):
hit the head of each flat head screw (3) with a flat head punch (5).
NOTE: Flat head screws (3) rub or get caught in mating parts. Strong contact is required to loosen
the flat head screws.
CAUTION: YOU CAN DAMAGE THE SCREWS IF YOU USE TOO MUCH FORCE TO HIT THE
PUNCH.
(2) If you cannot loosen the flat head screws:

get a pointed punch (7).
put the pointed punch (7) on the screw (3) with an angular position which will make the screw turn
counterclockwise.
hit the screw.
(3) Remove the screws (3) that attach the QAD adapter (2) to the accessory-gearbox mounting-pad.
(4) Pull the QAD adapter (2) away from the accessory-gearbox mounting-pad.
NOTE: If the you cannot easily release the QAD adapter (2) from the mounting-pad (1), lightly hit the
QAD adapter with a soft-faced mallet (4).
(5) Discard the gasket (6) only if it is damaged or shows signs of excessive wear.
(6) Install the COVER - PROTECTION on the accessory-gearbox mounting-pad (1).

TASK 24-21-41-400-043-A
Installation of the Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter of the IDG (NEW EPGS)
FIN : 4000XU
Self explanatory

No specific AR COTTON SWAB
(Material No. 03PBD1) Lubricant-Anti Seize Nickel & Graphite -
(Material No. 08BBB1) Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum Based -
(Material No. 14SBA1) Textile-Lint free Cotton -

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
D. Expendable Parts

6 gasket 24-21-41-01-030
IDG Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter (New EPGS)

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-41-860-062-A
(a) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) On the overhead panel 50VU:
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pusbutton switch is off.
(b) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2), is in
position.
Subtask 24-21-41-010-070-A
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter (New EPGS))
Subtask 24-21-41-210-061-A
A. Visual Check of the Connecting Surfaces
(1) Remove the protective cover from the accessory-gearbox mounting-pad.
(2) Do a visual check of the QAD adapter (2) for damage from incorrect shipping or handling.
(3) Do a visual check of the connecting surfaces of the QAD adapter (2) and accessory- gearbox
mounting-pad. They must be smooth and clean.
Subtask 24-21-41-640-062-A
B. Lubrication of the QAD Adapter Tension Bolt
CAUTION: LUBRICATE THE QAD ADAPTER TENSION-BOLT BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE AD-
APTER ON THE GEARBOX MOUNTING PAD. NO LUBRICANT ON THE TENSION BOLT
CAN CAUSE INCREASED WEAR TO THE TENSION BOLT AND THE BRACKET.
(1) Apply Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1) to the QAD tension
bolt.
Subtask 24-21-41-420-074-A
C. Installation of the QAD Adapter
CAUTION: IF YOU REPLACE THE QAD P/N 740123 WITH A QAD P/N 772896, YOU MUST RE-
PLACE THE IDG P/N 740119 WITH AN IDG "NEW EPGS".
CAUTION: DO NOT LET THE LUBRICANT STAY IN THE DOWEL PIN HOLES AND SCREW HOLES
OF THE QAD ADAPTER. LUBRICANT BUILDUP CAN CAUSE THE PRESSURE TO IN-
CREASE. INCREASED PRESSURE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE GEARBOX WHEN
YOU INSTALL AND TORQUE THE SCREWS.
(1) Clean the gearbox mounting surfaces, index pin hole and screw holes.

(a) Use a clean COTTON SWAB and Textile-Lint free Cotton - (Material No. 14SBA1) made moist
with Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum Based - (Material No. 08BBB1) to remove the lubricant
from the screw holes and index pin holes.
(b) Use a clean Textile-Lint free Cotton - (Material No. 14SBA1) made moist with Non Aqueous
Cleaner-- Petroleum Based - (Material No. 08BBB1) to clean the gearbox mounting surface and
QAD adapter. Wipe dry before cleaning fluid evaporates.
(2) Install the IPC -CSN (24-21-41-01-030) gasket (6) on the face of the QAD adapter (2). Make sure
that the index pin hole of the QAD adapter, is aligned with the index pin hole of the QAD gasket.
NOTE: Make sure that the stripe of the QAD ring is aligned with the stripe on the adapter plate.
(3) Install the QAD adapter (2) on the accessory-gearbox mounting-pad with the screws (3).
NOTE: Make sure that the words "TOP CFM" on the QAD adapter are in the top position (12 o'clock).
(4) Use a brush to apply a thin layer of Lubricant-Anti Seize Nickel & Graphite - (Material No. 03PBD1) of
the conical surface of the heads of the screws (3) and the threads of the screws.
(5) TORQUE the screws (3) to between 356 and 384 lbf.in (4.02 and 4.34 m.daN).
Subtask 24-21-41-420-075-A
D. Install the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-41-410-066-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Figure 24-21-41-991-40000-06-A / SHEET 1/1 - Removal of the QAD Adapter (Coupling)
24-21-49 - TUBING - IDG COOLER OIL
24-21-49 PB 401 CONF 06 - TUBING - IDG COOLER OIL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-21-49-000-003-A
Removal of the IDG Cooling Oil-in Tubes and Hoses
HOUR.


WARNING: DO NOT LET ENGINE OIL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL FROM
YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN
AND INTO YOUR BODY.
CAUTION: DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR OIL MUST
BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE FUEL OR OIL CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.
FIN : 4000XU
Self explanatory

No specific 2 CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL)
No specific AR FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Tubes and Hoses - IDG Oil Cooling

FLANGE
STA 158 (B1)
5
10
B
CHANNEL
A
C IDG OIL
COOLER
A
D CHANNEL
40
FLANGE
STA 167 (B2)
45
50
E
55
60
(REF)
C1M-044-00
N_MM_242149_4_FAM0_01_00
Figure 24-21-49-991-30000-06-A / SHEET 1/2 - Tubes and Hoses - IDG Oil Cooling
** ON A/C ALL

B 5 C 10
(REF) (REF)
5
(REF) 20 15
20 25
35
25
15
10
(REF) 35
30 30
FLANGE
STA 158 (B1)
CHANNEL
FLANGE CHANNEL
STA 167 (B2)
FLANGE
STA 158 (B1)
FLANGE
STA 167 (B2)
E
D
FLANGE 5
STA 158 (B1) (REF)
10
(REF)
20
10
(REF)
25
20 15
5 15 FLANGE
(REF) 25 STA 158 (B1)
C1M-045-00
N_MM_242149_4_FAM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-49-941-050-A
(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occured not less than 5 minutes before you do this
procedure.
(2) On the panel 115VU:
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to power supply the FADEC system.
Subtask 24-21-49-865-050-A

Subtask 24-21-49-010-050-A
C. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Tubes and Hoses - IDG Oil Cooling)
Subtask 24-21-49-864-050-A
A. Depressurization of the IDG case
WARNING: YOU MUST PUT THE DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE
DRAIN HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HALF-COUPLING. MAKE SURE THAT THE
DRAIN HOSE HANGS DOWN VERTICALLY AND THE END OF THE HOSE IS ABOVE
THE OIL LEVEL IN THE CONTAINER. WHEN YOU CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE TO
THE IDG, YOU RELEASE THE OIL PRESSURE AND OIL WILL SPRAY FROM THE
DRAIN HOSE.
(1) Put a CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL) in position under the IDG.

(2) Remove the dust cap from the overflow drain half-coupling.
(3) Connect the overflow drain hose of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP to
the overflow drain half-coupling . Oil can come out of the overflow drain hose of the FILLING
EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP from the overflow drain half-coupling.

(4) Disconnect the overflow drain hose of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP from the
overflow drain half-coupling
(5) Install the dust cap on the overflow drain half-coupling.
Subtask 24-21-49-020-050-A
B. Removal of the oil-in hose from the IDG
CAUTION: USE TWO WRENCHES TO REMOVE OR INSTALL THE TUBE COUPLING NUTS:
- ONE WRENCH TO HOLD THE UNION, AND
- ONE TO LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE COUPLING NUT.
THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE PARTS.
(1) Put the CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL) below the hoses on the IDG to catch the oil when the hoses are
disconnected.
(2) Disconnect the oil-in hose (55) from the IDG (60).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the union on the IDG when you loosen the hose (55) coupling
nut.
(3) Disconnect the oil-in hose (55) from the lower oil-in tube (45).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the tube (45) when you loosen the hose (55) coup-
ling nut.
(4) Put COVER - PROTECTION on the union on the IDG and the two ends of the oil-in hose (55).
(5) Remove the oil-in hose (55) from the engine.
Subtask 24-21-49-020-051-A
C. Removal of the lower oil-in tube assembly
(1) Remove the screws (15) that attach the clampshells (25) to the engine brackets at Sta. 158 (B1). (two
locations).
(2) Remove the screw (15), washer (30), nut (35) that attach the clampshell (25) to the channel.
(3) Disconnect the lower oil-in tube (45) from the upper oil-in tube (10).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the tube (10) when you loosen the tube (45) coup-
ling nut.
(4) Put COVER - PROTECTION on the two ends of the lower oil-in tube (45).
(5) Remove the lower oil-in tube (45) from the engine.
Subtask 24-21-49-020-052-A
D. Removal of the upper oil-in tube assembly

(1) Remove the screw (15) that attach the clampshell (25) to the channel.
(2) Disconnect the upper oil-in tube (10) from the IDG oil cooler.
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the IDG oil cooler when you loosen the tube (10)
coupling nut.
(3) Put COVER - PROTECTION on the oil cooler fitting and on the two ends of the upper oil-in tube.
(4) Remove the upper oil-in tube (10) from the engine.
TASK 24-21-49-400-003-A
Installation of the IDG Cooling Oil-in Tubes and Hoses
FIN : 4000XU
Self explanatory

to between 75 and 83.3 lbf.ft (10.17 and 11.29 m.daN)

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Level Check

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-49-860-050-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration.
(1) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) on the panel 115VU to tell persons not to start the
engine 1(2).
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) on the panel 50VU to tell persons not to power
supply the FADEC system.
Subtask 24-21-49-865-051-A
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

Subtask 24-21-49-010-052-A
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) .
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-49-420-050-A
A. Installation of the upper oil-in tube assembly
(1) Remove the COVER - PROTECTION from the hose, tubes, and fittings on the IDG and the IDG oil
cooler.
(2) Connect the upper oil-in tube (10) to the fitting on the IDG oil cooler.
(3) TORQUE the coupling nut on the upper oil-in tube (10)
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the IDG oil cooler when you torque the tube (10)
coupling nut.
(4) Put the clampshell (25) on the tube (10) and attach it to the channel with the screw (15).
(5) TORQUE the screw (15) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.23 and 0.28 m.daN).

Subtask 24-21-49-420-051-A
B. Installation of the lower oil-in tube assembly
(1) Loosely connect the lower oil-in tube (45) to the upper oil-in tube (10). Do not torque the tube coupling
nut at this time.
(2) Put the clampshell (25) on the tube (45) and attach it to the channel with the the screw (15), washer
(30), and nut (35).
(3) Put the clampshells (25) on the tube (45) and attach them to the brackets at Sta. 158 (B1) with the
screws (15). (two locations).
(4) TORQUE the screw (15) and nut (35) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.23 and 0.28 m.daN).
(5) TORQUE the coupling nut on the lower oil-in tube (45)
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the tube (10) when you torque the tube (45) coup-
ling nut.
Subtask 24-21-49-420-052-A
C. Installation of the oil-in hose assembly
(1) Connect the oil-in hose (55) to the lower oil-in tube (45).
(2) TORQUE the coupling nut on the oil-in hose (55)
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the tube (45) when you torque the hose (55) coup-
ling nut.
(3) Connect the oil-in hose (55) to the union on the IDG (60).
(4) TORQUE the coupling nut on the oil-in hose (55)
to between 75 and 83.3 lbf.ft (10.17 and 11.29 m.daN).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the union on the IDG when you torque the hose (55) coupling
nut.
Subtask 24-21-49-612-050-A
D. Filling of the IDG with Oil
(1) Drain and fill the IDG with oil (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
Subtask 24-21-49-210-050-A
E. Visual Inspection for Oil Leaks
(1) Do a visual inspection for oil leaks at the IDG and the oil tubes.

Leaks are not permitted.

Subtask 24-21-49-865-052-A
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 24-21-49-710-050-A
G. Test for Oil Leaks
(1) Do a Dry Motoring Check (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) .
(2) Make sure that there are no leaks in the IDG oil system.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-49-410-050-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
TASK 24-21-49-000-004-A
Removal of the IDG Cooling Oil-out Tubes and Hoses
HOUR.
AND INTO YOUR BODY.


Self explanatory



No specific AR FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-49-941-051-A
(1) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occured not less than 5 minutes before you do this
procedure.
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to power supply the FADEC system.
Subtask 24-21-49-865-053-A

Subtask 24-21-49-010-051-A

C. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-49-864-051-A
A. Depressurization of the IDG case
WARNING: YOU MUST PUT THE DRAIN HOSE INTO A CONTAINER BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE
DRAIN HOSE TO THE OVERFLOW DRAIN HALF-COUPLING. MAKE SURE THAT THE
DRAIN HOSE HANGS DOWN VERTICALLY AND THE END OF THE HOSE IS ABOVE
THE OIL LEVEL IN THE CONTAINER. WHEN YOU CONNECT THE DRAIN HOSE TO
THE IDG, YOU RELEASE THE OIL PRESSURE AND OIL WILL SPRAY FROM THE
DRAIN HOSE.
(1) Put a CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL) in position under the IDG.

(2) Remove the dust cap from the overflow drain half-coupling.
(3) Connect the overflow drain hose of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP to the
overflow drain half-coupling. Oil can come out of the overflow drain hose of the FILLING EQUIPMENT
- TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP from the overflow drain half-coupling.
(4) Disconnect the overflow drain hose of the FILLING EQUIPMENT - TANK OIL, DH13PM TYP from the
overflow drain half-coupling.
(5) Install the dust cap on the overflow drain half-coupling.
Subtask 24-21-49-020-053-A
B. Removal of the oil-out hose from the IDG
(1) Put the CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL) below the hoses on the IDG to catch the oil when the hoses are
disconnected.
(2) Disconnect the oil-out hose (50) from the IDG (60).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the union on the IDG when you loosen the hose (50) coupling
nut.
(3) Disconnect the oil-out hose (50) from the lower oil-out tube (40).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the tube (40) when you loosen the hose (50) coup-
ling nut.
(4) Put COVER - PROTECTION on the union on the IDG and the two ends of the oil-out hose (50).
(5) Remove the oil-out hose (50) from the engine.

Subtask 24-21-49-020-054-A
C. Removal of the lower oil-out tube assembly
(1) Remove the screws (15) that attach the clampshells (20) to the engine brackets at Sta. 158 (B1). (two
locations).
(2) Remove the screw (15), washer (30), nut (35) that attach the clampshell (20) to the channel.
(3) Disconnect the lower oil-out tube (40) from the upper oil-out tube (5).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the tube (5) when you loosen the tube (40) coup-
ling nut.
(4) Put COVER - PROTECTION on the two ends of the lower oil-out tube (40).
(5) Remove the lower oil-out tube (40) from the engine.
Subtask 24-21-49-020-055-A
D. Removal of the upper oil-out tube assembly
(1) Remove the screw (15) that attach the clampshell (20) to the channel.
(2) Disconnect the upper oil-out tube (5) from the IDG oil cooler.
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the IDG oil cooler when you loosen the tube (5)
coupling nut.
(3) Put COVER - PROTECTION on the oil cooler fitting and on the two ends of the upper oil-out tube.
(4) Remove the upper oil-out tube (5) from the engine.
TASK 24-21-49-400-004-A
Installation of the IDG Cooling Oil-out tubes and Hoses
FIN : 4000XU
Self explanatory



to between 52.5 and 58.3 lbf.ft (7.12 and 7.90 m.daN)

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Level Check
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-49-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) on the panel 115VU to tell persons not to start the
engine 1(2).
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) on the panel 50VU to tell persons not to power
supply the FADEC system.
Subtask 24-21-49-865-054-A

Subtask 24-21-49-010-053-A
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) .

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-21-49-420-053-A
A. Installation of the upper oil-out tube assembly
(1) Remove the COVER - PROTECTION from the hose, tubes, and fittings on the IDG and the IDG oil
cooler.
(2) Connect the upper oil-out tube (5) to the fitting on the IDG oil cooler.
(3) TORQUE the coupling nut on the upper oil-out tube (5)
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the IDG oil cooler when you torque the tube (5)
coupling nut.
(4) Put the clampshell (20) on the tube (5) and attach it to the channel with the screw (15).
(5) TORQUE the screw (15) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.23 and 0.28 m.daN).
Subtask 24-21-49-420-054-A
B. Installation of the lower oil-out tube assembly
(1) Loosely connect the lower oil-out tube (40) to the upper oil-out tube (5). Do not torque the tube
coupling nut at this time.
(2) Put the clampshell (20) on the tube (40) and attach it to the channel with the the screw (15), washer
(30), and nut (35).
(3) Put the clampshells (20) on the tube (40) and attach them to the brackets at Sta. 158 (B1) with the
screws (15). (two locations).
(4) TORQUE the screw (15) and nut (35) to between 20 and 25 lbf.in (0.23 and 0.28 m.daN).
(5) TORQUE the coupling nut on the lower oil-out tube (40)
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the tube (5) when you torque the tube (40) copling
nut.
Subtask 24-21-49-420-055-A
C. Installation of the oil-out hose assembly


(1) Connect the oil-out hose (50) to the lower oil-out tube (40).
(2) TORQUE the coupling nut on the oil-out hose (50)
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the fitting on the tube (40) when you torque the hose (50) coup-
ling nut.
(3) Connect the oil-out hose (50) to the union on the IDG (60).
(4) TORQUE the coupling nut on the oil-out hose (50)
to between 52.5 and 58.3 lbf.ft (7.12 and 7.90 m.daN).
NOTE: Use a second wrench to hold the union on the IDG (60) when you torque the hose (50) coup-
ling nut.
Subtask 24-21-49-612-051-A
D. Filling of the IDG with Oil
(1) Drain and fill the IDG with oil (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
Subtask 24-21-49-210-051-A
E. Visual Inspection for Oil Leaks
(1) Do a visual inspection for oil leaks at the IDG and the oil tubes.
Leak are not permitted.
Subtask 24-21-49-865-055-A
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 24-21-49-710-051-A
G. Test for Oil Leaks
(1) Do a Dry Motoring Check (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) .
(2) Make sure that there are no leaks in the IDG oil system.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-49-410-051-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR


447AL, 448AR
24-21-51 - GENERATOR - INTEGRATED DRIVE (IDG)
24-21-51 PB 401 CONF 06 - GENERATOR -

INTEGRATED DRIVE (IDG) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-21-51-000-040-B
Removal of the Integrated Drive Generator - IDG 1(2)
HOUR.
AND INTO YOUR BODY.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE THE IDG CABLES FOR A HAND HOLD. IF THE IDG CABLES ARE PULLED
LOOSE IT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
CABLES OR TO THE ENGINE.
FIN : 4000XU
Self explanatory

No specific AR BAG - PLASTIC
No specific AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific AR CAP - BLANKING, SHIPPING
(TMHSD10-60-00) 1 IDG R/I


436 FAN AND ACCESSORY GEARBOX
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
D. Expendable Parts

8 packing 24-21-51-02-120
10 packing 24-21-51-02-140
(Ref. 24-21-49-000-003-A). Removal of the IDG Cooling Oil-in Tubes and Hoses
(Ref. 24-21-49-000-004-A). Removal of the IDG Cooling Oil-out Tubes and Hoses
Integrated Drive Generator (IDG)
Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) SHEET 1

A
1
A
GEARBOX
28
29
26
27
15
14
10 12
11
17
B
16
30 13
20 4000XUC
8
23
18
2
9 21 4000XUA
5 19
10
6
3 22 4000XUB
24
11
25
4
7
N_MM_242151_4_RARA_01_00
Figure 24-21-51-991-30500-06-A / SHEET 1/2 - Integrated Drive Generator (IDG)

** ON A/C ALL

B
PHASE LEAD INSTALLATION
30
26
TERMINAL
BLOCK STUD
SQUARE
WASHER
TERMINAL
BLOCK GENERATOR
TERMINAL LEAD
ASSEMBLY
N_MM_242151_4_RARA_02_01

** ON A/C ALL

44 42
A
1
B
B
46
46
46
43
43 ALIGNMENT
43 MARKS
N_MM_242151_4_RCR0_01_02

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-51-941-056-A
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine.
procedure.
(b) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 24-21-51-865-056-A

Subtask 24-21-51-010-058-A
C. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Integrated Drive Generator (IDG))
Subtask 24-21-51-680-054-A
A. Draining of the IDG Oil
(1) Drain the IDG oil system before you remove the integrated drive generator (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-
24-680-040) .
Subtask 24-21-51-210-076-A
B. Visual Inspection of Components
(1) Remove the IDG oil scavenge filter-element (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-041) .
(2) Do a visual inspection of the IDG oil scavenge filter-element.

(a) If you smell fuel from the filter element or the filter cover, do the servicing of the IDG after oil
chemical contamination (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-612-043) .
(b) If there are no signs of metal particles, install the filter element you removed
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-041) , and go to Para. C of this procedure.
(c) If there are bright metal particles and:
1 The filter element or/and the O-rings is (are) damaged (there is a risk of particles in the
external circuit):
a Discard the damaged filter element or/and the O-rings.
b Remove the IDG cooling oil-in/out tubes and hoses (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-49-000-
003) , (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-49-000-004) and clean them.
c Remove the IDG oil-cooler assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 73-11-60-000-002) , send it
back to the overhaul facility and go to Para. C. of this procedure.
NOTE: Before you install a new IDG, install a new IDG oil-cooler assembly and the
clean IDG cooling oil-in/out tubes and hoses.
2 The filter element and the O-rings are not damaged (no risk of particles in the external
circuit):
Install the filter element you removed (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-041) , and go to
Para. C. of this procedure.
NOTE: If you install the same IDG, install a new IDG oil scavenge-filter
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-041) .
Subtask 24-21-51-020-066-A
C. Removal of the Electrical Harnesses
(1) Disconnect the three electrical connectors (20), (21) and (22).
(2) Put CAP - BLANKING (23), (24) and (25) on the electrical receptacles and plugs.
Subtask 24-21-51-020-067-B
D. Removal of the Phase Leads
(1) Remove the screws (28), the washers (29) and the terminal block cover (27).
(2) Remove the terminal nut with captive washer (30) from each terminal block stud.
(3) Disconnect the phase leads (26).
Subtask 24-21-51-420-068-B
E. Installation of the Terminal Block Cover
(1) Install the terminal nut with captive washer (30) on each terminal block stud.
Tighten the terminal nut with captive washer (30) by hand only.
(2) Install the terminal block cover (27) with the washers (29) and the screws (28).
Tighten the screws (28) by hand only.
Subtask 24-21-51-020-068-A
F. Removal of the Overflow Drain Half-Coupling
(1) Remove the dust cap (4).
(2) Remove the overflow drain half-coupling (3) from the overflow drain port and retain for installation.
(3) Discard the packing (2).

Subtask 24-21-51-640-057-A
G. Lubrication of the New Packing
(1) Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-120) packing (8) with the Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-
Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1).
Subtask 24-21-51-420-069-A
H. Installation of the Overflow Drain Plug
(1) Install the new packing (8) on the overflow drain plug (9).
(2) Install the overflow drain plug (9) in the overflow drain port.
(3) Torque the overflow drain plug (9) hand.
(4) Safety the overflow drain plug (9) with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).
Subtask 24-21-51-020-069-A
J. Removal of the Pressure Fill Half-Coupling
(1) Remove the dust cap (7).
(2) Remove the pressure-fill half-coupling (6) from the pressure fill-port and retain for subsequent use.
(3) Discard the packing (5).
Subtask 24-21-51-640-058-A
K. Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-140) packing (10) with the Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-
Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1).
Subtask 24-21-51-420-070-A
L. Installation of the Pressure Fill Plug
(1) Install the new packing (10) on the pressure fill plug (11).
(2) Install the pressure fill plug (11) in the pressure fill-port.
(3) Torque the pressure fill plug (11) by hand.
(4) Safety the pressure fill plug (11) with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).
Subtask 24-21-51-020-070-A
M. Removal of the Oil-in and Oil-out Lines
AND OIL-OUT LINES.
(1) Put a CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL) below the oil-in (13) and the oil-out (12) lines.
(2) Remove the oil-in (13) and the oil-out (12) lines from the integrated drive generator (IDG) (1).
(3) Let the oil drain out.
(4) Remove the unions (14) and (16) from IDG, and retain for subsequent use.
(5) Discard the packings (17) and (15).
(6) Install the COVER - PROTECTION on the oil-in (13) and oil-out (12) lines.
(7) Install the CAP - BLANKING, SHIPPING (19) and (18) on the oil-in and oil-out bosses.
(8) Tighten the shipping plugs.
Subtask 24-21-51-480-052-B

N. Installation of the IDG Removal/Installation Tool

(1) Use a IDG R/I (TMHSD10-60-00) support the IDG.
(2) Make sure that none of the weight is on the Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) adapter or the input shaft.
NOTE: The IDG weighs approximately 56 kg (123.4588 lb) in weight.
Subtask 24-21-51-020-071-A
P. Removal of the IDG from Engine Gearbox
(Ref. Fig. Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) SHEET 1)
CAUTION: PULL THE IDG OUT IN A STRAIGHT LINE:

- SO THAT THE INPUT SHAFT DOES NOT RUB
- TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE IDG INPUT SEAL.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE EXTERNAL PARTS TO PULL OR LIFT THE IDG. IF YOU DO SO YOU CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the QAD tension bolt (43).
(2) Loosen the QAD tension bolt (43) until:
the screw head touches the lug on the QAD ring or,
the stripe marks on the QAD ring (46) and the housing of the integrated drive generator align.
NOTE: The QAD kit is in the " open position " and the clamping lugs are disengaged when the stripe
marks are aligned.
(3) If the tension bolt does not turn the QAD ring to the aligned/open position:
turn the QAD ring by hand or,
lightly tap the ring until aligned.
(4) Hold the IDG with the hoisting mechanism and disconnect the IDG from the gearbox.
(5) Discard O-rings (42) and (44).
(6) Install the COVER - PROTECTION on the IDG interface side of the gearbox.
(7) Protect the IDG (1) with a BAG - PLASTIC.
TASK 24-21-51-400-044-A
Installation of the Integrated Drive Generator - IDG 1(2) (New EPGS)
AND INTO YOUR BODY.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU HOLD THE NIPPLE AND THE REDUCER WITH A WRENCH WHEN YOU
TORQUE THE TUBE FITTINGS. THIS WILL MAKE SURE YOU DO NOT TORQUE THE NIPPLE
OR THE REDUCER WHEN YOU TIGHTEN THE FITTING.
FIN : 4000XU


Self explanatory

(TMHSD10-60-00) 1 IDG R/I

437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
D. Expendable Parts

44 O-ring 24-21-51-02-010
42 O-ring 24-21-51-02-090
2 packing 24-21-51-05-030
5 packing 24-21-51-05-060


15 packing 24-21-51-05-080
17 packing 24-21-51-05-100
Level Check
(Ref. 24-21-00-210-046-A). Check IDG Oil Level and Differential Pressure Indicator (DPI)
(Ref. 24-21-00-720-041-A). Operational Test of the IDG Disconnect and Reconnect (Reset) Func-
tion - Engine in Operation
(Ref. 24-21-41-000-040-B). Removal of the Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter of the IDG
(Ref. 24-21-41-400-043-A). Installation of the Quick Attach/Detach (QAD) Adapter of the IDG
(NEW EPGS)
(Ref. 70-22-00-911-002-A). Locking Procedures
Integrated Drive Generator (IDG)
Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) - QAD Adaptor Allowance SHEET 1

A
THE IDG QAD ADAPTER IS
CORRECTLY INSTALLED
GEARBOX
IDG QAD ADAPTER INCORRECTLY

INSTALLED OF THE IDG FLANGE AT THE TOP
GEARBOX
N_MM_242151_4_RER0_01_02

** ON A/C ALL

QAD
GEARBOX
B
B
QUAD RING
RING LUG
7.9 mm MIN
(0.31 in) MIN BRACKET
N_MM_242151_4_RGR0_01_02
Figure 24-21-51-991-30800-06-A / SHEET 1/1 - Integrated

Drive Generator (IDG) - QAD Adaptor Allowance
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-51-860-066-A
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in
position to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND
PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell
persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 24-21-51-865-079-A

Subtask 24-21-51-010-076-A
C. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Integrated Drive Generator (IDG))
Subtask 24-21-51-640-073-A
A. Lubrication of the Consumable Materials and QAD Adapter
(1) Lubricate the QAD adapter ring threads, lugs and the tension bolt (43) with the Synthetic base
Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1).
(2) Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-090) O-ring (42) and IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-010) O-
ring (44) with the Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1).
(3) Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-05-080) packing (15) and IPC -CSN (24-21-51-05-
100) packing (17) with the Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1).
(4) Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-05-030) packing (2) and IPC -CSN (24-21-51-05-
060) packing (5) with the Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1).
Subtask 24-21-51-420-144-A
B. Installation of the IDG on Engine Gearbox

CAUTION: DO NOT USE EXTERNAL PARTS TO PULL OR LIFT THE IDG. IF YOU DO SO YOU CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG.
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL TO SUPPORT THE IDG CORRECTLY.

YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INPUT SEAL IF:
- YOU LIFT THE IDG TOO MUCH
- YOU DO NOT SUPPORT THE IDG SUFFICIENTLY.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE YOU INSTALL THE IDG CORRECTLY AND THE MATING SURFACES OF
THE IDG AND GEARBOX ARE PARALLEL. IF THEY ARE NOT PARALLEL, YOU CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MATING PARTS.
CAUTION: IF YOU REPLACE THE IDG P/N 740119 WITH AN IDG "NEW EPGS", YOU MUST RE-
PLACE THE QAD P/N 740123 WITH QAD P/N 772896.
(1) Remove the protective cover from the IDG interface side of the gearbox.
(2) Remove the IDG (1) from the plastic bag.
(3) Install the O-ring (42) in the groove on the IDG splined shaft.
(4) Install the O-ring (44) in the groove on the IDG (1) pilot diameter.
(5) Put the IDG (1) on a IDG R/I (TMHSD10-60-00) .
(6) Use the hoisting mechanism to align the IDG with the mounting pad support.
Make sure that none of the weight is on the input shaft.
(7) Turn the QAD tension bolt (43) to open the QAD ring (46). Align the mark on the QAD ring with the
mark on the QAD engine-adapter plate.
(8) Engage the lugs on the IDG in the openings in the QAD ring. To do this, align the " open-position "
mark on the QAD with the opposite mark on the IDG.
(9) TORQUE the QAD tension bolt to between 22 and 26 lbf.ft (2.98 and 3.53 m.daN).
(10) Lightly hit the outer edge of the QAD adapter with a softface hammer.
(11) Do a check of the tension bolt torque. The torque value must not decrease more than 2 lbf.ft (0.27
m.daN).
(a) If the tension bolt torque value decrease more than 2 lbf.ft (0.27 m.daN), TORQUE again the
QAD tension bolt to between 22 and 26 lbf.ft (2.98 and 3.53 m.daN).
(12) Do a check of the distance between the ring lug and bracket of the QAD ring.
(Ref. Fig. Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) - QAD Adaptor Allowance SHEET 1)
(a) If the distance is less than 0.312 IN. (7.92 MM) minimum, remove and replace the IDG
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-000-040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-51-400-044) and the QAD
adapter (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-41-000-040) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-41-400-043) .
(13) Safety the QAD tension bolt (43) with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002)
(Ref. AMM TASK 70-22-00-911-002) .
(14) Remove the IDG R/I (TMHSD10-60-00) .
Subtask 24-21-51-020-108-A
C. Removal of the IDG Terminal Block Cover
(1) Remove the screws (28), the washers (29) and the terminal block cover (27).
(2) Remove the terminal nut with captive washer (30).
Subtask 24-21-51-020-109-A

D. Removal of the Protections

(1) If necessary, remove the shipping plugs (19) and (18) from the oil-in and oil-out bosses, and retain for
subsequent use.
(2) Remove the protective covers from the oil-in (13) and oil-out (12) lines.
Subtask 24-21-51-420-145-A
E. Installation of the Unions
(1) Install the new packing (17) on the union (16) and the new packing (15) on the union (14).
(2) Install the union (16) and TORQUE it to between 430 and 455 lbf.in (4.86 and 5.14 m.daN).
(3) Install the union (14) and TORQUE it to between 400 and 425 lbf.in (4.52 and 4.80 m.daN).
Subtask 24-21-51-420-146-A
F. Installation of the Oil-in and Oil-out lines
AND OIL-OUT LINES.
(1) Connect the oil lines (12) and (13) on their unions.
(2) Use the two wrench procedure to hold and TORQUE the oil-in line (13)
(3) Use the two wrench procedure to hold and TORQUE the oil-out line (12)
Subtask 24-21-51-020-110-A
G. Removal of the Pressure Fill Plug and Overflow Drain Plug
(1) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the pressure fill plug (11).
(2) Remove the pressure fill plug (11) with the packing (10) from the lower pressure fill-port, and retain for
subsequent use.
(3) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the overflow drain plug (9).
(4) Remove the overflow drain plug (9) with the packing (8) from the lower overflow drain-port, and retain
for subsequent use.
Subtask 24-21-51-420-147-A
H. Installation of the Pressure Fill Half-Coupling
(1) Install the new packing (5) on the pressure fill half-coupling (6).
(2) Install the pressure fill half-coupling (6) in the pressure fill-port.
TORQUE the half-coupling to between 140 and 150 lbf.in (1.58 and 1.70 m.daN).
Subtask 24-21-51-420-148-A
J. Installation of the Overflow Drain Half-Coupling
(1) Install the new packing (2) on the overflow drain half-coupling (3).
(2) Install the overflow drain half-coupling (3) in the overflow drain port.
TORQUE the half-coupling to between 240 and 260 lbf.in (2.71 and 2.94 m.daN).
(3) Install the dust cap (4).

Subtask 24-21-51-160-058-A
K. Visual Inspection of the Receptacle and Plugs
(1) Examine the electrical receptacle and plug (20), (21) and (22) for dirt inside connectors.If the
connectors are dirties, clean them with a Textile-Lint free Cotton - (Material No. 14SBA1) and Non
Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum Based - (Material No. 08BBB1).
Subtask 24-21-51-420-149-A
L. Installation of the Phase Leads and Electrical Connectors
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE WASHER IS INSTALLED BETWEEN THE PHASE LEADS AND
THE TERMINAL NUT. IF NOT, THE TERMINAL BLOCK WILL BURN LOCALLY BE-
CAUSE OF RESISTANCE HEATING.
(1) Install the phase leads (26) on the generator terminal block. Make sure that the N, T1, T2 and T3 wire
labels agree with the terminal labels (N, T-1, T-2, T-3).
(2) Install the terminal nut with captive washer (30) on each terminal block stud. TORQUE the terminal
nut with captive washer (30) to between 12 and 14 lbf.ft (1.63 and 1.90 m.daN).
(3) Install the terminal block cover (27). Attach with the washers (29) and the screws (28).
(4) TORQUE the screws to between 20 and 22 lbf.in (0.23 and 0.25 m.daN).
(5) Remove the connector protective caps (23), (24), (25).
(6) Carefully connect the electrical harness to the three electrical connectors 4000XUC (20), 4000XUA
(21), 4000XUB (22) of the IDG.
Subtask 24-21-51-612-066-A
M. IDG Oil Servicing
(1) Do the IDG servicing operations (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
Subtask 24-21-51-865-081-A
N. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 24-21-51-710-062-A
P. Operational Test of the IDG
(1) Do an operational test of the IDG disconnect system (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-720-041) .
Subtask 24-21-51-720-063-A
Q. Check for Oil Leaks and the Electrical Properties
(1) Start engines 1 and 2 at minimum idle (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) .
(2) Make sure that the IDG operates correctly:
On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page on the lower ECAM DU:
Make sure that the voltage is 115 VAC.
Make sure that the frequency is 400 Hz plus or minus 5 Hz.

NOTE: If the IDG was removed after an IDG disconnection, do a GCU reset at the first engine start at
idle. To do this, on the ELEC control panel 35VU, push, then release the related ELEC/GEN
pushbutton switch.
(3) Do the switching test that follows:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the APU section of the overhead control and On the APU section of the overhead control and in-
indication panel 25VU: dication panel 25VU:
Make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbut- The ON legend of the APU MASTER SW push-
ton switch is released. button switch is off.
Release the GEN1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the GEN1 pushbutton switch
comes on.
3.Wait for three minutes.
On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page, make
sure that there is a green line between:
The GEN2 and the AC2 busbar
The AC2 and the AC1 busbars, and
The AC1 and the AC ESS busbars.
Push the GEN1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the GEN1 pushbutton switch
goes off.
Release the GEN2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the GEN2 pushbutton switch
comes on.
6.Wait for three minutes.
On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page, make
sure that there is a green line between:
The GEN1 and the AC1 busbar
The AC1 and the AC2 busbar, and
The AC1 and the AC ESS busbars.
7.Start and operate the APU: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
For the GTCP 36-300 Make sure that there is a green line between:
For the APS 3200 The AC ESS and the AC1 busbars
For the 131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00- The APU GEN and the AC2 busbar, and
860-008) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008) Make sure that the parameters that follow are
corrects:
AC LOAD Percent shown in green,
AC V = 115 + or - 5V,
FRQ HZ = 400 + or - 10HZ.
Push the GEN2 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the GEN2 pushbutton switch
goes off.
(4) Stop engines 1 and 2 (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .

(5) In the cockpit, on the ELEC panel 35VU:
(a) Make sure that the EXT PWR pushbutton switch is pushed (OFF legend goes off).
(6) Stop the APU:
For the GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
For the APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-006)


(7) Make sure that there are no oil leaks.
(8) Do a check of the oil level at the sight glass of the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-210-046) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-51-410-072-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
TASK 24-21-51-000-041-B
Removal of the IDG Oil Filter(s)
HOUR.

CAUTION: DO NOT LET ENGINE OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED OIL MUST BE REMOVED IM-
MEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH THE OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SUR-
FACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.

Self explanatory


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR

(Ref. 24-21-00-210-044-A). Inspection of the Filter Element(s)
IDG Oil Filters SHEET 1

A
A
SCAVENGE FILTER
CHARGE FILTER
N_MM_242151_4_RBR0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-51-941-057-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-21-51-010-060-A
B. Get Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Oil Filters SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-51-680-055-A
A. Draining of the IDG oil
(1) Drain the oil from the IDG (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-680-040) .
Subtask 24-21-51-020-075-B
AGE.
B. Removal of the IDG Oil Scavenge and Charge Filters
NOTE: the procedure is the same for the two filters.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the filter cover (1).
NOTE: you can put a CONTAINER 10 L(2 1/2 USGAL) below the filter cavity.
(2) Remove the filter cover (1).

(3) Remove and discard the packing (2) from the filter cover (1).
(4) Remove the filter element (3).
(5) Remove and discard the packing (4) from the filter element (3).
(6) Install a CAP - BLANKING on the filter cavity port.
Subtask 24-21-51-210-061-A
C. Inspection of the Filter Element(s)

(1) Do the inspection of the filter element(s) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-21-00-210-044) , and if necessary,
replace it by a new filter element (3).
TASK 24-21-51-400-041-B
Installation of the IDG Oil Filter(s)

CAUTION: DO NOT LET ENGINE OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED OIL MUST BE REMOVED IM-
MEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH THE OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SUR-
FACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME PARTS.

Self explanatory


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
D. Expendable Parts

4 O-ring 24-21-51-02-200
3 filter element 24-21-51-02-210
2 O-ring 24-21-51-02-220

Level Check
IDG Oil Filters SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-51-860-055-A
(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in
position to tell persons not to start the engine.
(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND
PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell
persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
(3) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Oil Filters SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-51-640-060-A
A. Lubrication of the Consumable Materials
(1) Lubricate the new O-ring (4) with the Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
(2) Lubricate the new O-ring (2) with the Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
Subtask 24-21-51-420-077-B
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE COMPONENTS ARE IN THE CORRECT POSITION IN THE FILTER
CAVITIES BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE FILTER COVERS. DO NOT TIGHTEN THE FILTER
COVER SCREWS TO PUT THE FILTER COMPONENTS IN THE HOUSINGS.
AGE.
CAUTION: DO NOT CLEAN AND USE AGAIN A FILTER ELEMENT THAT YOU REMOVED.
B. Installation of the Scavenge and Charge Filter Elements
NOTE: The procedure is the same for the two filters
(1) Remove the blanking cap from the filter cavity port.

(2) Install the IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-200) O-ring (4) on the filter element (3) and make sure that it is in
the correct position.
(3) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-220) O-ring (2) on the filter cover (1) and make sure that it is
in the correct position.
(4) Put the IPC -CSN (24-21-51-02-210) filter element (3) in the filter cavity.
(5) Install the filter cover (1).
(6) TORQUE the filter cover to between 13 and 15 lbf.ft (1.76 and 2.03 m.daN).
(7) Safety the filter cover with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1).
Subtask 24-21-51-612-055-A
C. Fill the IDG oil system (Ref. AMM TASK 12-13-24-612-041) .
Subtask 24-21-51-210-062-A
D. Visual Inspection for Oil Leaks
(1) Do dry motoring (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-001) and make sure that there are no oil leaks at
the cover(s)of the IDG oil filter(s).
NOTE: We recommend that you do the visual inspection again to make sure that there are no oil
leaks at the cover of the IDG oil filter. Do this inspection at the next time you operate the en-
gine at a minimum idle (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-006) .
When you operate the engine at minimum idle, the oil pressure in the lubrication system and the
cooling system of the IDG is higher and the oil circulation time is longer.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-51-410-057-A
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Figure 24-21-51-991-30800-06-A / SHEET 1/1 - Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) - QAD Adaptor Allowance
24-21-51 PB 601 CONF 00 - GENERATOR -

INTEGRATED DRIVE (IDG) - INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 24-21-51-210-001-A
Check of the IDG Oil-Filter Differential-Pressure Indicator (DPI)

HOUR.

Self explanatory


437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Ref. TSM 24-21-00-810-815 The Differential Pressure Indicator (DPI) of the IDG1 Oil Filter is Exten-
ded - Alternate Procedure
Ref. TSM 24-21-00-810-816 The Differential Pressure Indicator (DPI) of the IDG2 Oil Filter is Exten-
ded - Alternate Procedure
Differencial Pressure Indicator (DPI) of the Oil Filter SHEET 1

A
A
OIL FILTER
DP INDICATOR
B
INDICATOR BUTTON
(SILVER END, RED
CYLINDRICAL SIDE)
NORMAL EXTENDED
(RESET)
N_MM_242151_6_UAP0_01_00
Figure 24-21-51-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Differencial Pressure Indicator (DPI) of the Oil Filter
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-21-51-941-055-A
Subtask 24-21-51-010-057-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
437AL, 438AR,
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Differencial Pressure Indicator (DPI) of the Oil Filter SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-21-51-210-059-A
A. Visual Inspection of the Oil Filter DPI
(1) Make sure that the red button of the DPI is not extended:
Use an LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION and an MIRROR - INSPECTION, if necessary.
(a) If the red button is extended from the end of the DPI:
Do the alternate procedure:
The differential pressure indicator (DPI) of the IDG1(2) oil filter is extended
Ref. TSM 24-21-00-810-815 or Ref. TSM 24-21-00-810-816 .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-21-51-410-055-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040) :
437AL, 438AR,
447AL, 448AR.
Figure 24-21-51-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Differencial Pressure Indicator (DPI) of the Oil Filter
24-22 - AC MAIN GENERATION
24-22-00 - AC MAIN GENERATION

24-22-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC MAIN GENERATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The two engine generators provide the AC main generation. The AC main generation supplies the whole
aircraft in normal flight configuration.
The transfer circuit supplies either one or the two distribution networks from any generation source:
main,
auxiliary,
or ground.
(Ref. Fig. AC Main Generation - Component Location)

120VU
122VU
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
Z125
A
21VU 35VU
30XN2
25VU
A
120VU
4WT1 11XU2
9XU2 11XU1
4WT2
9XU1
C
30XN1
C
N_MM_242200_0_AARA_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-12400-00-C / SHEET 1/3 - AC Main Generation - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

FR12
FR14
A
A
822
51XU1
822 51XU2
B
FR14
FR12
N_MM_242200_0_AARA_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

PANEL 35VU
35VU
FAULT FAULT AC ESS FEED
V V
OFF OFF FAULT
GALLEY
AC BUS 1 ALTN
E FAULT
A
U
AC ESS BUS AC BUS 2
E
L OFF
T
O
L
E BUS TIE E
A
C IDG 1 U IDG 2 C
GEN 1 APU GEN T EXT PWR GEN 2
OFF O
OFF OFF ON OFF
3XU1 10XU 3XU2
PANEL 21VU
EMER ELEC PWR

RAT
&
GEN 1 LINE EMER GEN
SMOKE FAULT A
U
OFF T
O
13XU
N_MM_242200_0_AARA_03_00

** ON A/C ALL


41XU2
A 41XU1
A
FR34
FR9
N_MM_242200_0_ACRA_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

E
B
90VU
C
91VU
1XU1
24XG
E
D
1XU2
D
D
N_MM_242200_0_ACRA_02_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
1XU1 GCU-1 91VU 121 24-22-34
1XU2 GCU-2 91VU 121 24-22-34
9XU1 GLC-1 120VU 212 24-22-55
9XU2 GLC-2 120VU 212 24-22-55
10XU P/BSW-ELEC/BUS TIE 35VU 210 24-21-00
11XU1 BTC-1 120VU 212 24-22-55
11XU2 BTC-2 120VU 212 24-22-55
13XU P/BSW-EMER ELEC PWR/GEN1 LINE 21VU 211 24-21-00
24XG GAPCU 92VU 122 24-41-34
41XU1 CT-AC, 1 131 24-22-17
41XU2 CT-AC, 2 132 24-22-17
51XU1 CT 212 24-22-17
51XU2 CT 212 24-22-17
4000XU IDG 435 24-21-51
(Ref. Fig. AC Main Generation (Normal Configuration) - General Schematic)

301PP
11PB
APU START CSM/G CONTROL UNIT

49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 12PB2 704PP
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1
701PP B
103PP BCL-1 12PB1 1PR
3PN1 703PP
5PB1 BAT1
101PP SHUNT
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
3XB
5XB
28
115 2XB 6PH
5PU1 D
STATIC
INV 901XP
12XB
801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP

1PU1 24-50-00 115VAC
TR1 8XH
110XP
7XN1
431XPC
131XPA 4XH 26V
5XN1 26V
5XH
15XN1 401XP
103XP 115VAC
3XN1
2PU1 AC ESS BUS 4XP
101XP
1XN1
AC BUS 1 1XP E
1XC
115VAC
3XC
15XE
F
G
BTC-1
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS
28-21-00 H
GCU-1
GCU-APU GPCU EXTERNAL
1XU1 GEN APU POWER
4000XU 8XS
1 1XS GEN 1XG RECEPTACLE
N_MM_242200_0_AHQ0_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-13700-00-M / SHEET 1/2 - AC Main Generation (Normal Configuration) - General Schematic
** ON A/C ALL

801PP
A
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP
28VDC
8PH
20PC
2PR 401PP
502PP
5PR 8PR 4PC
208PP 28VDC
206PP
6PN
B
204PP 601PP
3PN2
202PP 602PP
1PN2
7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
210PP
3PX
11PN 10PN 212PP
D
24-50-00 5PU2 3PE
220XP
1PX
28XN 27XN
218XP
1PU2 1PE
TR2 ESS TR
210XP
7XN2 21XN2
231XPA
5XN2 26V
15XN2
204XP
3XN2
214XP
202XP 4XX 16XX
1XN2
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC 4PE
212XP
10XN 12XN
ELEC PUMP-Y
3801GX 3805GX 29 - 24 - 00
F
G GLC-EMERG
BTC-2 1XX 14XX
2XE
11XU2 GLC-2
9XU2 2XX 12XX
H
3802GX 3806GX CSM/G
GCU-2 GEN 4000XU CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
2
1XU2 1XE
N_MM_242200_0_AHQ0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

When the two engines run in normal conditions, generator 1 and generator 2 supply their own network.
Generator 1 supplies network 1, including:
AC BUS 1,
AC ESSENTIAL BUS,
AC SHEDDABLE ESSENTIAL BUS.
Generator 2 supplies network 2, corresponding to AC BUS 2.
Networks 1 and 2 are supplied in priority order:

by their generator,
by the electrical ground power unit,
by the auxiliary generator,
GEN1 and GEN2 pushbutton switches, on the panel 35VU on the overhead panel, control the generators 1 and
2 respectively via the GCU.
4. Component Description
A. Generator Control Unit 1XU1 , 1XU2
The 2 GCUs are identical and interchangeable. The GCU functions (GCU1 and GCU2) are selected by Pin
Programming.
The GCU has four different functions:
voltage regulation,
frequency regulation,
control and protection of the network and the generator,
control of the various indications,
system test and self-monitoring.
All these functions are performed in the digital form.
The GCUs are supplied:
directly from the PMG, for generator excitation and 28VDC internal and external supply,
from the aircraft normal network (28 VDC) for the internal and external supply.
This dual supply constitutes a back up supply.
(1) Voltage regulation
The voltage regulation is achieved by controlling the current through the exciter field. The voltage is kept
at nominal value (115 VAC) at the Point of Regulation (POR).
The POR is located in the electrical power centre (120VU) at the end of the generator feeder, upstream
of the line contactor.
The principle of operation of the voltage regulator is by constant frequency variable pulse width
modulation of the voltage through the exciter field.
(2) Regulation of the generator speed
The regulation of the generator speed is accomplished by means of a servo valve located in the IDG.
The GCU controls the servo valve position. The operating principle is detailled in Ref. 24-21-00.
(3) Control and protective functions
The GCU controls the connection and disconnection of the power provided by the generator to and from
the aircraft electrical system. This control is provided by means of 3 relays:
the Generator Control Relay (GCR) which controls the generator excitation,
the Power Ready Relay (PRR) which controls the generator line contactor and the FAULT warning
light in the cockpit,
the Servo Valve Relay (SRV) which controls the generator speed by means of the servo valve.
(4) Generator control and protection functions
The following control or fault signals cause generator shutdown or de-energization:
No controlled Shutdown recognized upon power-up of the control unit
Overvoltage Fault
Undervoltage 1 Fault

Overfrequency 1 Fault
Underfrequency 1 Fault
Underspeed
Shorted Rotating Diode (PMG to chassis short) Fault
Open Cable Fault
Differential Protection Fault
Overcurrent Fault
Delta Overcurrent Fault
Phase Sequence Fault with the Power Ready Relay "absent"
Servo Valve Deterioration Fault
Disconnect Trip Fault
Welded GLC Fault
GLC Control Circuit Fault
Shorted/Open PMG Fault with the Power Ready Relay "absent"
Pin Programming Error detected on GCU power-up.
The generator shall be "reset" when the protective faults (identified above) are still not
present and one of the following occurs:
Cold Start (which is defined as POWER-UP RESET or the application of 28 volts to the control unit)
occurs,
Generator Control Switch (GCS) is toggled (OFF to ON).
The following functions shall be limited to a total of 2 resets after which a cold start will
be requuired for reset:
Overvoltage Fault
Overcurrent 2 Fault
Servo Valve Deterioration Fault
Welded GLC Fault
GLC Control Circuit Fault
A table listing all these functions is shown below.
GCU DETECTION:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
! FUNCTION ! SENSING ! THRESHOLD ! TIME DELAY ! TRIP
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Overvoltage (OV) ! Highest POR ! 130 +/- 1.5V ! Inverse Curve ! GCR,
! ! phase ! ! TD (max) !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Undervoltage ! Lowest POR ! ! ! GCR,
! (UV1) ! phase !101.5 +/- 1.5V! 4.5 seconds !
! ! !4V Hysteresis ! (max) (UV1) !
! (UV2) ! ! 68 +/- 1.5V ! 160 milliseconds!
! ! !4V Hysteresis ! (max) !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Overfrequency ! ! ! ! GCR,
! (OF1) ! POR equiv ! 435 +/- 1 Hz ! 4.0 seconds ! SVS
! ! (PMG) !4Hz Hysteresis! (max) !
! (OF2) ! POR equiv ! 452 +/- 1 Hz ! 160 milliseconds!
! (OF3) ! POR equiv ! 457 +/- 2 Hz ! 10 milliseconds !
! ! (PMG) ! ! (max) !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------

! Underfrequency ! ! ! ! GCR,
! (UF1) ! POR equiv ! 361 +/- 1 Hz ! 4.0 seconds ! SVS
! (UF2) ! POR equiv ! 343 +/- 1 Hz ! 160 milliseconds!
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Underspeed (US) ! Engine speed! see paragraph! see paragraph ! PRR
! IDG ! for IDG ! 6.5 for the ! 6.5 for the !
! ! (ARINC 429) ! A320 engines ! A320 engines !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Shorted Rotating !Exciter Field! > 175 VDC ! 3 seconds (max) ! GCR,
! Diode/PMG to ! Voltage ! ! ! SVS
! Chassis Short ! ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Open Cable (OPC) ! Differential! 80 +/- 8 Amps! 3 seconds (max) ! GCR,
! ! Current from! ! !
! ! 6 hole, 2 ! ! !
! ! wire CTA ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Differential ! Gen & Line !50 +/- 10 Amps! 60 milliseconds ! GCR,
! Protection (DP) ! CT delta for! ! (max) !
! ! each phase ! ! !
! ! measurement ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Overcurrent (OC) ! Generator ! Imax + 15 A ! Inverse Curve TD!BTC Lo
! ! CTs ! (min) ! (min) 60 +10,-0 ! GCR,
! ! ! ! milliseconds !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
!Delta Overcurrent ! Generator ! Delta I>75 A ! Inverse Curve TD!BTC Lo
!(DOC) ! CTs ! (min) ! (min) ! GCR,
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Phase Sequence ! POR ! ABCN ! 40 milliseconds ! GCR
! (PSEQ) ! ! ! (max) !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Servo Valve ! POR equiv ! Modulation of! 2.0 seconds ! GCR,
! Deterioration ! (PMG) ! +/- 5Hz about! (max) ! SVS
! (SV) ! ! frequency ref! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Manuel Disconnect! Discrete ! Discrete ! 40 milliseconds ! GCR,
! (DISC) ! Switch ! Input ! (max) ! SVS
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Fire Switch ! Discrete ! Discrete ! 40 milliseconds ! GCR,
! (FIRE) ! Switch ! Input ! (max) ! SVS
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! GLC failure ! Generator ! Generator ! 160 milliseconds! GCR,
! (GLFC) ! current ! current > ! (max) ! Locko
! ! (after QLC ! 25 +/- 5 Amps! !
! ! tripped) ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! GLC control ! Line !Line Contactor! 300 milliseconds! GCR,
! circuit failure ! Contactor ! Status ! (max) !
! (GLCCF) ! !disagrees with! !
! ! ! contactor ! !
! ! ! "drive" ! !

! ! ! command ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Shorted/Open PMG ! PMG ! Open Phase or! 4.2 seconds ! GCR,
! (SOPMG) ! !Phase to Phase! (max) !
! ! ! Short ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!------
! Pin Programming !Pin configu- ! N/A ! N/A ! SVS,
! Error !ration and/or! ! ! GCR o
! !parity error ! ! ! Colds
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
(5) Control of the various indications (warnings and annunciators)
The GCU controls the warnings and annunciators related to the IDG channel.
Generator FAULT comes on when the protections come into operation (PR opening)
Generator FAULT also comes on when the GLC is open
Galley FAULT when an overload is detected
IDG FAULT for a low pressure or high temperature of the cooling and lubrication oil system.
(6) System self-monitoring and test function (BITE)
This function can be divided into three different parts:
test and analysis after generator tripping,
passive fault detection,
maintenance BITE.
(a) Test and analysis after generator tripping
When a generator has tripped (active failure), the GCU
identifies the protection which has caused the tripping (over-frequency, differential protection,
etc...),
analyses the conditions in which the tripping has occurred,
then, determines the origin of the fault (GCU wiring or peripherals).
(b) Passive fault detection
Certain passive fault can affect the system operation, but the generator continues to work.
The GCU permanently monitors the majority of the circuits concerned.
When detecting a fault, the GCU determines the origin.
(c) Maintenance BITE
The maintenance BITE is intended to operate with the relevant generator not running. The
maintenance BITE is executed only, upon command from the GAPCU. The GAPCU only requests
the maintenance BITE if requested by the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
For more details, refer to 24-41-00 Para. BITE Test.
(d) Communication between the GCU and the SDAC
The other functions on the GCU is to provide main electrical parameters to the SDACS via ARINC
429 data links.
The infomation provided to the SDACs is as follows:
POR voltage (phase A),
Load (phase A),
Line Frequency (phase A),
Oil Inlet/Outlet Temperature,
Overload,
Generator Fault,
IDG Disconnect Status,
IDG Low Oil Pressure.
Analog and discrete input parameters are listed below:
--------------------------------------------------------------------
! PARAMETER DEFINITION !IDG1!IDG2! STATE ! COMME
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! POR VOLTAGE 115 VAC, 400 Hz ! X ! X ! ! Parameter fo
! (PHASE A) ! ! ! ! tion of AC v

! ! ! ! ! and frequenc
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! AC LOAD ! X ! X ! !
! ! ! ! !
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! IDG OIL INLET TEMPERATURE ! X ! X ! !
! ! ! ! !
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! IDG OIL OUTLET TEMPERATURE ! X ! X ! !
! ! ! ! !
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! OVERLOAD WARNING ! X ! X ! Ground when !
! ! ! ! overload !
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! GENERATOR FAULT ! X ! X ! 28 VDC when !
! ! ! ! FAULT !
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! IDG DISC. STATUS ! X ! X ! Ground when !
! ! ! ! DISC !
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! IDG DISC P/BSW POS ! X ! X ! Ground when ! From P/BSW c
! ! ! ! ON ! relay
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! IDG OIL LOW PRESSURE ! X ! X ! Ground when ! From IDG low
! ! ! ! low pressure! switch
! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! !
!-----------------------------!----!----!-------------!-------------
! GEN P/BSW POSITION ! X ! X ! 28 VDC when ! From GCU TR
! ! ! ! ON ! (through PR)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
B. System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) Communications
(Ref. Fig. SDAC Communication - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

PARAMETERS
GEN 2
GCU 2
FADEC 2
(SYSTEM +
(SYSTEM +
SDAC 2
SDAC 1
ECAM)
ECAM)
FADEC 1
PARAMETERS
GEN 1
GCU 1
ANALOG AND DISCRETE SIGNAL

GAPCU
PARAMETERS
EXT PWR
ARINC 429
1553 BUS
PARAMETERS
APU GEN
CFDIU
N_MM_242200_0_ANP0_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-16000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - SDAC Communication - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

Each GCU channel interfaces with each SDAC via a single ARINC 429 data bus.
The parameters are displayed on the ECAM system.
(1) Table of main digital signals received and sent out by the SDAC 1(2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! CHANNEL 1 !
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! OUT ! SDI ! !FORMAT!REFRESH! No.OF!CODING! ! ! SOURCE !
!LABEL!GEN1!GEN2! PARAMETER !(BNR ! RATE !SIGNI-!RANGE !RESOL!UNIT! ORIGIN !
! ! ! ! DEFINITION ! or ! (MS) !FICANT! MIN/ ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! BCD) !MIN/MAX! BITS ! MAX ! ! ! !
!-----!----!----!------------!------!-------!------!------!-----!----!--------!
! 070 ! 01 ! 10 ! AC FREQUEN-! BNR !250/500! 9 ! 0/512! 1 Hz! Hz ! From !
! ! ! ! CY Ph A ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 115 VAC!
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 400 Hz !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! INPUT !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! GCU 1 !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! GCU 2 !
!-----!----!----!------------!------!-------!------!------!-----!----!--------!
! 072 ! 01 ! 10 ! AC VOLTAGE ! BNR !250/500! 8 ! 0/256! 1 V ! V ! From !
! ! ! ! Ph A ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 115 VAC!
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 400 Hz !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! INPUT !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! GCU 1 !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! GCU 2 !
!-----!----!----!------------!------!-------!------!------!-----!----!--------!
! 077 ! 01 ! 10 ! AC LOAD ! BNR !250/500! 8 ! 0/256! 1per! per! GCU 1 !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! cent!cent! GCU 2 !
!-----!----!----!------------!------!-------!------!------!-----!----!--------!
! 105 ! 01 ! 10 ! IDG OIL ! BNR !250/500! 8 ! -256 ! 1 !deg.! GCU 1 !
! ! ! ! INLET TEMP ! ! ! ! / !deg.C! C ! GCU 2 !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! +256 ! ! ! !
!-----!----!----!------------!------!-------!------!------!-----!----!--------!
! 106 ! 01 ! 10 ! IDG OIL ! BNR !250/500! 8 ! -256 ! 1 !deg.! GCU 1 !
! ! ! ! OUTLET TEMP! ! ! ! / !deg.C! C ! GCU 2 !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! +256 ! ! ! !
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! CHANNEL 1 !
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! OUT ! ! SDI ! !REFRESH! ! ! SOURCE !
!LABEL! BIT!GEN1!GEN2! PARAMETER ! RATE ! STATE 0 ! STATE 1 ! ORIGIN !
! ! No.! ! ! DEFINITION! (MS) ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! !MIN/MAX! ! ! !
!-----!----!----!----!-----------!-------!----------!----------!--------------!
! 050 ! 11 ! 01 ! 10 ! OVERLOAD !250/500!no warning! warning ! !
! ! ! ! ! WARNING ! ! ! ! !
!-----!----!----!----!-----------!-------!----------!----------!--------------!
! 050 ! 12 ! 01 ! 10 ! GENERATOR !250/500! no fault ! fault ! !
! ! ! ! ! FAULT ! ! ! ! !
!-----!----!----!----!-----------!-------!----------!----------!--------------!
! 050 ! 13 ! 01 ! 10 ! IDG DIS- !250/500! not disc ! disc ! !
! ! ! ! ! CONNECT ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! STATUS ! ! ! ! !
!-----!----!----!----!-----------!-------!----------!----------!--------------!

! 050 ! 14 ! 01 ! 10 ! IDG DIS- !250/500! P/BSW OFF! P/BSW ON ! !

! ! ! ! ! CONNECT ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! P/B POS ! ! ! ! !
!-----!----!----!----!-----------!-------!----------!----------!--------------!
! 050 ! 17 ! 01 ! 10 ! IDG OIL !250/500! no over- ! overheat ! From IDG !
! ! ! ! ! OUTLET ! ! heat ! ! OUTLET TEMP !
! ! ! ! ! OVERHEAT ! ! ! ! Input parame-!
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ter with !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! threshold !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !185 deg.C plus!
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! or minus !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 5 deg.C !
!-----!----!----!----!-----------!-------!----------!----------!--------------!
! 050 ! 18 ! 01 ! 10 ! IDG OIL !250/500! low pres-! normal ! !
! ! ! ! ! LOW PRES- ! ! sure ! pressure ! !
! ! ! ! ! SURE ! ! ! ! !
!-----!----!----!----!-----------!-------!----------!----------!--------------!
! 050 ! 19 ! 01 ! 10 ! GEN P/BSW !250/500! P/BSW OFF! P/BSW ON ! !
! ! ! ! ! POSITION ! ! ! ! !
(2) Table of main discrete signals received and sent out by the SDAC1(2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! 002 00! BUS TIE ! ! ! ! 21 ! ! ! ! 10XU !
! ! P/B OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00! BUS TIE ! ! ! ! 21 ! ! ! ! 10XU !
! ! P/B ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01!GEN1 LINE ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 9XU1 !
! !CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01!GEN1 LINE ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 9XU1 !
! !CNTOR OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01! TRANSFER ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 11XU1 !
! !CNTOR1 ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01! TRANSFER ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 11XU1 !
! !CNTOR1 OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10!GEN2 LINE ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 9XU2 !
! !CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10!GEN2 LINE ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 9XU2 !
! !CNTOR OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10! TRANSFER ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 11XU2 !
! !CNTOR2 ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10! TRANSFER ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 11XU2 !
! !CNTOR2 OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
NOTE: For some more information: see ATA Ref. 31-54-00.
C. Power Contactor
(1) Technology

The contactors are made up of a removable assembly which mainly consists of the motor, power
contacts, auxiliary contacts and connector.
The contactors are installed on a module or a base to which the power circuits are connected.
It is possible to remove a contactor without removing the module or the base.
(2) Characteristics of main contacts
(a) Three pole contactors: 2 types (260 A or 60 A)
Nominal current
260 A,
60 A.
Overload at nominal voltage
1.5 x In for 5 minutes
2 x In for 1 minute
(b) Single pole contactors: 3 types (100 A-200 A-300 A)
Nominal current
100 A,
200 A,
300 A.
Overload
100 A, 200 A:
1.5XIn for 5 minutes
2XIn for 1 minute
5XIn for 1 second (only for 200 A contactors).
300 A: in normal operation one cycle has an inrush current of 650 A to 950 A and cut off current of
150 A to 300 A (APU start contactor).
D. Lightning Protection Module
The lightning protection modules (19XU1, 19XU2) protect the equipment supplied by the feeders of the
IDGs (115V/400Hz, three-phase) against the lightning strikes.
E. Current Transformer (CT)

(Ref. Fig. Current Transformers - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

DC
4XP
2PU1 SUPPLY 2XC
ELEC PUMP-B FAN-EXTRACT
2701GJ 2705GJ 29-12-00 2HQ 7HQ 21-26-00
FAN-BLOWER WHC-2
1HQ 8HQ 21-26-00 1DG2 30-42-00
WHC-1

1DG1 30-42-00 3MC 6MC GALLEYS
24-56-00
12MC 13MC GALLEYS 2MC 5MC
24-56-00
210XP
1MC 4MC 7XN2 21XN2
110XP 231XPA
Customer : HIM
7XN1 21XN1 5XN2 26V

15XN2
131XPA 204XP
5XN1 26V 3XN2
15XN1
103XP 202XP
3XN1 1XN2
101XP AC BUS 2 2XP 216XP
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
1XN1 2PU2
115VAC
AC BUS 1 1XP 4XP 212XP
1XC 10XN
115VAC
** ON A/C ALL
11XU1
BTC-1 11XU2
BTC-2
9XU1 9XU2
GLC-1 GLC-2
FUEL PUMPS 3XG

11(12)QA 53(54)QA 28-21-00 3XS EPC

GCU-1 GLC-APU GCU-2
1XU1 51XU1 1XU2 51XU2

GAPCU
24XG
Figure 24-22-00-17900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Current Transformers - Block Diagram

41XU1 41XU2
GEN 4000XU EXTERNAL GEN 4000XU

1 APU POWER 2
GEN 8XS
RECEPTACLE
Manual : AMM
N_MM_242200_0_AKP0_01_01
Page 208 of 1294

There are three CTs per AC main generation channel:

one CT is built into the IDG generator,
one three-hole CT is installed upstream of the generator line contactor,
one six-hole CT is installed upstream of the three-hole CT.
(1) Functions
(a) Generator CT
The generator CT is used for differential and overcurrent protections (Ref. Para. 4.A.(4) Generator
control and protection functions).
(b) Six-hole CT
The six-hole CT contains six toroidal transformers, one for each of the parallel power feeder cables.
The six-hole CT is connected in electrical opposition to the CT of the IDG generator.
This CT is used for open cable protections (Ref. Para. 4.A.(4) Generator control and protection
functions).
(c) Three-hole CT
The three-hole CT contains three toroidal transformers, one for each of the power feeder cables.
A. Generator Control
Controls and indications for each generator are located on the overhead panel in the cockpit. The signals to
and from the indicators and controls transit by the GCU.
A general view of AC main generation channel 1 is shown on
(Ref. Fig. AC Main Generation Channel 1 - Schematic Diagram)

L3 T6 L6
T3
D
L2 T5 L5
T2
E
L1 T4 L4
T1
ROTOR
41XU1
OPEN GEN
CABLE CT
EXCITER FIELD RETURN
PMG
GCR
S
N
COM
SENSE TEMP
OIL OUT TEMP
OIL TEM COM SERVO
OIL IN TEMP VALVE
SERVO
VALVE LOP IDG UNDER
DISC FAULT SPEED
REQUEST
LOW OIL 1XU1

PRESSURE GCU1
DISC.SOL.
4000XU
IDG1
301PP G
28VDC 1XT
5VAC
ESS
FAULT
10LP
4XT
5XT
IDG DISC
7XT/8XT
N_MM_242200_0_AQTA_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-19500-00-F / SHEET 1/3 - AC Main Generation Channel 1 - Schematic Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

51XU1
C P
D Q
E R
1553BUS
LGCIU 1
24XG
GAPCU
PSU CHASSIS LIGNE

CTA
1553BUS
ARINC 429
+ - + -
GALLEY
FAULT
1XU1
GCU1
G S
GALLEY SDAC 1 SDAC 2 FADEC

FAULT
5VAC
OFF
N_MM_242200_0_AQTA_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

1XP
P C
Q B
A
R
9XU1-GLC1
C
BTC CLOSED
11XU1-BTC1 -
P.O.R
LOCK OUT BTC
3XU1-GEN1 5VAC
5VAC ESS
ESS
FAULT
OFF
3PP
GEN FAULT
POWER READY GLC1
GCS
OFF COMP. AUX-RLY BTC1
RESET
GLC SMOKE
OPEN RLY
GEN
GCS COM.
FIRE ON
FUEL FUNCTION GCS
CUT OFF 28VDC
1XU1
GCU1
SMOKE GLC1
RLY
301PP
FIRE PANEL 28VDC
S
OFF
ON
MASTER LEVER
N_MM_242200_0_AQTA_03_00

** ON A/C ALL

Each GCU controls the opening and closing of the associated GLC.
(Ref. Fig. GLC/BTC Logic - Schematic Diagram)

P/BSW
FAULT
GEN2
OFF
GCU-2
4XU2 3XU2 PRR
SUPPLY
11XU2
GLC-2
9XU2
PMG2
9XU2
A
BTC-1
9XU1
11XU1
4XU1 3PP
9XU2 2XU2 28VDC
BAT BUS
4XS
30XU1 P/BSW 5XG 3XG 3XS 15XU
BUSTIE
OFF
GCU-1
10XU
8XU
BTC-2 9XU2
11XU2 B
9XU1 11XU1
30XU2 4XU2
4XS
5XG 3XG 3XS 14XU
GCU-2
GCU-1
9XU1
GLC-1
9XU1 PMG1
11XU1
4XU1 P/BSW SUPPLY

FAULT
SMOKE GEN1
OFF PRR
20XU 13XU 3XU1

N_MM_242200_0_ASR0_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-19600-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - GLC/BTC Logic - Schematic Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

3PP
5XU 28VDC
BAT BUS
7XG
GAPCU
A
EXT PWR CTL
EXT
PRR PWR
11XG
SUPPLY
9XU1 9XU2
5XG
11XU1 11XU2
B
PMG3
PRR
EPC
3XG
P/BSW
APU GEN
GLC FAULT
APU OFF
3XG
3XS
4XS 2XS
N_MM_242200_0_ASR0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. GLC-1 Supply - Schematic Diagram SHEET 1)

BTC-1
GLC-1
301PP
BAT BUS 2XU1
GEN 1
FAULT
PMG OFF
PRR
SMOKE AUX LINE 1 RLY

LOCK-OUT RELAY
BTC-2
BTC
GCU-1
301PP
BAT BUS 2XU2 GLC-2
GEN 2
FAULT
PMG
OFF
PR
LOCK-OUT
AUX LINE 2 RLY
BTC
GCU-2
301PP
GLC-APU EPC
BAT BUS 6XS APU GEN
FAULT
OFF
PMG PR
301PP
BAT BUS 14XU
APU AUX LINE RLY
G.P PRR
EXT PWR CTL

11XG
GAPCU EXT PWR AUX RLY
N_MM_242200_0_AUP0_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-19700-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - GLC-1 Supply - Schematic Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

The operation of each generator is controlled by the GEN1 (2) pushbutton switch.
This pushbutton switch has two stable positions:
OFF selected, the pushbutton switch is released and the white OFF legend is on. The generator is shut
down (de-energized) and the line contactor (GLC) is open,
when the pushbutton switch is pressed in, the generator is energized, its rotational speed being high
enough. If the electrical parameters are correct, the line contactor closes. Then, the generator supplies its
network.
When a fault is detected:
the GCU protections are activated (PR opening),
FAULT legend comes on on GEN pushbutton switch (accompanied by the single chime and MASTER
CAUT light).
(Ref. Fig. GEN 1 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

GEN 1 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)


GEN 1
SINGLE
CHIME
AUTOMATIC FAULT
TRANSFERT OF APU
NETWORK 1 ON SEE FOLLOWING
Customer : HIM
ANOTHER POWER OFF + PAGE

SOURCE
(GEN 2) ELEC GEN 1 FAULT
MASTER GEN 1...OFF THEN ON
CAUTION IF UNSUCCESSFUL
AMBER "FAULT" GEN 1.....................OFF

Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
GEN 1
FAULT
SEE TWO PAGES
** ON A/C ALL
RELEASED - OUT FARTHER
GEN 1 P/BSW OFF
ELEC GEN 1 FAULT
WHITE "OFF"
NORMAL CONFIG. NORMAL CONFIG.
STATUS
GEN 1
FAULT TO FL 350 GEN 1
ACTION ON

CLEAR P/BSW APU START UP MAIN
ON ECAM CP OFF GALLEY
TO FL 310
WHITE "OFF"
Figure 24-22-00-19900-00-A / SHEET 1/3 - GEN 1 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
NORMAL CONFIG.
N_MM_242200_0_AWM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 219 of 1294

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
00% APU GEN 96%
11 6 V 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110 110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242200_0_AWM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

BAT 1 BAT 2
ELEC 28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
OFF 96%
APU GEN 116V
400HZ
IDG 1 C110 110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242200_0_AWM0_03_00
** ON A/C ALL

At the same time:

on the upper display unit of the ECAM system, an amber message is displayed,
on the lower display unit, the ELEC page is automatically displayed.
Simultaneously, the automatic transfer becomes effective:
the lost network is supplied by another power source available.
The crew has to release-out GEN pushbutton switch (white OFF legend comes on on GEN pushbutton
switch).
NOTE: FAULT legend comes on on GEN pushbutton switch also when GLC is open. When starting
engine 1, GEN 1 OFF warning is displayed on the ECAM display unit if generator 1 is not on
line: (Ref. Fig. GEN 1 OFF - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit) Similarly, when starting en-
gine 2, GEN 2 OFF warning is displayed on the ECAM display unit if generator 2 is not in line:
(Ref. Fig. GEN 2 OFF _ Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
SEE FOLLOWING
PRESELECTED
RETURN TO
PAGE
PAGE
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
ELEC GEN 1 OFF
GEN 1 OFF (CLASS 1- LEVEL 2)
CAUTION
WARNING
MASTER
SINGLE
CHIME
+
OVHD SYST
WHITE "OFF"
PANEL IND.
FAULT
FAULT
GEN 1
GEN 1
OFF
OFF
- ENGINE 1 STARTING
SUPPLIED BY APU
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
NETWORK
GEN
MANUAL CREW
ACTION
PRESS - IN
P/BSW
N_MM_242200_0_BWM0_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-20000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - GEN 1 OFF - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

BAT 1 BAT 2
ELEC 28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 2
GEN 1 APU GEN 00%
OFF 80% 00V
116V 00HZ
400HZ
IDG 1 C110 110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242200_0_BWM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
SEE FOLLOWING
PRESELECTED
RETURN TO
PAGE
PAGE
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
ELEC GEN 2 OFF
GEN 2 OFF (CLASS 1- LEVEL 2)
CAUTION
WARNING
MASTER
SINGLE
CHIME
+
OVHD SYST
WHITE "OFF"
PANEL IND.
GEN 2
GEN 2
FAULT
FAULT
OFF
OFF
- ENGINE 2 STARTING
SUPPLIED BY GEN
1 AND APU GEN
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
NETWORK
MANUAL CREW
ACTION
PRESS - IN
P/BSW
N_MM_242200_0_CAM0_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-20100-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - GEN 2 OFF _ Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

BAT 1 BAT 2
ELEC 28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% OFF
116V APU GEN
400HZ 60%
116V 110C IDG 2
IDG 1 C110
400HZ
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242200_0_CAM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

B. Transfer Circuit
The transfer circuit enables supply of both or either AC electrical network(s) from one of the four power
sources (GEN 1, GEN 2, APU GEN, EXT PWR). This is via the transfer contactors (BTC). The BTC control
is entirely automatic. It depends on the availability of these sources and the correct condition of each
network. The BTC 1 closes if no interlock condition exists on GCU 1:
(Ref. Fig. BTC-1 Supply - Schematic Diagram SHEET 1)

2XU1 FAULT
OFF
PMG
PRR
GEN 1 SMOKE
RELAY AUX LINE 1 RLY
LOCK-OUT
BTC
BTC-1
BUS
GCU-1 GLC-1 TIE RLY
2XU2
PMG FAULT
OFF
PR
LOCK-OUT
BTC GEN 2
AUX LINE 2 RLY
GCU-2
7XG
FAULT
OFF
5XU
GLC-2
PR
PMG
APU GEN
APU AUX LINE RLY
G.P PR
EXT PWR CTL GLC-APU EPC

11XG
GAPCU
EXT PWR AUX RLY1
14XU
28VDC
301PP
BAT BUS
N_MM_242200_0_BAP0_01_01
Figure 24-22-00-20500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - BTC-1 Supply - Schematic Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

when generator 1 is not available, in order to supply network 1 from another power source (generator 2,
auxiliary generator or ground power unit),
to supply network 2 from generator 1 in case of non-availability of:
generator 2,
auxiliary generator,
and electrical ground power unit.
In case of single generator configuration, the sheddable busbars 218XP, 220XP, 210PP and
212PP are no longer available.
BTC2 control is symmetrical to BTC1
(Ref. Fig. BTC-2 Supply - Schematic Diagram SHEET 1)

301PP
BAT BUS 8XU
GLC-1 BTC-1
301PP
BAT BUS 2XU1
GEN 1
FAULT
PMG OFF
PR
3XU1 P/B SW SMOKE

RELAY 4XU1
LOCK-OUT
GLC-2 BTC-2
BTC
11XU2
9XU1
GCU-1 11XU1
301PP
BAT BUS 2XU2
GEN 2
FAULT
PMG
OFF
PR 30XU2
BUS TIE RLY
3XU2 P/B SW 4XU2 9XU2
LOCK-OUT
BTC
GCU-2
301PP GLC-APU EPC

BAT BUS 3XG
7XG APU GEN
FAULT
OFF
PMG PR
301PP
2XS BAT BUS 14XU
4XS
G.P PRR
3XS
EXT PWR CTL

11XG
5XG RELAY
GAPCU
N_MM_242200_0_BCQ0_01_00
Figure 24-22-00-20800-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - BTC-2 Supply - Schematic Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

GCU1 or GCU2 enables closure of BTC1 or BTC2 if:

no DP overcurrent or Delta Current condition,
no GLC welded failure occurred.
Networks 1 and 2 are supplied in priority order:
by the corresponding generator,
by the electrical ground power unit,
by the auxiliary generator,
NOTE: BTC's 1 and 2 can be locked out by pressing BUS TIE pushbutton switch located on ELEC over-
head panel (Ref. AMM D/O 24-00-00-00) . This causes both channels to be isolated.
In case of transfer impossibility or inhibition, AC BUS 1 or AC BUS 2 are lost.

The procedure to be applied in case of loss of these busbars is shown in figures.
(Ref. Fig. AC BUS 1 Fault - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

AC BUS 1 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)


AC ESS FEED
- LOSS OF: AC1, SINGLE
AC ESS BUS, AC CHIME
SHEDDABLE ESS FAULT
BUS
Customer : HIM
ALTN +
- TR1 INOP ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT
AC ESS FEED............ALTN
- COUPLING OF DC1, MASTER AC1 BUS FAULT
DC2 AND DC3 CAUTION BLOWER ................OVRD
AMBER "FAULT" DC ESS BUS FAULT
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
- AC1 OFF AC ESS FEED

- RELEASED - OUT
AC ESS FEED - AC ESS BUS AND
P/BSW AC SHEDDABLE FAULT
ESS BUS SUPPLIED
SEE FOLLOWING
** ON A/C ALL
- BLOWER OVRD BY AC2 ALTN PAGE
- DC ESS BUS AND
DC SHEDDABLE ELEC AC1 BUS FAULT
ESS BUS SUPPLIED
BY TR ESS WHITE "FAULT"
STATUS
AC ESS FEED
CAB ZONE 1 NOP SYS
FAULT AT FIXED TR1
- CLEAR P/BSW TEMP

(ON ECAM CP) ALTN
CAT 3 SINGLE
ONLY
WHITE "FAULT"
NORMAL CONFIG.
Figure 24-22-00-21000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - AC BUS 1 Fault - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
N_MM_242200_0_BEM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 232 of 1294

ELEC BAT 1
28 V DC BAT
BAT 2
28 V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0 V ESS TR EMER GEN 28 V
0 A 28 V 130 A
62 A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62 % 60 %
116 V APU GEN 116 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110 110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242200_0_BEM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. AC BUS 2 Fault - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

AC BUS 2 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)
MANUAL CREW CONFIG. OVHD SYST WARNING ECAM UPPER DISPLAY ECAM LOWER DISPLAY

- LOSS OF AC2
SINGLE
- TR2 INOP. CHIME
- COUPLING OF DC1
Customer : HIM
DC2 AND DC3 +
- DC ESS BUS AND

DC SHEDDABLE MASTER
ESS BUS SUPPLIED CAUTION ELEC AC BUS 2 FAULT
BY TR ESS EXTRACT....................OVRD
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
- EXTRACT OVRD
** ON A/C ALL
SEE FOLLOWING
- MAINTAINS PAGE
PRESSED - IN
ELEC" P/BSW
ON ECAM CP
NOTA : CAPT CAN ALL ECAM ELEC IMAGE ON HIS ND IF REQUIRED

BY MEANS OF THE EIS DMC3 AND ECAM /ND TRANSFERT CONTROLS.

N_MM_242200_0_BJM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 235 of 1294

ELEC BAT 1
DC BAT
BAT 2
28V 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
130A 28V 0A
62A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
11 6 V APU GEN 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110 110C
IDG 2
4WT1
DU-ECAM, UPPER
N_MM_242200_0_BJM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

C. Smoke Detection
In case of smoke detection, amber SMOKE legend comes on on GEN 1 LINE pushbutton switch located on
cockpit overhead panel (Ref. AMM D/O 24-00-00-00) .
It is accompanied by the single chime and the MASTER WARN.
Then, the crew has to follow the procedure shown in figures
(Ref. Fig. Smoke Detection - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

SMOKE DETECTION (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 3)
MANUEL CREW CONFIG. OVHD SYST


GEN 1 LINE
SINGLE AVIONICS SMOKE

SMOKE CHIME
- IF PERPECTIBLE SMOKE
- SMOKE DETECTION OFF I SEE FOLLOWING
IF SMOKE AFTER 5 MN00S: PAGE
Customer : HIM
+
- EMER ELEC GEN1 LIN OFF
- EMER ELEC PWR . MAN ON
MASTER .WHEN EMER GEN AVAIL:
AMBER "SMOKE" WARNING - APU GEN . . . . . . . . OFF
- GEN 2 . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
I
IF SMOKE
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
AFTER PROCEDURE:
PERSISTS: GEN 1 LINE
- TWO FUEL PUMPS
SUPPLIED BY GEN 1 ELEC EMER CONFIG
SMOKE
(OVRD) MIN RAT SPEED . . . 140KT
- REALIZES THE I
PROCEDURE - AC ESS BUS AND OFF
- APU MASTER SW . . . OFF
** ON A/C ALL
DC ESS BUS I
SUPPLIED BY - BEFORE L/G EXTENSION:
CSM/G - GEN 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
- EMER ELEC GEN1 LINE. ON
WHITE "OFF"
GEN 1 LINE
- MAINTAINS SMOKE
PRESSED IN
"ELEC" P/BSW OFF SEE TWO PAGES
ON ECAM CP FARTHER

WHITE "OFF"
Figure 24-22-00-21500-00-B / SHEET 1/3 - Smoke Detection - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
N_MM_242200_0_BNL0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 238 of 1294

ELEC BAT 1
28V DC BAT
BAT 2
28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
116V APU GEN 116V
400HZ 00% 400HZ
IDG 1 C110 116V 110C IDG 2
400HZ
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242200_0_BNL0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

ELEC BAT 1
28 V
BAT 2
28 V
DC BAT
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0A 28 V 116 V 0A
62 A 400 HZ
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
06%
116 V APU GEN OFF
400 HZ
IDG 1 C110 110 C IDG 2
4WT1
DU-ECAM, UPPER
N_MM_242200_0_BNL0_03_00
** ON A/C ALL

NOTE: This smoke procedure is also described in Ref. 24-24-00 since the emergency generator is used in
the smoke configuration.
6. BITE Test
A. Conditions of Power-up Test Initialisation
B. Progress of Power-up Test
C. Results of Power-up Test
D. Description
(1) Communication with the GAPCU
Ref. 24-41-00 Para.: Communications.

(2) Detection of any failures affecting the generating channel
(Ref. Para. B.).

(3) Identification of the LRU responsible for the failure
(Ref. Para. B.).

(4) Memorization of the information pertaining to the failure in Non-Volatile Memory (NVM)
The GCU contains a NVM which is implemented on the EEPROM.

The GCU NVM stores data for faults detected by the GCU BITE.
The GCU NVM is structured as other type 1 computers (Ref. 31-32-00, CFDIU).
E. Description of the Interactive Mode Function
Ref. 24-41-00 (AC External Power Control), Para.: Description of the interactive mode function.
F. Realization of the BITE/TEST
The GCU has a test initialization and three different types of BITE:
signature evaluation/monitor,
isolation,
maintenance.
The isolation BITE has the highest priority followed by the maintenance BITE, and then the signature BITE.
(1) Initialization
The test initialization is made at power-up or when the generator pushbutton switch is cycled and the
watchdog has timed out or after a maintenance BITE.
(2) Signature evaluation BITE (SBITE)
Monitoring is executed as long as the GCU is powered except when the maintenance BITE or isolation
BITE has precedence.
The monitor BITE does not change the contents of any RAM used by the control and protection
software. It does not change the state of any of the outputs and does not stimulate any sense circuitry.
No maintenance BITE test results in the monitor/signature BITE fault being written in the NVM.
Once a given fault has been determined an indication of the fault is written into the NVM.
(3) Fault Isolation BITE (IBITE)
In the event of a protective trip, the fault isolation software determines whether the trip is due to an
external fault trip condition or to a faulty sense circuitry within the controller.
The fault isolation BITE's primary function is to identify the failed LRU after a protective trip has
occurred. The protective trips are classified as any fault detected by the controller that will result in a
Generator Control Relay (GCR) trip or lockout of the BTC relay. After a failure has been detected, the

corresponding isolation routine is executed. The only isolations that can be executed after another
isolation has been completed (without the protection latch being cleared (cold start or GCS cycled)) are
Differential Protection, Disconnect, Fire trips, and unrelated faults. Whenever the "controlled shut down"
flag in the NVM is not true, the Generator Control Switch (GCS) must be cycled to allow the GCR to re-
close.
(4) Maintenance BITE
The maintenance BITE is intended to operate with the relevant generator not running.
The maintenance BITE is executed only upon command from the GAPCU. The GAPCU only requests
the maintenance BITE if requested by the CFDIU.
For more details, refer to 24-41-00 Para. BITE Test.
Figure 24-22-00-16000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - SDAC Communication - Block Diagram
Figure 24-22-00-19700-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - GLC-1 Supply - Schematic Diagram
Figure 24-22-00-20500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - BTC-1 Supply - Schematic Diagram
Figure 24-22-00-20800-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - BTC-2 Supply - Schematic Diagram
24-22-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - AC MAIN GENERATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-22-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Generator Line Contactor (GLC-1) Opening in the Smoke Procedure

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF GENERATOR LINE CONTACTOR OPENING
Test to make sure that the generator line contactor 1 opens and test of the power supply of the two fuel pumps
in smoke procedure.



210 CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-00-860-050-C
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) Start the engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-003) .
NOTE: You can do this test: start engine No. 1 only. Energize the electrical circuit No. 2 with an elec-
trical ground power unit or with the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(4) On the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU, make sure that the L TK PUMPS/1 AND 2 and R TK PUMPS/1 AND
2 pushbutton switches are pushed.
(5) On the ECAM control panel, push the FUEL key. On the lower ECAM display unit, make sure that the
L wing tank pumps 1 and 2 and R wing tank pumps 1 and 2 operate correctly.
Subtask 24-22-00-865-050-A

49VU FUEL/SMOKE/CONFIG/PUMP CTL 55QA A14
121VU FUEL/L WING TK/PUMP1 SPLY 1QA N23
121VU FUEL/R WING TK/PUMP1 SPLY 2QA Q23
121VU FUEL/PUMPS/1/R CTL AND L IND 4QA R28
121VU FUEL/PUMPS/1/L CTL AND R IND 3QA R23


123VU L WING TK/PUMP 1/STBY SPLY 11QA AD12
123VU R WING TK/PUMP 1/STBY SPLY 12QA AE12
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-22-00-710-050-B
A. Operational test of the GLC-1
ACTION RESULT
1.On the panel 121VU: On the panel 40VU:
open the circuit breaker 1QA. the FAULT legend of the L TK PUMPS/1 pushbut-
ton switch comes on,
On the lower ECAM display unit:
on the FUEL page, the pump No. 1 of the left tank
no longer operates.
2.On the EMER ELEC PWR panel 21VU: On the panel 21VU:
release the GEN 1 LINE pushbutton switch. the OFF legend of the GEN 1 LINE pushbutton
switch comes on.
On the panel 40VU:
the FAULT legend of the L TK PUMPS/1 pushbut-
push the ELEC key. the generator No. 1 no longer supplies the AC 1
busbar. This busbar is supplied from the other gen-
erator with the transfer circuit.
push the FUEL key. pump No. 1 of the left tank operates,
pump No. 1 of the right tank operates.
5.On the panel 121VU: There is no change.
close the circuit breaker 1QA,
open the circuit breaker 2QA.
6.On the EMER ELEC PWR panel 21VU: On the panel 21VU:
push the GEN 1 LINE pushbutton switch. the OFF legend of the GEN 1 LINE pushbutton
switch goes off.
On the panel 40VU:
the FAULT legend of the R TK PUMPS/1 pushbut-
ton switch comes on.
on the FUEL page, the pump No. 1 of the right tank
no longer operates.
push the ELEC key. the generator No. 1 supplies the circuit No. 1. The
other generator supplies the circuit No. 2.
close the circuit breaker 2QA. the FAULT legend of the R TK PUMPS/1 pushbut-
push the FUEL key. the pump No. 1 of the right tank operates.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-22-00-860-051-C


(1) Stop the engines (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits or de-energize the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-
002) .
TASK 24-22-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Transfer Inhibition

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF TRANSFER INHIBITION
Make sure that the transfer function is off when you release the BUS TIE pushbutton switch.

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-00-860-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches are pushed.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-22-00-710-051-A
A. Operational test of the transfer inhibition
ACTION RESULT
1.On the panel 35VU: In the cockpit, on the panel 35VU:
release the BUS TIE pushbutton switch. loss of the power supply from the electrical ground
power unit:

ACTION RESULT
.the OFF legend of the BUS TIE pushbutton
switch comes on.
NOTE: This shows that the transfer contactors are

open.
The batteries are the only available power
supply.
2.On the panel 35VU: In the cockpit, on the panel 35VU:

push the BUS TIE pushbutton switch. the OFF legend of the BUS TIE pushbutton switch
goes off.
All the aircraft electrical circuits are supplied.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-22-00-862-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
24-22-17 - CURRENT TRANSFORMER - AC
24-22-17 PB 401 CONF 00 - CURRENT TRANSFORMER - AC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-22-17-000-002-A
Removal of the AC Current Transformers

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 41XU1 , 41XU2

Self explanatory


121AL, 131AC,
131BC, 131CC,
825AR

(Ref. 25-54-12-000-002-A). Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
(Ref. 52-30-00-860-001-A). Open the FWD or Aft Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Elec-
tric Pump
AC Current Transformer (41XU1, 41XU2) SHEET 1

FR34
A
FR33
41XU1
Z131- Z132
C
A 41XU2
C
9
1
8
2
10
4
B
12
B 5
11
N_MM_242217_4_ABM0_01_00
Figure 24-22-17-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Current Transformer (41XU1, 41XU2)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-17-010-058-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the cargo-compartment door 825AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 825AR.
(3) In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC, 131CC (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-
002) .
Subtask 24-22-17-941-053-A
(1) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft EXT PWR receptacle.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the
external power connector to the aircraft EXT PWR receptacle.
(3) In the cockpit, on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that these pushbutton switches are released:
BAT1, BAT2,
APU GEN,
GEN1, GEN2,
EXT PWR.
switches on these overhead panels:
21VU (EMER ELEC PWR section),
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AC Current Transformer (41XU1, 41XU2) SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-22-17-020-055-A
A. Removal of the AC Current Transformer
(1) Remove the screws (6).
(2) Remove the cover (7) to get access to the terminal block (5).
NOTE: You must identify (also with the indications on the current transformer) and disconnect only
the cables which go through the current transformer.
(3) Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the cables (3) and (4) from the studs of the terminal block
(5).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (11) from the current transformer (10).
(5) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connector (11) and electrical receptacle (12).
(6) Remove the screws (8) and the washers (9) from the current transformer (10).
(7) Move the current transformer (10) along the cables to remove it.
TASK 24-22-17-400-002-A
Installation of the AC Current Transformers

CIRCUITS.

FIN : 41XU1 , 41XU2

Self explanatory


121AL, 131AC,
131BC, 131CC,
825AR
(Ref. 24-41-00-740-002-B). Operational Check of the GAPCU via the CFDS
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-54-12-400-002-A). Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
tric Pump
(Ref. 52-30-00-860-002-A). Close the FWD or Aft Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Elec-
tric Pump
AC Current Transformer (41XU1, 41XU2) SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-17-010-060-A
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the cargo-compartment door 825AR is open (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the cargo-
compartment door 825AR.
(3) In the zone 131, make sure that the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC, 131CC are removed
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-002) .
Subtask 24-22-17-860-064-A


(2) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) in position on the access door 121AL to tell persons
not to connect the external power connector to the aircraft EXT PWR receptacle.
BAT1, BAT2,
APU GEN,
GEN1, GEN2,
EXT PWR.
(4) In the cockpit, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) in position to tell persons not to
operate the pushbutton switches on these overhead panels:
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AC Current Transformer (41XU1, 41XU2) SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-22-17-420-055-A
A. Installation of the AC Current Transformer
(1) Put the disconnected cables (3) and (4) through the current transformer (10).
NOTE: Make sure that the location of the cables agrees with that you recorded at the removal.
(2) Move the current transformer (10) along the cables.

(3) Install the washers (9) and the screws (8) on the current transformer (10) and tighten them.
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(5) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (11) to the current transformer (10).
(7) Install the cables (3) and (4), the washers (2) and the nuts (1) on the studs of the terminal block (5)
and tighten them.
(8) Install the cover (7) and the screws (6) on the terminal block (5).
(9) Tighten the screws (6).
Subtask 24-22-17-860-065-A
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-22-17-865-052-A

122VU ELEC/GALLEY/CNTOR 7MC S28
122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/CTL 1XA S26
Subtask 24-22-17-710-054-C

D. Operational Test
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
Push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page. The ELEC page comes into view.
2.On the ELEC panel 35VU: On the ELEC panel 35VU:
Push the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the GALY & CAB pushbutton
switch goes off.
3.In the FWD and/or AFT galleys: On the lower ECAM display unit:
Energize all the items of equipment. Make sure that the electrical parameters (load,
voltage and frequency) of the APU GEN are cor-
rect.
4.On the MCDU: On the MCDU, on the AC GEN page:
Do the operational check of the GAPCU with The TEST OK message comes into view (after
the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-740- some seconds).
002) .
Subtask 24-22-17-860-066-A
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits supplied from the engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-
862-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-22-17-410-055-A
A. Close Access
(2) In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC, 131CC (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-400-
002) .
(5) Close the access door 825AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .
TASK 24-22-17-000-003-A
Removal of the Current Transformers

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 51XU1 , 51XU2

Self explanatory


No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE
No specific AR TIE WRAP

121AL, 822
(Ref. 25-11-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Third Occupant Seat
AC Current Transformer (51XU1, 51XU2)

B
Z210
51XU2
51XU1
822
C
B
Z120
A FR14
B 1
5
FR12
3
2
NOTE:
1 EXAMPLE
N_MM_242217_4_AAR0_01_01
Figure 24-22-17-991-00500-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - AC Current Transformer (51XU1, 51XU2)

** ON A/C ALL

C 120VU
122VU
D
121VU
125VU
124VU
123VU
4 9XU2
E 9XU1
E
D
E 1
CONTACTOR
11
10
9 8
7
NOTE:
1 EXAMPLE
N_MM_242217_4_AAR0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-17-010-059-A
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the third occupant seat (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-000-001) .
(2) On the left lower side of the rear panel 120VU, remove the access panel (4).
(3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the access doors 822 and
121AL.
(4) Open the access doors 822 and 121AL.
Subtask 24-22-17-941-054-A
(1) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft external power
receptacle.
external power connector to the aircraft external power receptacle.
BAT1, BAT2,
APU GEN,
GEN1, GEN2,
EXT PWR.
(4) In the cockpit, put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the pushbutton
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AC Current Transformer (51XU1, 51XU2))
Subtask 24-22-17-020-056-A
A. Removal of the Current Transformer
(1) Record the location and the color of the cables of each bundle which goes through the current
transformer (1).
(2) Remove the three screws (11) and washers (10).
(3) Disconnect the three electrical wires (9).
(4) Remove the three nuts (8) and washers (7) from the generator 1(2) contactor-module.
(5) Disconnect the three electrical cables (6) from the generator 1(2) contactor-module.
(7) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connector (3) and electrical receptacle.
(8) Remove the two screws (2) and nuts (5) from the current transformer (1).
(9) Remove and discard the necessary TIE WRAP to move the current transformer (1) along the cable
bundles.
(10) Remove the current transformer (1).

TASK 24-22-17-400-003-A
Installation of the Current Transformers

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 51XU1 , 51XU2

Self explanatory


121AL, 822
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-11-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Third Occupant Seat
AC Current Transformer (51XU1, 51XU2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-17-010-061-A
A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the third occupant seat is removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-000-001) .
(2) On the left lower side of rear panel 120VU, make sure that the access panel (4) is removed.
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access doors
822 and 121AL.
(4) Make sure that the access doors 822 and 121AL are open.
Subtask 24-22-17-860-067-A
receptacle.
(2) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) in position on the access door 121AL to tell persons
not to connect the external power connector to the aircraft external power receptacle.
BAT1, BAT2,
APU GEN,
GEN1, GEN2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AC Current Transformer (51XU1, 51XU2))
Subtask 24-22-17-420-056-A
A. Installation of the Current Transformer
(1) Put the disconnect cables through the current transformer (1).
NOTE: Make sure that the location and the color of the cables of each bundle agree with those you
recorded at the removal.
(2) Move the current transformer (1) along the cable bundles.
(3) Install the two screws (2) and nuts (5) on the current transformer (1) and tighten them.
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (3).
(5) Make sure that the electrical connector (3) is clean and in the correct condition.
(7) Install new TIE WRAP.
(8) Make sure that the three electrical cables (6) is clean and in the correct position.
(9) Connect the three electrical cables (6) to the generator 1(2) contactor-module.
(a) Install the three washers (7) and nuts (8) and tighten them.
(b) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.90 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
(10) Make sure that the three electrical wires (9) is clean and in the correct position.
(11) Connect the three electrical wires (9).
(a) Install the three washers (10) and screws (11) and tighten them.

(b) TORQUE the screws (11) to between 0.098 and 0.122 m.daN (8.67 and 10.80 lbf.in).
Subtask 24-22-17-860-068-A
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the external power (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-22-17-865-053-A

Subtask 24-22-17-710-055-B
D. Operational test
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
switch goes off.
Energize all the items of equipment. Make sure that the electrical parameters (load,
rect.
Do the operational test of the GAPCU via the The TEST OK indication comes into view (after
CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-740-002) . some seconds).
Subtask 24-22-17-860-069-A
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits supplied from the external power (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-
00-862-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-22-17-410-056-A
A. Close Access
(3) Install the access panel (4) on the rear panel 120VU.
(4) Install the third occupant seat (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-400-001) .
(5) Close the access door 822 and 121AL.
Figure 24-22-17-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Current Transformer (41XU1, 41XU2)

24-22-34 - CONTROL UNIT - GENERATOR (GCU)
24-22-34 PB 401 CONF 00 - CONTROL UNIT -

GENERATOR (GCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-22-34-000-001-A
Removal of the GCU-1(2)
CAUTION: USE ONLY THE GROUND SERVICE NETWORK TO SUPPLY THE AIRCRAFT WITH AC AND
DC POWER.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT DURING ITS REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION IF
THE RELATED NETWORK IS NOT ISOLATED.
FIN : 1XU1 , 1XU2

Self explanatory

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

121 AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
811
Generator Control Unit 1(2) GCU-1(2) SHEET 1

A
FR1
1XU2
1XU1
FR9
B
811 A
B
B
FWD ELECTRONICS RACK 90VU
4
5
6
1
N_MM_242234_4_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-22-34-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Generator Control Unit 1(2) GCU-1(2)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-34-860-050-A
(1) Energize the Ground Service network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) In the cockpit, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pushbutton switches
(ENG MASTER 1(2)) on the pylon panel 115VU (ENG panel)
Subtask 24-22-34-865-052-A

FOR FIN 1XU1 (GCU-1)
Subtask 24-22-34-010-052-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door 811 of the avionics
compartment.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Generator Control Unit 1(2) GCU-1(2) SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-22-34-020-052-A
A. Removal of the GCU
(1) Loosen the 2 knurled nuts (1).
(2) Lower the 2 knurled nuts (1) to disengage the 2 studs (2).
(3) Carefully pull the handle (3) of the GCU (4) until the GCU is disconnected from the rack receptacle
(5).
(4) Remove the GCU from the rack (6).
(5) Put CAP - BLANKING on the rack receptacle (5) and on the GCU connector.
TASK 24-22-34-400-001-A
Installation of the GCU-1(2)
CAUTION: USE ONLY THE GROUND SERVICE NETWORK TO SUPPLY THE AIRCRAFT WITH AC AND
DC POWER.
YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT DURING ITS REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION IF
THE RELATED NETWORK IS NOT ISOLATED.
FIN : 1XU1 , 1XU2

Self explanatory



811
Power
Generator Control Unit 1(2) GCU-1(2) SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-34-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the
pushbutton switches (ENG MASTER 1(2)) on the pylon panel 115VU (ENG panel).
Subtask 24-22-34-865-054-A

Subtask 24-22-34-010-053-A
C. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
811.
(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Generator Control Unit 1(2) GCU-1(2) SHEET 1)

Subtask 24-22-34-420-050-A
A. Installation of the GCU
(1) Remove the blanking caps from all the electrical connector(s) and receptacle(s).
(2) Make sure that all the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(4) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(5) Put the GCU in position in the rack (6).
(6) Carefully push the GCU until it is connected to the rack receptacle (5).
(7) Lift the 2 knurled nuts (1) on the 2 studs (2).
(8) Tighten the 2 knurled nuts (1).
Subtask 24-22-34-865-057-A

Subtask 24-22-34-710-050-B
C. Do an operational test of the GAPCU with the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-740-002) .
NOTE: As an alternative procedure, do this operational test without the CFDS.
Subtask 24-22-34-710-051-F
D. Operational test of the GAPCU without the CFDS
(1) Start the engine 1(2) automatically (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-003) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel:
push the ELEC key to get the ELEC system page.
(4) On the lower ECAM display unit, make sure that there is the green line between GEN1(2) and
AC1(2).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(6) Stop the engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-22-34-410-050-A
A. Close Access

Subtask 24-22-34-860-054-A
(1) De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
Figure 24-22-34-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Generator Control Unit 1(2) GCU-1(2)
24-22-51 - MODULE - LIGHTNING PROTECTION
24-22-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - MODULE - LIGHTNING

PROTECTION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-22-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Lightning Protection Modules
FIN : 19XU1 , 19XU2

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Lightning Protection Module SHEET 1

120VU
A
120VU
122VU
121VU
11XU2
19XU2
126VU
124VU 9XU2 11XU1
123VU 19XU1
9XU1
30XN2
A 30XN1
3
4
2
1 5
CONTACTOR
11XU1
(11XU2)
MODULE
30XN1
(30XN2)
N_MM_242251_4_AAP0_01_01
Figure 24-22-51-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Lightning Protection Module

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-51-010-050-B
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the Third Occupant seat (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-000-001) .
(2) On the L lower side of the panel 120VU, remove the access door.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 121AL.
(4) Open the access door 121AL.
Subtask 24-22-51-860-053-A
(2) Put warning notice(s) in position on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the external
power connector to the aircraft EXT PWR receptacle.
(3) In the cockpit, on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure these pushbutton switches are released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Lightning Protection Module SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-22-51-020-050-B
A. Removal of the Lightning Protection Module
(1) Loosen and remove the screw (1).
(2) Remove the bonding lead (2).
(3) On the module 30XN1 (30XN2), loosen and remove the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(4) Remove the lightning protection module (3).
TASK 24-22-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Lightning Protection Modules
FIN : 19XU1 , 19XU2

Self explanatory




212 COCKPIT
121AL
(Ref. 20-28-00-912-043-A). Electrical Bonding by Direct Contact
Lightning Protection Module SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-51-010-051-B
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the Third Occupant seat is removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-000-001) .
(2) On the L lower side of the panel 120VU, make sure that the access door is removed.
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
121AL.
(4) Make sure that the access door 121AL is open.
Subtask 24-22-51-860-054-A
(1) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft EXT PWR receptable.
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position on the access door 121AL to tell persons
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
(4) In the cockpit, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate
the pushbutton switches on these overhead panels:
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Lightning Protection Module SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-22-51-420-050-B
A. Installation of the Lightning Protection Module
(1) Install the lightning protection module (3) on the module 30XN1 (30XN2).

(2) Install the screws (4) and the washers (5).

(3) TORQUE the screws (4) to between 0.73 and 0.81 m.daN (64.60 and 71.68 lbf.in).
(4) Install the bonding lead (2) of the lightning protection module (3) with the screw (1) then tighten.
(5) Do the electrical bonding (Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-912-043) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-22-51-410-050-B
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 121AL.
(3) On the L lower side of the panel 120VU, install the access door.
Figure 24-22-51-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Lightning Protection Module
24-22-51 PB 601 CONF 00 - MODULE - LIGHTNING PROTECTION - INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 24-22-51-200-001-A
Check of the Lightning Protection Modules

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 19XU1 , 19XU2

The crew has made an entry in the log book for a lightning.


121AL
(Ref. 24-22-51-000-001-A). Removal of the Lightning Protection Modules
(Ref. 24-22-51-400-001-A). Installation of the Lightning Protection Modules

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-51-010-052-A
A. Get Access
(2) In the cockpit, on the rear panel 120VU, open the panel which gives access to the AC power center
123VU.
Subtask 24-22-51-860-052-A
(2) Put a warning notice on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the external power
connector to the aircraft EXT PWR receptacle.
APU GEN,
BAT 1, BAT 2,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
(4) In the cockpit, put WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pushbutton switches on
these overhead panels:
21VU (EMER ELEC PWR),
25VU (APU),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-22-51-210-050-A
A. Inspection
(1) With an LIGHT SOURCE - INSPECTION, do a visual check of the external condition of the lightning
protection modules and of the adjacent area to find:
on each lightning protection module:
. cracks,
. blisters.
in the adjacent area:
. projections of black or/and white spots.
(2) Replace the lightning protection module if at least one of these damages is found
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-22-51-000-001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-22-51-400-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-22-51-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(2) In the cockpit, on the rear panel 120VU, close the panel which gives access to the AC power center
123VU.

(3) Install the Third Occupant seat (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-400-001) .
24-22-55 - CONTACTOR
24-22-55 PB 401 CONF 00 - CONTACTOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-22-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Contactors

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 9XU1 , 9XU2 , 11XU1 , 11XU2

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
(Ref. 24-22-51-000-001-A). Removal of the Lightning Protection Modules
Contactors SHEET 1
Generator 1(2) Contactor-Module SHEET 1

120VU 11XU2
A
122VU
121VU
B
9XU2 11XU1
125VU B
124VU 9XU1
123VU
30XN2
4
30XN1
B 1
5
3
2
CONTACTOR
1
MODULE
3
2
CONTACTOR
NOTE:
1 EXAMPLE
N_MM_242255_4_AAP0_01_02
Figure 24-22-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Contactors

** ON A/C ALL

120VU B A
122VU
B
121VU
30XN2
125VU 30XN1
124VU
123VU
B 1
MODULE
8 7 8 7
3
2
1
16
15
14
9
NOTE: 13 10
13
1 EXAMPLE 11
12
N_MM_242255_4_AAQ0_01_00
Figure 24-22-55-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Generator 1(2) Contactor-Module

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-55-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the left lower side of the panel 120VU, remove the access door (4).
Subtask 24-22-55-860-051-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-22-55-020-050-B
A. Removal of the Contactor
(Ref. Fig. Contactors SHEET 1)
CAUTION: REMOVE THE CONTACTOR ONLY AND NOT THE BASE OR THE MODULE WHERE
THE WIRES ARE CONNECTED.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (6).

(2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connector (6) and the electrical receptacle (1).
(3) Loosen the captive screws (3).
NOTE: Do not remove the captive screws (3) from the contactor (2).
(4) Remove the contactor (2) from the generator 1(2) contactor-module (5).
Subtask 24-22-55-020-051-B
CAUTION: MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT
THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
B. Removal of the Generator 1(2) Contactor-Module

(Ref. Fig. Generator 1(2) Contactor-Module SHEET 1)

NOTE: The removal of the generator 1(2) contactor-module is necessary only if the generator 1(2) con-
tactor-module is damaged.
(1) Remove the lightning protection module (Ref. AMM TASK 24-22-51-000-001) .
(2) Remove the six screws (8) and washers (7).
(a) Remove the three jumpers (6) from the generator 1(2) contactor-module (5) and from the
adjacent module.
(a) Disconnect the six electrical cables (13) from the generator 1(2) contactor-module (5).
(a) Disconnect the three electrical wires (16).
(5) Remove the three nuts (1) and washers (2).
(a) Disconnect the three electrical cables (3) from the generator 1(2) contactor-module (5).
(6) Remove the eight screws (10) and washers (9).
(7) Remove the the generator 1(2) contactor-module (5).
TASK 24-22-55-400-002-A
Installation of the Contactors

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 9XU1 , 9XU2 , 11XU1 , 11XU2

Self explanatory



212 COCKPIT
121AL
(Ref. 24-22-51-400-001-A). Installation of the Lightning Protection Modules
Generator 1(2) Contactor-Module SHEET 1
Contactors SHEET 1
FOR 11XU1 (BTC-1)
FOR 11XU2 (BTC-2)
Power
1(2)
FOR 9XU1 (GLC-1)
FOR 9XU2 (GLC-2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-22-55-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the left lower side of the panel 120VU, make sure that the access door (4) is removed.
121AL.
Subtask 24-22-55-860-050-A
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position on the access door 121AL to tell persons
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN

GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
21VU (EMERG ELEC PWR section),
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-22-55-420-052-B
CAUTION: REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU CONNECT
THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
A. Installation of the Generator 1(2) Contactor-Module

(Ref. Fig. Generator 1(2) Contactor-Module SHEET 1)
NOTE: Install the generator 1(2) contactor-module in correct position (5), if removed.
(1) Install the eight washers (9) and screws (10) and tighten them.
(3) Install the three jumpers (6) between the generator 1(2) contactor-module (5) and the adjacent
module.
(4) Install the six washers (7) and screws (8) and tighten them.
(a) TORQUE the six screws (8) to between 0.52 and 0.70 m.daN (46.02 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(5) Make sure that the three electrical cables (3) and electrical wires (16) are clean and in correct
condition.
(a) Install the three electrical cables (3).
(b) Install the three washers (2) and nuts (1) and tighten them.
(c) TORQUE the three nuts (1) to between 0.90 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
(d) Install the three electrical wires (16).
(e) Install the three washers (15) and screws (14) and tighten them.
(f) TORQUE the three screws (14) to between 0.098 and 0.122 m.daN (8.67 and 10.80 lbf.in).
(6) Make sure that the six electrical cables (13) are clean and in correct condition.
(a) Install the six electrical cables (13) on the generator 1(2) contactor-module.
(b) Install the three washers (12) and screws (11) and tighten them.
(c) TORQUE the three screws (11) to between 0.52 and 0.70 m.daN (46.02 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(d) Install the lightning protection module (Ref. AMM TASK 24-22-51-400-001) .
Subtask 24-22-55-420-051-B
B. Installation of the Contactor
(1) Install the contactor (2) on the generator 1(2) contactor-module (5).
(2) TORQUE the six captive screws (3) to between 0.50 and 0.60 m.daN (44.25 and 53.10 lbf.in).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (6) and the electrical receptacle (1).

(4) Make sure that the electrical connector (6) is clean and in the correct condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connector (6).
Subtask 24-22-55-710-053-A
C. Test of the Bus Transfer Contactor (BTC)
(1) FOR 11XU1 , (BTC-1), 11XU2 (BTC-2)
NOTE: This test is for BTC 1. For the BTC 2, use the indications between the parentheses.
(a) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(b) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(c) On the ECAM control panel:
Push the ELEC key to get the ELEC system page.
(d) On the lower ECAM display unit, make sure that the green lines between the EXT PWR and AC
1(2) are present.
(e) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(f) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-22-55-710-054-C
D. Test of the Generator Line Contactor (GLC)
(1) FOR 9XU1 , (GLC-1), 9XU2 (GLC-2)
NOTE: This test is for GLC 1. For the GLC 2, use the indications between the parentheses.
(a) Start the engine 1(2) automatically (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-003) .
(b) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(c) On the ECAM control panel:
(d) On the lower ECAM display unit, make sure that the green line between GEN 1(2) and AC 1(2) is
present.
(e) Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
(f) Stop the engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-22-55-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access door (4) on left lower side of the panel 120VU.


Figure 24-22-55-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Generator 1(2) Contactor-Module
24-23 - AC AUXILIARY GENERATION
24-23-00 - AC AUXILIARY GENERATION
24-23-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC AUXILIARY

GENERATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The AC auxiliary generation comes from the APU generator. This generator can:
in flight, replace either or both engine generator(s) in case of failure,
on the ground, supply the aircraft electrical network when the electrical ground power unit is not available.

NE CESS
DOOR
2XS P/BSW-ELEC/APU GEN 35VU 210 24-23-00
3XS GLC-APU 120VU 212 24-23-55
8XS GEN-APU 316 24-23-51
42XS CT-AC, APU GEN 120VU 212 24-23-17
24XG GAPCU 92VU 122 24-41-34
The APU generator is installed in the APU compartment. It is attached to the APU gearbox by a button hole
flange.
(Ref. Fig. APU Generator Configuration - Block Diagram)

A
301PP
11PB
APU START
CSM/G CONTROL UNIT
49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 704PP
12PB2
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 701PP B
12PB1 1PR
BCL-1
103PP 703PP
3PN1 5PB1
BAT1
101PP SHUNT
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
5PU1 3XB 5XB

28 2XB 6PH
115 D
STATIC
INV 901XP
12XB
1PU1
TR1 801XP
24-50-00 AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP

115VAC
110XP 8XH
7XN1 21XN1
26V 131XPA 26V 431XPC

5XN1 4XH
2PU1 15XN1 5XH
103XP 401XP
3XN1 115VAC
1XN1
AC BUS 1 1XP E
1XC
115VAC 3XC
15XE
F
G
BTC-1
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS H
28-21-00
EXTERNAL
GEN 4000XU APU 8XS GPCU POWER
GCU-1 GCU-APU
1 GEN 1XG RECEPTACLE
1XU1 1XS
N_MM_242300_0_AGV0_01_00
Figure 24-23-00-13800-00-K / SHEET 1/2 - APU Generator Configuration - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

A
801PP
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

28VDC
2PR
502PP 20PC 8PH
401PP
501PP
5PR 8PR DC ESS BUS 4PP
4PC
208PP 28VDC
B 206PP
6PN
601PP
204PP
3PN2
602PP
202PP
1PN2

7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
5PU2 3PE
1PX
24-50-00
1PU2 1PE
210XP TR2 ESS TR
7XN2 21XN2
26V 231XPA
5XN2
15XN2
204XP
3XN2
202XP 214XP
1XN2 4XX 16XX
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC 4PE
212XP
10XN 12XN
ELEC PUMP - Y
3801GX 3805GX 29-24-00
F
G
1XX 14XX GLC-EMERG
BTC-2 2XE
11XU2 GLC-2
9XU2 2XX 12XX
H
3802GX 3806GX
GEN CSM/G CSM/G 8XE

GCU-2 4000XU
2 CONTROL UNIT
1XU2
1XE N_MM_242300_0_AGV0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

A. APU Generator 8XS
The APU directly drives the APU generator at a nominal 24000 rpm constant speed.
The APU gearbox supplies the oil for cooling and lubrication of the generator. The cooling circuit is common
to the APU and the generator.
The APU supplies, scavenges, drains the oil.
The generator is a brushless oil-cooled generator with a nominal 115/200 volt, 90 KVA, 3 phase 400 Hz
output.
NOTE: The frequency range of the APU generator can be from 395Hz to 405Hz. When the APU fuel-saving
mode is used, the APU speed is reduced to 99%. In this mode, the frequency of the APU generator
decreases to 396Hz.
The generator includes three stages which are:

the pilot exciter,
the main exciter,
the main alternator.
The operation principle is the same as that of the IDG generator (Ref. 24-21, generator section).
NOTE: The PMG frequency for the APU generator is 1600 Hz.
A temperature bulb is included in the auxiliary generator. It senses the generator-oil outlet temperature. This
sensor is connected to the Electronic Control Box (ECB) of the APU. Any high oil temperature causes the
automatic shutdown of the APU (by the ECB).
This in turn causes the APU speed to decrease to zero.
B. Ground and Auxiliary Power Unit (GAPCU)
The GAPCU controls the APU generator and the external Power channels. For the APU generator channel
control, the GAPCU has different functions:
voltage regulation,
control and protection of the network and the generator,
control of the various indications,
system test and self-monitoring.
The GAPCU supplied:
directly from the PMG, for generator excitation and 28VDC internal and external supply,
from the aircraft normal network (28VDC) for the internal and external supply.
This dual supply constitutes a back up supply.
(1) Voltage regulation
The voltage regulation is achieved by controlling the current through the exciter field. The voltage is kept
at nominal value (115 VAC) at the Point of Regulation (POR).
The POR is located in the electrical power centre (120VU) at the end of the generator feeder, upstream
of the line contactor.
The principle of operation of the voltage regulator is by constant frequency variable pulse width
modulation of the voltage through the exciter field.
(2) Control and protective functions
The GAPCU controls the connection and disconnection of the power provided by the generator to and
from the aircraft electrical system. This control is provided by means of 2 relays:
the Generator Control Relay (GCR) which controls the generator excitation,
the Power Ready Relay (PRR) which controls the generator line contactor and the FAULT warning
light in the cockpit.
The following control or fault signals cause generator shutdown or de-energization:

No controlled Shutdown recognized upon power-up of the control unit
Overvoltage Fault

SRD/PMG to Chassis Short Fault
Overcurrent Fault
Fire switch Fault
Phase Sequence Fault with the Power Ready Relay "absent"
AGC Control Circuit Fault
AGC welded Fault
Shorted/Open PMG Fault with the Power Ready Relay "absent"
Pin Programming
The generator shall be "reset" when the protective faults (identified above) are still not present and one
of the following occurs:
Cold Start (which is defined as POWER-UP RESET or the application of 28 volts to the control unit)
occurs,
Generator Control Switch (GCS) is toggled (OFF to ON).
The following functions shall be limited to a total of 2 resets after which a cold start will be required for
reset:
Overvoltage Fault
Differential Protection TD Fault
Overcurrent Fault
AGC Welded Fault
A table listing all these functions is shown below.

GAPCU DETECTION:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! FUNCTION ! SENSING ! THRESHOLD ! TIME DELAY ! TRIPS !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Overvoltage (OV) ! Highest POR ! 130 +/- 1.5V ! Inverse Curve ! GCR, PRR !
! ! phase ! ! (max) ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Undervoltage ! ! ! ! GCR, PRR !
! (UV1) ! Lowest POR !101.5 +/- 1.5V! 4.5 seconds ! !
! ! phase !4V Hysteresis ! (max) ! !
! (UV2) ! Lowest POR ! 68 +/- 1.5V ! 160 milliseconds! !
! ! !4V Hysteresis ! (max) ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Overfrequency ! ! ! ! GCR, PRR, !
! (OF1) ! PMG ! 435 +/- 1 Hz ! 4.0 seconds ! SVS !
! ! !4Hz Hysteresis! (max) ! !
! (OF2) ! PMG ! 452 +/- 1 Hz ! 160 milliseconds! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Underfrequency ! ! ! ! GCR, PRR !
! (UF1) ! PMG ! 361 +/- 1 Hz ! 4.0 seconds ! !
! (UF2) ! PMG ! 343 +/- 1 Hz ! 160 milliseconds! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!

! Underspeed (US) ! Gnd signal ! Discrete ! 80 milliseconds ! PRR !

! APU (RDY) ! from ! Input ! (max) ! !
! ! APU ECB ! ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Shorted Rotating !Exciter Field! > 175 VDC ! 3 seconds (max) ! GCR, PRR !
! Diode (SRD) ! Current vs. ! Rippled ! ! !
! ! Load ! detected ! ! !
! ! Current ! ! ! !
! ! Voltage ! ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Differential ! Generator !50 +/- 10 A ! 60 milliseconds ! GCR, PRR !
! Protection (DP) ! and Line ! ! (max) ! !
! ! CT delta for! ! ! !
! ! each phase ! ! ! !
! ! measurement ! ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Overcurrent (OC) ! Generator ! APU Imax ! Inverse Curve ! GCR, PRR !
! ! CTs ! + 15 A (min)! (min) ! !
! ! Line CTs ! ! 10.0 seconds ! !
! ! (Aux Gen) ! ! (max) ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
!Delta Overcurrent ! Generator ! Delta I ! Inverse Curve ! GCR, PRR !
!(DOC) ! CTs ! > 75 A (min) ! (min) ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Overload (OL) ! Generator ! APU Imax ! 10.0 +/- 3 ! None !
! ! CTs ! + 15 A (min) ! seconds ! (Galley !
! ! Line CTs ! ! ! Shed) !
! ! (Aux Gen) ! ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Phase Sequence ! POR ! ABCN ! 40 milliseconds ! GCR !
! (PSEQ) ! ! ! (max) ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! AGC control ! Line !Line Contactor! 300 milliseconds! GCR, PRR !
! circuit failure ! Contactor ! Status ! (max) ! !
! (AGCCF) ! !disagrees with! ! !
! ! ! contactor ! ! !
! ! ! "drive" ! ! !
! ! ! command ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! AGC failure ! Generator ! Generator ! 160 milliseconds! GCR, PRR !
! (AGCF) ! current ! current ! (max) ! !
! ! (after AGC ! > 25 +/- 5 ! ! !
! ! commanded ! Amps (after ! ! !
! ! open) ! APU PR is ! ! !
! ! ! open) ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Shorted/Open PMG ! PMG ! Open Phase or! 4.2 seconds ! GCR !
! ! !Phase to Phase! (max) ! !
! ! ! Short ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! Pin Programming !Parity error ! N/A ! 40 ms ! PRR !
! Error ! ! ! ! !
!------------------!-------------!--------------!-----------------!-----------!
! APU ! ECB ! < or equal to! 80 ms ! PRR !

! underspeed ! ! 95 % of ! ! !
! ! ! nominal speed! ! !
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Power Contactor
Refer to Chapter 24-22-00.
D. Current Transformer (CT)
(Ref. Fig. AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator GAPCU) Component Location)

120VU
FR5
FR16
FR20 FR3 122VU
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
811
121AL
841
A
21VU 35VU
A
25VU
120VU
42XS
4WT1
B
3XS
4WT2
C 29XN
C
B
N_MM_242300_0_AAR0_01_00
Figure 24-23-00-12300-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - AC Auxiliary

Generation (APU Generator GAPCU) Component Location
** ON A/C ALL

35VU
V V
OFF OFF FAULT
GALLEY
AC BUS 1 AC ESS BUS ALTN AC BUS 2
E FAULT UA E
L OFF OT L
BUS TIE
E A E
IDG 1 IDG 2
C GEN 1 APU GEN
U
T EXT PWR GEN 2 C
OFF O
OFF OFF ON OFF
2XS
8XS
FR87
316AR
315AL FR70
N_MM_242300_0_AAR0_02_00
Figure 24-23-00-12300-00-C / SHEET 2/2 - AC Auxiliary

Generation (APU Generator GAPCU) Component Location
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Current Transformers - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

4000XU
GLC-2
9XU2
GEN
2
GCU-2
1XU2
RECEPTACLE
EXTERNAL
POWER
2XP
BTC-2
11XU2
EPC
AC BUS 2
3XG
115VAC
GAPCU
24XG
8XS
GLC-APU
3XS
GEN
APU
42XS
FUEL PUMPS
53(54)QA 28-21-00
MEASURE AND
DIFFERENTIAL
PROTECTION
BTC-1
11XU1
11(12)QA
4000XU
1XP
GLC-1
9XU1
GEN
AC BUS 1
1
115VAC
GCU-1
1XU1
N_MM_242300_0_AHP0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

There are two CTs for AC auxiliary generation channel:

one CT is built into the APU generator,
one three-hole CT is installed upstream of the generator line contactor.
(1) Functions
(a) Generator CT
The generator CT is used for differential and overcurrent protections.
(b) Three-hole CT
The three-hole CT contains three toroidal transformers, one for each of the power feeder cables. The
three-hole CT is connected in electrical opposition to the CT of the APU generator.
This CT is used for differential protections.
A. APU Generator Control
(Ref. Fig. Auxiliary Generation Operation - Schematic Diagram)

ROTOR
C
EXCITER FIELD J
RETURN DIFFERENTIAL
S MEASURE
N PMG AND PROTECTION
A
B
C
GCR
OUTLET OIL
TEMPERATURE
BULB
APU GALLEY
SHED FAULT LIGHT
8XS GAPCU 24XG

GEN-APU
SENSE TEMP GALLEY

FAULT
OFF
59KD
E.C.B
N_MM_242300_0_AJSA_01_00
Figure 24-23-00-18300-00-F / SHEET 1/2 - Auxiliary Generation Operation - Schematic Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

T3 L3
A
.
T2 L2 TO BTC1
B BTC2
. EPC
T1 L1
C
.
3XS
EPC
42XS CT
BTC1 BTC2
5VAC
ESS
2XS P/BSW
P.O.R 5VAC FAULT
J BTC ESS OFF
CLOSED
DIFFERENTIAL
MEASURE
AND PROTECTION APU
GLC GLC2
OPEN AUX.RLY
BTC2
COMP.
RESET
TO BTC1
GEN. OR BTC2
COM.
APU GCS
READY 28VDC GLC1
GAPCU EXT PWR CTL

RLY BTC1
24XG
EPC GLC APU
APU CTL RLY

3PP
TO
LGCIU1
GCU1
N_MM_242300_0_AJSA_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

The operation of the APU generator is through the APU GEN pushbutton switch, which has two stable
positions:
when in OFF position, the pushbutton switch is released, and the white OFF legend is on. The generator
is shut down (de-energized) and the line contactor is open,
when the pushbutton switch is pushed, the generator is energized, because its rotational speed is high
enough. If the electrical parameters are correct, the GAPCU controls the line contactor closing: this
causes the supply of the transfer circuit.
The APU GLC supplies the aircraft electrical network if the other power sources are not available.
(Ref. Fig. GLC - APU Supply - Schematic Diagram SHEET 1)

BTC-1
GLC-1
301PP
BAT BUS 2XU1
GEN 1
FAULT
PMG OFF
PR
AUX LINE 1 RLY GLC-2 BTC-2

LOCK-OUT
BTC
GCU-1
301PP
BAT BUS 2XU2
GEN 2
FAULT
PMG
OFF
PR
AUX LINE 2 RLY

LOCK-OUT
BTC
GCU-2
301PP
BAT BUS 7XG APU GEN
GLC-APU EPC
FAULT
OFF
PMG PR
301PP
BAT BUS APU AUX LINE RLY
5XU
G.P PR
EXT PWR CTL
11XG
GAPCU
EXT PWR AUX RLY
N_MM_242300_0_ALP0_01_00
Figure 24-23-00-18500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - GLC - APU Supply - Schematic Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

NOTE: On the ground, the generator line contactor closes only if the ground power unit does not already
supply the transfer network. For the power supply of the aircraft, the ground power unit is more im-
portant than the APU generator. (Ref. Fig. APU GEN FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display
Unit) When the FAULT legend comes on, there is a failure of the channel. At the same time:
- the single chime operates,
- the MASTER CAUT light comes on,
- on the upper ECAM display unit, an amber message is shown,
- on the lower ECAM display unit, the ELEC page is automatically shown.

APU GEN FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)

APU GEN
SINGLE
FAULT CHIME
AUTOMATIC
TRANSFERT OF APU OFF
Customer : HIM
NETWORK ON + SEE FOLLOWING

ANOTHER POWER PAGE
SOURCE
(GEN 1) ELEC APU GEN FAULT
MASTER APU GEN . . . . OFF THEN ON
AMBER FAULT" CAUTION IF UNSUCCESSFUL
APU GEN . . . . . . . . . . OFF

Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
APU GEN
FAULT
** ON A/C ALL
OFF
RELEASED - OUT SEE TWO PAGES
GEN APU P/BSW FARTHER
ELEC APU GEN FAULT
WHITE OFF"
NORMAL CONFIG.
STATUS
APU GEN
INOP SYS:
FAULT

OFF APU - GEN
ACTION ON
CLEAR P/BSW MAIN
ON ECAM CP GALLEY
WHITE OFF"
NORMAL CONFIG.
Figure 24-23-00-18700-00-A / SHEET 1/3 - APU GEN FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
N_MM_242300_0_ANM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 296 of 1294

BAT 2
ELEC BAT 1
28V DC BAT 28V
0 A 0 A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
96%
116 V APU GEN OFF
4 0 0 HZ 00%
116V
IDG 1 C 1 1 0 1 1 0 C IDG 2
4 0 0 HZ
4WT2
DU-ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242300_0_ANM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

BAT 2
ELEC BAT 1
28 V DC BAT 28 V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS

110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
96%
116V APU GEN OFF
400HZ
OFF
IDG 1 C 1 1 0 1 1 0C IDG 2
4WT2
DU-ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242300_0_ANM0_03_00
** ON A/C ALL

Figure 24-23-00-12300-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator GAPCU) Component
Location
Figure 24-23-00-12300-00-C / SHEET 2/2 - AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator GAPCU) Component
Location
Figure 24-23-00-18500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - GLC - APU Supply - Schematic Diagram
24-23-00 PB 401 CONF 00 - AC AUXILIARY

GENERATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 24-23-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the APU Generator by Installation of the Substitution Kit
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS WHEN
YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
WARNING: USE THE CORRECT PERSONAL PROTECTION.

OIL CAN HAVE ADDITIVE CALLED TRICRESYL PHOSPHATE IN IT. THIS CHEMICAL IS AN
ASPHYXIANT, IT IS POISONOUS AND CAN BE ABSORBED THROUGH THE SKIN.
USE CARE WHEN ENGINE OIL IS DRAINED. HOT OIL CAN POSSIBLY CAUSE BAD BURNS.

MMEL 24-23-01H
AC Auxiliary Generation (APU Generator, GCU or GAPCU Auxiliary Power Control function, Line Contactor)
MMEL 24-23-01C
NOTE: For the Part Number reference of the substitution kit with an APU generator removed, please refer to
IPC 49-11-04-05.


No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
No specific AR COVER - PLASTIC
No specific 1 PLACARD

(Material No. 03ABB1) Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine Low Temp. -

315AL, 316AR
D. Expendable Parts

9 seal 49-11-04-05-110
(Ref. 24-23-51-000-001-A). Removal of the APU Generator
(Ref. 24-23-51-000-001-A-01). Removal of the APU Generator with the Minilift Hoist
(Ref. 29-00-00-864-001-A). Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized Configuration
before Maintenance Action
(Ref. 29-14-00-614-002-A). Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through the Ground Con-
nector
(Ref. 29-14-00-614-002-A-01). Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with the Auxiliary Power
Unit (APU)
(Ref. 52-41-00-010-001-A). Open the APU Doors for Access
(Ref. 52-41-00-410-001-A). Close the APU Doors after Access
Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed SHEET 1

FR80
A
FR84
8XS
2
316AR
3 4
12
13
315AL 14
15
1
11
16
17
10
6
7 4095KM
9 A
8
N_MM_242300_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 24-23-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 -

Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-00-860-050-A
A. Obey the MMEL requirements related to Weight Impact and Effect on Balance for Flights without APU
Generator
(1) Weight Impact: -21.95 kg (-48.3915 lb).
(2) Effect on Balance: -871.35 m.daN (-77110.62 lbf.in).
Subtask 24-23-00-860-051-A
(1) Energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) On the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton
switch is released (the ON legend is off).
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the APU.
(4) Make sure that the ground fire-extinguishing equipment is available.
(5) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-865-050-A
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

121VU APU/APU/CTL 2KD L42
121VU APU/ECB/SPLY 1KD L41
Subtask 24-23-00-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the APU compartment.
(2) Open the APU access doors 315AL and 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
(3) Set the control switch 11LJ to the ON position.
(4) Remove the APU generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-000-001) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-23-00-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Substitution Kit for Flight without an APU Generator Installed
NOTE: For the Part Number reference of the substitution kit with an APU generator removed, please refer
to IPC 49-11-04-05.

(a) Remove the COVER - PLASTIC from the generator pad on the accessory drive gearbox.
(b) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(c) Remove and keep the nuts (1) from the studs. Make sure that the nuts (1) are serviceable.
(d) Make sure that the face of the generator pad (10) and the studs are in the correct condition.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the cable support assembly (5).

(a) Make sure that the cable support assembly (5) is in the correct condition.
1 Make sure that the components of the terminal block are in the correct condition.
2 Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(3) Do a visual inspection of the seal plate (4095KM) (7).
(a) Clean the seal plate (7) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine -
- (Material No. 03ABA1) or Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine Low
Temp. - (Material No. 03ABB1) and a lint-free cotton cloth Textile-Lint free Cotton
- (Material No. 14SBA1).
(b) Make sure that the faces of the seal plate (7) are in the correct condition.
(4) Do a visual inspection of the assembly cover (11).
(a) Make sure that the assembly cover (11) is clean and in the correct condition.
(b) Make sure that the oil transfer channel and its inlet and outlet openings are clean and not
clogged.
(c) Make sure that the drain plug (6) is installed correctly, fully tightened and safetied with Wire-
Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1).
(5) Install the seal plate (4095KM) (7) on the assembly cover (11).
(a) Lubricate the new IPC -CSN (49-11-04-05-110) seal (9) and the screws (8) with Synthetic base
Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1) or Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-
Turbine Engine Low Temp. - (Material No. 03ABB1).
(b) Put the seal plate (7) in position on the assembly cover(11).
NOTE: Make sure that the dowel pin on the assembly cover (11) engages correctly into the pilot
hole on the seal plate (7).
(c) Install the screws (8).

(d) Install the seal (9) on the assembly cover (11).
(6) Install the assembly cover (11).
(a) Put the assembly cover (11) in position on the generator pad (10).
NOTE: Make sure that the dowel pin on the assembly cover (11) engages correctly into the pilot
hole on the seal plate (7).
(b) Put the cable support assembly (5) in position.

(c) Install the nuts (1).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 3.9 and 4.4 m.daN (28.76 and 32.45 lbf.ft).
(7) Install the generator supply cables (3) on the terminal block on the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Remove the nuts (2).
(b) Remove the tie-wraps that temporarily hold the generator supply cables (3).
(c) Remove the COVER - PLASTIC from the ring terminals of the generator supply cables (3).
(d) Attach the generator supply cables (3) to the applicable studs on the terminal block with the nuts
(2).
NOTE: Refer to the marks on the terminal block and the generator supply cables (3).

(e) Attach the generator supply cables (3) with the clamp (14).
(f) Install the spacer (15), clamp (14), washer (13), screw (12), washer (16) and nut (17).
(g) TORQUE the nut (17) to between 0.22 and 0.24 m.daN (19.47 and 21.24 lbf.in).
(8) Connect the generator control cable to the connector on the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Remove the tie-wrap that temporarily holds the electrical connector (4).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from all the electrical connector(s) and receptacle(s).
(c) Make sure that all the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(d) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the cable support assembly (5).
Subtask 24-23-00-865-051-A

Subtask 24-23-00-790-050-A
C. Leak test
WARNING: DO NOT TOUCH THE APU UNTIL IT IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL TO PREVENT BURNS
WHEN YOU DO THE MAINTENANCE TASK(S).
(2) Start the APU:
GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
or
APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
or
131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008) .
(3) Do a check for oil leaks.
(a) Examine the joint between the assembly cover (11) and the generator pad (10) on the accessory
drive gearbox for oil leaks.
(b) Examine the drain plug (6) on the assembly cover (11) for oil leaks.
NOTE: Leaks are not permitted.
(4) Stop the APU:

GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
or
APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
or
131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-009) .
(5) Do a check of the oil quantity on the APU oil sight-glass. Add oil if the oil level is on or below the ADD
mark on the oil sight glass:
GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
or
APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
or
131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-007) .

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Set the control switch 11JL to the OFF position.
(3) Close the APU access doors 315AL and 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-860-052-A
(1) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that the APU generator is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
TASK 24-23-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the APU Generator after Removal of the Substitution Kit


MMEL 24-23-01H
MMEL 24-23-01C

No specific AR CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC
No specific AR CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
No specific 1 INSTALLATION TOOL - TIE WRAP


315AL, 316AR
(Ref. 24-23-51-400-001-A). Installation of the APU Generator
(Ref. 24-23-51-400-001-A-01). Installation of the APU Generator with the Minilift Hoist
nector
Unit (APU)
Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-00-860-053-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
switch is released (the ON legend is off).
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-865-052-A

Subtask 24-23-00-010-051-A
C. Get Access

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-23-00-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Substitution Kit for Fight without an APU Generator Installed
(1) Disconnect the generator control cable from the connector on the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Remove the electrical connector (4).
(b) Put blanking caps on all the disconnected electrical connector(s) and receptacle(s).
(c) Temporarily attach the electrical connector (4) to the APU generator with a INSTALLATION
TOOL - TIE WRAP.
(2) Disconnect the generator supply cables (3) from the terminal block on the cable support assembly (5).
(a) Remove the nut (17), washer (16), screw (12), washer (13), clamp (14) and spacer (15) from the
generator cable support (5).
(b) Remove the nuts (2) and disconnect the generator supply cables (3).
(c) Temporarily install the nuts (2) on the studs of the terminal block on the cable support assembly
(5).
(d) Put CAP - BLANKING, PLASTIC on the ring terminals of the disconnected generator supply
cables (3).
(e) Temporarily attach the generator supply cables (3) with a tie-wrap to put it in stowage position in
the APU compartment.
(3) Drain the remaining oil from the assembly cover (11).
(a) Put the CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) in position below the generator pad (10).
(b) Remove and discard the lockwire from the drain plug (6).
(c) Remove the drain plug (6) and let the residual oil drain fully.
(d) Tighten the drain plug (6) and safety it with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QFB1).
(4) Remove the cable support assembly (5) and the assembly cover (11).
(a) Hold the cable support assembly (5) and the assembly cover (11) in the correct position.
(b) Remove and keep the nuts (1).
(c) Remove the cable support assembly (5) and the assembly cover (11).
(5) Remove the seal plate (4095KM) (7).
(a) Remove the seal (9).
(b) Remove the screws (8) and the seal plate (4095KM) (7).
(c) Remove the container.
(8) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.
(9) Install the APU generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-400-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-00-865-053-A
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):


Subtask 24-23-00-410-051-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 24-23-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
TASK 24-23-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the APU Generator by Removal of the Quill Shaft


MMEL 24-23-01I
MMEL 24-23-01C


315AL, 316AR

nector
Unit (APU)
APU Generator without Quill Shaft SHEET 1

FR80
FR84
8XS
316AR 315AL
3
2
1
N_MM_242300_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-23-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Generator without Quill Shaft

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-00-860-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
is released (the ON legend is off).
(4) Make sure that the ground fire extinguishing equipment is available.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-865-054-A

Subtask 24-23-00-010-053-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. APU Generator without Quill Shaft SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-23-00-020-051-A
A. Remove the APU Generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-000-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-020-052-A
B. Remove the Quill Shaft
(1) Carefully remove the bolt (1) from the groove in the drive end of the finished rotor assembly.
(2) Remove the quill shaft assembly (3) from the drive end of the finished rotor assembly.
(3) Remove the seals (2) and (4) from the quill shaft assembly (3).
(4) Discard the seals.
Subtask 24-23-00-420-051-A
C. Install the APU generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-400-001) without the quill shaft.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-00-865-055-A


Subtask 24-23-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 24-23-00-860-056-A
(1) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that the APU generator is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
TASK 24-23-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the APU Generator after Quill Shaft Removal


MMEL 24-23-01I
MMEL 24-23-01C


315AL, 316AR

nector
Unit (APU)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-00-860-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
is released (the ON legend is off).
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-00-865-056-A

Subtask 24-23-00-010-054-A
C. Get Access
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-23-00-020-053-A
A. Remove the APU Generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-000-001) without the quill shaft.
Subtask 24-23-00-420-052-A
B. Install the new APU Generator (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-51-400-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-00-865-057-A


Subtask 24-23-00-410-053-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 24-23-00-860-058-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
Figure 24-23-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Components for Flight without an APU Generator Installed
Figure 24-23-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Generator without Quill Shaft
24-23-17 - CURRENT TRANSFORMER - AC
24-23-17 PB 401 CONF 00 - CURRENT TRANSFORMER - AC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-23-17-000-001-A
Removal of the AC Current Transformer

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 42XS
Self explanatory



121AL
AC Current Transformer - Block Diagram SHEET 1
AC Current Transformer SHEET 1

4000XU
GEN
2
GCU-2
1XU2
2XP
RECEPTACLE
EXTERNAL
POWER
AC BUS 2
BTC-2
11XU2
115VAC
GAPCU
24XG
GEN 8XS
APU
42XS
FUEL PUMPS
53(54)QA 28-21-00
MEASURE AND
DIFFERENTIAL
PROTECTION
11XU1
BTC-1
4000XU
11(12)QA
1XP
GEN
1
AC BUS 1
GCU-1
115VAC
1XU1
N_MM_242317_4_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-23-17-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC Current Transformer - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

120VU
A
120VU
122VU
B
121VU
124VU
123VU 42XS
3XS
C
29XN
MODULE
29XN
C
6 4
7 2
8 3
9
10
11
12
5
N_MM_242317_4_ABP0_01_00
Figure 24-23-17-991-00400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC Current Transformer

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-17-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the rear panel 120VU, open the panel which gives access to the AC power center 123VU.
Subtask 24-23-17-941-050-A
(2) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the
(3) In the cockpit, on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that these pusbutton switches are released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-23-17-020-051-B
A. Removal of the AC Current Transformer
(Ref. Fig. AC Current Transformer - Block Diagram SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. AC Current Transformer SHEET 1)
(1) Remove the screws (12) and the washers (11) from the studs of the module 29XN.
(2) Disconnect the cables (10) from the studs of the module 29XN.
(3) Remove the nuts (9) and the washers (8) from the studs of the module 29XN.
(4) Disconnect the cables (6) and (7) from the studs of the module 29XN.
(6) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connector (4) and electrical receptacle.
(7) Remove the screws (3) and the washers (2) from the current transformer (1).
(8) Remove and discard the necessary TIE WRAP to move the current transformer (1) along the cables.
(9) Remove the current transformer (1).
TASK 24-23-17-400-001-A
Installation of the AC Current Transformer


CIRCUITS.
FIN : 42XS
Self explanatory


121AL
Power
1(2)
AC Current Transformer - Block Diagram SHEET 1
AC Current Transformer SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-17-010-051-A
A. Get access

(2) On the rear panel 120VU, make sure that the panel which gives access to the AC power center
123VU is open.
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 18M (59 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access
door 121AL.
Subtask 24-23-17-860-050-A
receptacle.
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) in position on the access door 121AL to tell
persons not to connect the external power connector to the aircraft external power receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-23-17-420-050-B
A. Installation of the AC Current Transformer
(Ref. Fig. AC Current Transformer - Block Diagram SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. AC Current Transformer SHEET 1)
(1) Put the disconnected cables (6), (7) and (10) through the current transformer (1).
(2) Move the current transformer (1) along the cables.

(3) Install the washers (2) and the screws (3) on the current transformer (1) and tighten them.
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (4) and the electrical receptacle.
(7) Install new TIE WRAP.
(8) Connect the cables (6) and (7), to the studs of the module 29XN.
(9) Install the washers (8) and the nuts (9) on the studs of the module 29XN.
(10) TORQUE the nuts (9) to between 1.25 and 1.35 m.daN (110.62 and 119.47 lbf.in).
(11) Connect the cables (10) to the studs of the module 29XN.
(12) Install the washers (11) and the screws (12) on the studs of the module 29XN.
Subtask 24-23-17-860-051-A


(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-23-17-865-050-A

Subtask 24-23-17-710-050-C
D. Operational test
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page the ELEC page comes into view.
2.On the ELEC panel 35VU: On the panel 35VU:
push the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch. the OFF legend of the GALY & CAB pushbutton
switch goes off.
energize all the items of equipment. make sure that the electrical parameters (load,
rect.
do the operational test of the Ground And Aux- the TEST OK indication comes into view (after
ilary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) (Ref. AMM some seconds).
TASK 24-41-00-740-002) .
Subtask 24-23-17-860-052-A
(1) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits supplied from the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-
002) .
Subtask 24-23-17-410-050-A
F. Close Access
(2) On the rear panel 120VU, close the panel which gives access to the AC power center 123VU.
Figure 24-23-17-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC Current Transformer - Block Diagram
Figure 24-23-17-991-00400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC Current Transformer
24-23-51 - GENERATOR - APU

24-23-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - GENERATOR - APU - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-23-51-000-001-A
Removal of the APU Generator
WARNING: ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIR-
ONMENT.
WARNING: LOCK THE MECHANISM OF THE ACCESS DOOR 316AR WITH THE PIP PIN WHEN YOU
OPEN THE ACCESS DOOR. THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY.
WARNING: LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND. AS IT CAN CAUSE INJURY.
WARNING: DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE THREADS OF THE SET SCREWS WHEN YOU REMOVE
OR INSTALL THE GENERATOR.
THE GENERATOR WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 23KG (50.7LB).
FIN : 8XS
Self explanatory

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific AR CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)
(98D49207537001) 1 CABLE-SAFETY, APU GENERATOR

315AL, 316AR
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-008-A). Oil Change (Drain Procedure) (131-9(A))
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-008-A-01). Oil Change (Top-Off Procedure) (131-9(A))
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-008-A-02). Brand/Type Oil Change (Flush Procedure) (131-(A))

(Ref. 49-91-41-200-002-A). Remove and Discard Oil Filter Elements (131-9(A))
APU Generator 8XS (type 5913667 or type BA03604)
APU Generator 8XS (type BA16501)

FR80
FR84
A
8XS
316AR 12
315AL
15
D E
N_MM_242351_4_AAN0_01_02
Figure 24-23-51-991-00800-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - APU Generator 8XS (type 5913667 or type BA03604)
** ON A/C ALL

17
16
18
19
20
21
22 2
1
23
11
4
6 5
7 4095KM
8
10 1
B 9
C
13
14 01
D E
NOTE:
01 TORQUE THE PLUG 14 TO BETWEEN 2.96 AND 3.25 m.daN
(21.75 AND 23.97 lbf.ft)
N_MM_242351_4_AAN0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

FR80
FR84
A
8XS
316AR 12
315AL
15
D E
N_MM_242351_4_AAP0_01_03
Figure 24-23-51-991-00900-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - APU Generator 8XS (type BA16501)

** ON A/C ALL

17
16
18
3
19
21 2
1
22
23
11
4
6 5
7 4095KM
8
10 1
9
B C
13
O
DR IL
AIN
14 01
D E
NOTE:
01 TORQUE THE PLUG 14 TO BETWEEN 0.60 AND 0.70 m.daN
(53.10 AND 61.95 lb.in)
N_MM_242351_4_AAP0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-51-860-054-A
(1) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is off.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the APU.
(3) Make sure that ground fire extinguishing equipment is available.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-51-865-060-A

Subtask 24-23-51-010-054-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the APU access doors
315AL and 316AR.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. APU Generator 8XS (type 5913667 or type BA03604)) (Ref. Fig. APU Generator 8XS (type
BA16501))
Subtask 24-23-51-020-053-A
A. Removal of the APU Generator (type 5913667 or type BA03604)
WARNING: DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE THREADS OF THE SET SCREWS WHEN YOU RE-
MOVE OR INSTALL THE GENERATOR.
(1) Put the CABLE-SAFETY, APU GENERATOR (98D49207537001) on the generator to get a safe
condition when you remove the APU generator (4).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (12) from the APU generator (4).
(3) Put blanking caps on all the disconnected electrical connector(s) and receptacle(s).
(4) Remove the screws (17),the washers (16) and the cover plate (18).
(5) Remove and discard the nuts and captive washers (19), remove the washers (20), the electrical
cables (21), the terminal forks (22) and the washers (23).
NOTE: Record all the removed and/or discarded items in this step, to make sure you install the same
items again.
(6) Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) below the APU generator (4).

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(7) Remove the drain plug (14):
NOTE: The drain plug (14) has no inscription in the head.
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire from the drain plug (14).
(b) Remove the drain plug (14). Be careful to collect the drained oil in the container.
(8) Remove and discard the washer (13) from the drain plug (14).
(9) Loosen the nuts (15):
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE NUTS. A SPANNER CAN EASILY CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE ADJACENT WEBS OF THE GENERATOR HOUSING.
(a) Hold the APU generator (4), loosen the nuts (15) until the APU generator (4) can be turned.
(10) Turn the APU generator (4):
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU TURN THE GENERATOR. TOOLS THAT YOU USE TO
HELP YOU MOVE THE APU GENERATOR CAN EASILY CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
HOUSING. DO NOT APPLY FORCE TO THE WEBS AT THE MAIN FLANGE.
(a) Turn the APU generator (4) counterclockwise and remove it from the gear-box splined drive.
(11) Remove and discard the O-rings (9) and (10).
(12) If a new APU generator (4) must be installed, remove the countersunk screws (1) and the seal plate
(7).
Subtask 24-23-51-020-055-A
B. Removal of the APU Generator (type BA16501)
(1) Put the CABLE-SAFETY, APU GENERATOR (98D49207537001) on the generator to get a safe
condition when you remove the APU generator (4).
(4) Remove the screws (17),the washers (16) and the cover plate (18).
(5) Remove and discard the nuts and captive washers (19), remove the electrical cables (21), the
terminal forks (22) and the washers (23).
NOTE: The drain plug (14) has the inscription "OIL DRAIN" in the head.
(a) Remove the drain plug (14). Be careful to collect the drained oil in the container.

(a) Hold the APU generator (4), loosen the nuts (15) until the APU generator (4) can be turned.
(7).
Subtask 24-23-51-210-061-A
C. Replacement and check of the APU Oil Filters
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-91-45-200-003) .
for APU APS3200
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-91-41-200-002) .
Subtask 24-23-51-612-052-A
D. Draining and check of the oil
(1) Drain the oil:
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-002) .
for APU APS3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-005) .
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-008) .
(2) Fill the APU reservoir:
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-001) .
for APU APS3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-004) .
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-007) .
TASK 24-23-51-000-001-A01
Removal of the APU Generator with the Minilift Hoist
WARNING: ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIR-
ONMENT.
WARNING: LOCK THE MECHANISM OF THE ACCESS DOOR 316AR WITH THE PIP PIN WHEN YOU
OPEN THE ACCESS DOOR. THIS WILL PREVENT INJURY.

WARNING: LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT YOU OR MAKE YOU BLIND. AS IT CAN CAUSE INJURY.
WARNING: DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE THREADS OF THE SET SCREWS WHEN YOU REMOVE
OR INSTALL THE GENERATOR.
FIN : 8XS
Self explanatory

No specific AR CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)
(A1-91-265) 2 HOIST-MINILIFT

315AL, 316AR
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-008-A). Oil Change (Drain Procedure) (131-9(A))
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-008-A-01). Oil Change (Top-Off Procedure) (131-9(A))
(Ref. 49-90-00-600-008-A-02). Brand/Type Oil Change (Flush Procedure) (131-(A))
(Ref. 49-91-41-200-002-A). Remove and Discard Oil Filter Elements (131-9(A))
APU Generator Hoist SHEET 1

FR80
FR84
A
8XS
25
24
316AR
315AL
27
28
26
N_MM_242351_4_AGM0_01_02
Figure 24-23-51-991-01000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Generator Hoist

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-51-860-056-A
(1) On the panel 25VU, make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is off.
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the APU.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
Subtask 24-23-51-865-062-A

Subtask 24-23-51-010-055-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the APU access doors
315AL and 316AR.
4. Procedure
BA16501)) (Ref. Fig. APU Generator Hoist SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-23-51-020-054-A
A. Removal of the APU Generator (type 5913667 or type BA03604)
WARNING: OBEY THE HOISTING SAFETY PROCEDURES.

MAKE SURE THAT THE HOIST IS ASSEMBLED AND ATTACHED CORRECTLY BE-
FORE YOU PUT A LOAD ON IT. OBEY THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
WHEN YOU USE THE HOIST.
IF THE HOIST IS IN AN INCORRECT CONDITION THE LOAD CAN MOVE ACCIDENT-
ALLY AND KILL PERSONS OR CAUSE INJURY.
(3) Remove the screws (17), the washers (16) and the cover plate (18).
(4) Remove and discard the nuts and captive washers (19), remove the washers (20), the electrical
cables (21), the terminal forks (22) and the washers (23).
NOTE: Record all the removed and/or discarded items in this step, to make sure you install the same
items again.

CAUSE DAMAGE.
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire from the drain plug (14).
(b) Remove the drain plug (14). Be careful to collect the drained oil in the container.
(8) Remove the lifting eye (26) from the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) and install it to the lifting boss of
the APU generator (4).
NOTE: Make sure that the threads of the lifting eye (26) and the generator-lifting boss are in correct
condition. Use the drained oil to lubricate the thread of the lifting eye (26).
(9) Install the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) to the APU generator hoist-bracket (24) with the quick-
release pin (25).
(10) Install the shackle with the quick-release pin (28) to the APU generator lifting-eye (26).
(11) Operate the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) until its cable (27) has a sufficient tension.
(a) Make sure that the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) holds the weight of the APU generator (4) and
loosen the nuts (15) until the generator can be turned.
(14) Lower the generator from the APU compartment and disconnect the shackle from the lifting eye (26).
(15) Remove the lifting eye (26) from the APU generator (4) and install it on the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-
265) .
(7).
Subtask 24-23-51-020-056-A
B. Removal of the APU Generator (type BA16501)

(3) Remove the screws (17), the washers (16) and the cover plate (18).
(4) Remove and discard the nuts and captive washers (19), remove the electrical cables (21), the
terminal forks (22) and the washers (23).
(a) Remove the drain plug (14). Be careful to collect the drained oil in the container.
NOTE: Make sure that the threads of the lifting eye (26) and the generator-lifting boss are in correct
condition. Use the drained oil to lubricate the thread of the lifting eye (26).
(9) Install the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) to the APU generator hoist-bracket (24) with the quick-
release pin (25).
(10) Install the shackle with the quick-release pin (28) to the APU generator lifting-eye (26).
(11) Operate the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) until its cable (27) has a sufficient tension.
(a) Make sure that the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) holds the weight of the APU generator (4) and
loosen the nuts (15) until the generator can be turned.
(14) Lower the generator from the APU compartment and disconnect the shackle from the lifting eye (26).

(15) Remove the lifting eye (26) from the APU generator (4) and install it on the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-
265) .
(7).
Subtask 24-23-51-210-063-A
C. Replacement and check of the APU Oil Filters
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-91-45-200-003) .
for APU APS3200
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-91-41-200-002) .
Subtask 24-23-51-612-053-A
D. Draining and check of the oil:
(1) Drain the oil:
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-002)
for APU APS3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-005)
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-008)
(2) Fill the APU reservoir:
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-001) .
for APU APS3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-004) .
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-007) .
TASK 24-23-51-400-001-A
Installation of the APU Generator
FIN : 8XS
Self explanatory



(98D49207537001) 1 CABLE-SAFETY, APU GENERATOR
(FRDH141) 2 ADAPTER-TORQUE
(Material No. 04SAB2) Varnish Polyurethane-- Marking Structure
(Material No. 08BAA9) Non Aqueous Cleaner-General - -
No specific 22swg (0.71 mm (0.028 in) dia) chromium nickel wire

315AL, 316AR
D. Expendable Parts

7 seal plate 24-23-04-01-040
9 O-ring 24-23-51-01-010
10 O-ring 24-23-51-01-020
13 washer 24-23-51-01-040
19 nuts and captive washers 24-23-51-01-080
7 seal plate 24-23-84-01-040
(Ref. 20-21-11-911-001-A). Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-51-860-055-A
(1) On the panel 25VU make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is off.
(2) Make sure that there is a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the APU.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
(4) Make sure that the ground fire extinguishing equipment is available.
(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the APU compartment.
(6) Make sure that the APU access doors are open (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
(7) Put an CABLE-SAFETY, APU GENERATOR (98D49207537001) on the generator to get a safe
condition when you install the generator.
4. Procedure
BA16501))
Subtask 24-23-51-420-054-B
A. Installation of the APU Generator (type 5913667 or type BA03604)
(1) Examine the seal plate (7) and the seals (8) and (11), which are part of the seal plate (7).
(2) Replace the IPC -CSN (24-23-04-01-040) seal plate (7) or IPC -CSN (24-23-84-01-040) seal
plate (7) if you find:
Breaks and/or scratches on the seal plate (7),
Cuts on the seals (8) and/or (11),
The height of the seals (8) and/or (11) above the seal plate (7) is less than 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).
(a) Remove the countersunk screws (1) and the seal plate (7).
(b) Lubricate the seals (8) and (11) of the new seal plate (7) with a thin layer of Synthetic base
(c) Put the seal plate (7) on the flange of the APU generator (4).
NOTE: Make sure that the dowel pin (3) engages correctly with the pilot hole (2).
(d) Lubricate the countersunk screws (1) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine
- - (Material No. 03ABA1) or Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine Low Temp.
- (Material No. 03ABB1).
(e) Install the countersunk screws (1) and TORQUE
to between 0.43 and 0.47 m.daN (38.05 and 41.59 lbf.in).
(3) Lubricate a new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-020) O-ring (10) and a new IPC -CSN (24-23-
51-01-010) O-ring (9) with a thin layer of Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine
(4) Install the O-ring (10) on the generator splined drive shaft (6).

(5) Install the O-ring (9) on the generator mount flange (5).
(6) Install the generator (4) in its position and turn it clockwise to engage the slots.
(7) Make sure that the dowel pin (3) fully engages in the mounting flange of the accessory drive gearbox.
(8) TORQUE the nuts (15) to between 345 and 389 lbf.in (3.90 and 4.40 m.daN).
(9) Tighten the nuts (15) behind the generator terminal with an ADAPTER-TORQUE (FRDH141)
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-21-11-911-001) .
(10) Clean the nuts (15) with Non Aqueous Cleaner-General - - (Material No. 08BAA9).
(11) Make a mark on the nuts (15) with Varnish Polyurethane-- Marking Structure (Material No. 04SAB2).
(13) Connect the electrical connector (12) to the APU generator (4).
NOTE: Make sure that you connect the electrical cable connections correctly to the APU generator
terminal.
(14) Install the washers (23) and the terminal forks (22) on the APU generator (4).
(15) Connect the electrical cables (21) as follows:

Cable 8XS-T1 to generator terminal T1,
Cable 8XS-T3 to generator terminal T3, and
Cable 8XS- N to generator terminal N.
(16) Install the washers (20) and the new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-080) nuts and captive washers (19).
(17) TORQUE the nuts and captive washers (19)
to between 2.3 and 2.5 m.daN (16.96 and 18.44 lbf.ft).
(18) Install the cover plate (18) with the washers (16) and the screws (17).
(20) Installation of the drain plug (14):
NOTE: If you install a new APU generator (4), this step is not necessary.
(a) If you install an APU generator (4) removed from the aircraft:
Install the drain plug (14) with a new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-040) washer (13).
NOTE: The drain plug (14) has no inscription in the head
(b) TORQUE the drain plug (14) to between 2.96 and 3.25 m.daN (21.83 and 23.97 lbf.ft).
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(c) Safety the drain plug (14):

Safety the drain plug (14) with 22swg (0.71 mm (0.028 in) dia) chromium nickel wire .

Subtask 24-23-51-420-056-B
B. Installation of the APU Generator (type BA16501)
(2) Replace the IPC -CSN (24-23-04-01-040) seal plate (7) if you find:
(6) Install the APU generator (4) in its position and turn it clockwise to engage the slots.
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-21-11-911-001) .
terminal.


(16) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-080) nuts and captive washers (19).
(20) Installation of the drain plug
NOTE: If you install a new APU generator (4), this step is not necessary.
(a) If you install an APU generator (4) removed from the aircraft:
Install the drain plug (14) with a new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-040) washer (13).
(b) TORQUE the drain plug (14) to between 0.60 and 0.70 m.daN (53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in).
Subtask 24-23-51-210-062-A
C. Visual Check
CAUTION: USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX TYPES//

BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.
(1) Do a visual check of the oil quantity on the APU oil level. Add oil if the oil level is on or less than the
ADD mark on the sight glass
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
for APU APS 3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-007)
Subtask 24-23-51-865-061-A
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 24-23-51-710-055-A
E. Start and Operate the APU
(1) Start the APU

for APU GTCP 36-300

(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
for APU APS 3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008)
(2) Allows the APU to run 15 minutes.
(3) Check at 95 % speed of the APU that the generator energizes and begins to indicate voltage and
frequency (without the selection of electrical loads).
(4) An 'AVAIL' message on top of the APU page shows that you can select an electric/pneumatic load.
(5) Shutdown the APU
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
for APU APS 3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-009)
(6) Open the APU access doors (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
(7) Do a leak check of the APU Oil System.
NOTE: No leaks are permitted.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-51-410-057-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the APU access doors 315AL, 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-001) .
TASK 24-23-51-400-001-A01
Installation of the APU Generator with the Minilift Hoist
FIN : 8XS
Self explanatory



(A1-91-265) 1 HOIST-MINILIFT
(FRDH141) 2 ADAPTER-TORQUE
(Material No. 04SAB2) Varnish Polyurethane-- Marking Structure
No specific 22swg (0.71 mm (0.028 in) dia) chromium nickel wire

315AL, 316AR
D. Expendable Parts

7 seal plate 24-23-04-01-040
9 O-ring 24-23-51-01-010
10 O-ring 24-23-51-01-020
13 washer 24-23-51-01-040
19 nuts and captive washers 24-23-51-01-080
7 seal plate 24-23-84-01-040

APU Generator Hoist SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-51-860-057-A
(1) On the panel 25VU make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is off.
(2) Make sure that there is a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to start the APU.
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the APU compartment.
(6) Make sure that the APU access doors are open (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
(7) Make sure that the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) is installed correctly in the APU generator hoist
bracket.
4. Procedure
BA16501)) (Ref. Fig. APU Generator Hoist SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-23-51-420-055-B
A. Installation of the APU Generator (type 5913667 or type BA03604)

(2) Replace the IPC -CSN (24-23-04-01-040) seal plate (7) or IPC -CSN (24-23-84-01-040) seal
plate (7) if you find:

to between 0.43 and 0.47 m.daN (38.05 and 41.59 lbf.in). countersunk screws (1) to the
generator flange.
NOTE: Make sure that the threads of the lifting eye (26) and the generator lifting boss are in good
condition.
(7) Lubricate the thread of the lifting eye (26) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine
(8) Install the shackle with the quick-release pin (28) to the lifting eye (26).
(9) Operate the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) and lift the APU generator (4) in position to the generator
mounting flange.
(10) Lubricate the generator splined drive shaft (6) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine
Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1) or Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine Low Temp.
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-21-11-911-001) .
terminal.


(21) Install the washers (20) and the new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-080) nuts and captive washers (19).
(25) Install the drain plug (14) with a new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-040) washer (13).
(a) TORQUE the drain plug (14) to between 2.96 and 3.25 m.daN (21.83 and 23.97 lbf.ft).
CAUSE DAMAGE.
(b) Safety the drain plug (14):

Safety the drain plug (14) with 22swg (0.71 mm (0.028 in) dia) chromium nickel wire .
Subtask 24-23-51-420-057-B
B. Installation of the APU Generator (type BA16501)

(2) Replace the IPC -CSN (24-23-04-01-040) seal plate (7) if you find:

to between 0.43 and 0.47 m.daN (38.05 and 41.59 lbf.in). countersunk screws (1) to the
generator flange.
NOTE: Make sure that the threads of the lifting eye (26) and the generator lifting boss are in good
condition.
(7) Lubricate the thread of the lifting eye (26) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine
(8) Install the shackle with the quick-release pin (28) to the lifting eye (26).
(9) Operate the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265) and lift the APU generator (4) in position to the generator
mounting flange.
(10) Lubricate the generator splined drive shaft (6) with Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine
Engine - - (Material No. 03ABA1) or Synthetic base Lubricating Oil-Turbine Engine Low Temp.
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-21-11-911-001) .
terminal.


(21) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-080) nuts and captive washers (19).
(25) Install the drain plug (14) with a new IPC -CSN (24-23-51-01-040) washer (13).
(a) TORQUE the drain plug (14) to between 0.60 and 0.70 m.daN (53.10 and 61.95 lbf.in).
Subtask 24-23-51-210-064-A
C. Visual Check
CAUTION: USE ONLY APPROVED TYPES/BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS. DO NOT MIX TYPES//

BRANDS OF LUBRICANTS.
(1) Do a visual check of the oil quantity on the APU oil level. Add oil if the oil level is on or less than the
ADD mark on the sight glass
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-001)
for APU APS 3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-004)
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-90-00-600-007)
Subtask 24-23-51-865-063-A
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 24-23-51-710-056-A
E. Start and Operate the APU
(1) Start the APU
for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
for APU APS 3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008)
(2) Allows the APU to run 15 minutes.
(3) Check at 95 % speed of the APU that the generator energizes and begins to indicate voltage and
frequency (without the selection of electrical loads).
(4) An 'AVAIL' message on top of the APU page shows that you can select an electric/pneumatic load.

(5) Shutdown the APU

for APU GTCP 36-300
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
for APU APS 3200
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
for APU 131-9(A)
(Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-009)
(6) Open the APU access doors (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
(7) Do a leak check of the APU Oil System.
NOTE: No leaks are permitted.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-51-410-058-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the APU access doors 315AL, 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-001) .
Figure 24-23-51-991-01000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - APU Generator Hoist
TASK 24-23-55-000-001-A
Removal of the APU GLC

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 3XS
Self explanatory



212 COCKPIT
121AL
(Ref. 24-41-55-000-001-A). Removal of the External Power Contactor (EPC)
Contactor SHEET 1
APU/EXT Power-Contactor Module SHEET 1

120VU
B
A
122VU
121VU
3XS
125VU
29XN
124VU
123VU
3
2
MODULE
CONTACTOR
6
1
CONTACTOR
N_MM_242355_4_AAP0_01_01
Figure 24-23-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Contactor

** ON A/C ALL

120VU
122VU A
B
121VU
125VU
124VU 29XN
123VU
A B
3
2
1
16
15
14
6
MODULE
8 7 8 7 6
13
12
7
8
7
8
11
1 2 3 9
10 N_MM_242355_4_AAR0_01_00
Figure 24-23-55-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - APU/EXT Power-Contactor Module

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-55-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the left lower side of panel 120VU, remove the access panel (4).
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at access door 121AL.
(4) Open access door 121AL.
Subtask 24-23-55-860-050-A
(2) Put warning notice(s) in position on access door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the external
(3) In the cockpit, on ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the pushbutton switches that follow are released:
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
switches on the overhead panels that follow:
21VU (EMER ELEC PWR section)
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-23-55-020-050-B
(Ref. Fig. Contactor SHEET 1)

(3) Loosen the six captive screws (3).
(4) Remove the contactor (2) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
Subtask 24-23-55-020-051-B
B. Removal of the APU/EXT Power-Contactor Module

(Ref. Fig. APU/EXT Power-Contactor Module SHEET 1)

NOTE: The removal of the APU/EXT power-contactor module is necessary only if the APU/EXT power-
contactor module is damaged.
(1) Remove the external power contactor (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-55-000-001) .
(3) Remove the six nuts (1) and washers (2).
(a) Disconnect the six cables (3) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
(4) Remove the twelve screws (8) and washers (7) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5) and
from the adjacent module.
(a) Remove the six jumpers (6) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5) and from the
adjacent modules.
(a) Disconnect the three cables (13) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
(7) Remove the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
TASK 24-23-55-400-001-A
Installation of the APU GLC

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 3XS
Self explanatory



212 COCKPIT
121AL
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 24-41-55-400-001-A). Installation of the External Power Contactor (EPC)
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-23-55-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the left lower side of panel 120VU, make sure that the access panel (4) is removed.
(3) Make sure that an access platform is in position at access door 121AL.
(4) Make sure that access door 121AL is open.
Subtask 24-23-55-860-051-A
(2) Make sure that the warning notice(s) are in position on access door 121AL to tell persons not to
connect the external power connector to the aircraft EXT PWR receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
the pushbutton switches on the overhead panels that follow:
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure

Subtask 24-23-55-420-051-B
A. Installation of the APU/EXT Power-Contactor Module
CAUTION: REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU CON-
NECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
(1) Install the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5) in the correct position, if removed.
(a) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.27 and 0.30 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).
(3) Make sure that the electrical cables (3) and (13) and the electrical wires (16) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(4) Install the six electrical cables (3).
(a) Install the six washers (2) and nuts (1) and tighten them.
(b) TORQUE the six nuts (1) to between 0.90 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
(5) Install the three electrical wires (16).
(b) TORQUE the three screws (14) to between 0.098 and 0.122 m.daN (8.67 and 10.80 lbf.in).
(6) Install the six jumpers (6) between the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5) and the adjacent
modules.
(a) Install the twelve washers (7) and screws (8) and tighten them.
(b) TORQUE the twelve screws (8) to between 0.52 and 0.70 m.daN (46.02 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(7) Install the three electrical cables (13).
(8) Install the EPC (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-55-400-001) .
Subtask 24-23-55-420-050-B
(1) Install the contactor (2) on the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
Subtask 24-23-55-710-050-A
C. Test of the Contactor
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key to get the ELEC system page.

(4) On the lower ECAM display unit, make sure that the A/C electrical configuration is correct.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits supplied from the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-
002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-23-55-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel (4) on the left lower side of the panel 120VU.
24-24 - AC EMERGENCY GENERATION
24-24-00 - AC EMERGENCY GENERATION
24-24-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC EMERGENCY

1. General
The AC emergency generation enables part of the distribution network to be recovered in case of:
loss of the two main generation sources and,
unavailability of the auxiliary generation.
(Ref. Fig. AC Emergency Generation - Component Location SHEET 1)

A
106VU
A C
2XE
33XE
15XE
812
FR12 FR16 D
B
N_MM_242400_0_AAL0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-12300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC Emergency Generation - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


FR13
Z125
FR12
1XE
B
PANEL 21VU
EMER ELEC PWR

RAT
BL & R
GEN 1 LINE EMER GEN
23XE 24XE
FAULT A
U
OFF T
O
14XE
N_MM_242400_0_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-12400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Emergency Generation - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


8XE
FR45
N_MM_242400_0_AAR0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
2XE GLC-EMER 106VU 125 24-24-55
8XE CSM/G 148 24-24-51
14XE ANN-EMER ELEC PWR/RAT/&/EMER 21VU 211 24-24-00
GEN
15XE CNTOR-AC ESS BUS SWITCHING 106VU 125 24-24-55
23XE P/BSW-EMER ELEC PWR/EMER GEN 21VU 211 24-24-00
TEST
24XE P/BSW-EMER ELEC PWR/MAN ON 21VU 211 24-24-00
33XE TIMER 106VU 125 24-24-00
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Emergency Generating System - Schematic SHEET 1)

GROUND CHASSIS 2XE CNTOR 15XE CNTOR (COIL : 15XE1)

POINT GROUND GLC EMER AC ESS BUS
27WV
SDAC-1
VOLTAGE
AND
FREQUENCY
28 VDC SDAC-2
WHEN ABOVE CLOSE

UV AND UF
THRESHOLD K2
OPEN GLC
CONTROL
VOLTAGE TEST
REGULATION
EXCITER TURN OFF
PROTECTION
MODULE
SUPPLY
PMG GROUND SIGNAL
WHEN TEST OK
N SPEED 100 KNTS
a 1TW-CFDIU
S
TIME DELAY
400 ms 1FP1
16XE RLY ADIRU1
MOTOR EMER GEN
SERVO SPEED TEST CONDITION
VALVE REGULATION 703PP
SWITCH OFF 28VDC
MAIN L/G COMPRESSED 7XE
AFTER 10s HOT BUS
5AGA1-LGCIU1
28 VDC
SOLENOID
CONTROL
VALVE
2PB2
3s BAT2
K1 K3
8XE CSM/G CLOSE
OPEN 24XE P/BSW
EMER ELEC PWR/MAN ON CSM/G
CONTROL
LOGIC
1XE CONTROL UNIT 3PH
CSM/G
N_MM_242400_0_ACQ0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-13900-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Emergency Generating System - Schematic

** ON A/C ALL

The emergency generation system is mainly composed of:
a Constant Speed Motor/Generator (CSM/G) including a hydraulic motor and an AC generator,
a Generator Control Unit (GCU).
A hydraulic motor drives the emergency generator.
A servo valve speed regulator controls the speed: it transforms the oil flow of the Blue hydraulic system into
constant speed for the generator.
When emergency conditions are met, this Blue system is supplied by a Ram Air Turbine (RAT).
NOTE: The Blue hydraulic system is supplied by an electric pump in normal configuration.
A. Constant Speed Motor/Generator 8XE

(1) Hydraulic motor:
Powered by the Blue hydraulic circuit (RAT in emergency configuration; electrical hydraulic pump in
test),
speed regulation by servovalve,
integrated solenoid control valve.
(2) AC generator:
Three phase 115V/200V - 400 Hz (12000 rpm),
output power: 5 KVA continuously,
oil cooled.
B. Generator Control Unit
The GCU main functions are:
to control the servo-valve excitation for speed regulation,
to protect the network and the generator by controlling the associated line contactor and generator field
current.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTROLS/PROTECTIONS OF GCU ! TIME DELAY ! EFFECTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Over/Under Voltage (OV/UV) ! 3-5 s ! Line contactor opens, generator
- Over Frequency (OF) ! 3-5 s ! de-energization and control
- Under Frequency (UF) ! 300 ms ! valve close (FAULT warning on,
- Shorted PMG ! 3-5 s ! RAT & EMER GEN warning light).
- Fast overspeed shutdown ! 150 ms !
5. Operation
A. Control and Indicating Circuits
(1) Emergency generator switching
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Emergency Switching - Schematic SHEET 1)

4XP
1PE TR 4PE 115VAC
ESS ESS BUS
EMER 115VAC
GEN 28VAC
5XE 3XB
8XE STATIC INVERTER
1XP
115VAC
BUS 1
33XE
2XP
TIMER 1XC 2XC 115VAC
2XE GLC 100ms
EMER BUS 2
15XC
16XC
15XE (1) CNTOR 15XE (2)
AC ESS BUS
17XN1 17XN2
5XC
4XC
14XC
13XC
3XC-CNTOR
AC ESS BUS SWITCHING
PC
LOGIC
12XE (4XP)
CSM/G PMG
SUPPLY
FAULT 11XC
ALTN AC ESS FEED
GLC EMER
CONTROL
NORM
1XE
CSM/G CTL UNIT
N_MM_242400_0_AEP0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-17000-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Emergency Switching - Schematic

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. EMER & AC ESS BUS Contactors Control - Logic Diagram SHEET 1)

ESS BUS
115VAC
4XP
ESS TR
1PE
15XE1
TIMER
100ms
2XE
33XE
EMER GEN
CSM/G
8XE
28V PMG
115VAC CSM/G
5PU1
4XP
FAULT CSM/G
3XC2
3XC2
3XC2
5PU2
3XC1
3XC1
3XC1
4PC
N_MM_242400_0_AGN0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-17100-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - EMER & AC ESS BUS Contactors Control - Logic Diagram
** ON A/C ALL

The emergency generator is switched through:

contactor 2XE (emergency generator line contactor or EMER GLC), and
contactor 15XE (AC ESS BUS contactor).
timer 33XE, it avoids the closure of the contactor 15XE in case of an electric transfer and close this
contactor 15XE only in emergency configuration.
The emergency generator has priority over its network and supplies the essential busbars (4XP, 8XP,
4PP, 8PP).
Supply to the line contactor (EMER GLC) only depends on the availability of the emergency generator.
Supply of section 1 of contactor 15XE depends on several conditions:
the availability of the emergency generator,
the failure of one of the 2 normal TR's (TR 1 or TR 2),
the failure of the DC ESS BUS SUPPLY and/or DC NORM BUS 1 switching contactors (4PC/1PC1).
(2) RAT extension logic and CSM/G control logic
(Ref. Fig. RAT Extension Logic and CSM/G Control Logic - Schematic SHEET 1)

20VU
105VU 103VU 21VU 40VU
RAT
703PP SOLENOIDS
HOT BUS 1 EMER ELEC PWR HYD/BLUE/ (HYDRAULIC BAY)
EMER GEN TEST RAT MAN ON
1XP

2XP
1
120VU 2805 GE
23XE
SPD 100 Knots CONF
120VU
1s
ADIRS 1 (ZONE 127) 20XE OVRD
(SUPPLIED FROM 704PP) ELEC 701PP
Customer : HIM
16XE
2PB2
BAT2
16XC 15XC 2
6XE 24XE
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
RES
4PP
28VDC 1PH
FAULT
** ON A/C ALL
14XE
31XE
106VU
MAIN
LANDING GEAR
COMPRESSED
1XP
2XP ELECT.
ESS TR VALVE PULSE
CSM/G
1PB2
BCL2

DITTO
BCL1
1PB1 BAT CHG LIM 1/2 (NOSE GEAR BAY)

BCL1 NO FAULT
(SUPPLIED FROM 701PP/702PP)
1XE CSM/G CTL UNIT (ZONE 125)
N_MM_242400_0_AJT0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Figure 24-24-00-17200-00-E / SHEET 1/1 - RAT Extension Logic and CSM/G Control Logic - Schematic
Page 370 of 1294

(a) RAT extension logic

3 different logics control RAT extension:
the automatic electrical logic: this energizes solenoid N.1 when there is loss of voltage at busbars
1XP and 2XP and speed V > 100 kts,
the manual electrical logic: this energizes solenoid No. 2 directly, via OVRD ELEC pushbutton
switch,
the manual hydraulic logic: this energizes solenoid No. 1 directly, via OVRD HYD pushbutton
switch.
(b) CSM/G control logic
3 different logics control energization of the emergency generation:
the automatic electrical logic: this is identical to that of the RAT extension,
the manual electrical logic: this is identical to that of the RAT extension,
the electrical test logic: this simulates the automatic electrical logic because it allows the
emergency generator to be coupled to the Blue hydraulic system (supplied by the hydraulic
electric pump) while inhibiting RAT extension.
(3) Controls and indications in the cockpit
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Emergengy Generation System - Control System)

703PP
28VDC
HOT BUS
7XE
105VU
1XP
115VAC
BUS 1 17XE
11XE
EMER AUTO
LOG CONDITION
MAIN L/G
2XP COMPRESSED
115VAC
BUS 2 28V
9XE NOSE L/G C
120VU 5GA1 LGCIU1

18XE
EMER AUTO D
LOG CONDITION
E
A
1S
BCL 1 (2)
XH
20XE
704PP N 100KNTS XH RAT EXTN
28VDC INHIB CONDITION
HOT BUS
6FP1
3PH
1FP1
ADIRU-1
16XE
EMER GEN
TEST CONDITION
G
H
J
22XE X2 X1
CSM/G TDO
EV SPLY MONG C1
30XE
EMER GEN TEST
16XC 15XC
106VU PH
PH
21XE
B HYD PUMP CTL
103VU
N_MM_242400_0_ALZ0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-17400-00-K / SHEET 1/2 - Electrical Emergengy Generation System - Control System
** ON A/C ALL

CSM/G CONTROL UNIT
VALVE
CSM/G CSM/G GLC FAULT RAT/
SUPPLY
STOP CONTROL CONTROL CSM. G CTL
ON BAT
1PB1 BCL-1
BAT2
1XE
2PB2 FAULT RAT/

CSM. G CTL
1PB2 BCL-2
C
PH
PH
HH
HH
D
35XE
E
A
6XE
4PP
28VDC
32XE 1PH
14XE ANN
EMER ELEC PWR/
RAT/&/
EMER GEN
TEST
FAULT
31XE
SDAC 4XP
23XE XC
XC
EMER ELEC PWR/ XC
EMER GEN TEST 1XP 2XP XC
G XB
XB
H
J
5XE 12XE
PC LOGIC
3XC
STAT
INV
4XP
24XE 15XE
EMER ELEC PWR/
MAN ON EMER
GEN
21VU XC
XC
ESS
2
TR
RAT DEPLOY 2XE GLC EMER
SOLENOIDS 100ms
1 701PP 33XE TIMER
RAT ACTUATOR 2805GE 106VU

N_MM_242400_0_ALZ0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(a) The RAT and CSM/G are:

automatically controlled by AC BUS 1 and AC BUS 2 loss and V > 100 kts,
or manually by means of the EMER ELEC PWR/MAN ON guarded pushbutton switch on the
EMER ELEC PWR section of the overhead panel 21VU.
When a failure of the AC BUS 1 and 2 occurs, simultaneously:
the RAT is automatically extended,
the emergency generator is automatically coupled to AC and DC ESS busbars,
the red FAULT legend comes on on RAT & EMER GEN annunciator until the emergency
generator is available.
In all cases, the pilot has to press EMER ELEC PWR/MAN ON pushbutton switch in order to confirm
the automatic logic. Red FAULT legend disappears if coupling is obtained.
(b) A test of the emergency generator can be initiated on the ground. The procedure is
controlled by the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton switch located on the EMER ELEC
PWR section of overhead panel 21VU.
When EMER GEN TEST pushbutton switch is pressed and held:
ELEC page is automatically displayed on the ECAM system (on ground only),
the emergency generator is coupled to its network,
DC ESS BUS SPLY and AC ESS BUS switching line contactors (4PC/3XC) open, isolating AC
and DC essential busses,
on the ECAM system: green lines between normal busbars and essential busbar disappear.
The white EMER GEN, ESS TR and the green indications of the corresponding
parameters appear, green lines between EMER GEN and AC ESS and DC ESS
appear.
NOTE: The ELEC page must disappear when the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton switch is released.
(c) A test of the emergency GCU can be initiated on the ground from the CFDS.
The emergency GCU is a type 3 system:
i.e. it has neither an input bus nor an output bus, it is connected to CFDIU by 2 discrete links.
The test procedure is described in
(Ref. Fig. Test Procedure for GCU EMER by MCDU SHEET 1)

< <
< SELECT <

CFDS
< <
< <
<
SELECT
SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST
< > < >

SELECT
< > ELEC < >
< > < >
< < >
< >
< < >
NEGATIVE
SELECT TEST
GCU EMER
<
< < *
NOTE : IF TEST POSITIVE "TEST OK" IS DISPLAYED
N_MM_242400_0_ANP0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-17600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Test Procedure for GCU EMER by MCDU
** ON A/C ALL

B. Electrical Emergency Configuration
NOTE: For more data, REF.31-67-24.
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Emergency Configuration - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit SHEET 1)

ELEC BAT 1
28V
BAT 2
DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0 A 28V 116V 0 A
62A 400HZ
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
0% 0%
116V APU GEN 116V
400HZ 400HZ
IDG 1 C 1 1 0 1 1 0C IDG 2
4WT1
DU-ECAM, UPPER
NM5 24 32 00 0 AFLM 02
N_MM_242400_0_AQLL_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-18000-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical

Emergency Configuration - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

(1) Electrical emergency configuration during RAT extension (<10 sec) and after landing
configuration
(Ref. Fig. ELectrical Emergency Configuration During RAT Deployment and in Landing Gear Extented
Configuration)

301PP
11PB

49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 12PB2 704PP
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 24-67-00
701PP
BCL-1 12PB1
24-61-00 703PP
5PB1 BAT1
SHUNT
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
DC BUS 1 1PP BAT BUS 3PP B
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
3XB
5XB
28
115 2XB 6PH
5PU1 C
STATIC
INV 901XP
12XB
801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP

1PU1
TR1 115VAC
8XH
431XPC
4XH 26V
5XH
401XP
115VAC
24-50-00
2PU1 AC ESS BUS 4XP
AC BUS 1 1XP D
1XC
115VAC
3XC
15XE
E
15XE2 15XE1
F
BTC-1
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS G
28-21-00
GCU-1 GEN APU GAPCU EXTERNAL
4000XU 8XS POWER
1XU1 1 GEN 24XG
RECEPTACLE
N_MM_242400_0_ABM0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-18200-00-G / SHEET 1/2 - ELectrical Emergency Configuration

During RAT Deployment and in Landing Gear Extented Configuration
** ON A/C ALL

A
802PP
10PH 35XE
801PP
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

28VDC
8PH
20PC
401PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP

24-61-00 4PC
24-60-00 28VDC
B DC BUS 2 2PP DC SVCE BUS 6PP

7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
5PU2 3PE
1PX
1PU2 1PE
TR2 ESS TR
24-50-00
D AC BUS 2 2XP 24-42-00

2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC 4PE
24-50-00
E
F GLC-EMERG
BTC-2 1XX 14XX
2XE
11XU2 GLC-2 24-42-00
9XU2
G 24-50-00
CSM/G
2
1XU2 1XE
N_MM_242400_0_ABM0_02_00
Figure 24-24-00-18200-00-G / SHEET 2/2 - ELectrical Emergency Configuration

During RAT Deployment and in Landing Gear Extented Configuration
** ON A/C ALL

This configuration is the result either of the RAT extension phase or of the CSM/G shutdown after
landing in emergency configuration.
The CSM/G can be switched off by the priority valve closure due to a blue hydraulic pressure drop.
Nevertheless, the CSM/G is switched off through a logic controlled by both ADIRU1 (A/C speed < 100
Knots) and LGCIU1 5GA1 (main landing gear compressed).
No power source (GEN 1, GEN 2, APU GEN, EXT PWR, EMER GEN) being available, (static inverter)
busbars 4XP and 901XP are supplied by battery 1 and busbar 4PP by battery 2 via static inverter
through contactor 2XB.
(Ref. Fig. ESS BUSES ON BAT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit SHEET 1)

BAT 1
ELEC 24 V DC BAT
BAT 2
24 V
75 A 50 A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
SHED
TR 1 TR 2
0A 0A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
SHED
GEN 1 GEN 2
APU GEN
0% STAT INV 0%
0V 115V 0V
0HZ 4 0 0 HZ 0HZ
IDG1 C 20 20 C IDG2
4WT1
DU - ECAM, UPPER
N_MM_242400_0_BNME_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-18300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - ESS

BUSES ON BAT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

NOTE: At go around, the emergency generator can be restored to the on-line status by pressing MAN
ON pushbutton switch located on the EMER ELEC PWR section of overhead panel 21VU.
(2) Electrical emergency configuration with CSM/G running
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Emergency Configuration with CSM/G Running)

301PP
11PB

49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 12PB2 704PP
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
1PB1 3PB2
701PP 24-67-00
BCL-1 12PB1
24-61-00 703PP
5PB1 BAT1
SHUNT
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
3XB 5XB
28 2XB 6PH
5PU1 115 C
STATIC 901XP
INV 12XB
801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP

1PU1
115VAC
TR1 8XH
431XPC
4XH 26V
5XH
401XP
115VAC
24-50-00
2PU1 AC ESS BUS 4XP
AC BUS 1 1XP D
1XC
115VAC
3XC
15XE
E
15xe2 15xe1
F
BTC-1
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS
G
28-21-00
GCU-1 APU GAPCU EXTERNAL
GEN 4000XU 8XS
1XU1 1 GEN 24XG POWER
RECEPTACLE
N_MM_242400_0_AZM0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-18500-00-G / SHEET 1/2 - Electrical Emergency Configuration with CSM/G Running
** ON A/C ALL

A 802PP
10PH
35XE
801PP
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

28VDC
8PH
20PC
401PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP

4PC
28VDC
24-61-00 24-60-00

7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
C
5PU2 3PE
1PX
1PU2 1PE
ESS TR
TR2
24-50-00
D AC BUS 2 2XP 24-42-00

2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC
4PE
24-50-00
E
F GLC-EMERG
1XX 14XX
BTC-2 2XE
11XU2 GLC-2 24-42-00
9XU2
G 24-50-00
CSM/G
1XU2 2
1XE
N_MM_242400_0_AZM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(3) Electrical Emergency Configuration on the ground, with speed < 50 kts.
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Emergency Configuration on the Ground with speed < 50kts)

301PP
11PB

49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 12PB2 704PP
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1
701PP 24-67-00
BCL-1 12PB1
24-61-00 703PP
5PB1 BAT1
SHUNT
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
3XB 5XB
28 2XB 6PH
5PU1 115 C
STATIC 901XP
INV 12XB
801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP

1PU1
115VAC
TR1 8XH
431XPC
4XH 26V
5XH
401XP
115VAC
24-50-00
2PU1 AC ESS BUS 4XP
AC BUS 1 1XP D
1XC
115VAC
3XC
15XE
E
15xe2 15xe1
F
BTC-1
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS
G
28 - 21 - 00
GCU-1 APU GAPCU EXTERNAL
GEN 4000XU 8XS
1XU1 1 GEN 24XG POWER
RECEPTACLE
N_MM_242400_0_BBM0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-18700-00-G / SHEET 1/2 - Electrical

Emergency Configuration on the Ground with speed < 50kts
** ON A/C ALL

A 802PP
10PH
35XE
801PP
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

28VDC
8PH
20PC
401PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP

4PC
28VDC
24-61-00 24-60-00

7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
5PU2 3PE
1PX
1PE
1PU2
ESS TR
TR2
24-50-00
D AC BUS 2 2XP
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC
4PE
24-50-00
E
F GLC-EMERG
BTC-2 1XX 14XX
2XE
11XU2 GLC-2 24-42-00
9XU2
G 24-50-00
CSM/G
1XU2 2
1XE
N_MM_242400_0_BBM0_02_00
Figure 24-24-00-18700-00-G / SHEET 2/2 - Electrical

Emergency Configuration on the Ground with speed < 50kts
** ON A/C ALL

In this configuration, busbar 4XP is shed. Battery 1 supplies busbar 901XP via the static inverter. Battery
2 supplies busbar 4PP.
NOTE: At A/C speed approximately equal to 100 Knots, the BCL's control the closure of battery contact-
ors 6PB1 and 6PB2. So that the supply of static inverter contactor 2XB depends on the position
of battery contactors.
NOTE: A list of available functions in emergency configuration is shown in the following figures:
(Ref. Fig. Available Functions in Emergency Configuration SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Available
Functions in Emergency Configuration SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Available Functions
in Emergency Configuration SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Available Functions in Emer-
gency Configuration SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Available Functions IN Emergency
Configuration SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Available Functions in Emergency Configuration SHEET 1)

SUPPLY ONLY SUPPLY BY SUPPLY ONLY SUPPLY ONLY
BY BATTERIES EMERGENCY GEN BY BATTERIES BY BATTERIES
(FLIGHT) (FLIGHT) (GROUND) (GROUND)

LIST OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS LOSS OF MAIN ELECTRICAL GENERATION
(*) REQUIRED FOR ETOPS

CSM/G NOT
DURING RAT
CSM/G RUNNING RUNNING V 50KTs
Customer : HIM
DEPLOYMENT
V 100KTs
ATA 21 : AIR CONDITIONING

FLOW CONTROL PACK1 (SOLENOID) X
* CARGO VENT. ISOL. VALVE (AFT-FWD) X

AUTO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM 1 X X X X
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
EXTRACTION BY P (ONLY FLIGHT) X X X

BLOWING BY AIR CONDITIONING X X X
RAM AIR INLET X X X X
ATA 22 : AUTO FLIGHT
FMGC 1 X
MCDU 1 X
** ON A/C ALL
FAC 1 X
FCU 1 X X X X
ATA 23 : COMMUNICATION
* HF1 X
VHF 1 X X X X
AUDIO MANAGER UNIT (CAPT-F/O) X X X X
RADIO MANAGER UNIT 1 (RMP1) X X X X

FLIGHT INTERPHONE X X X X
CIDS X X X X
CVR X

Figure 24-24-00-18800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Available Functions in Emergency Configuration
N_MM_242400_0_BQN0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 390 of 1294


(*) REQUIRED FOR ETOPS

CSM/G NOT
DURING RAT
Customer : HIM
DEPLOYMENT
V 100KTs
ATA 24 : ELECTRICAL
BAT CHG LIM 1 & 2 SUPPLY X X X X
VOLT REF BAT 1 & 2 X X X X

CSM/G ELECTROVALVE AUTO SUPPLY X
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
GEN 1 & 2 WARNING LIGHT X X X X

RAT DEPLOYMENT AUTO (SOLENOID 1) X X
RAT DEPLOYMENT MANUALLY (SOLENOID 2) X X X X
ATA 26 : FIRE PROTECTION
ENG 1 FIRE DET LOOP A X X X X
ENG 2 FIRE DET LOOP B X X X X
** ON A/C ALL
ENG 1 & 2 FIRE EXTINGH BTL 1 X X X X
** APU FIRE AND OVHT DET LOOP A & B X X
APU FIRE EXTINGH SQUIB A X X X X
CARGO SMOKE DET CHAN 1 X
* CARGO FIRE EXTINGH X

N_MM_242400_0_BSN0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 391 of 1294


CSM/G NOT
DURING RAT
Customer : HIM
DEPLOYMENT
V 100KTs
ATA 27 : FLIGHT CONTROL

ELAC 1 X X X X
ELAC 2 X (305) X X
SEC 1 X X X X
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
ASSOCIATED ELECTROVALVES X X X X
TRIM (THS) (MOT 1) X
TRIM (THS) (MOT 2) X
FCDC 1 X
SFCC 1 X X X X
FLAPS/SLATS POSITION IND. X X X
** ON A/C ALL
ATA 28 : FUEL (*SEE NOTA)
FUEL QUANTITY IND 1 X
LP FUEL FIRE SHUT OFF CTL X X X X
INTERCELL TRANSFERT VALVE X

N_MM_242400_0_BUN0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 392 of 1294


CSM/G NOT
DURING RAT
Customer : HIM
DEPLOYMENT
V 100KTs
ATA 29 : HYDRAULIC POWER

HYDRAULIC FIRE VALVE ENG 1 AND 2 X X X X
RAT DEPLOYMENT (SOLENOID 1) X X X X

Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
ATA 30 : ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

NACELLE ANTI-ICE (PNEUMATIC OPENING) X X X X
CAPTAIN S PITOT ANTI-ICE X X X
PROBE ICE PROTECTION (CTL & MONG) X X X X
RAIN REPELLENT X X X X
ATA 31 : INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM
** ON A/C ALL
DMC 1 OR 3 X X X
PFD CAPT X X X
ND CAPT X
ECAM DU UPPER X X X
SDAC 1 X X X
FWC 1 X X X
COCKPIT LOUD SPEAKER 1 X X X X
ELECTRICAL CLOCK X X X X
ECAM CTL PANEL X X X X

N_MM_242400_0_BWN0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 393 of 1294


CSM/G NOT
DURING RAT
Customer : HIM
DEPLOYMENT
V 100KTs
ATA 32 : LANDING GEAR

LGCIU 1 (L/G EXTENSION AND
RETRACTION FUNCTION) X X X X
EMERGENCY BRAKE X X X X
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
PARKING BRAKE X X X X
TRIPLE BRAKE PRESS INDICATOR X X X X
ATA 33 : LIGHTS
STANDBY COMPASS LIGHTING X X X X
EMERGENCY COCKPIT LIGHTING (CAPT) X X X X
EMERGENCY CABIN LIGHTING X X X X
** ON A/C ALL
ATA 34 : NAVIGATION
ADF 1 X
VOR 1 X X X
ILS 1 X X X
DME 1 X
STANDBY HORIZON X X X X
ADIRS 1 X X X X
VIBRATOR FOR STANDBY ALTIMETER X
ATC 1 & CTL BOX X
STBY VOR DME RMI X X X

Figure 24-24-00-19200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Available Functions IN Emergency Configuration
N_MM_242400_0_BYN0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 394 of 1294


CSM/G NOT
DURING RAT
DEPLOYMENT
V 100KTs
Customer : HIM
ATA 35 : OXYGEN
CREW OXYGEN CTL
PASSENGER OXYGEN CTL & IND
ATA 36 : PNEUMATIC
AIR BLEED ENG 1 MONG & CTL
X FEED VALVE (MANUAL)
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
ATA 49 : APU
** ECB
** APU FUEL PUMP
** APU FUEL LP VALVE
ATA 72-78 : ENGINE CONTROL
** ON A/C ALL
FADEC 1 AND EIU 1
FADEC 2 AND EIU 2
CONTINUOUS RELIGHT SYS A
HP FUEL SOLENOID ENG 1 & 2

NOTA: -FOR ONLY SMOKE CONFIGURATION, ONE FUEL PUMP BY WING IS DIRECTLY SUPPLIED BY GENERATOR 1 UP-
Figure 24-24-00-19300-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Available Functions in Emergency Configuration

STREAM THE GENERATOR 1 LINE CONTACTOR
-**THESE FUNCTIONS ARE AVAILABLE IF ONLY "MASTER SWITCH" IS SELECTED "ON" -BAT BUS IS SUPPLIED
BY BATTERIES. ONLY TWO APU START ATTEMPS ARE ALLOWED
N_MM_242400_0_CBB0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 395 of 1294

C. Electrical Smoke Configuration
(Ref. Fig. Smoke Detection - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

ELEC BAT 1
28V
BAT 2
DC BAT 28 V
0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS

110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
116V APU 116V
400HZ 00% 400HZ
IDG 1 C 1 1 0
116V
1 1 0C IDG 2
400HZ
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242400_0_BCLE_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

BAT 1 BAT 2
ELEC 28 V DC BAT 28 V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0v ESS TR EMER GEN 0v
0A 28V 116V 0A
62A 4 0 0 HZ
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
06%
116V APU GEN OFF
4 0 0 HZ
OFF
IDG 1 C 1 1 0 1 1 0C IDG 2
4WT1
DU-ECAM, UPPER
N_MM_242400_0_BCLE_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Electrical Smoke Configuration)

301PP
11PB

49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 12PB2 704PP
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 26 - 67 - 00
701PP
BCL-1 12PB1
24-61-00 703PP
5PB1 BAT1
SHUNT
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
DC BUS 1 1PP BATBUS 3PP B
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
3XB 5XB
28 2XB 6PH
5PU1 115 C
STATIC 901XP
INV 12XB
801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP

1PU1 115VAC
TR1 8XH
431XPC
4XH 26V
5XH
401XP
115VAC
24-50-00
2PU1 AC ESS BUS 4XP
AC BUS 1 1XP D
1XC
115VAC
3XC
15XE
E
15xe2 15xe1
F
BTC-1
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS
G
GCU-1 28-21-00
GEN APU GAPCU EXTERNAL
1XU1 4000XU 8XS
1 GEN 24XG POWER
RECEPTACLE
N_MM_242400_0_BTM0_01_00
Figure 24-24-00-19800-00-G / SHEET 1/2 - Electrical Smoke Configuration

** ON A/C ALL

802PP
A 10PH 35XE
801PP
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

28VDC
20PC 8PH
401PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP

4PC
28VDC
24-61-00 24-60-00

7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
5PU2 3PE
1PX
1PU2 1PE
TR2 ESS TR
24-50-00
D AC BUS 2 2XP 24-42-00

2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC 4PE
24-50-00
E
F GLC-EMERG
BTC-2 1XX 14XX
2XE
11XU2 GLC-2 24-42-00
9XU2
G 24-50-00 CSM/G
CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
GCU-2 GEN
1XU2 4000XU 1XE
2
N_MM_242400_0_BTM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

This configuration is the same as the electrical emergency configuration.

In addition, one fuel pump per wing is directly supplied by generator 1 upstream the generator line contactor
1 (GLC1).
Description of smoke procedure:
Smoke evacuation:
OXYGEN/MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch to ON,
VENTILATION/BLOWER and EXTRACT pushbutton switches to OVRD (open fully the conditioned air
inlet valve and partially the skin air outlet valve),
VENTILATION/CAB FANS pushbutton switch to OFF (stops recirculation).
If the smoke persists after 5mn:
Smoke isolation:
EMER ELEC PWR/GEN 1 LINE pushbutton switch to OFF (opens GLC1),
EMER ELEC PWR/MAN ON pushbutton switch (RAT extension),
ELEC/APU GEN pushbutton switch to OFF,
ELEC/GEN 2 pushbutton switch to OFF (2 fuel pumps supplied by Gen 1 upstream GLC1).
Before landing gear extension:

GEN 2 pushbutton switch to ON
GEN 1 LINE pushbutton switch to ON.
NOTE: If, in normal configuration, GEN 1 LINE pushbutton switch is released, the EMER GEN 1 LINE OFF
message is displayed on the upper ECAM display unit.
D. Electrical Configuration in case of Failure of Both Engines

If both AC BUS 1 and AC BUS 2 buses are lost and the aircraft speed is above 100 knots, the Ram Air
Turbine (RAT) extends automatically. This powers the Blue hydraulic system, which drives the CSM/G by
means of a hydraulic motor. This CSM/G supplies the AC ESS BUS and the DC ESS BUS, via the essential
transformer rectifier (ESS TR).
If the RAT stalls or if the aircraft is on the ground with the speed below 100 knots, there is no sufficient
power to operate the CSM/G. The emergency generation network is automatically transferred to the
batteries and the static inverter, and the system automatically sheds the AC SHED ESS buses and DC
SHED ESS buses.
When the aircraft is on the ground:
below 100 knots, the DC BAT BUS is automatically connected to the batteries
below 50 knots, the AC ESS BUS is automatically shed, which causes the loss of all CRTs.
NOTE: During RAT extension and CSM/G coupling (about 8 seconds), the batteries power the emergency
generation network.
Figure 24-24-00-12300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC Emergency Generation - Component Location

Figure 24-24-00-13900-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Emergency Generating System - Schematic
Figure 24-24-00-17000-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Emergency Switching - Schematic
Figure 24-24-00-17100-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - EMER & AC ESS BUS Contactors Control - Logic Diagram
Figure 24-24-00-17200-00-E / SHEET 1/1 - RAT Extension Logic and CSM/G Control Logic - Schematic
Figure 24-24-00-17600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Test Procedure for GCU EMER by MCDU
Figure 24-24-00-18000-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Emergency Configuration - Upper and Lower ECAM Display
Unit
Figure 24-24-00-18200-00-G / SHEET 1/2 - ELectrical Emergency Configuration During RAT Deployment and in
Landing Gear Extented Configuration

Figure 24-24-00-18200-00-G / SHEET 2/2 - ELectrical Emergency Configuration During RAT Deployment and in
Landing Gear Extented Configuration
Figure 24-24-00-18300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - ESS BUSES ON BAT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
Figure 24-24-00-18700-00-G / SHEET 1/2 - Electrical Emergency Configuration on the Ground with speed < 50kts
Figure 24-24-00-18700-00-G / SHEET 2/2 - Electrical Emergency Configuration on the Ground with speed < 50kts
Figure 24-24-00-19200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Available Functions IN Emergency Configuration
Figure 24-24-00-19300-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Available Functions in Emergency Configuration
24-24-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - AC EMERGENCY GENERATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-24-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Emergency Generation System

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF EMERGENCY GENERATING SYSTEM
Make sure that the essential busbars are supplied through the CSM/G.
NOTE: You can do this test with the Blue electric pump or with a ground hydraulic cart.


(98D27803500001) 1 LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS

812, 822

Power
1(2)
Cart
Ref. TSM 29-12-00-810-810 Continues Running of the Blue Electric Pump
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-00-860-050-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the Blue electric pump (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-
003) or with a ground power supply (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003) .
(4) On the FLAPS control panel 114VU:
Make sure that the slat/flap control lever is on the 0 position.
Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS (98D27803500001) is in position on the flap/slat
control lever.
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat control lever.
(5) On the HYD section of the panel 50VU, release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton
switch (the OFF legend comes on).
Subtask 24-24-00-010-051-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access doors 812 and 822 of the
avionics compartment.
(2) Open the access doors 812 and 822.
Subtask 24-24-00-865-050-A

49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01


106VU ESS TR/CNTOR/CTL 5PE C02
106VU ESS TR/SPLY 4PE C01
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
122VU ELEC/EMER GEN AUTO/2 9XE Z26
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-24-00-710-050-C
A. Operational Test of the Emergency Generation System
ACTION RESULT
1.On the EMER ELEC PWR section of panel 21VU: On the lower ECAM DU:
Lift the safety guard. The ELEC page comes into view automatically.
Push and hold the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton The green lines between the AC1 and AC ESS
switch. busbars and the DC1 and DC ESS busbars go out
of view.
The EMER GEN and ESS TR indications are
shown in white. The related parameters are shown
in green.
The green lines between the EMER GEN indica-
tion and the AC ESS busbar, the EMER GEN and
the ESS TR, and the ESS TR indications and the
DC ESS busbar come into view.
The SHED indication comes into view below the
AC ESS and DC ESS busbars.
Release the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton Check that the safety guard is back in its position.
switch.
NOTE: If you do the test with the Blue electric pump:
(1) The Blue electric pump stops automatic-
ally.
(2) If it does not stop, on the HYD section
of panel 50VU, push and release the BLUE
PUMP/OVRD pushbutton switch.
Make sure that the ON legend goes off and
that the Blue electric pump stops.
If the Blue electric pump does not stop, do
the troubleshooting procedure of the Blue
electric pump continues to run Ref. TSM 29-
12-00-810-810 .
3.On the ECAM control panel: On the lower ECAM DU:

Push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page. The normal configuration comes into view: the
emergency AC generator stops and the AC1 bus-
bar supplies the AC ESS busbars.
NOTE: It is possible that the essential TR continues

to supply the DC ESS busbar. If this occurs,
on AC power-center 123VU, open and close
circuit breaker 1XC and make sure that the
essential TR no longer supplies the DC ESS
busbar.

ACTION RESULT
4.On the ECAM control panel: On the STATUS page of the lower ECAM DU:
Push the STS key to get the STATUS page. If the AIR BLEED maintenance status comes in-
to view below the MAINTENANCE item, it is ne-
cessary to do a reset the two Flight Warning Com-
puters (FWCs). Thus the FWCs will not record the
indication in the Post Flight Report (PFR) at the
next flight.
Do the step that follows.
5.On panel 49VU: On the STATUS page:
Open and close circuit breaker 3WW. The AIR BLEED indication goes out of view.
On panel 121VU:
Open and close circuit breaker 2WW.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-24-00-860-051-A
(1) If the test continues for more than 30 seconds, on the panel 22VU, the FAULT legend of the
EXTRACT pushbutton switch comes on.
In this case, release then push the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the FAULT legend goes off).
(2) On the HYD section of the panel 50VU, push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton
switch (the OFF legend goes off).
(3) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
(4) Remove the LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS (98D27803500001) of the flap/slat control lever.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-24-00-410-051-A
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 812 and 822.
TASK 24-24-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Emergency Generator Control Unit (GCU) from Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF EMERGENCY GCU VIA CFDS
Make sure that the protection modules (overvoltage, undervoltage, overfrequency, underfrequency) of the
emergency GCU operate correctly, with the CFDS.



812, 822
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-00-010-052-A
A. Get access to the Avionics Compartment
avionics compartments.
Subtask 24-24-00-865-056-A

Subtask 24-24-00-860-052-A
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ELEC page. (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-
004) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-24-00-710-051-A
A. Operational Test of the GCU EMER from the CFDS
ACTION RESULT
1.On the MCDU, on the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST On the MCDU:
ELEC page: the GCU EMER page comes into view.

ACTION RESULT
push the line key adjacent to the GCU EMER in-
dication.
2.On the MCDU, on the GCU EMER page: On the MCDU, on the GCU EMER page:
push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication. the TEST OK message comes into view.
On the CSM/G GCU:
the red LED goes off after 10 seconds.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-24-00-860-053-A
(1) On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page
comes into view.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-24-00-410-052-A
B. Close Access
24-24-34 - CONTROL UNIT - CSM/G
24-24-34 PB 401 CONF 00 - CONTROL UNIT - CSM/G - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-24-34-000-001-A
Removal of the CSM/G Control Unit
FIN : 1XE
Self explanatory


125 LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
812, 822

CSM/G Control Unit SHEET 1

1XE
B
Z125
A
FR13
FR12
4 5
N_MM_242434_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-24-34-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - CSM/G Control Unit

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-34-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) In the cockpit, on the EMER ELEC PWR section of the overhead panel 21VU, put a WARNING
NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pushbutton switches.
Subtask 24-24-34-010-050-A
Subtask 24-24-34-865-050-A
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. CSM/G Control Unit SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-24-34-020-050-A
A. Removal of the GCU
(2) Loosen the 4 screws (3).
(3) Hold the CSM/G control unit (1).
(4) Remove the screws (3) and the washers (2).
(5) Remove the CSM/G control unit (1).
(6) Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector (4) and the electrical receptacle (5).
TASK 24-24-34-400-001-A
Installation of the CSM/G Control Unit
FIN : 1XE
Self explanatory



812, 822
(Ref. 24-24-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Emergency Generation System
(Ref. 24-24-00-710-002-A). Operational Test of the Emergency Generator Control Unit (GCU) from
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
Power
CSM/G Control Unit SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-34-860-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit, on the EMER ELEC PWR section of the
overhead panel 21VU, to tell persons not to operate the pushbutton switches.
doors 812 and 822 of the avionics compartment.
(4) Make sure that the access doors 812 and 822 are open.
Subtask 24-24-34-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. CSM/G Control Unit SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-24-34-420-050-A
A. Installation of the GCU
(5) Put the CSM/G control unit (1) in position.
(6) Install the washers (2) and the screws (3) and then tighten the screws.

Subtask 24-24-34-865-052-A

Subtask 24-24-34-710-050-A
C. Operational test
(1) Do an operational test of the emergency GCU, with the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-24-00-710-002) .
NOTE: As an alternative procedure, do this operational test without the CFDS.
(2) Do an operational test of the emergency GCU without the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-24-00-710-
001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-24-34-410-050-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 24-24-34-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
Figure 24-24-34-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - CSM/G Control Unit
24-24-51 - GENERATOR - CONSTANT SPEED MOTOR (CSM/G)
24-24-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - GENERATOR - CONSTANT

SPEED MOTOR (CSM/G) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-24-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Constant Speed Motor/Generator (CSM/G)
WARNING: OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
WARNING: DO NOT WALK ON A CLOSED LANDING GEAR DOOR.
CAUTION: USE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT FOR SPECIFIED AREAS ONLY.

DO NOT USE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT TO CLEAN THE AREAS AROUND
SENSORS, PROBES, ANTENNAS, ETC.
YOU MUST CLEAN THESE AREAS BY HAND.
MAKE SURE THAT YOU ADJUST THE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT TO, AND
USE IT AT, THE SPECIFIED VALUES.

IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SUR-
FACE OR TO PARTS. HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT CAN PUSH LIQUIDS INTO
BEARINGS, JOINTS, PROBES, BRAKES, ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED
COMPONENTS.
LIQUIDS THAT GO INTO THESE AREAS CAN FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT FLIGHT, REMOVE
LUBRICANTS, CAUSE CORROSION AND ELECTRICAL FAULTS.
FIN : 8XE
Self Explanatory

No specific 1 CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT
No specific AR PLUG - BLANKING
No specific 1 STEPLADDER 2.0 M (6.6 FT)
No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)

147 MAIN GEAR WELL AND HYDRAULIC COMPARTMENT
(Ref. 29-14-00-614-001-A). Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
(Ref. 32-12-00-010-001-A). Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
Constant Speed Motor/Generator - CSM/G SHEET 1

Z147
01 B
5 5
8 6
15
8
1 8XE
A
B 01
8XE4 14
4
12
8XE3 13
11
10
2 8XE2
A
3 8XE1
B
NOTE: EXAMPLE
01 ALTERNATIVE VIEW N_MM_242451_4_AAM0_01_01
Figure 24-24-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Constant Speed Motor/Generator - CSM/G

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-51-860-050-A
(1) On the overhead panel 21VU, make sure that:
the guarded pushbutton-switch EMER GEN TEST is released (the guard is closed),
the guarded pushbutton-switch MAN ON/AUTO is released (the guard is closed),
the guarded pushbutton-switch RAT MAN ON 2805GE is released (the guard is closed).
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Blue hydraulic system:
in the cockpit on the overhead panel 40VU,
on the ground service panel of the Blue hydraulic system.
(3) Depressurization of the Hydraulic System
(a) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
(b) Depressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
Subtask 24-24-51-865-050-A

Subtask 24-24-51-010-050-A
C. Get Access
(1) Open the LH or RH Main Landing-Gear (MLG) door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Put the STEPLADDER 2.0 M (6.6 FT) in position at the MLG bay.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Constant Speed Motor/Generator - CSM/G SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-24-51-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Constant Speed Motor/Generator (8XE)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2),(3),(13) and (14) from the CSM/G (1).
(3) Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position to collect hydraulic fluid leakage.
(4) Disconnect the flexible hydraulic pipes (11), (12) and (15) from the CSM/G (1).
(5) Disconnect the flexible drain hoses (4) and (10) from the CSM/G (1).
(6) Put blanking plugs in the disconnected line ends.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL WIRE(S) IS(ARE) DISCONNECTED BEFORE
YOU DISCONNECT THE BONDING STRAP(S).
(7) Loosen the lockwashers (8), remove the screws (5), the washer (6) and discard the lockwashers (8).
(8) Loosen the bonding strap (7) from its position.
(9) Remove the CSM/G (1) from the support mounts (9).

TASK 24-24-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Constant Speed Motor/Generator (CSM/G)
WARNING: OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.
WARNING: DO NOT WALK ON A CLOSED LANDING GEAR DOOR.
CAUTION: USE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT FOR SPECIFIED AREAS ONLY.

DO NOT USE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT TO CLEAN THE AREAS AROUND
SENSORS, PROBES, ANTENNAS, ETC.
YOU MUST CLEAN THESE AREAS BY HAND.
MAKE SURE THAT YOU ADJUST THE HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT TO, AND
USE IT AT, THE SPECIFIED VALUES.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SUR-
FACE OR TO PARTS. HIGH-PRESSURE SPRAYING EQUIPMENT CAN PUSH LIQUIDS INTO
BEARINGS, JOINTS, PROBES, BRAKES, ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND OTHER SEALED
COMPONENTS.
LIQUIDS THAT GO INTO THESE AREAS CAN FREEZE DURING AIRCRAFT FLIGHT, REMOVE
LUBRICANTS, CAUSE CORROSION AND ELECTRICAL FAULTS.
FIN : 8XE
Self explanatory

No specific 1 STEPLADDER 2.0 M (6.6 FT)
B. Expendable Parts

8 lockwashers 24-24-03-01-110
8 lockwashers 24-24-83-01-110
(Ref. 20-28-00-912-004-A). Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws
and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not in-
clude the tanks)

Power
1(2)
Cart
nector
Unit (APU)
(Ref. 32-12-00-410-001-A). Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
Constant Speed Motor/Generator - CSM/G SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-51-860-052-A
(1) Make sure that the blue hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. AMM TASK 29-00-00-864-001) .
(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the blue hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-
00-614-001) .
(3) Make sure that the LH and RH Main Landing Gear (MLG) is opened (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-
001) .
(4) Make sure that the STEPLADDER 2.0 M (6.6 FT) is in position at the MLG bay.
Subtask 24-24-51-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Constant Speed Motor/Generator - CSM/G SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-24-51-420-051-A
A. Installation of the CSM/G
(1) Put the CSM/G (1) in position on the support mounts (9) on top of the keel beam.

(2) Attach the CSM/G (1) with new IPC -CSN (24-24-03-01-110) lockwashers (8) or IPC -CSN (24-24-
83-01-110) lockwashers (8), the screws (5), the washer (6) and the bonding strap (7) on the support
mounts (9) (Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-912-004) .
(4) Safety the screws (5) with the lockwashers (8).
(5) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.
(6) Remove the blanking plugs and loosely connect the hydraulic pipes (11), (12) and (15) to the CSM/G
(1).
(7) TORQUE the hydraulic pipe (11) to between 5.4 and 5.9 m.daN (39.82 and 43.51 lbf.ft).
(10) Remove the blanking plugs and loosely connect the flexible drain hoses (4) and (10) to the CSM/G
(1).
(11) TORQUE the flexible drain hose (4) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and 12.54 lbf.ft).
(12) TORQUE the flexible drain hose (10) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and 12.54 lbf.ft).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE BONDING STRAP(S) IS(ARE) CONNECTED BEFORE YOU
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRE(S).
(13) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors (2), (3), (13) and (14) to the CSM/G
(1).
Subtask 24-24-51-865-055-A

Subtask 24-24-51-860-051-A
C. Preparation for Test
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
(a) Pressurize the reservoir of the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
(b) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system either with the electric pump or a ground hydraulic cart
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003) .
Subtask 24-24-51-710-051-A
D. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the Emergency Generation System (Ref. AMM TASK 24-24-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up

Subtask 24-24-51-410-052-A
A. Close Access
(2) Remove the stepladder.
(3) Close the LH and RH MLG door (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(4) Put the system back to a serviceable condition
(5) Remove the warning notices from the cockpit and from the ground service panel of the Blue hydraulic
system.
(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.
Subtask 24-24-51-860-053-A
(1) De-pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Figure 24-24-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Constant Speed Motor/Generator - CSM/G
TASK 24-24-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Emergency Generator Line Contactor (EMER GLC)

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 2XE
Self explanatory



812, 822
Contactor SHEET 1

FR12
822
A
A
106VU
FR16
812
2XE
B 106VU
1
N_MM_242455_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-24-55-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Contactor

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-55-941-051-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that these pushbutton switches are released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
GEN 1(2), APU GEN,
EXT PWR.
(2) In the cockpit, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate the pushbutton switches on
the overhead panels:
35VU (ELEC).
(3) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft receptable EXT PWR.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the external
power connector.
Subtask 24-24-55-010-050-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the avionics compartment doors 812 and
822.
Subtask 24-24-55-865-050-A

122VU ELEC/CNTOR/ESS/DC BUS/TIE 3PC W26
Subtask 24-24-55-010-052-A
D. Get Access
(1) In the avionics compartment, remove the access panel (1) from the AC/DC emergency power center
106VU.
CAUTION: MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THEM.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-24-55-020-050-A
(1) Disconnect the wires (6) from the contactor (7).
(2) Remove the 6 screws (5) and washers (4).
(3) Remove the power supply wires (3).
(4) Loosen the 4 nuts (2).

(5) Hold the contactor (7).

(6) Remove the 4 nuts (2).
(7) Remove the contactor (7).
TASK 24-24-55-400-001-A
Installation of the Emergency Generator Line Contactor (EMER GLC)

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 2XE
Self explanatory


812, 822
Ref. ESPM 20-45-24
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-55-860-052-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that these pushbutton switches are
realeased:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
GEN 1(2), APU GEN,
EXT PWR.
(2) Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the
pushbutton switches on the overhead panels:
35VU (ELEC).

(4) Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to
connect the external power connector.
(5) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE are in position at the access
doors 812 and 822.
(7) In the avionics compartment, make sure that the access panel (1) from the AC/DC emergency power
center 106VU is open.
Subtask 24-24-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-24-55-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Contactor
(1) Put the contactor (7) in position.

(2) Install the nuts (2) and tighten them.
(3) Install the power supply wires (3).
(4) Install the 6 washers (4) and screws (5). Tighten the screws (5) Ref. ESPM 20-45-24.
(5) Connect the wires (6) to the contactor (7).
Subtask 24-24-55-865-052-A

Subtask 24-24-55-710-050-A
C. Do an operational test of the emergency AC generation system (Ref. AMM TASK 24-24-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-24-55-410-050-A

A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel (1) on the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
TASK 24-24-55-000-002-A
Removal of the AC ESS BUS Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 15XE
Self explanatory


812, 822
Contactor SHEET 1

FR12 A
106VU
822
FR16
812
B
13
B 15XE
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
3
106VU
N_MM_242455_4_AAL0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-55-941-052-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
GEN 1(2), APU GEN,
EXT PWR.
the overhead panels:
35VU (ELEC).
power connector.
Subtask 24-24-55-010-051-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access doors 812 and 822.
Subtask 24-24-55-865-053-A

106VU AC ESS/BUS/EMER/CNTOR/SPLY 15PC C08
106VU AC ESS BUS/EMER/STBY/CNTOR/ 10XE C06
SPLY
Subtask 24-24-55-010-053-A
D. Get Access
(1) In the avionics compartment, remove the access panel (13) from the AC/DC emergency power center
106VU.
CAUTION: MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THEM.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-24-55-020-051-A
(1) Disconnect the two electrical connectors (5).
(2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connectors (5) and the electrical receptacles (4).
(3) Loosen the nuts (6).
(4) Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (7).
(5) Remove the power supply wires (8) and the retaining washers (9).
(6) Remove the crimped lugs (10) with the shunts (11) and but do not discard them.


(9) Remove the 4 nuts (12) and washers (1).
TASK 24-24-55-400-002-A
Installation of the AC ESS BUS Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 15XE
Self explanatory


812, 822
(Ref. 24-28-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Static Inverter when the Aircraft Electrical Cir-
cuits are Energized from the External Power
(Ref. 24-28-00-710-001-A-01). Operational Test of the Static Inverter when the Aircraft Electrical Cir-
cuits are Energized from the APU
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-24-55-860-053-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
GEN 1(2), APU GEN,

EXT PWR.
pushbutton switches on the overhead panels:
35VU (ELEC).
(3) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft receptacle EXT PWR.
(4) Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to
(5) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE are in position at the access
doors 812 and 822.
(7) In the avionics compartment, make sure that the access panel (13) of the AC/DC emergency power
center 106VU is open.
Subtask 24-24-55-865-054-A

SPLY
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-24-55-420-051-A
(1) Put the contactor (2) in position on the studs (3).

(2) Install the washers (1) and the nuts (12). Tighten the nuts.
(3) Install the crimped lugs (10) with the shunts (11).
(4) Install the retaining washers (9).
(6) Install the washers (7) and the nuts (6). Tighten the nuts (6).
(7) TORQUE the nuts (6) to between 0.147 and 0.176 m.daN (13.01 and 15.58 lbf.in).
(10) Connect the two electrical connectors (5).
Subtask 24-24-55-865-055-A



SPLY
Subtask 24-24-55-710-051-A
C. Operational Tests
(1) Do the operational test of the emergency generation system (Ref. AMM TASK 24-24-00-710-001) .
(2) Do the operational test of the static inverter (Ref. AMM TASK 24-28-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-24-55-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panel (13) on the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
24-25 - AC ESSENTIAL GENERATION SWITCHING
24-25-00 - AC ESSENTIAL GENERATION SWITCHING
24-25-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC ESSENTIAL GENERATION

SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
These circuits control the supply of the AC essential distribution network.
They enable:
its normal supply in normal flight configuration,
transfer of the supply in case of AC BUS 1 loss,
- automatic transfer to the AC BUS 2 after 3 seconds.
(Ref. Fig. AC Essential Generation Switching - Component Location SHEET 1)

FR13
FR15
812
A
106VU
3XC
A
B
FR16
FR9
N_MM_242500_0_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-25-00-12400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Essential Generation Switching - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. AC Essential Generation Switching - Component Location SHEET 1)

A
11XC
PANEL 35VU
35VU
V V
OFF OFF FAULT
GALLEY
ALTN
E FAULT
A
U
AC BUS 1 AC ESS BUS AC BUS 2
E
L OFF
T
O
L
E BUS TIE E
A
C IDG 1 U IDG 2 C
OFF O
OFF OFF ON OFF
N_MM_242500_0_ACM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
3XC CNTOR-AC ESS BUS SWITCHING 106VU 125 24-25-55
11XC P/BSW-ELEC/AC ESS FEED 35VU 210 24-25-00
3. Operation
(Ref. Fig. Loss of AC Normal BUS 1XP - Block Diagram Control and Indicating Circuits)

301PP
11PB

49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 12PB2 704PP
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 24-67-00
701PP
BCL-1 12PB1
703PP
103PP 5PB1 BAT1
3PN1 SHUNT
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
101PP
1PN1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
24-62-00
5PU1
24-28-00
801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP

115VAC
1PU1 8XH
TR1
431XPC
4XH 26V
5XH
401XP
115VAC
2PU1 24-50-00 AC ESS BUS 4XP
AC BUS 1 1XP C
1XC
115VAC
3XC
3XC1 3XC2
15XE
24-28-00 D
E
BTC-1
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS F
28-21-00
GCU-1 GAPCU EXTERNAL
GEN APU
1XU1 4000XU 8XS POWER
1 GEN 24XG
RECEPTACLE
N_MM_242500_0_AEX0_01_01
Figure 24-25-00-13800-00-M / SHEET 1/2 - Loss of AC Normal

BUS 1XP - Block Diagram Control and Indicating Circuits
** ON A/C ALL

802PP
A
10PH 35XE
801PP
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

28VDC
20PC 8PH
401PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP

208PP 4PC
28VDC
206PP 24-67-00
6PN 24-28-00
204PP 601PP
3PN2
202PP 602PP
1PN2

7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
5PU2 3PE
24-50-00 1PX
210XP
7XN2 21XN2
1PU2 1PE
231XPA TR2 ESS TR
5XN2 26V
15XN2
204XP
3XN2
202XP 214XP
1XN2 4XX 16XX
C AC BUS 2 2XP
2XC 14PU
115VAC 4PE
24-50-00
E GLC-EMERG
BTC-2 1XX 14XX 2XE
11XU2 GLC-2 24-42-00
9XU2
F 24-50-00
GCU-2 CSM/G
GEN 4000XU CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
1XU2 2
1XE
N_MM_242500_0_AEX0_02_01
Figure 24-25-00-13800-00-M / SHEET 2/2 - Loss of AC Normal

BUS 1XP - Block Diagram Control and Indicating Circuits
** ON A/C ALL

AC Essential Busbar (AC ESS BUS) and AC Sheddable Essential Busbar (AC SHED ESS BUS) are normally
supplied in series from AC BUS 1 through respectively AC ESS BUS TIE CONTACTOR (3XC1) and AC SHED
ESS BUS CONTACTOR (8XH).
In the event of AC BUS 1 loss, AC ESS BUS is no longer supplied, which causes amber MASTER CAUT light
to come on.
Amber "FAULT" legend illuminates on AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch located on the ELEC panel 35VU.
On the lower ECAM DU, ELEC page is displayed, "AC ESS" becomes amber, synoptic is modified.
NOTE: MASTER CAUT light + single chime + amber message on the upper ECAM DU confirm this failure.
To recover AC ESS busses, supplied by the AC BUS 2, the crew must release the AC ESS FEED pushbutton
switch. If, after 3 seconds, the creaw did not release the AC ESS pushbutton switch, the auto switching system
is set on.
When the crew releases the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch, the white ALTN legend comes on (the FAULT
legend stays on if the AC ESS bus stays not supplied).
On the lower ECAM DU, the AC ESS becomes green again and the synoptic is modified.
Figure 24-25-00-13800-00-M / SHEET 1/2 - Loss of AC Normal BUS 1XP - Block Diagram Control and Indicating
Circuits
Figure 24-25-00-13800-00-M / SHEET 2/2 - Loss of AC Normal BUS 1XP - Block Diagram Control and Indicating
Circuits
24-25-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - AC ESSENTIAL

GENERATION SWITCHING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-25-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the AC Essential-Generation Switching

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF AC ESS GENERATION SWITCHING
Make sure that the AC ESS and AC SHED ESS busbars can be energized with the AC2 normal busbar when
the AC1 busbar is no longer energized.



Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-25-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 24-25-00-865-050-A

106VU AC ESS BUS/STBY/CNTOR/CTL 5XC B08
106VU AC ESS/BUS NORM/CNTOR/CTL 4XC B03
Subtask 24-25-00-865-051-A
WARNING: OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS THAT FOLLOW:

- THE PITOT PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT BREAKERS 3DA2 AND 3DA3
- THE TAT PROBE CIRCUIT BREAKER 1DA1.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS PRECAUTION:
- THE PROBES (PITOT, TAT) WILL BECOME HOT, AND
- THE PROBE (PITOT, TAT) COVERS WILL MELT.
THERE IS A RISK OF INJURY TO PERSONS.

122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT 3DA2 Y14
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/PITOT 3DA3 Z16
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT 1DA1 Z12
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-25-00-710-050-B
A. Operational Test of the AC Essential-Generation Switching
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ECAM control panel: On the ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
Push the ELEC key.

ACTION RESULT
A green line comes into view between the AC1 and
AC ESS busbars. This shows that the AC1 busbar
energizes the AC ESS busbar.
2.On the AC power center 123VU: On the F/O glareshield panel 130VU:
Open the circuit breaker 1XC. The MASTER legend light of the F/O master-cau-
tion pushbutton switch comes on.
On the CAPT glareshield panel 131VU:

If the CAUT legend light of the CAPT master-cau-
tion pushbutton switch comes on, ignore it.
You can hear the single chime.
The indications ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT then AC
ESS FEED... ALTN are shown on the ECAM DU.
NOTE: During this test, the upper ECAM will be

lost. If the lower ECAM is not serviceable
(MEL condition), you must turn the ECAM/
ND XFR selector switch to the F/O pos-
ition to get the EWD on the ND DU. The
ECAM page is shown on the F/O ND DU.
The single display mode is used because
there is only one DU available for all the
ECAM functions.
On the ELEC panel 35VU:

The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
3.On the rear circuit-breaker panel 122VU: On the ELEC panel 35VU:
Open the circuit breaker 17XN1. The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
Wait 3 seconds to let the auto switching system ton switch goes off.
set on. The ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
ton switch stays off.
Push the ELEC key. A green line comes into view between the AC2 and
The green line between the AC1 and AC ESS bus-
bars goes out of view.
5.On the EMER ELEC PWR section of the panel On the ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
21VU : The AC2 busbar energizes the AC ESS busbar.
Lift the safety guard.
Push and hold the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton
switch.
6.On the AC power-center 123VU:
7.On the rear circuit-breaker panel 122VU: On the ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
Close the circuit breaker 17XN1. The AC2 busbar continues to supply the AC ESS
busbar.
8.On the EMER ELEC PWR section of the panel On the EMER ELEC PWR section of the panel 21VU:
21VU: Make sure that the safety guard is back in position.
Release the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton
switch.
On the ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:

ACTION RESULT
The green line between the AC2 and the AC ESS
busbars goes out of view.
The green line between the AC1 and the AC ESS
busbars comes into view. This shows that the AC1
busbar energizes the AC ESS busbar.
9.On the AC power-center 123VU: On the F/O glareshield panel 130VU:
Open the circuit breaker 1XC. The MASTER legend light of the F/O master cau-
tion pushbutton switch comes on.
On the CAPT glareshield panel 131VU:

If the CAUT legend light of the CAPT master-cau-
tion pushbutton switch comes on, ignore it.
The indications ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT then AC
ESS FEED... ALTN is shown on the ECAM DU.
The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
Release the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
The ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
Push the ELEC key. A green line comes into view between the AC2 and
12.On the AC power center 123VU.
On the ELEC page:
bars comes into view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-25-00-865-052-A

Subtask 24-25-00-860-051-A


(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-25-55-000-001-A
Removal of the AC Essential Bus Switching Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 3XC
Self explanatory


812
Contactor SHEET 1

A
106VU
3XC
A 14
FR16
FR12
812
13
12
106VU
11
(1.2)
9 6 10 4 3
6
5
4
3
N_MM_242555_4_AAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-25-55-941-051-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure these pushbutton switches are released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT A.
(2) In the cockpit, put a warning notice to tell persons not to operate the pushbutton switches on these
panels of the overhead panels:
35VU (ELEC),
21VU (EMER ELEC PWR).
(3) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft receptable EXT PWR A.
(4) Put a warning notice on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the external power
connector.
Subtask 24-25-55-010-050-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 812.
(3) Remove the access door (14) from the panel 106VU.
Subtask 24-25-55-865-052-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-25-55-020-050-A
(1) Disconnect the two electrical connectors (1, 2).
(2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connectors (1, 2) and the electrical receptacles (12, 13)
(4) Remove the 9 nuts (3), the spring washers (4) and the plates (5) and (10).
(5) Remove the electrical wires:
CAUTION: MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCON-
NECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(a) Remove the electrical power supply wires (6).


(8) Remove the 4 nuts (7) and the washers (9).
TASK 24-25-55-400-001-A
Installation of the AC Essential Bus Switching Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 3XC
Self explanatory


812
(Ref. 24-25-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the AC Essential-Generation Switching
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-25-55-860-050-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that these puhbutton switches are released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT A.
(2) In the cockpit, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate
the pushbutton switches on these panels of the overhead panels:
35VU (ELEC),


(4) On the access door 121AL, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons
not to connect the external power connector.
812.
(7) In the avionics compartment, make sure that the access door (14) is removed from the panel 106VU.
Subtask 24-25-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-25-55-420-050-A
(3) Put the contactor (8) in position on the studs (11).
(4) Install the washers (9) and the nuts (7), then tighten the nuts.
(5) Install the electrical wires:
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIP-
MENT.
(a) Install the electrical power-supply wires (6).

(b) Install the plates (5) and (10), the spring washers (4) and the nuts (3),
(c) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.147 and 0.176 m.daN (13.01 and 15.58 lbf.in).
(8) Connect the 2 electrical connectors (1, 2).
Subtask 24-25-55-865-051-A



Subtask 24-25-55-710-050-A
C. Do an operational test of the AC essential generation switching (Ref. AMM TASK 24-25-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-25-55-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access door (14) on the panel 106VU.
24-26 - GALLEY SUPPLY CONTROL
24-26-00 - GALLEY SUPPLY CONTROL
24-26-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - GALLEY SUPPLY

CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The galley assembly is divided into several parts:
Aft galley,
Forward galley.
NOTE: For some more information (Ref. AMM D/O 24-56-00-00) .
Furthermore, the galley supply control powers two AC and DC sheddable busbars.
(Ref. Fig. Galley Supply Control - Component Location SHEET 1)

PANEL 35VU
35VU
V V
OFF OFF FAULT
GALY & CAB
AC BUS 1 ALTN
E FAULT U
A AC ESS BUS AC BUS 2
E
2XA L OFF
T
O
L
E BUS TIE E
A
C IDG 1 U IDG 2 C
OFF O
OFF OFF ON OFF
N_MM_242600_0_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-26-00-12500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Galley Supply Control - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
2XA P/BSW-ELEC/GALLEY 35VU 210 24-26-00

** ON A/C 001-050
(Ref. Fig. Galley Supply Control - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

TO CNTOR
+28VDC 27XN
OFF FROM
202PP
TO CNTOR
10PN
1PC2
601PP
28VDC 1XA
SVCE BUS
10XA
22XN P/BSW SHED BUS SPLY CTL
ELEC/COMMERCIAL
TO CNTOR
+28VDC 15MC
FROM
601PP TO CNTOR
FAULT
17MC
OFF
9XA
GALY & CAB SPLY CTL
2XA P/BSW TO CNTOR

ELEC/GALY & CAB 4MC
TO CNTOR
+28VDC 13MC
FROM
601PP TO CNTOR
6MC
TO CNTOR
5MC
5XA 6XA
4XA GALLEY SPLY CTL MAIN GALLEY SPLY CTL
GND FAIL
MONG
BTC-1
BTC-2
EPC
3XA
GND/FLT
CONDITION GLC-APU
N_MM_242600_0_ACF0_01_00
Figure 24-26-00-13800-00-P / SHEET 1/1 - Galley Supply Control - Block Diagram

** ON A/C 001-050

** ON A/C ALL
If the OFF legend of COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch (commercial load shed) is off (pushbutton switch
pressed in), galley general supply can be controlled from flight compartment overhead panel 35VU by means of
GALLEY pushbutton switch (normal operation when the pushbutton is pressed in).
A. Galley Automatic Shedding
** ON A/C 001-050
(Ref. Fig. Galley Supply Control - Block Diagram SHEET 1)
** ON A/C ALL
If only one generator is available, galley(s) (primary feeders controlled by the relay 6XA) and sheddable
busbars (controlled by the relay 10XA) are automatically shedded. White GALLEY SHED indication appears
on the ELEC page of the lower ECAM display unit (no light on GALY & CAB pushbutton switch).
B. Overload detected by a GCU
(Ref. Fig. Overload - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

OVERLOAD (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)

GALLEY
SINGLE
FAULT CHIME
OVERLOAD ON OFF
Customer : HIM
GEN 1, GEN 2 OR + SEE FOLLOWING

APU GEN PAGE
MASTER
AMBER FAULT" CAUTION ELEC GEN 1 OVERLOAD
GALLEY.................OFF
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
GALLEY
FAULT
** ON A/C ALL
OFF
- RELEASED - OUT ALL THE GALLEY SEE TWO PAGES
GALLEY P/BSW ARE SHEDDED FARTHER
WHITE OFF"
STS
NORMAL CONFIG.
STATUS
GALLEY
INOP SYS:
FAULT

OFF GALLEY
ACTION ON
CLEAR P/BSW
(ON ECAM CP)
WHITE OFF"
Figure 24-26-00-15600-00-A / SHEET 1/3 - Overload - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
NORMAL CONFIG.
N_MM_242600_0_ACM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 453 of 1294

BAT 1 BAT 2
ELEC 28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS

110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
120% 00%
116V 116V
APU GEN
400HZ 400HZ
IDG 1 C 1 1 0 1 1 0C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM LOWER
N_MM_242600_0_ACM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

BAT 1 BAT 2
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS

110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GALLEY GEN 2

62% SHED 00%
116V APU GEN 116V
400HZ 400HZ
IDG 1 C 1 1 0 1 1 0C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_242600_0_ACM0_03_00
** ON A/C ALL

If an overload is detected:
amber FAULT legend illuminates on GALY & CAB pushbutton switch,
auto display of the ELEC page on the lower ECAM display unit,
MASTER CAUT light + single chime + amber message on the upper ECAM display unit confirm the
overload.
The crew has to release GALY & CAB pushbutton switch on the panel 35VU (white OFF legend
illuminates). This action results in shedding of all the galleys and the sheddable busbars 218XP, 220XP,
210PP and 212PP.
GALLEY indication is displayed on the lower ECAM DU, STATUS page.
NOTE: On ground, it is possible to supply all galleys:

- either with the APU GEN: If I > 277 A, galleys automatic shedding,
- or with the EXT PWR: without galleys automatic shedding.
Figure 24-26-00-12500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Galley Supply Control - Component Location
** ON A/C 001-050
Figure 24-26-00-13800-00-P / SHEET 1/1 - Galley Supply Control - Block Diagram
** ON A/C ALL
24-26-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - GALLEY SUPPLY CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-26-00-710-002-A
Operational Check of the Manual and Automatic Galley and Bus Shedding

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC GALLEY AND BUS SHEDDING
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC GALLEY AND BUS SHEDDING

Power
1(2)

Ref. ASM 24-32-03
Ref. ASM 24-51-03
Ref. ASM 24-56-01
Ref. ASM 24-61-01
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-26-00-861-051-A
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the external power or from the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-
41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-26-00-865-052-A

122VU ELEC/GALY & CAB/FAULT/LT CTL 8XA S25
122VU ELEC/AC SHED BUS/CNTOR 26XN U25
123VU SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY 28XN AC02
124VU SHED BUS 210PP/212PP/SPLY 11PN BA01
Subtask 24-26-00-860-054-B
(1) In all galley areas, make sure that all the circuit breakers are closed.
(2) On AC power center 123VU and rear circuit-breaker panel 122VU:
Make sure that all the circuit breakers related to the galley feeder (xxMC) are closed.
NOTE: The applicable circuit breakers xxMC are related to the different cabin configurations.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(4) In the cockpit, on overhead ELEC panel 35VU:
Make sure that the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch is pushed (OFF legend off).
Make sure that the COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch is pushed (OFF legend off).
Subtask 24-26-00-860-054-A
DELETED
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-26-00-710-054-C
A. Operational Test of the Manual and Automatic Galley and Bus Shedding
ACTION RESULT

ACTION RESULT
2.On electrical panel 35VU: On electrical panel 35VU:
Release the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the GALY & CAB pushbutton
switch comes on.
The white GALLEY SHED indication comes into
view.
In the forward and aft galleys, if item(s) of equipment
is(are) installed:
Make sure that no item of equipment operates.
If the middle galley(s) is(are) installed and has(have)
item(s) of equipment:
Make sure that no item of equipment operates.
Make sure that no item that the DC shed-busbar nor-
mal-supply-contactor (10PN) controls is supplied
Ref. ASM 24-61-01.
Make sure that no item that the AC shed-busbar nor-
mal-supply-contactor (27XN) controls is supplied
Ref. ASM 24-51-03.
If TR3 (1PU3) is installed, make sure that no item
that the entertainment contactor (5PU3) controls is
supplied Ref. ASM 24-32-03.
3.On electrical panel 35VU: On electrical panel 35VU:
switch goes off.
The white GALLEY SHED indication goes out of
view.
is(are) installed:
Make sure that item(s) of equipment operate(s).
Make sure that the item(s) operate(s).
Make sure that the item(s) that the AC shed-busbar
normal-supply-contactor (27XN) controls is(are) sup-
plied with 115VAC/400Hz Ref. ASM 24-51-03.
If TR3 (1PU3) is installed, make sure that item(s) that
the entertainment contactor (5PU3) controls is sup-
plied with 28VDC Ref. ASM 24-32-03.
Make sure that item(s) that the DC shed-busbar nor-
mal-supply-contactor (10PN) controls is(are) supplied
with 28VDC Ref. ASM 24-61-01.
4.On rear circuit-breaker panel 122VU: On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page:
Open the ELEC/GALLEY & CAB/GND/FLT/LO- The white GALLEY SHED indication comes into
GIC circuit breaker (7XA). view.
is(are) installed:
Make sure that only the item(s) that the galley sup-
ply control-relay (5XA) controls operate(s) Ref.
ASM 24-56-01.

ACTION RESULT
If the middle galley(s) is(are) installed and
has(have) item(s) of equipment:
Make sure that only the item(s) that the galley sup-
ply control-relay (5XA) controls operate(s) Ref.
ASM 24-56-01.
Make sure that no item that the AC shed-busbar nor-
mal-supply-contactor (27XN) controls is supplied
Ref. ASM 24-51-03.
If TR3 (1PU3) is installed, make sure that no item
that the entertainment contactor (5PU3) controls is
supplied Ref. ASM 24-32-03.
Make sure that no item that the DC shed-busbar nor-
mal-supply-contactor (10PN) controls is supplied
Ref. ASM 24-61-01.
Push the STS key to get the STATUS page. The MAIN GALLEY indication comes into view in
the INOP SYS item.
6.On rear circuit-breaker panel 122VU:
Close the ELEC/GALLEY & CAB/GND/FLT/LO-
GIC circuit breaker (7XA).
Push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page. The GALLEY SHED indication goes out of view.
is(are) installed:
Make sure that the item(s) of equipment
operate(s).

Make sure that the item(s) of equipment
operate(s).
Make sure that the item(s) that the AC shed-busbar
normal-supply-contactor (27XN) controls is(are) sup-
plied with 115VAC/400Hz Ref. ASM 24-51-03.
If TR3 (1PU3) is installed, make sure that the item(s)
that the entertainment contactor (5PU3) controls
is(are) supplied with 28VDC Ref. ASM 24-32-03.
Make sure that the item(s) that the DC shed-busbar
normal-supply-contactor (10PN) controls is(are) sup-
plied with 28VDC Ref. ASM 24-61-01.
8.On ELEC panel 35VU: On ELEC panel 35VU:
Release the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton The OFF legends of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
switches. ton switches come on.
9.On ELEC panel 35VU: On ELEC panel 35VU:
Push the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches. The OFF legends of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
ton switches go off.
10.On AC power-center panel 123VU: On the upper ECAM DU:
Open the TR1(2) supply circuit-breaker The TR1(2) FAULT indication comes into view.
(2PU1(2)).
TR1(2) does not supply the DC1(2) busbar.

ACTION RESULT
The DC2(1) busbar supplies the DC1(2) busbar
NOTE: This test is for system 1. For the system through the DC BAT busbar.
2, use the indications between the paren- The voltage from TR1(2) is 0V.
theses. The AC ESS busbar supplies the DC ESS busbar
through the ESS TR.
Make sure that no item that the DC shed-busbar

normal-supply-contactor (10PN) controls is sup-
plied Ref. ASM 24-61-01.
Make sure that the item(s) that the AC shed-bus-
bar normal-supply-contactor (27XN) controls
is(are) supplied with 115VAC/400Hz Ref. ASM 24-
51-03.
If TR3 (1PU3) is installed, make sure that the
item(s) that the entertainment contactor (5PU3)
controls is(are) supplied with 28VDC Ref. ASM
24-32-03.
11.On AC power-center panel 123VU: On the lower ECAM DU:
Close the TR1(2) supply circuit-breaker The voltage from TR1(2) is approximately 28VDC.
(2PU1(2)).
Push the line key adjacent to the TR1(2) indica- The TR1(2) page comes into view.
tion.
13.On the MCDU: On the MCDU, on the TR1(2) page:
Push the line key adjacent to the RESET indica- The NO FAULT indication comes into view.
tion.

The TR1(2) FAULT indication goes out of view.

TR1(2) supplies the DC1(2) busbar.
Make sure that the item(s) that the DC shed-

busbar normal-supply-contactor (10PN) controls
is(are) supplied with 28VDC Ref. ASM 24-61-01.
Make sure that the item(s) that the AC shed-bus-
bar normal-supply-contactor (27XN) controls
is(are) supplied with 115VAC/400Hz Ref. ASM 24-
51-03.
If TR3 (1PU3) is installed, make sure that the
item(s) that the entertainment contactor (5PU3)
controls is(are) supplied with 28VDC Ref. ASM
24-32-03.
Subtask 24-26-00-710-052-F
DELETED
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-26-00-860-055-A


(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits supplied from the external power or from the APU
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-27 - AC GENERATION MONITORING AND INDICATING
24-27-00 - AC GENERATION MONITORING AND INDICATING
24-27-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC GENERATION MONITORING

AND INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
Monitoring and indicating of the Alternating Current (AC) generation and distribution is done with the Electronic
Centralized Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) system which displays the electrical parameters related to:
the two Integrated Drive Generators (IDG)s,
the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) generator,
the Constant Speed Motor/Generator (CSM/G), (emergency generator),
the static inverter,
the electrical ground power unit.
(Ref. Fig. AC Generation Monitoring and Indicating - ECAM SHEET 1)

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28 V DC BAT 28 V
20 A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
75 A 60 A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
26 % APU GEN 26 %
1 16 V 1 16 V
4 0 0 HZ 4 0 0 HZ
90 C IDG 1 IDG 2 80 C
TAT +19 C G.W. 60 3 T

SAT +18 C C.G. 28 1 %
4WT2
DU-ECAM,LOWER
N_MM_242700_0_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-27-00-12300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Generation Monitoring and Indicating - ECAM

** ON A/C ALL

The following AC electrical parameters are shown on the ELEC page of the lower ECAM Display Unit:
the oil outlet temperatures, the low oil pressure indication and the disconnection status of each IDG,
the voltage, frequency and nominal load in percentage of each main generator and APU generator,
the status of the AC normal and essential busbars,
the status of the galleys and the commercial loads; the ECAM also gives a synoptic of the AC generation
system which tells the flight crew what is the electrical configuration,
the voltage and frequency of the ground power unit, the emergency generator and the static inverter.
A. Operation
The ELEC page on the lower ECAM Display Unit is shown:

either automatically after a class 1 failure on the AC network (if requested by the Flight Warning System
(FWS)),
or manually if the ELEC page is selected on the ECAM control panel (Ref. 31-56-00).
B. Description
(Ref. Fig. AC Generation Monitoring and Indicating - ECAM SHEET 1)

For more information, refer to 31-67-24.
Figure 24-27-00-12300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Generation Monitoring and Indicating - ECAM
24-27-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - AC GENERATION

MONITORING AND INDICATING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-27-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the GEN FAULT Warning

Make sure that the GEN FAULT warning is operative when there are no more indications on the ECAM ELEC
page.
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-27-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the GEN1 (2) pushbutton switch is
released.

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-27-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the GEN FAULT Warning:
ACTION RESULT
push the GEN1(2) pushbutton switch. the FAULT legend of the GEN1(2) pushbutton
switch comes on.
release the GEN1(2) pushbutton switch. the FAULT legend of the GEN1(2) pushbutton
switch goes off,
the OFF legend of the GEN1(2) pushbutton switch
comes on.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-27-00-862-050-A
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-27-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Automatic Galley Shedding

Make sure that the automatic galley shedding is operative when there are no more indications on the ECAM
ELEC page.
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-27-00-860-051-A
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the GALLEY pushbutton switch is
pushed (the OFF legend is off).
(3) In the forward and aft galleys, make sure that all the units operate.
Subtask 24-27-00-865-050-A


4. Procedure
Subtask 24-27-00-710-051-A
A. Operational Test of the Automatic Galley Sheeding:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the panel 122VU: In the forward and aft galleys:
open the circuit breaker 7XA. make sure that only the secondary units operate.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-27-00-862-051-A
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits supplied from the APU. (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-28 - STATIC INVERTER
24-28-00 - STATIC INVERTER
24-28-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - STATIC INVERTER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The 1000 VA nominal-power static inverter transforms the direct current voltage from battery 1 into a single-
phase 115 VAC/400 Hz alternating current.
(Ref. Fig. Contactor and Fuse - Component Location SHEET 1)

822
A
105VU
A
FR16
FR16
FR9
5XB
B
C
2XB
5XB1
5XB
B
CONTACTOR BASE
CONTACTOR
N_MM_242800_0_AAL0_01_00
Figure 24-28-00-12300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Contactor and Fuse - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Static Inverter - Component Location SHEET 1)

FR15
FR14
Z126
B
3XB
N_MM_242800_0_ACM0_01_00
Figure 24-28-00-12400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Static Inverter - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
2XB CNTOR-STAT INV 105VU 126 24-28-55
3XB STAT INV 126 24-28-51
5XB HOLDER-AC STAT INV BUS SPLY FUSE 105VU 126 24-28-00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN ! FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION ! PANEL!ZONE!ACCESS ! ATA
! ! ! ! DOOR ! REF.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5XB HOLDER-FUSE 105VU 126 822 24-28-00
5XB1 FUSE-AC STAT INV BUS SPLY 105VU 126 822 24-28-00
The static inverter starts to operate automatically in the conditions that follow:
APU start (supply of fuel pump)
Battery supplies the engine ignition system (in emergency configuration)
Ram Air Turbine (RAT) deployment (< 10s) (supply of ECAM display units),
On ground, on batteries only (pushbutton switch supply)
In emergency configuration after landing, when the CSM/G is switched off (the 115 VAC ESS BUS 4XP is
supplied, the CSM/G is not supplied).
(Ref. Fig. Static Inverter - Schematic Diagram SHEET 1)

3PP
28VDC 901XP
4PB21 115VAC
3PB2 2PB2 BAT BUS 115VAC 12XB
SHUNT BAT2 FUSE STAT INV BUS
115VAC
704PP
28VDC AC RETURN
HOT BUS 14XB
6PB2
DC RETURN
4PB11 +28VDC
3PB1 2PB1
SHUNT BAT1 FUSE
STAT
INV FAULT INDICATOR
FAULT
6PB1 1PB1
STAT INV ON 5XB1 BCL-1
FUSE
3XB
1WW2 4PP STAT INV
FWC-2 28VDC
6PH1
FUSE DC ESS BUS
STAT INV ON
1WW1
FWC-1 2XB
CNTOR
TO SDAC.1(2) A B C
115VAC
4XP TO
ESS TR
VIA C/B
LOSS OF 4PE
LOSS OF 2XP
1XP
FROM
EMER GLC
23XE P/B 2XE
EMER ELEC PWR/
EMER GEN TEST
10XE
TDC 80ms
6XB
12XE
16XC EMER CONDITION
15XC (2XP) 15XE(2) 15XE(1)
(1XP) CNTOR
V0 50KTS 7XB
RLY
1FP1
ADIRU1
14XC
13XC (3XC2)
(3XC1)
N_MM_242800_0_AEN0_01_00
Figure 24-28-00-14900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Static Inverter - Schematic Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

The static inverter starts automatically if:

the AC BUS 1 and 2 are lost,
the CSM/G is not available, and
speed is more than 50 Kts.
When the static inverter is faulty, it generates a permanent ground signal to the BCL1.
The presence of the ground signal means:
overheat,
output overvoltage,
input undervoltage,
input overvoltage.
The static inverter defect is sent to the battery charge limiter 1 which stores it in a memory as a class I failure.
When the network is supplied, STATIC INV FAULT message appears on the upper ECAM display unit.
The fault indication will be available during BCL BITE reading from the Centralized Fault Display System
(CFDS).
5. Test
On the ground, the static inverter can be checked applying the following procedure (aircraft supplied by EXT
POWER or APU GEN):
EMER GEN TEST: ON
BUS TIE: OFF
On the ECAM ELEC page, check voltage and frequency of static inverter.
Figure 24-28-00-12300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Contactor and Fuse - Component Location
Figure 24-28-00-12400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Static Inverter - Component Location
Figure 24-28-00-14900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Static Inverter - Schematic Diagram
24-28-00 PB 201 CONF 00 - STATIC INVERTER - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 24-28-00-960-801-A
Replacement of the Fuse 5XB1

Self explanatory


822
C. Expendable Parts

2 fuse 24-28-08-02-090
2 fuse 24-38-88-01-080

(Ref. 24-38-51-000-001-A). Removal of the Batteries
(Ref. 24-38-51-400-001-A). Installation of the Batteries
Ref. ESPM 20-46-20
Fuse 5XB1 SHEET 1
FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)

Z120
A
105VU
A FR25
FR1
5XB
C
1
2 B
5XB1
C
2
N_MM_242800_2_AA01_01_00
Figure 24-28-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Fuse 5XB1

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-28-00-010-052-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at access door 822.
(2) Open access door 822.
(3) In the avionics compartment, open the access door of panel 105VU.
Subtask 24-28-00-860-054-A
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position on access door 121AL to tell persons not to
(3) In the cockpit, on the ELEC control panel 35VU, make sure that these pushbutton switches are
released:
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-28-00-020-050-A
C. Disconnection of the Two Batteries
(1) Disconnect the connectors from the batteries, refer to (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-28-00-960-050-A
A. Replacement of the Fuse
(Ref. Fig. Fuse 5XB1 SHEET 1)
(1) Loosen the nut (3) and remove and discard the fuse (2).
(2) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-28-08-02-090) fuse (2) or IPC -CSN (24-38-88-01-080) fuse (2) to the
terminals of the mount (1) as shown on the View B and C.
(3) Tighten the nut (3) Ref. ESPM 20-46-20.
Subtask 24-28-00-420-050-A
B. Connection of the Two Batteries
(1) Connect the electrical connectors to the batteries, refer to (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-400-001) .
Subtask 24-28-00-750-050-B
C. Adjustment of the Clock
(1) FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)
Adjust the clock (Ref. AMM TASK 31-21-00-750-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-28-00-410-052-A

A. Close Access
(2) Close the access door of panel 105VU.
(3) Close access door 822.
Figure 24-28-00-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Fuse 5XB1
24-28-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - STATIC INVERTER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-28-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Static Inverter when the Aircraft Electrical Circuits are Energized from the External Power

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF STATIC INVERTER
Test of the correct power supply of the DC ESS BUS, AC ESS BUS and AC STAT INV BUS in emergency
configuration when the batteries are the only power supply source.
NOTE: If the external power is not available, there is an alternative method (with the APU) for this procedure.
This task gives the first method. For the alternative method, refer to the other task in this page block.
NOTE: If the external power is available and the APU is in operation, you must refer to the alternative method
with the APU to do the operational test of the static inverter.



812, 822
Power
1(2)

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-28-00-860-050-A
(1) Do not energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
(2) On the panel 35VU, make sure that:
the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches are released,
the BUS TIE and AC ESS FEED pushbutton switches are pushed.
NOTE: On the panel 2000VU, put the MAINT BUS switch (5XX) in the OFF position during the test.
Subtask 24-28-00-010-050-A
Subtask 24-28-00-865-050-A

105VU ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY 5PB2 D02
105VU ELEC/BAT REF/BCL2 9PB2 F02
105VU ELEC/STAT INV/CNTOR/CTL 14XB G02
105VU ELEC/STAT INV/BUS 901XP/SPLY 12XB H02
SPLY
WARNING: TELL ALL THE PERSONS ON THE AIRCRAFT THAT:

- THE LIGHTS WILL GO OFF DURING THIS TEST
- THEY MUST NOT MOVE ON THE AIRCRAFT UNTIL THIS TEST IS COMPLETED.
IF NOT INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE CAN OCCUR WHEN THE LIGHTS GO OFF SUDDENLY.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-28-00-710-050-B
A. Operational Test of the Static Inverter
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ELEC panel 35VU:
Make sure that the voltage of the batteries 1 and
2 is higher than 25.5V.
2.Power supply the aircraft electrical circuits:
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from
the external power (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-

ACTION RESULT
00-861-002) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-
002) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) ,
3.Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and
lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Get the ELEC page. Make sure that the external power energizes cor-
rectly the aircraft electrical circuits.
Release the BAT1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the BAT1 pushbutton switch
comes on.
Push the BAT1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the BAT1 pushbutton switch
goes off.
comes on.
goes off.
Make sure that the battery charge current (for
BAT1 and BAT2) is lower than 60A after approxim-
ately 10 seconds.
NOTE: If the current does not decrease after 10

seconds, it is necessary to do a charging
cycle of the batteries. When the charging
cycle is completed (batteries no longer con-
nected to the DC BAT BUS), do the check
again.

Release the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton The OFF legend of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
switches. ton switches comes on.
7.On the overhead control and indication panel
21VU, on the section EMER ELEC PWR:
Open the guard, push and hold the EMERG GEN
TEST pushbutton switch during all the test,
On the ELEC panel 35VU: On the ELEC panel 35VU:
comes on.
8.On the ECAM control panel: On the upper ECAM display unit:
Push and hold the ELEC key, the ELEC page The DC ESS and AC ESS indications come on
comes into view and stays on during the test. green,
The amber SHED indication comes on under the
DC ESS and AC ESS indications,
The STAT INV indication comes on white and the
related parameters come on green.
NOTE: There is no green line between the STAT INV

box and the AC ESS and DC ESS indica-
tions.

ACTION RESULT
The OFF legend of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
ton switches is off.
Push the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches. goes off.
The OFF legend of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
ton switches goes off.
10.On the overhead control and indication panel
21VU:
switch.
Get the ELEC page. Check that the external power energizes correctly
the aircraft electrical circuits.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-28-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-28-00-410-050-A
B. Close Access
TASK 24-28-00-710-001-A01
Operational Test of the Static Inverter when the Aircraft Electrical Circuits are Energized from the APU

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF STATIC INVERTER
Test of the correct power supply of the DC ESS BUS, AC ESS BUS and AC STAT INV BUS in emergency
configuration when the batteries are the only power supply source.


812, 822

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-28-00-860-052-A
(1) Do not energize the aircraft electrical circuits.
(2) On the panel 35VU, make sure that:
the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches are released,
the BUS TIE and AC ESS FEED pushbutton switches are pushed.
NOTE: On the panel 2000VU, put the MAINT BUS switch (5XX) in the OFF position during the test.
Subtask 24-28-00-010-051-A
Subtask 24-28-00-865-051-A

SPLY
WARNING: TELL ALL THE PERSONS ON THE AIRCRAFT THAT:

- THE LIGHTS WILL GO OFF DURING THIS TEST
- THEY MUST NOT MOVE ON THE AIRCRAFT UNTIL THIS TEST IS COMPLETED.
IF NOT INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE CAN OCCUR WHEN THE LIGHTS GO OFF SUDDENLY.
4. Procedure

Subtask 24-28-00-710-051-B
A. Operational Test of the Static Inverter
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ELEC panel 35VU:
Make sure that the voltage of the batteries 1 and
2 is higher than 25.5V.
2.Power supply the aircraft electrical circuits:
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-
41-00-861-002) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-
002) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
3.Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and
lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Get the ELEC page. Make sure that the APU energizes correctly the air-
craft electrical circuits.
comes on.
goes off.
comes on.
goes off.
Make sure that the battery charge current (for
BAT1 and BAT2) is lower than 60A after approxim-
ately 10 seconds.
NOTE: If the current does not decrease after 10

seconds, it is necessary to do a charging
cycle of the batteries. When the charging
cycle is completed (batteries no longer con-
nected to the DC BAT BUS), do the check
again.

Release only the BAT1 pushbutton switch. The OFF legend of the BAT1 pushbutton switch
comes on.
7.On the panel 21VU, in the section EMER ELEC
PWR:
Open the guard, push and hold the EMERG GEN
TEST pushbutton switch during all the test,
On the ELEC panel 35VU: On the ELEC panel 35VU:
comes on.
8.On the ECAM control panel: On the upper ECAM display unit:
Push and hold the ELEC key, the ELEC page The DC ESS and AC ESS indications come on
comes into view and stays on during the test. green,

ACTION RESULT
The amber SHED indication comes on under the
DC ESS and AC ESS indications,
The STAT INV indication comes on white and the
related parameters come on green.
NOTE: There is no green line between the STAT INV

box and the AC ESS and DC ESS indica-
tions.

The OFF legend of the BAT2 pushbutton switch is
off while the OFF legend of the BAT1 remains on.
Push the BAT1 pushbutton switch. goes off.
The OFF legend of the BAT1 pushbutton switch
goes off.
switch.
Get the ELEC page. Check that the APU energizes correctly the aircraft
electrical circuits.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-28-00-860-053-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-28-00-410-051-A
B. Close Access
24-28-51 - STATIC INVERTER
24-28-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - STATIC INVERTER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-28-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Static Inverter
FIN : 3XB
Self explanatory



822
Static Inverter SHEET 1

822
FR15
FR14
A A
FR16
FR12
B 3XB
N_MM_242851_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-28-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Static Inverter

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-28-51-861-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-28-51-010-050-A
B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door 822.
Subtask 24-28-51-865-050-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Static Inverter SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-28-51-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Static Inverter
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (3) from the electrical receptable (2).
(2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector (3) and the electrical receptacle (2).
(5) Remove the static inverter (1).
TASK 24-28-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Static Inverter
FIN : 3XB
Self explanatory


822

Power
Static Inverter SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-28-51-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
822.
Subtask 24-28-51-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Static Inverter SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-28-51-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Static Inverter
(1) Put the static inverter (1) in position on its support (4).
Subtask 24-28-51-865-052-A

Subtask 24-28-51-710-050-A
C. Do an operational test of the static inverter (Ref. AMM TASK 24-28-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-28-51-410-050-A
A. Close Access


Subtask 24-28-51-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
Figure 24-28-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Static Inverter
TASK 24-28-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Static Inverter Contactor
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT NO AC OR DC POWER IS CONNECTED TO THE AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL

CIRCUITS.
THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT DURING ITS REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION IF
THE AC OR DC POWER STAYS CONNECTED.
FIN : 2XB
Self explanatory


822
Static Inverter Contactor SHEET 1

822
A
105VU
A FR16
FR9
C/B
PANEL
7 B 2XB
CONTACTOR
B
6
1
2
CONTACTOR BASE
N_MM_242855_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 24-28-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Static Inverter Contactor

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-28-55-941-050-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, release these pushbutton switches:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT A.
35VU (ELEC),
(3) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft receptacle EXT PWR A.
power connector.
(5) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the avionics compartment door 822.
Subtask 24-28-55-010-050-B
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.
(3) In the avionics compartment, open the access door of the panel 105VU.
Subtask 24-28-55-869-050-B
C. Disconnect the Batteries
(1) In the avionics compartment, on the batteries 1 and 2:
(a) Loosen the knurled nut by one quarter of a turn and disconnect the connector from the batteries
1 and 2.
(b) Put CAP - BLANKING on the diconnected electrical connectors.
Subtask 24-28-55-865-050-A
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

122VU ELEC/REFLNG/ON/BAT 1PR U28
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Static Inverter Contactor SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-28-55-020-050-B

(2) Put CAP - BLANKING on the connector (3) and the electrical receptacle (2).
(3) Loosen the 6 captive screws (4).
NOTE: Do not remove the captive screws (4) and the spring washers from the contactor (1).
(4) Disengage the contactor (1) from the base (7) and remove the contactor (1).
TASK 24-28-55-400-001-A
Installation of the Static Inverter Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 2XB
Self explanatory

to between 13.0128 and 15.5808 lbf.in (0.15 and 0.18 m.daN)

822
Static Inverter Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-28-55-860-050-B
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure these pushbutton switches are released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,

GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT A.
35VU (ELEC),
(4) On the access door 121AL, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons
not to connect the external power connector.
822.
(6) Make sure that access door 822 is open.
(7) In the avionics compartment, make sure that the access door from the panel 105VU is open.
(8) Make sure that the batteries are disconnected.
Subtask 24-28-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Static Inverter Contactor SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-28-55-420-050-B
A. Installation of the contactor
(1) Install the contactor (1) on the 6 tapped barrels (6) of the contactor base (7).
(2) TORQUE the six captive screws (4) to between 13.0128 and 15.5808 lbf.in (0.15 and 0.18 m.daN).
(6) Connect the batteries:
(a) Put the connectors on the batteries.
(b) Tighten the knurled nuts by one quarter of a turn.
Subtask 24-28-55-865-052-A


Subtask 24-28-55-710-050-A
C. Do an operational test of the static inverter (Ref. AMM TASK 24-28-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-28-55-410-050-B
A. Close Access
Figure 24-28-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Static Inverter Contactor
24-30 - DC GENERATION
24-30-00 - DC GENERATION
24-30-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC GENERATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The aircraft DC power generation is provided by three Transformers Rectifiers (TR).
A. In Normal Configuration
(Ref. Fig. DC Generation and Distribution - General SHEET 1)

301PP 801PP
11PB
APU START CSM/G CONTROL UNIT DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP
49 - 42 - 00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE 2PR
28VDC
702PP
1PB2 5PB2 502PP
20PC 8PH
BCL-2 704PP
12PB2 501PP
BAT2 5PR 8PR
SHUNT 401PP
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2 208PP
3PB2
DC ESS BUS 4PP
701PP 206PP 4PC
12BP1 1PR 6PN 28VDC
1PB1
BCL-1 703PP 204PP 601PP
5PB1 3PN2
24 - 61 - 00 BAT1
SHUNT 202PP 602PP
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1 1PN2
3PB1
DC BUS 1 1PP BAT BUS 3PP DC BUS 2 2PP DC SVCE BUS 6PP
1PC1 1PC2 7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC 28VDC 28VDC
210PP
3PX
5XB
11PN 10PN 212PP
2XB 6PH
5PU1 3XB
28
115 5PU2 3PE
STATIC
INV
1PX
1PU1 1PE
TR1 1PU2 ESS TR
TR2
2PU1 24 - 50 - 00 24 - 50 - 00
AC BUS 1 1XP 24 - 25 - 00 24 - 25 - 00 AC BUS 2 2XP 24 - 42 - 00

2PU2 14PU 4PE
115VAC 115VAC
24 - 22 - 00 24 - 22 - 00 24 - 50 - 00 24 - 43 - 00
24 - 24 - 00
N_MM_243000_0_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-30-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation and Distribution - General

** ON A/C ALL

In normal configuration, direct current is provided by both normal transformers rectifiers (TR1 and TR2) and
possibly by batteries.
TR1 supplies, through TR1 contactor (5PU1) normal bus 1 (DC BUS1), battery bus (DC BAT BUS),
essential bus (DC ESS BUS) and sheddable essential bus (DC SHED ESS BUS).
The BAT BUS is supplied from BUS 1, through DC NORM BUS 1 SWITCHING contactor (1PC1), and
provides power to ESS BUS and SHED ESS BUS through respectively DC ESS BUS SUPPLY contactor
(4PC) and DC SHED ESS BUS contactor (8PH) in succession.
Both batteries and their respective HOT BUS are connected or not to BAT BUS, in parallel, through both
BATTERY LINE contactors (6PB1 & 6PB2).
TR2 supplies, through TR2 contactor (5PU2), normal bus 2 (DC BUS 2).
B. Loss of the Transformer Rectifier 1 (TR1)

(Ref. Fig. Loss of Transformer Rectifier 1 - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

301PP 801PP
11PB
APU START CSM/G CONTROL UNIT 24 - 43 - 00 DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP
49 - 42 - 00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE 2PR
28VDC
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
24 - 60 - 00 20PC 8PH
BCL-2 704PP
12PB2
BAT2 24 - 60 - 00
SHUNT 5PR 8PR 401PP
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
DC ESS BUS 4PP
701PP 4PC
12BP1 1PR 28VDC
1PB1
BCL-1 703PP 24 - 28 - 00
5PB1
24 - 61 - 00 BAT1 24 - 61 - 00 24 - 43 - 00
SHUNT
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2 7PN 8PN
3PX
5PU1 24 - 62 - 00
5PU2 3PE
24 - 28 - 00
1PX
1PU1 1PE
TR1 1PU2 ESS TR
TR2
24 - 52 - 00
115V AC
2PU1 24 - 50 - 00 AC ESS BUS 4XP 24 - 50 - 00
AC BUS 1 1XP AC BUS 2 2XP 24 - 42 - 00

1XC 2XC 2PU2 14PU 4PE
115VAC 3XC 115VAC
24 - 22 - 00
24 - 28 - 00
15XE
24 - 22 - 00 24 - 43 - 00 24 - 24 - 00
N_MM_243000_0_ACL0_01_00
Figure 24-30-00-11900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Loss of Transformer Rectifier 1 - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

In the event of TR1 loss, DC BUS 1 and DC BAT BUS are automatically restored from TR2 through DC
NORM BUS 2 SWITCHING contactor (1PC2) and DC NORM BUS 1 SWITCHING contactor (1PC1).
DC ESS and SHED ESS BUSSES are automatically transferred to ESS TR through ESS TR contactor
(3PE). ESS TR supply is provided from AC BUS 1 through AC ESS BUS SWITCHING contactor (3XC)
and AC ESS BUS contactor (15XE) in succession. The 28VDC SHED BUSSES 210PP and 212PP are
automatically shedded.
C. Loss of the Transformer Rectifier 2 (TR2)
(Ref. Fig. Loss of Transformer Rectifier 2 - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

301PP 801PP
11PB
APU START CSM/G CONTROL UNIT 24 - 43 - 00 DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP
49 - 42 - 00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE 2PR
28VDC
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
24 - 60 - 00 20PC 8PH
BCL-2 704PP
12PB2
BAT2 24 - 60 - 00
SHUNT 5PR 8PR 401PP
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
DC ESS BUS 4PP
701PP 4PC
12BP1 1PR 28VDC
1PB1
BCL-1 703PP 24 - 28 - 00
5PB1
24 - 61 - 00 BAT1 24 - 61 - 00 24 - 43 - 00
SHUNT
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2 7PN 8PN
3PX
5PU1 24 - 62 - 00
5PU2 3PE
24 - 28 - 00
1PX
1PE
1PU2 ESS TR
1PU1 TR2
TR1
24 - 52 - 00
115VAC
2PU1 24 - 50 - 00 AC ESS BUS 4XP 24 - 50 - 00
AC BUS 1 1XP AC BUS 2 2XP 24 - 42 - 00

1XC 2XC 2PU2 14PU 4PE
115VAC 3XC 115VAC
24 - 22 - 00
24 - 28 - 00
15XE
24 - 22 - 00 24 - 43 - 00 24 - 24 - 00
N_MM_243000_0_AEL0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

TR2 loss leads to symmetrical recovery of DC BUS 2 from TR1; DC ESS and SHED ESS BUSSES are
transferred to ESS TR through ESS TR contactor. The 28VDC SHED BUSSES 210PP and 212PP are
automatically shedded.
D. Loss of the TR1 and TR2
In the event of TR1 and TR2 loss (loss of DC BUS 1 & 2), DC ESS and SHED ESS BUSSES are
automatically restored from ESS TR through ESS TR contactor (3PE), from AC normal generation.
(Ref. Fig. DC Generation - Component Location SHEET 1)

35VU
PANEL 120VU
122VU
121VU
123VU
124VU
RADOME ACCESS DOOR

FR1
109VU 811
FR5
FWD ELEKS RACK 90VU
108VU
FR9
105VU 103VU
FR11 2PB1
1PU1
1PE 1PU2
FR13 822
812 1PB1
FR15 2PB2
106VU
3XB
1PB2
NOSE LDG/GR
WELL
FR21
824
FR23 187VU 63VU

188VU
AFT ELEKS RACK 80VU
N_MM_243000_0_AGL0_01_00
Figure 24-30-00-13800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Spare Fuses - Component Location SHEET 1)

120VU
A
FR24
C
FR20
FR16 A
FR13
FR1
C
SPARE FUSES
B
SPARE FUSE
N_MM_243000_0_AHL0_01_00
Figure 24-30-00-14400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Spare Fuses - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
1PB1 BCL-1 126 24-38-34
1PB2 BCL-2 126 24-38-34
2PB1 BAT-1 126 24-38-51
2PB2 BAT-2 126 24-38-51
6PB1 CNTOR-LINE, BAT 1 105VU 126 24-38-55
7PB1 P/BSW-ELEC/BAT 1 35VU 210 24-38-00
1PC1 CNTOR-DC NORM BUS 1 SWITCHING 120VU 212 24-35-55
4PC CNTOR-DC ESS BUS SUPPLY 106VU 125 24-35-55
1PE TR-ESS 125 24-34-51
3PE CNTOR-ESS TR 106VU 125 24-34-55
1PU1 TR-1 126 24-32-51
1PU2 TR-2 124 24-32-51
5PU1 CNTOR-TR 1 120VU 212 24-32-55
5PU2 CNTOR-TR 2 120VU 212 24-32-55
14PU CNTOR-TR 2/AC SVCE BUS NORM 120VU 212 24-32-55
SPLY
15PU P/BSW-TR RST 103VU 126 24-32-00
3PV1 VOLTMETER-BAT 1 35VU 210 24-37-21
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4PB11 FUSE-BAT1 120VU 212 24-38-00
4PB21 FUSE-BAT2 120VU 212 24-38-00
20PC1 FUSE 120VU 212 24-35-00
A. Spare Fuses
(1) If fuses 4PB11 and 4PB21 blow, you can replace them by spare 350 A fuses located on the
panel 120VU.
(2) If fuse 20PC1 blows, you can replace it by a spare 80 A fuse located on the panel 120VU or
by a spare 80 A fuse located on the left side panel, in the cockpit.
3. BITE Test
(Ref. Fig. CFDS Architecture (Liaison with TR's and BCL's) SHEET 1)

TYPE 3 TYPE 2
TR BCL
1, 2 & 3 1&2
BITE
CFDIU
MCDU 1 MCDU 2
DISCRETE SIGNAL
DATA BUS (ARINC 429)
N_MM_243000_0_AJM0_01_00
Figure 24-30-00-15600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - CFDS Architecture (Liaison with TR's and BCL's)
** ON A/C ALL

The BITE and maintenance test of both BCL as well as maintenance test of the three TR's are controlled
through the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).
The CFDS is composed of:
Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU),
two Multipurpose Control and Display Units (MCDU).
BCL's are type 2 systems, i.e. they are connected to the CFDIU with:
a discrete input used to initiate a test from CFDS,
an ARINC 429 output bus.
TR's are type 3 systems, i.e. they are connected to the CFDIU with 2 discrete links:
one of them used to send a ground signal to CFDIU in case of TR FAULT.
the other used for the reset from CFDIU.
Figure 24-30-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation and Distribution - General
Figure 24-30-00-13800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation - Component Location
Figure 24-30-00-14400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Spare Fuses - Component Location
Figure 24-30-00-15600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - CFDS Architecture (Liaison with TR's and BCL's)
24-30-00 PB 401 CONF 00 - DC GENERATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 24-30-00-040-001-A
Do a Charging Cycle of the Battery Connected with the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL) or Replacement of the Battery

MMEL 24-38-02A
Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)


822
(Ref. 24-38-34-000-001-A). Removal of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL)
(Ref. 24-38-34-400-001-A). Installation of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL)
Power

1(2)
Ref. CMM 24-38-51 (for corrective action)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-30-00-010-053-A
(3) Open the access panel of the BATTERY power center 105VU.
Subtask 24-30-00-865-051-A

105VU ELEC/BAT BUS/REF/BCL1 8PB1 G01
105VU ELEC/BAT BUS/REF/BCL2 8PB2 J02
125VU BAT BUS/301PP/SPLY 11PB CC01
Subtask 24-30-00-860-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) In the cockpit, on ELEC control panel 35VU:
Make sure that the BAT 1 and BAT 2 pushbutton switches are released (OFF legends on).
(3) In the cockpit, on the APU section of the overhead control and indicating panel 25VU:
Make sure that the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch is released. (OFF legend on).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-30-00-040-050-B
A. Charging Cycle of Batteries 1 and 2 with the serviceable BCL 1(2).
(1) If the BAT1(2) voltmeter of ELEC panel 35VU related to unserviceable BCL 1(2) shows a voltage of:
Less than 21VDC, do the alternative procedure given in Para. 4.B.(1) or Para. 4.C.
More than or equal to 21VDC, continue the maintenance procedure that follows:
(a) On the ECAM control panel:
(b) On the control panel 35VU:

Push the related BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch (OFF and FAULT legends off) related to
serviceable BCL to start the charging cycle of the battery 1(2),
(c) On the APU section of the overhead control and indicating panel 25VU:
Push the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch (ON legend on).
Wait two seconds.
Release the APU MASTER SW pushbutton switch (OFF legend on).
(d) On the lower ECAM DU:
The green line between the BAT 1(2) indication and the DC BAT busbar indication comes into
view. The arrow points to the BAT 1(2) indication.
The related parameter indications (voltage and current) come into view green.
(e) On the ELEC system page, make sure that the ground power-unit voltage stays above 114VAC
during the charging.
(f) Wait until the battery contactor opens.
1 The green line between the BAT 1(2) indication and the DC BAT busbar indication:
Goes out of view if the battery is correctly charged
Stays in view if a battery charging is necessary.
NOTE: The time for the battery to charge can be of thirty minutes.
(g) On the lower ECAM DU, on the ELEC page, make sure that the battery voltage is more than
26VDC and the battery discharge current is equal to or less than 1A.
(h) Release the BAT 1 and 2 pushbutton switches (the OFF legend comes on).
(i) Interchange BCL 1 and BCL 2 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-34-000-001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-
38-34-400-001) .
(j) Start a charging cycle of the battery which was connected to the unserviceable BCL 1(2) during
the previous flight.
1 On ELEC control panel 35VU, push the related BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch (OFF and
FAULT legends off) to start the charging cycle of the battery 1(2) with the serviceable BCL
1(2).
a If the battery contactor 1(2) is not closed (BCL 1(2) FAULT ECAM alert message comes
into view on the upper ECAM DU):
Release the BAT1(2) pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on) of the battery
that was connected to unserviceable BCL 1(2) during the last flight.
Interchange BCL 1 and BCL 2, (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-34-000-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-34-400-001) .
Do the alternative procedure in Para. 4.B.
b If the battery contactor 1(2) is closed (no BCL 1(2) FAULT ECAM alert message comes
into view on the upper ECAM DU):
Do Steps A. (1) (c) thru A. (1) (g).
Subtask 24-30-00-040-051-A
B. Alternative Procedure to Charge Battery 1(2)
(1) Remove battery 1(2) related to unserviceable BCL 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-000-001) .
(2) Send battery 1(2) to the overhaul workshop to charge it Ref. CMM 24-38-51 .
(3) Install battery 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-400-001) .
(4) Release the BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch (OFF legend on) related to the unserviceable BCL 1(2).
Subtask 24-30-00-040-053-A

C. Alternative Procedure:
(1) If the procedures in step A. and B. are not applicable:
(a) Replace the battery related to the unserviceable BCL 1(2) with a fully-charged serviceable
battery (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-000-001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-400-001) .
(b) Release the BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch (OFF legend on) related to the unserviceable BCL 1(2).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-30-00-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the access panel of the battery power-center 105VU.
Subtask 24-30-00-860-053-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell the crew that one BCL does not operate.
(3) Make an entry in the logbook.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-30-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Battery Charge Limiter 1(2)

MMEL 24-38-02A
Battery Charger Limiter (BCL)
(old MMEL ref: 243003)
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-30-00-861-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-30-00-810-050-A
A. Do the trouble shooting of the inoperative Battery Charge Limiter 1(2).


5. Close-up
Subtask 24-30-00-862-051-A
A. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
TASK 24-30-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Transformer Rectifier TR2

MMEL 24-32-01B
DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-30-00-860-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that:
The AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch is pushed (the ALTN legend is off).
Subtask 24-30-00-865-052-A

4. Procedure

Subtask 24-30-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the TR2 if AC ESS FEED Control Is Serviceable
(1) Operational test of the AC essential-generation switching system.
ACTION RESULT
Push the ELEC key. A green bar comes into view between the AC1
and AC ESS busbars. This shows that the AC1
busbar energizes the AC ESS busbar.
2.On the panel 123VU: On the F/O glareshield panel 130VU:
Open the circuit breaker 1XC. The MASTER CAUT light comes on.
The upper ECAM DU becomes black.
The indications shown on the upper ECAM DU:
ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT then AC ESS FEED ...
ALTN move to the lower ECAM DU.
The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED push-
button switch comes on.
Release the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. The FAULT legend of the AC ESS FEED push-
button switch goes off.
The ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbut-
Push the ELEC key. A green bar comes into view between the AC2
and AC ESS busbars. This shows that the AC2
busbar energizes the AC ESS busbar,
The green bar between the AC1 and AC ESS
On the ELEC page:
busbars comes into view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-30-00-860-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

TASK 24-30-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the Transformer Rectifier TR2

MMEL 24-32-01B
DC Main Generation (TR 1, TR 2)
(old MMEL ref: inexistent)
Power
1(2)
Ref. TSM 24-30-00-810-802 Failure of the TR2 or TR2 Contactor or Related Wiring
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-30-00-860-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-30-00-440-050-A
A. Do the trouble shooting of the TR2 Ref. TSM 24-30-00-810-802 .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-30-00-860-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-30-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - DC GENERATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-30-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Emergency Generation System with One Normal Transformer Rectifier (TR) Failed

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVE-
MENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.

CSM/G Test with one normal TR Failed.


812, 822
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-30-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) On the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU, make sure that the OFF legend of the BLUE ELEC PUMP
pushbutton switch is OFF.
Subtask 24-30-00-010-052-A
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access doors 812 and 822.

Subtask 24-30-00-865-050-A

Subtask 24-30-00-710-050-A
D. Start one engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-003) .
Subtask 24-30-00-869-052-A
E. On the Ecam Control Panel (ECP), get the HYD page and make sure on the System Display (SD) that the
blue system pressure is 3000 psi.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-30-00-710-051-A
A. Do the CSM/G test with one normal TR failed:
ACTION RESULT
1.On the panel 21VU, on the EMER ELEC PWR On the lower ECAM display unit:
section: the ELEC page comes into view automatically,
lift the safety cover, the green lines between the AC1 and the AC ESS
push and hold the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton busbars and the DC1 and the DC ESS busbars go
switch. out of view,
the EMER GEN and ESS TR indications are
shown in white. The related parameters are shown
in green,
the green lines between the EMER GEN indication
and the AC ESS busbar, the EMER GEN and the
ESS TR indications, the ESS TR indication and the
DC ESS busbar come into view,
the SHED indication comes into view below the AC
ESS and DC ESS busbars.
release the EMER GEN TEST pushbutton switch.
get the ELEC page. the normal configuration comes into view (the
emergency AC generator stops).
lower the safety cover.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-30-00-710-052-A
A. Stop the engine (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .
Subtask 24-30-00-860-051-A

(1) If the test duration is more than 30 seconds, on the panel 22VU, the FAULT light of the EXTRACT
pushbutton switch comes on.
If this occurs, release then push the EXTRACT pushbutton switch (the FAULT light goes off).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Subtask 24-30-00-410-050-A
C. Close Access
24-32 - DC MAIN GENERATION
24-32-00 - DC MAIN GENERATION
24-32-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC MAIN GENERATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The DC main generation is provided by the two Transformers Rectifiers 1 and 2 (TR1 and TR2).
They are supplied with three phases 115 VAC/400 Hz voltage from the normal Alternating Current (AC)
distribution network.
(Ref. Fig. DC Main Generation (TR) - Component Location)

Z210
A
120VU
FR12
A FR24
F
FR1
E
B
B
D 123VU
14PU
C
124VU D
20XX
14PN
13PN
5PU2
5PU1
E
E
N_MM_243200_0_AAQ0_01_00
Figure 24-32-00-12400-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - DC Main Generation (TR) - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

F
822
G
1PU2
FR16
FR9
1PU1
G 15PU
103VU
N_MM_243200_0_AAQ0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
1PU1 TR-1 126 24-32-51
1PU2 TR-2 124 24-32-51
5PU1 CNTOR-TR 1 120VU 212 24-32-55
5PU2 CNTOR-TR 2 120VU 212 24-32-55
14PU CNTOR-TR 2/AC SVCE BUS NORM 120VU 212 24-32-55
SPLY
15PU P/BSW-TR RST 103VU 126 24-32-00
A. Transformer Rectifier 1PU1 , 1PU2
(1) Operation
(Ref. Fig. Transformer Rectifier 1 (TR1) - Component Description SHEET 1)

(VOLTAGE)
5PU1 CNTOR
SDAC
28 VDC
EXT
4PU1
TO PC LOGIC AND CFDIU

+
(GROUND = T.R.FAULT)
-
+
-
K2
GROUND = RESET
K1
SET
CFDIU
KLIXON
KLIXON
-12V INT.
15PU
Q2
TC2
DETECTION
OVERHEAT
P/B SW
MINIMUN CURRENT
CHASSIS
GROUND
TIME DELAY=5s
DETECTION
I 1A
SDAC (CURRENT)
MEASURE
CURRENT
CURRENT
+
SIGNAL
SENSOR
LLDC
OV INT
-
115 VAC
400 HZ
N_MM_243200_0_ACN0_01_00
Figure 24-32-00-13800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier 1 (TR1) - Component Description

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Transformer Rectifier 2 (TR2) - Component Description SHEET 1)

(VOLTAGE)
5PU2 CNTOR
SDAC
28 VDC
3PX
EXT
4PU2
TO PC LOGIC AND CFDIU

+
(GROUND = T.R.FAULT)
-
+
-
CURRENT
INH.MINI
DET.
K2
GROUND = RESET
K1
SET
CFDIU
KLIXON
KLIXON
-12V INT.
15PU
Q2
TC1
DETECTION
OVERHEAT
P/B SW
MINIMUN CURRENT
CHASSIS
GROUND
TIME DELAY=5s
DETECTION
I 1A
SDAC (CURRENT)
MEASURE
CURRENT
CURRENT
+
SIGNAL
SENSOR
LLDC
OV INT
-
115 VAC
400 HZ
N_MM_243200_0_ADM0_01_00
Figure 24-32-00-13900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier 2 (TR2) - Component Description

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Transformer Rectifier Contactor Control - Simplified Logic SHEET 1)

1PP
28VDC
28VDC
BUS 1
BUS 2
2PP
NOTA : FOR TR1 & TR2. "FAULT TR" NOT OUTPUT CURRENT OR OVERHEAT
TR2
TR1
5PU2
5PU1
1PU2
1PU1
115VAC
115VAC
2XP
1XP
BUS 1
BUS 2
FAULT TR2
28V TR1
FAULT TR1
14PU
28V TR2
N_MM_243200_0_AEM0_01_00
Figure 24-32-00-14000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier Contactor Control - Simplified Logic
** ON A/C ALL

Each TR controls its contactor via an internal TR logic.

This logic, which is intended to protect the Direct Current (DC) network and the TR, controls contactor
opening in case of:
no current flow to the DC BUS (minimum current detection),
TR overheat (171/Deg.C).
To ensure these protections, each TR sends a fault signal to the Centralized Fault Display System
(CFDS) for maintenace purpose.
Main TR's are ventilated by air extracted from the aircraft ventilation network.
B. TR Characteristics
supply: 115 VAC/400 Hz, three phase
DC output current:
200 A in continuous operation
300 A for 5 minutes
500 A for 30 seconds
1000 A for 1 second
DC output voltage:
30.2 V with no load
27.5 V at 200A.
TR1 (1PU1), TR2 (1PU2) and essential TR (1PE) are fully interchangeable and have the same
electrical properties.
A. Normal Operation
The transformers rectifiers start to operate as soon as they are supplied:
TR1 is supplied by 1XP busbar,
TR2 is normally supplied by 2XP busbar.
NOTE: TR2 can also supply part of the DC network from the ground power unit and in ground service con-
figuration (Ref. AMM D/O 24-43-00-00) .
The parameters such as voltage and current are available and displayed via the SDAC on the ELEC page
on the lower ECAM DU.
B. Failure of the TR1(2)
(Ref. Fig. TR1 Fault (Class 1 - Level 1) - ECAM)

TR 1 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 1)

- TR1 FAULT (OR
TR2)
- DC1, DC2 AND DC

BAT BUS SUPPLIED
Customer : HIM
SEE FOLLOWING
BY TR2. PAGE
- DC ESS BUS AND ELEC TR 1 FAULT

DC SHEDDABLE
ESS BUS SUPPLIED
BY TR ESS
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
STATUS
INOP SYS:
TR 1
** ON A/C ALL
- CLEAR P/BSW
(ON ECAM CP)
NORMAL CONFIG.

RETURN TO
- CLEAR P/BSW PRESELECTED
(ON ECAM CP) PAGE
Figure 24-32-00-16800-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - TR1 Fault (Class 1 - Level 1) - ECAM

STS
N_MM_243200_0_AFL0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 522 of 1294

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0 V ESS TR EMER GEN 28V
0 A 28V 130A
62A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
116V APU GEN 116V
400HZ 400HZ
IDG 1 C 1 1 0 1 1 0C IDG 2
4WT2
NM5 24 26 00 0 ACME 00
N_MM_243200_0_AFL0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Normal Operation - Lower ECAM Display unit SHEET 1)

BAT 1 BAT 2
0A 10 A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
116V APU 116V
4 0 0 HZ 4 0 0 HZ
IDG 1 C 1 1 0 OFF
1 1 0C IDG 2
4WT2
N_MM_243200_0_AFN0_01_00
Figure 24-32-00-16900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Normal Operation - Lower ECAM Display unit
** ON A/C ALL

In case of failure of the TR1(2), the TR FAULT warning appears on the upper ECAM display unit and at the
same time, the ELEC page is displayed on the ECAM lower display unit.
C. Table of Main Signals
(1) Table of Main Digital Signals Sent Out by the Equipments to SDAC 1(2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! 1 102 01 ! BAT1 ! 512 ! A ! ! 09 ! ! ! !BCL1 !
! ! CURRENT ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 102 10 ! BAT2 ! 512 ! A ! ! 09 ! ! ! !BCL2 !
! ! CURRENT ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 104 01 ! BAT1 ! 32 ! V ! ! 05 ! ! ! !BCL1 !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 104 10 ! BAT2 ! 32 ! V ! ! 05 ! ! ! !BCL2 !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
(2) Table of Main Low Level Direct Current (LLDC) Analogic Signals sent out by the Equipments
to SDAC 1(2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! ! TRU1 ! ! V ! ! ! ! ! !1PU1 !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! TRU1 ! ! A ! ! ! ! ! !1PU1 !
! ! CURRENT ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! TRU2 ! ! V ! ! ! ! ! !1PU2 !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! TRU2 ! ! A ! ! ! ! ! !1PU2 !
! ! CURRENT ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ESS TRU ! ! V ! ! ! ! ! !1PE !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ESS TRU ! ! A ! ! ! ! ! !1PE !
! ! CURRENT ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
(3) Table of Main Discrete Signals Received by the SDAC 1(2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

! 002 00 ! ESS TRU ! ! ! ! 17 ! ! ! !3PE !

! ! CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00 ! ESS TRU ! ! ! ! 17 ! ! ! !3PE !
! ! CNTOR OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00 !DC BAT/ DC! ! ! ! 19 ! ! ! !8PH !
! ! ESS SHED ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00 !DC BAT/ DC! ! ! ! 19 ! ! ! !8PH !
! ! ESS SHED ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! CNTOR OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 002 01 !TRU1 CNTOR! ! ! ! 17 ! ! ! !5PU1 !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 002 01 !TRU1 CNTOR! ! ! ! 17 ! ! ! !5PU1 !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01 !DC1/DC ESS! ! ! ! 18 ! ! ! !1PC1 !
! ! CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01 !DC1/DC ESS! ! ! ! 18 ! ! ! !1PC1 !
! ! CNTOR OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 002 01 !BAT1 CNTOR! ! ! ! 19 ! ! ! !6PB1 !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 002 01 !BAT1 CNTOR! ! ! ! 19 ! ! ! !6PB1 !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01 !DC BAT/ DC! ! ! ! 21 ! ! ! !4PC !
! !ESS CNTOR ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01 !DC BAT/ DC! ! ! ! 21 ! ! ! !4PC !
! !ESS CNTOR ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 002 01 ! BAT1 P/B ! ! ! ! 24 ! ! ! !7PB1 !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 002 01 ! BAT1 P/B ! ! ! ! 24 ! ! ! !7PB1 !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 002 10 !TRU2 CNTOR! ! ! ! 17 ! ! ! !5PU2 !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 002 10 !TRU2 CNTOR! ! ! ! 17 ! ! ! !5PU2 !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10 !DC2 / DC1 ! ! ! ! 18 ! ! ! !1PC2 !
! !CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10 !DC2 / DC1 ! ! ! ! 18 ! ! ! !1PC2 !
! !CNTOR OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 002 10 !BAT2 CNTOR! ! ! ! 19 ! ! ! !6PB2 !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 002 10 !BAT2 CNTOR! ! ! ! 19 ! ! ! !6PB2 !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 002 10 ! AC2 BUS ! ! ! ! 20 ! ! ! !16XC !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 002 10 !AC2 BUS ON! ! ! ! 20 ! ! ! !16XC !
! 2 002 10 ! BAT2 P/B ! ! ! ! 24 ! ! ! !7PB2 !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 002 10 ! BAT2 P/B ! ! ! ! 24 ! ! ! !7PB2 !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 004 01 ! DC1 BUS ! ! ! ! 29 ! ! ! !14WV !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 004 01 !DC1 BUS ON! ! ! ! 29 ! ! ! !14WV !

! 2 004 10 ! DC2 BUS ! ! ! ! 29 ! ! ! !44WV !

! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 004 10 !DC2 BUS ON! ! ! ! 29 ! ! ! !44WV !
! 004 11 !DC ESS BUS! ! ! ! 29 ! ! ! !12WV !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 004 11 !DC ESS BUS! ! ! ! 29 ! ! ! !12WV !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
D. Reset of the Protection of the Transformer Rectifier (TR)
Before you reset a TR, make sure that the related electrical network supplies its primary winding, in any
RESET mode.
(1) From the CFDS or on the panel 103VU
Reset of the TR protection is possible from the CFDIU (CFDS interface). If the CFDIU is not available,
it is possible to start the transformers manually. To do this, push the TR RST pushbutton switch 15PU
located on panel 103VU.
(2) Description of the reset procedure
(Ref. Fig. TR Reset Procedure SHEET 1)

SYSTEM REPORT / TEST SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

1L AIRCOND F/CTL 1R 1L AC GEN TR 1 1R
2L AFS FUEL 2R SELECT 2L GCU EMER TR 2 2R
ELEC
3L COM ICE&RAIN 3R 3L BCL 1 TR 3 3R
4L ELEC INST 4R 4L BCL 2 4R
5L FIRE PROT L/G 5R 5L 5R
6L RETURN NAV 6R 6L RETURN 6R
SELECT
SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST
SELECT TR 1
CFDS MENU
1L LAST LEG REPORT 1R
2L LAST LEG ECAM REPORT 2R
3L PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT 3R
4L AVIONICS STATUS 4R TR 1
1L RESET 1R
5L SYSTEM REPORT/TEST 5R
2L 2R
6L POST FLIGHT REPORT 6R
3L 3R
4L 4R
SELECT CFDS 5L 5R
6L RETURN 6R
MCDU MENU
1L FMS 1R
2L DATA LINK 2R
SELECT RESET
3L CFDS 3R
RESET
4L AIDS 4R IMPOSSIBLE RESET EFFECTIVE
5L 5R
6L 6R
SELECT DESIRED SYSTEM
PRESS KEY
TR 1 TR 1
MCDU
MENU 1L TR 1 1R 1L NO FAULT 1R
2L 2R 2L 2R
3L 3R 3L 3R
4L 4R 4L 4R
5L 5R 5L 5R
6L RETURN PRINT 6R 6L RETURN PRINT 6R
N_MM_243200_0_AGP0_01_00
Figure 24-32-00-17000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - TR Reset Procedure

** ON A/C ALL

The reset procedure must be performed by selecting the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST item on the CFDS
menu, then by selecting the involved TR on ELEC menu.
(a) If the reset is effective, NO FAULT appears on the MCDU.
(b) If the reset is impossible:
. TR 1(2) is displayed on the MCDU,
. TR 1(2) FAULT stays on the upper ECAM display unit.
NOTE: After the reset procedure is performed, on the panel 35VU, the AC ESS FEED pushbutton
switch must be released, and then pushed. The ESS TR no longer supplies the DC ESS
BUS (4PP). On the lower ECAM display unit, the normal configuration comes into view.

Figure 24-32-00-13800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier 1 (TR1) - Component Description
Figure 24-32-00-13900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier 2 (TR2) - Component Description
Figure 24-32-00-14000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier Contactor Control - Simplified Logic
Figure 24-32-00-16900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Normal Operation - Lower ECAM Display unit
Figure 24-32-00-17000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - TR Reset Procedure
24-32-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - DC MAIN GENERATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-32-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the DC Generation Switching

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF DC GENERATION SWITCHING
Make sure that DC BUS1, DC BUS2 and DC ESS busbars are supplied if transformer TR1 or TR2 fails.


812, 822
Power

1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-32-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches
are pushed. (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF legend is off).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(4) On the ECAM control panel, get the ELEC page.
(5) On the MCDU, get the ELEC menu on the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page. (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-
00-860-004)
NOTE: If during the electrical transfers, the displays on the lower ECAM display unit or on the MCDU
go out of view, do paragraph (4) or (5) again.
Subtask 24-32-00-010-050-A
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access doors 812 and 822.
Subtask 24-32-00-865-054-A

49VU HYD/HYD PWR/B WARN/& CTL 2702GJ C12
123VU B HYD/ELEC PUMP 2701GJ AB09
Subtask 24-32-00-865-050-A
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

49VU AIR COND/AVNCS VENT/CTL 6HQ D06
105VU ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY 12PB2 E02
121VU APU/FIRE/EXTIG/SQUIB/A 1WF L38
121VU APU/FIRE/LP VALVE/NORM 4WF M42


121VU HYDRAULIC/BRAKING AND STEER- 1GG M34
ING/SYS1/CTL
122VU AIR COND/CARGO/FIRE/EXTIG 1WX T19
122VU ELEC/CNTOR/DC BUS/TIE 1/FAULT 14PC U24
122VU LIGHTING/WING/STROBE 10LV V05
122VU ELEC/TR2/FAULT/DC BUS TIE/CONFIG 7PC2 W30
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-32-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the DC Generation Switching
theses.
ACTION RESULT
release the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches. the OFF legends of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
ton switches come on.
push the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches. the OFF legends of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
3.On the panel 122VU: On the lower ECAM display unit:
open the circuit breaker 3PU1(2). the TR1(2) supplies the DC1(2) busbar.
4.On the panel 125VU (124VU): On the upper ECAM display unit:
open the circuit breaker 4PU1(2). the TR1(2) FAULT indication comes into view.
the TR1(2) no longer supplies the DC1(2) busbar,
the DC2(1) busbar supplies the DC1(2) busbar,
through the DC BAT busbar,
The AC ESS busbar supplies the DC ESS busbar
through the ESS TR.
5.On the panels 122VU and 125VU (124VU): There is no change.
close the circuit breakers 3PU1(2) and 4PU1(2).
push the line key adjacent to the TR1(2) indica- the TR1(2) page comes into view.
tion.
7.On the MCDU: On the TR1(2) page:

ACTION RESULT
push the line key adjacent to the RESET indica- the NO FAULT indication comes into view.
tion.
On the upper ECAM display unit:
the TR1(2) FAULT indication goes out of view.
the TR1(2) supplies the DC1(2) busbar.
8.On the MCDU:
push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indica-
tion until the ELEC page comes into view.
release the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. the ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbutton
switch comes on.
push the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. the ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbutton
switch goes off.
push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page. the ESS TR no longer supplies the DC ESS busbar
(the normal configuration comes into view).
NOTE: It is possible that the ESS TR continues to

supply the DC ESS busbar. If this occurs, on
the AC power center 123VU, open and close
circuit breaker 1XC. Make sure that the ESS
TR no longer supplies the DC ESS busbar.

release the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches. the OFF legends of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
ton switches come on.
push the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches. the OFF legends of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbut-
14.On the panel 123VU: On the upper ECAM display unit:
open the circuit breaker 2PU1(2). the TR1(2) FAULT indication comes into view.
the TR1(2) no longer supplies the DC1(2) busbar,
the DC2(1) busbar supplies DC1(2) busbar through
the DC BAT busbar,
the voltage from TR1(2) = 0 V,
the AC ESS busbar supplies the DC ESS busbar
through the ESS TR.
15.On the panel 123VU: On the lower ECAM display unit:
close the circuit breaker 2PU1(2). the voltage from TR1(2) is approximately 28 V.
push the line key adjacent to the TR1(2) indica- the TR1(2) page comes into view.
tion.
17.On the MCDU: On the MCDU, on the TR1(2) page:
push the line key adjacent to the RESET indica- the NO FAULT indication comes into view.
tion
On the upper ECAM display unit:
the TR1(2) FAULT indication goes out of view.
the TR1(2) supplies the DC1(2) busbar.

ACTION RESULT
18.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to
the RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page
comes into view.
release the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. the ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbutton
switch comes on.
push the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch. the ALTN legend of the AC ESS FEED pushbutton
switch goes off.
push the ELEC key to get ELEC page. the ESS TR no longer supplies the DC ESS busbar
(the normal configuration comes into view).
NOTE: It is possible that the ESS TR continues to

supply the DC ESS busbar. If this occurs, on
the AC power center 123VU, open and close
circuit breaker 1XC. Make sure that the ESS
TR no longer supplies the DC ESS busbar.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-32-00-865-055-A

Subtask 24-32-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-32-00-410-050-A
C. Close Access
24-32-51 - TRANSFORMER RECTIFIER
24-32-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - TRANSFORMER RECTIFIER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-32-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Transformer Rectifier

CIRCUITS.

FIN : 1PU1 , 1PU2

Self explanatory

No specific AR SLEEVE - INSULATING

822
Transformer Rectifier SHEET 1

822
FR16
A 1PU2
A
FR9
1PU1
2
3
4
5
6
11
10
2 7
3
9
8
N_MM_243251_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-32-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-32-51-865-050-A
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

FOR FIN 1PU1 (TR-1)
FOR FIN 1PU2 (TR-2)
123VU TR2/SVCE/BUS 2/SPLY 1XX AB08
Subtask 24-32-51-010-050-A
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door 822.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Transformer Rectifier SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-32-51-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Transformer Rectifier
(1) Remove the protective caps (7) from the DC output terminals (2).
(2) Remove the nuts (5), (8) and the washers (4), (9).
(3) Disengage the lugs (3) from the output terminals.
(4) Put SLEEVE - INSULATING on the lugs (3).
(5) Disconnect the connectors (6).
(6) Put CAP - BLANKING on the connectors.
(8) Pull the transformer rectifier (1) to remove it.
TASK 24-32-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Transformer Rectifier

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 1PU1 , 1PU2

Self explanatory




822
(Ref. 24-32-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the DC Generation Switching
Transformer Rectifier SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-32-51-865-051-A
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:

FOR FIN 1PU1 (TR-1)
FOR FIN 1PU2 (TR-2)
Subtask 24-32-51-010-051-A
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in positon at the access door
822.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Transformer Rectifier SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-32-51-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Transformer Rectifier
(3) Engage the transformer rectifier (1) on the centering pins to put it in position.
(7) Connect the connectors (6) to the transformer rectifier.

(8) Remove the insulating sleeves from the lugs (3).

(9) Connect the lugs (3) to the output terminals (2) of the transformer rectifier.
(10) Install the washer (4) and the nut (5) and TORQUE it
(12) Install the protective caps (7) on the output terminals (2).
Subtask 24-32-51-865-052-A

FOR FIN 1PU1 (TR-1)
FOR FIN 1PU2 (TR-2)
Subtask 24-32-51-710-050-A
C. Do an operational test of DC Generation Switching (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-00-710-001)
NOTE: Before you start the operational test, you must reset the transformer rectifier from the CFDS.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-32-51-410-050-A
A. Close Access
Figure 24-32-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier
TASK 24-32-55-000-001-A
Removal of the TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors and the TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 5PU1 , 5PU2 , 14PU

Self explanatory


FOR 5PU1 (CNTOR-TR 1)

212 COCKPIT
121AL
Transformer Rectifier Contactors - Location SHEET 1
TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor SHEET 1
TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors SHEET 1
FOR 13PN (MODULE-DC BUS 1 CNTOR)
(Ref. 24-61-58-000-001-A). Removal of the DC Bus 1 Contactor Module
(Ref. 24-61-58-000-002-A). Removal of the DC Bus 2 Contactor Module
FOR 20XX (MODULE- AC SVCE BUS CNTOR)
(Ref. 24-42-58-000-001-A). Removal of the AC Service Bus Contactor Module

120VU
A
122VU
121VU 14PU
125VU
124VU
123VU
20XX
A B
14PN
13PN
5PU2
5PU1
D
D
N_MM_243255_4_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-32-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier Contactors - Location

** ON A/C ALL

120VU
122VU A
14PU
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
20XX
CONTACTOR
MODULE 20XX
2
4
N_MM_243255_4_ACP0_01_00
Figure 24-32-55-991-00200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor
** ON A/C ALL

120VU
A
122VU
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
1
A
14PN
13PN
5PU2
5PU1
B
B
B 1
MODULE
CONTACTOR
5
2
4 3
N_MM_243255_4_AEP0_01_00
Figure 24-32-55-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-32-55-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. Transformer Rectifier Contactors - Location SHEET 1)
(1) Remove the Third Occupant seat (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-000-001)
(2) In the cockpit:
(a) FOR 14PU (CNTOR-TR 2/AC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY)
remove the front panel of the panel 123VU.
(b) FOR 5PU1 , (CNTOR-TR 1), 5PU2 (CNTOR-TR 2)
on the left lower side of the panel 120VU, remove the access door.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position on the access door 121AL.
Subtask 24-32-55-860-050-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. TR 1 and TR 2
Contactors SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-32-55-020-050-B
CAUTION: REMOVE THE CONTACTOR ONLY AND NOT THE BASE OR THE MODULE WHERE THE
WIRES ARE CONNECTED.
A. Removal of the Contactors

(Ref. Fig. TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor SHEET 1)
(1) FOR 5PU1 , (CNTOR-TR 1), 5PU2 (CNTOR-TR 2)
(Ref. Fig. TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors SHEET 1)
(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (4).
(b) Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connector (4) and the electrical receptacle
(2).
(c) Loosen the captive screws (3).

(d) Remove the contactor (5).

Subtask 24-32-55-020-053-B
B. Removal of the Modules 20XX, 13PN and 14PN
NOTE: The removal of the modules is necessary only if they are damaged.
(1) FOR 20XX (MODULE- AC SVCE BUS CNTOR)

Remove the module 20XX (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-58-000-001) .
(2) FOR 13PN (MODULE-DC BUS 1 CNTOR)
Remove the module 13PN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-61-58-000-001) .
Remove the module 14PN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-61-58-000-002) .
TASK 24-32-55-400-001-A
Installation of the TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors and the TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 5PU1 , 5PU2 , 14PU

Self explanatory

FOR 14PU (CNTOR-TR 2/AC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY)

212 COCKPIT
121AL

Power
1(2)
Transformer Rectifier Contactors - Location SHEET 1
(Ref. 24-61-58-400-001-A). Installation of the DC Bus 1 Contactor Module
(Ref. 24-61-58-400-002-A). Installation of the DC Bus 2 Contactor Module
FOR 14PU (CNTOR-TR 2/AC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY)
TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor SHEET 1
FOR 20XX (MODULE- AC SVCE BUS CNTOR)
(Ref. 24-42-58-400-001-A). Installation of the AC Service Bus Contactor Module
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-32-55-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(2) In the cockpit:
make sure that front panel of the panel 123VU is removed.
make sure that on the left lower side of the panel 120VU, the access door is removed.
121AL.
Subtask 24-32-55-860-051-A
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position at the access door 121AL to tell persons not
to connect the external power connector to the aircraft EXT PWR receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,

GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTACTOR LOCATING PIN IS CORRECTLY ENGAGED IN ITS RE-
CESS LOCATED IN ONE POWER TERMINAL.
THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE LOCATING PIN WHEN YOU APPLY THE TORQUE.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Transformer Rectifier Contactors - Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-32-55-420-053-B
A. Intallation of the Modules 20XX, 13PN, and 14PN
NOTE: The installation of the modules is necessary only if they were removed.
(1) FOR 20XX (MODULE- AC SVCE BUS CNTOR)

Install the module 20XX (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-58-400-001) .
Install the module 13PN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-61-58-400-001) .
Install the module 14PN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-61-58-400-002) .
Subtask 24-32-55-420-050-B
B. Installation of the Contactors
(1) FOR 5PU1 , (CNTOR-TR 1), 14PU (CNTOR-TR 2/AC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY)
(Ref. Fig. TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor SHEET 1)
(2) FOR 5PU2 (CNTOR-TR 2)
(Ref. Fig. TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors SHEET 1)
(a) Install the contactor (5) on the module.
(b) TORQUE the captive screws (3):
1 FOR 5PU1 , (CNTOR-TR 1), 5PU2 (CNTOR-TR 2)
TORQUE the screws to between 33.63 and 41.6 lbf.in (0.38 and 0.47 m.daN).
2 FOR 14PU (CNTOR-TR 2/AC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY)
TORQUE the screws to between 13.28 and 15.93 lbf.in (0.15 and 0.18 m.daN).
(c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (4) and the electrical receptacle (2).
(d) Make sure that all the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(e) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the contactor (5).
Subtask 24-32-55-861-051-A
C. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-32-55-860-052-A
D. Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .

Subtask 24-32-55-710-050-A
E. Test of the Contactor
(1) On the ECAM control panel:
push the ELEC key to get the ELEC system page.
(2) On the lower ECAM DU, make sure that the aircraft electrical configuration is correct.
Subtask 24-32-55-860-053-A
F. Do the EIS stop procedure
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
Subtask 24-32-55-862-051-A
G. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-32-55-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) In the cockpit:
install the front panel of the panel 123VU.
in the left Lower side of the panel 120VU, install the access door.
Figure 24-32-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Transformer Rectifier Contactors - Location
Figure 24-32-55-991-00200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - TR 2/AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor
Figure 24-32-55-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors
24-34 - DC EMERGENCY GENERATION
24-34-00 - DC EMERGENCY GENERATION
24-34-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC EMERGENCY

1. General
The DC emergency generation consists in the essential Transformer Rectifier (TR) and its associated contactor.
It is supplied with 115 VAC/400 Hz either by the emergency generator or by the AC normal busbars, in failure
conditions.
(Ref. Fig. DC Emergency Generation - Component Location SHEET 1)

FR16
FR9
A
B
812
1PE
A
C B
106VU
3PE
N_MM_243400_0_AAL0_01_00
Figure 24-34-00-12400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Emergency Generation - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
1PE TR-ESS 125 24-34-51
3PE CNTOR-ESS TR 106VU 125 24-34-55
3. Component Desccription
(Ref. Fig. Essential TR Contactor-Control - Simplified Logic SHEET 1)

4PP
+ 28VDC
EMER 115VAC 28VDC
GEN ESS BUS
-
8XE 4PE
FAULT CNTOR
DETECTION CONTROL
SUPPLY
MEASURE 5PE
RESET
U
- + - +
1PE
3PE
N_MM_243400_0_ACN0_01_00
Figure 24-34-00-14300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Essential TR Contactor-Control - Simplified Logic

** ON A/C ALL

A. Essential TR
The essential TR directly controls its contactor (3PE).
The essential TR is ventilated by natural convection.
B. Characteristics of the Essential TR
(see ATA Ref : 24-32-00).
The essential TR is fully interchangeable with both normal TRs and has the same electrical characteristics.
The essential TR starts to operate as soon as it is supplied. It is supplied in the following cases:
loss of TR1,
loss of TR2,
loss of both TRs,
loss of DC NORM BUS 1 switching contactor (1PC1) or DC ESS BUS supply contactor (4PC),
availability of emergency generator in operation (Ref. AMM D/O 24-24-00-00) .
The essential TR is linked to the ECAM system in the same manner as the main TRs (Ref. 24-32-00, P. Block
1).
A. Reset of the Protection of the TR
Before you reset the TR, make sure that the related electrical network supplies its primary winding, in any
RESET mode.
(1) From the panel 103VU
To reset the TR protection push TR RST pushbutton switch 15PU located on panel 103 VU.
(2) Description of the reset procedure
The reset procedure must be performed by selecting the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST item on the CFDS
menu, then by selecting the TR 3 page from the ELEC page.
(a) If the reset is effective, the NO FAULT message appears on the MCDU.
(b) If the reset is impossible:
. the TR 3 message is displayed on the MCDU.
Figure 24-34-00-12400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Emergency Generation - Component Location
Figure 24-34-00-14300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Essential TR Contactor-Control - Simplified Logic
24-34-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - DC EMERGENCY GENERATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-34-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the DC EMER CONFIG Caution

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF "DC EMERG. CONFIG" CAUTION
Make sure that the DC EMER CONFIG caution appears in case of loss of the DC network.


812

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-34-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 24-34-00-010-050-A
(3) Open the access panel on the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
Subtask 24-34-00-865-050-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-34-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the DC EMER CONFIG Caution
ACTION RESULT
open the circuit breaker 68WV.
2.On the panel 49VU: On the upper ECAM DU:
open the circuit breaker 12WV. DC EMER CONFIG indication comes into view,
with these indications below:
- EMER ELEC PWR..MAN ON,
- C/B TRIPPED L ELEC BAY.
the ELEC page comes into view with the amber
DC ESS indication.

ACTION RESULT
close the circuit breaker 12WV. DC EMER CONFIG and EMER ELEC PWR..MAN
ON indications go out of view.
close the circuit breaker 68WV. C/B TRIPPED L ELEC BAY indication goes out of
view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-34-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access panel on the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
Subtask 24-34-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-34-51 - TRANSFORMER RECTIFIER
24-34-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - TRANSFORMER RECTIFIER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-34-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Essential Transformer Rectifier
FIN : 1PE
Self explanatory

No specific AR SLEEVE - INSULATING

812

Essential Transformer Rectifier SHEET 1

FR16
FR9
106VU
812
A
1PE A 1
10
8
7
6
5
N_MM_243451_4_ACM0_01_00
Figure 24-34-51-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Essential Transformer Rectifier

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-34-51-010-050-A
(3) Open the access panel of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
Subtask 24-34-51-865-050-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Essential Transformer Rectifier SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-34-51-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Essential Transformer Rectifier
(1) Remove the protective caps from the output terminals (8).
(2) Remove the nuts (5), (10) and the washers (6), (9).
(3) Disengage the lugs (7) from the output terminals.
(4) Put an SLEEVE - INSULATING on the lugs.
(5) Disconnect the connectors (4).
(6) Put CAP - BLANKING on the connectors.
(8) Remove the transformer rectifier (1).
TASK 24-34-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Essential Transformer Rectifier
FIN : 1PE
Self explanatory



812
Essential Transformer Rectifier SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-34-51-860-050-A
812.
(3) In the avionics compartment, make sure that the access panel of the AC/DC emergency power center
106VU is open.
Subtask 24-34-51-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Essential Transformer Rectifier SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-34-51-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Essential Transformer Rectifier
(1) Put the transformer rectifier (1) in position.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors.
(5) Connect the connectors (4) to the transformer rectifier.
(6) Remove the insulating sleeves from the lugs.
(7) Connect the lugs (7) to the output terminals (8).
(10) Install the protective caps on the terminals (8).
Subtask 24-34-51-865-052-A


Subtask 24-34-51-710-050-A
C. Operational Test of the Emergency Generation System
(1) Do an operational test of the Emergency Generation System (Ref. AMM TASK 24-24-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-34-51-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) In the avionics compartment, close the access panel of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
Figure 24-34-51-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Essential Transformer Rectifier
TASK 24-34-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Essential TR Contactor
FIN : 3PE
Self explanatory


812, 822
Essential TR Contactor SHEET 1

FR16
FR9
106VU
A
822
A 812
105VU
3PE
B
1
6
3
CONTACTOR BASE
CONTACTOR
5
4 3
N_MM_243455_4_AAL0_01_00
Figure 24-34-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Essential TR Contactor

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-34-55-010-050-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the avionics compartment
doors 812 and 822.
(3) Open the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and the access panels of the
BATTERY power center 105VU.
Subtask 24-34-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Essential TR Contactor SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-34-55-020-050-A
(1) Disconnect the connector (4).

NOTE: Do not remove the captive screws (3) and the spring washers from contactor(5).
(4) Disengage the contactor (5) from the base (1) and remove the contactor.
TASK 24-34-55-400-001-A
Installation of the Essential TR Contactor
FIN : 3PE
Self explanatory




812, 822
Essential TR Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-34-55-860-050-A
doors 812 and 822.
106VU and BATTERY power center 105VU are open.
Subtask 24-34-55-865-051-A

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTACTOR LOCATING PIN IS CORRECTLY ENGAGED IN ITS RE-
CESS LOCATED IN ONE POWER TERMINAL.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Essential TR Contactor SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-34-55-420-050-A
(1) Install the contactor (5) in position on the tapped barrels (6) of the connecting base (1).
(2) TORQUE the captive screws (3) to between 0.27 and 0.30 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).

(5) Connect the connector (4) on the contactor (5).
Subtask 24-34-55-865-052-A

Subtask 24-34-55-710-050-A
C. Operational Test of the Emergency Generation System
(1) Do an operational test of the Emergency Generation System (Ref. AMM TASK 24-24-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-34-55-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) In the avionics compartment, close the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU
and the BATTERY power center 105VU.
Figure 24-34-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Essential TR Contactor
24-35 - DC ESSENTIAL & NORMAL GENERATION SWITCHING
24-35-00 - DC ESSENTIAL & NORMAL GENERATION SWITCHING
24-35-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC ESSENTIAL & NORMAL

GENERATION SWITCHING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
These circuits control the supply of DC normal busbars and DC essential busbars.
They enable:
their normal supply in normal flight configuration,
automatic transfer in some failure conditions.
(Ref. Fig. DC Essential & Normal Generation Switching - Component Location SHEET 1)

FR16
A
FR9
106VU
822
A
120VU
122VU
C
121VU
125VU
D 123VU
124VU
4PC
B
B
20PC1
C
14PN
C 13PN
1PC2
1PC1
C 20PC
D
N_MM_243500_0_ABM0_01_00
Figure 24-35-00-12500-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - DC Essential

& Normal Generation Switching - Component Location
** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
4PC CNTOR-DC ESS BUS SUPPLY 106VU 125 24-35-55
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN ! FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION ! PANEL ! ZONE ! ACCESS ! ATA
! ! ! ! DOOR ! REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20PC1 FUSE 120VU 212 24-35-00
A. DC NORM BUS SWITCHING Contactor Control (1PC1 and 1PC2)
(Ref. Fig. DC NORM BUS SWITCHING Contactor Control - Simplified Logic SHEET 1)

BAT BUS
28VDC
3PP
1PC2
1PC1
28VDC
28VDC
1PP
2PP
BUS2
BUS1
FAULT TR1
FAULT TR2
5PU2
5PU1
2XP
2PP
28V 1PP
1PC1
4PC
4PC
1XP
1XP
28V 2PP
N_MM_243500_0_ACL0_01_00
Figure 24-35-00-14200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC NORM

BUS SWITCHING Contactor Control - Simplified Logic
** ON A/C ALL

Contactor 1PC1 is supplied in normal configuration and when a TR is lost.

Contactor 1PC2 is supplied when a TR is lost or in case of DC NORM BUS 1 SWITCHING contactor
(1PC1) failure.
NOTE: There is an electric interlock between contactors 1PC2 and 4PC to inhibit coupling between busbar
2PP and essential busbar 4PP.
B. DC ESS BUS SPLY Contactor Control (4PC)

(Ref. Fig. DC ESS BUS SPLY Contactor Control - Simplified Logic SHEET 1)

ESS BUS
28VDC
4PP
4PC
BAT BUS
28VDC
3PP
1PC1
1PC2
28VDC
28VDC
1PP
2PP
BUS2
BUS1
5PU1
28V 1PP
1PC1
3PE
1PC2
N_MM_243500_0_AEL0_01_00
Figure 24-35-00-14300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC ESS BUS SPLY Contactor Control - Simplified Logic
** ON A/C ALL

Contactor 4PC supplies DC ESS BUS 4PP via BAT BUS 3PP if normal DC busbars 1PP and 2PP are not
coupled (electrical interlock between contactors 1PC2 and 4PC).
DC ESS BUS SPLY contactor (4PC) opens when a normal TR is lost (coupling of busbars 1PP and 2PP), in
emergency conditions or when the DC NORM BUS 1 SWITCHING contactor (1PC1) is lost.
Figure 24-35-00-12500-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - DC Essential & Normal Generation Switching - Component Location
Figure 24-35-00-14200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC NORM BUS SWITCHING Contactor Control - Simplified Logic
Figure 24-35-00-14300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC ESS BUS SPLY Contactor Control - Simplified Logic
24-35-00 PB 201 CONF 00 - DC ESSENTIAL & NORMAL

GENERATION SWITCHING - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 24-35-00-960-801-A
Replacement of the Fuse 20PC1

Self explanatory

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
121AL
C. Expendable Parts

2 fuse 24-35-08-01-150
2 fuse 24-35-88-01-120
Fuse 20PC1 SHEET 1
FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)

120VU
122VU
A
121VU
125VU
124VU
B
13PN
20PC1
A
123VU 1
N_MM_243500_2_AB01_01_00
Figure 24-35-00-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Fuse 20PC1

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-35-00-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the bottom right side of rear panel 120VU, remove the access door (1).
(3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at access door 121AL.
Subtask 24-35-00-860-050-A
released:
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-35-00-020-050-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-35-00-960-050-B
(Ref. Fig. Fuse 20PC1 SHEET 1)
(1) Remove the nut (8) and washer (7).
(2) Remove the screw (2) and washer (3).
(a) Remove and discard the fuse (4).
terminals of the mount (5) as shown on the view B.
(4) Install the washer (7) and nut (8).
(a) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.9 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
(5) Install the washer (3) and screw (2).
(a) TORQUE the screw (2) to between 0.9 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
Subtask 24-35-00-420-050-A

Subtask 24-35-00-750-050-B
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-35-00-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) On the bottom right side of rear panel 120VU, install the access door (1).
(5) Close access door 121AL.
Figure 24-35-00-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Fuse 20PC1
TASK 24-35-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 1PC1 , 1PC2

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL

Contactors SHEET 1

120VU
A
122VU
121VU
125VU
124VU
123VU
A
14PN
13PN
1PC2
1PC1
B
B
3 1
B
MODULE
CONTACTOR
4
5
3
N_MM_243555_4_AEN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-35-55-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the front panel on the bottom right side of the panel 120VU.
Subtask 24-35-55-860-050-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
(4) In the cockpit, put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell the persons not to operate the pushbutton
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-35-55-020-050-A

(2) Put a blanking caps on the disconnect electrical connector (4) and the electrical receptacle.
TASK 24-35-55-400-001-A
Installation of the Contactor

CIRCUITS.

FIN : 1PC1 , 1PC2

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Contactors SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-35-55-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the access door 121AL.
(3) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft receptacle.
(4) Make sure that, on the access door 121AL, there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
pushbutton switches on these overhead panels:
35VU (ELEC).
(7) In the cockpit, on the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, make sure that a WARNING
NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to start the APU.
(8) In the cockpit, make sure that the third occupant seat is removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-000-
001) .

(9) In the cockpit, make sure that the front panel on the bottom right side of the panel 120VU is removed.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-35-55-420-050-B
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTACTOR LOCATING PIN IS CORRECTLY ENGAGED IN
ITS RECESS LOCATED IN ONE POWER TERMINAL.
(1) Install the contactor (5) on the module 13PN (14PN) (1).
(2) TORQUE the captive screws (3) to between 33.63 and 41.6 lbf.in (0.38 and 0.47 m.daN).
(5) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the contactor (5).
Subtask 24-35-55-710-050-A
B. Operational Test of DC Generation Switching
(1) Do the operational test of DC Generation Switching (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-35-55-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the front panel on the bottom right side of the panel 120VU.
TASK 24-35-55-000-002-A

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 4PC
Self explanatory




812, 822
Contactor SHEET 1

FR16
FR9
822
106VU
A 812
A
105PU
4PC
B 1
6
3
CONTACTOR BASE
CONTACTOR
5
4 7 3
N_MM_243555_4_AGL0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-35-55-010-052-A
doors 812 and 822.
(3) Open the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and BATTERY power center
105VU.
Subtask 24-35-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-35-55-020-051-A

(4) Release the contactor (5) from its base (1) and remove it.
TASK 24-35-55-400-002-A

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 4PC
Self explanatory



812, 822
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-35-55-010-054-A
doors 812 and 822.
(3) In the avionics compartment, make sure that the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power
center 106VU and BATTERY power center 105VU are open.
Subtask 24-35-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-35-55-420-051-A
(1) Install the contactor (5) in position on the tapped barrels (6) of the contactor base (1).
(2) TORQUE the captive screws (3) to between 0.27 and 0.30 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).


Subtask 24-35-55-865-052-A

Subtask 24-35-55-710-051-A
C. Operational Test of the DC Generation Control
(1) Do an operational test of the DC Generation Switching (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-35-55-410-052-A
A. Close Access
24-37 - DC GENERATION MONITORING AND INDICATING
24-37-00 - DC GENERATION MONITORING AND INDICATING
24-37-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC GENERATION MONITORING

AND INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
Monitoring and indicating of aircraft DC generation and distribution are performed by means of:
two voltmeters located on the overhead ELEC panel (35VU) in the cockpit.
They indicate to the flight crew the voltage of the HOT busses 701PP and 702PP.
NOTE: The HOT busses are directly connected to the batteries as follows: . 701PP is connected to Bat 1, .
702PP is connected to Bat 2.
the centralized warning system (ECAM) on which the following parameters are available:
. TRs voltage and current,
. batteries voltage and current.
Furthermore the ECAM system gives a synoptic of the electrical generation enabling the flight crew to
know the current electrical configuration (DC essential and normal switching).

(Ref. Fig. DC Generation Monitoring and Indicating - Component Location SHEET 1)

3PV1 A 3PV2
35VU
V V
OFF OFF FAULT
ALTN
E AC BUS 1 AC ESS BUS AC BUS 2
E
A ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28 V DC BAT 28 V
20 A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
75 A 60 A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
26 % APU GEN 26 %
116 V 1 16 V
4 0 0 HZ 4 0 0 HZ
B 90 C IDG 1 IDG 2 80 C
TAT +19 C G.W. 60 3 T

SAT +18 C C G 28 1 %
4WT2
N_MM_243700_0_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-37-00-12400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation Monitoring and Indicating - Component Location
** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
Figure 24-37-00-12400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation Monitoring and Indicating - Component Location
24-37-21 - VOLTMETER
24-37-21 PB 401 CONF 00 - VOLTMETER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-37-21-000-001-A
Removal of the Voltmeters
FIN : 3PV1 , 3PV2

Self explanatory

No specific AR ELECTRICAL CONTACTS EXTRACTION TOOL

822
Voltmeters of Batteries SHEET 1

A
3PV1 3PV2

V V
OFF OFF FAULT
AC BUS 1 AC ESS BUS ALTN AC BUS 2
B B B
1
C 4
?
6
5
7
N_MM_243721_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-37-21-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Voltmeters of Batteries

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-37-21-861-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 24-37-21-010-050-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the avionics compartment door
822.
Subtask 24-37-21-865-050-A

FOR FIN 3PV1 (VOLTMETER-BAT 1)
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Voltmeters of Batteries SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-37-21-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Voltmeter
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Remove the 5 screws (7).

(2) Remove the integrally lighted identification plate 13LF (6).
(3) Turn the four quick-release fasteners (3) by a quarter turn.
(4) Remove the panel 35VU (2) from its housing; do not disconnect the electrical connectors from the
rear plate.
(5) Disconnect the electrical wires (5) from the voltmeter (1) with the ELECTRICAL CONTACTS
EXTRACTION TOOL.
(6) Loosen the two screws (4) and remove them.
(7) Remove the voltmeter (1).
TASK 24-37-21-400-001-A
Installation of the Voltmeters
FIN : 3PV1 , 3PV2

Self explanatory


No specific AR ELECTRICAL CONTACTS INSERTION TOOL

822
Power
Voltmeters of Batteries SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-37-21-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the avionics
compartment door 822.
(4) Make sure that the access panel of the BATTERY power center 105VU is opened.
Subtask 24-37-21-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Voltmeters of Batteries SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-37-21-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Voltmeter
(1) Put the voltmeter (1) in position.

(2) Install the two screws (4) and tighten them.

(3) Connect the electrical wires (5) to the voltmeter (1) with the ELECTRICAL CONTACTS INSERTION
TOOL.
(4) Install the panel 35VU (2) in its housing.
(5) Turn the four quick-release fasteners (3) by a quarter turn.
(6) Install the plate 13LF (6) on the panel 35VU.
(7) Install the 5 screws (7) and tighten them.
Subtask 24-37-21-865-052-A

Subtask 24-37-21-710-050-A
C. Check of the Battery Voltage
(1) Make sure that the battery voltage comes into view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-37-21-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
Subtask 24-37-21-410-050-A
B. Close Access
(2) Close the access panel of the BATTERY power center 105VU.
Figure 24-37-21-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Voltmeters of Batteries
24-38 - DC GENERATION - BATTERIES
24-38-00 - DC GENERATION - BATTERIES
24-38-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC GENERATION -

BATTERIES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The DC generation is provided by two batteries.
Each of them has a nominal capacity of 23 Ah.
They are mainly used to:
start the APU in flight and on ground,

supply AC/DC essential network in emergency configuration during RAT deployment and when the
emergency generator is not available (CSM/G switched off after landing).
Each battery is associated with a Battery Charge Limiter (BCL) and a battery shunt.
It should be noted that, in normal configuration, the batteries are most of the time uncoupled from the network
during the flight.
(Ref. Fig. DC Generation - Batteries - Component Location SHEET 1)

822
A
A FR16 105VU
FR9
B
6PB2
B
6PB1
B
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
6PB1
6PB2
N_MM_243800_0_AAL0_01_01
Figure 24-38-00-12600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation - Batteries - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


A
35VU
7PB1 7PB2
35VU
N_MM_243800_0_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-38-00-12630-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation - Batteries - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


120VU
122VU
121VU
125VU
124VU
123VU
A
A
B
EXAMPLE
4PB1
(4PB2)
4PB1
B
B
4PB2
4PB11
(4PB21)
N_MM_243800_0_AAQ0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL


822 822
105VU
B
A
FR24A FR24A
FR9 FR9
FR1 1PB2 FR1

2PB2
1PB1 2PB1
N_MM_243800_0_ACL0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. DC Generation - Battery Shunt - Component Location SHEET 1)

3PB1
822
A
812
A FR16
FR9
3PB2
N_MM_243800_0_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-38-00-12800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation - Battery Shunt - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
1PB1 BCL-1 126 24-38-34
1PB2 BCL-2 126 24-38-34
2PB1 BAT-1 126 24-38-51
2PB2 BAT-2 126 24-38-51
3PB1 SHUNT-BAT 1 126 24-38-54
3PB2 SHUNT-BAT 2 126 24-38-54
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4PB11 FUSE BAT-1 120VU 212 24-38-00
4PB21 FUSE BAT-2 120VU 212 24-38-00
A. Batteries 2PB1 , 2PB2
Each battery of the nickel-cadmium type is composed of twenty elements housed in a stainless steel case.
Characteristics:
nominal voltage: 24 V,
nominal capacity: 23 Ah,
high instantaneous power,
electrolyte reserve: 60 cubic centimeters,
two ventilation ducts.
B. Battery Charge Limiter (BCL)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! FUNCTION ! THRESHOLD ! TIME DELAY ! ACTION ! No.!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! Control of ! - Battery charge ! ! !BAT.CNTOR! !
! battery ! . Charging !VBAT < 26,5 V! 225 ms ! CLOSING ! 7 !
! contactor ! cycle !& V3PP > 27 V! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! . end of ! ICH < 4 A ! 10 s ! OPENING ! 6 !
! ! charging ! ! ! ! !
! ! cycle on ! ! ! ! !
! ! ground ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! . end of ! ICH < 4 A ! 30 mn ! OPENING ! !
! ! charging ! ! ! ! !
! ! cycle if ! ! ! ! !
! ! aircraft ! ! ! ! !
! ! speed is ! ! ! ! !
! ! greater than ! ! ! ! !
! ! 100 Kts ! ! ! ! !
! ! or after an ! ! ! ! !
! ! APU start ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! - Thermal runaway! ! ! ! !

! ! (1) ! ! ! ! !
! ! . -------------! ICH > 10 A ! 3 X 60 s ! OPENING ! 5 !
! ! !& >0,375 A/mn! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! .--------------! ICH > 150 A ! 90 s ! OPENING ! 4 !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! - Starting of APU! ! ! CLOSING ! 8 !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! - Supply on ! ! 75 ms ! CLOSING ! 3 !
! ! ground ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! - Transient fault! V3PP < 5 V ! ! CLOSING ! 2 !
! ! conditions ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! - Integrity of ! IDECH >100 A! 300 ms ! OPENING ! 1 !
! ! hot bus ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! - Electrical ! ! ! OPENING ! 10 !
! ! emer condition ! ! ! ! !
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! Control of BCL! - Complete ! VBAT < 23 V ! 15 s ! OPENING BCL !
! supply ! discharge ! ! ! SUPPLY !
! ! protection ! ! ! !
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! FUNCTION ! THRESHOLD ! TIME DELAY ! ACTION ! No.!
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! "RAT-CSM/G ! ! ! ! WARNING !
! FAULT" ! ! ! ! !
! warning ! - ! - ! 1 s ! LIGHT !
! control ! ! ! ! !
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! Inhibition of ! ! When ELEC ! 45 s ! APU START !
! APU start ! ! EMER ! ! CNTOR !
! sequence ! !configuration! ! INHIBITED !
! ! !initiated and! ! !
! ! !CSM/G not ! ! !
! ! !available ! ! !
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
! "BAT FAULT" ! - Thermal runaway! ! ! WARNING !
! warning ! (see 1) ! ! ! !
! control ! ! ! ! LIGHT !
C. Battery Shunt
A 400 A/75mV shunt is installed on a base. It is used to read the charging and the discharging currents of a
24 V, 23 Ah battery.
Characteristics:
Rating: the shunt supplies a voltage of 75 mV when a 400 A current goes through it.
Accuracy: 1% at 20 deg.C in the 0 - 400A range.
Overload capacity: 600 A during 30 seconds, 1000 A during 5 seconds.
Max. weight: 300 g.
A. Control and Indicating Circuits
(Ref. Fig. Battery Charge Limiter (BCL1) - Shematic Simplified Cockpit Compartment Controls and
Indicating SHEET 1)

CNTOR 2XB
3PP 2PB1
28VDC BAT1 3PB1
BAT BUS
8PB1 9PB1
DC1 701PP
12PB1
28VDC
15PB 6PB1 HOT BUS
LP TEST LP TEST 703PP 5PB1
17PB
BAT1 P/BSW SHUNT

BAT
FAULT 5VAC
ESS
HOT BUS OFF
CNTOR
BAT2 SUPPLY CTL
MODULE
B1
SHORT
CIRCUIT FAULT
PROT.
LOOK-OUT ON TO BCL2
APU START
10KA
14KD
TO BCL2 APU MASTER SW 401PP
BAT AUTO/OFF 31XE 28VDC
FAULT P/BSW 1PH ESS BUS
FAULT
7PB1 RAT/CSM.G
BAT CNTOR FAULT
CTL TO 4PP
STATUS
p
3PE CNTOR 14XE LP TEST
TO BCL2 STATUS
FAULT SDAC2
3PE APU
ON
TO BCL2 START ARINC
SDAC1
14KD 6KD
TO BCL2 L/G NOT

429
LOCKED UP
CFDIU
28VDC
MAIN L/G COMPRESSED GROUND
CONDITI.
ELEC
ACQUISITION EMERG. TO BCL2
ON GROUND A/C
TO RAT EXT.RELAY SPEED MODULE
5GA1 LGCIU1
TO BCL2
STATIC
101XP
INVERTER
N 100KNTS 3XB STAT INV. FAULT BCL1 17XN1 15XC
202XP
1FP1 ADIRU1
BCL1 17XN2 16XC

FAULT POSITION
N_MM_243800_0_AEQ0_01_00
Figure 24-38-00-16300-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Battery Charge Limiter (BCL1)

- Shematic Simplified Cockpit Compartment Controls and Indicating
** ON A/C ALL

The operation of each battery charge limiter is controlled from the ELEC panel 35VU in the cockpit by
means of BAT1(2) pushbutton switches. These pushbutton switches have two stable positions:
(1) The pushbutton switch is released
The battery charge limiter is not operating and the battery is uncoupled from the network.
The status of this control is indicated by illumination of the white OFF legend on the pushbutton switch.
The same indication is displayed on the ELEC page of the lower ECAM Display Unit and generates a
warning if one or both engines are running.
(2) The pushbutton switch is pressed
The battery charge limiter is operating and controls the coupling and uncoupling of the battery.
No light comes on on the pushbutton switch in normal operation. However white BAT1 and BAT2 and
green indication of voltage and current are displayed on the ELEC page of the lower ECAM DU, as well
as the green symbol when battery is charging and the amber symbol when battery is discharging.
FAULT amber legend comes on on the pushbutton switch if a thermal runaway or internal short-circuit
is detected. Simultaneously, the ELEC page is displayed on the lower ECAM DU with corresponding
warnings (MASTER CAUT light + single chime + amber message on the upper ECAM display unit).
A BAT OVHT fault causes automatic lock out of the battery line contactor.
NOTE: An OFF/ON (Released/Pressed) action on the pushbutton switch allows to reset the BCL.
B. General Operating Principle of the Battery Charge Limiter

The battery charge limiter has a main function which is to control the battery contactor and three auxiliary
functions which are:
RAT & EMER GEN FAULT warning control,
in emergency configuration, inhibition of APU start sequence during RAT deployment,
BAT FAULT warning control.
Furthermore, the BCL delivers battery-related parameters and warnings to the ECAM display units, through
busses.
C. Battery Charge Limiter Functions
The functions of battery charge limiter are as follows:
(1) Control of the battery contactor:
to ensure battery charge,
to start or assist starting of the APU,
to protect the battery against thermal runaway or short circuit,
to control equipment DC supply on ground, when no normal power is available,
to prevent complete discharge of the battery, when the aircraft is parked,
to supply equipment with DC during transient fault configurations,
to ensure integrity of the HOT bus.
(a) Battery charge
When battery voltage is lower than 26.5 V, beginning of the charging cycle.
When battery charge current is lower than 4 A, end of the charging cycle.
NOTE: In flight or following APU start, when the battery charge current is lower than 4 A, a 30 mn
time delay in the BCL controls the end of the charging cycle.
(b) Thermal runaway and internal short circuit

Battery isolation occurs in case of:
charge current increasing with a slope greater than 0.375 A/mn.
charge current greater than a threshold (150 A) during 1 minute and 30 seconds.
(c) Starting of the APU
When the APU start sequence is initiated, the two batteries are connected to 28 VDC BAT BUS
(3PP) to supply the APU starter motor.
(d) Supply on ground
When IDG's, APU generator or external power are not available on ground, the batteries supply:
the 28 VDC BAT BUS (3PP) through the contactors 6PB1 and 6PB2,
the 28 VDC ESS BUS (4PP) through the contactor 2XB,

the 115 VAC STAT INV BUS (901XP) through the static inverter 3XB.
(the BAT1(2) pushbutton switches are pushed).
(e) Protection against complete discharge
On ground, the batteries are automatically disconnected from the DC network when battery voltage
is lower than 23 V during 15 seconds.
NOTE: But the disconnected battery always supplies its related HOT bus.
(f) Transient fault conditions

Battery contactors are closed during 7 seconds when DC network is lost.
(g) Integrity of the HOT bus
Battery isolation in case of failure on DC network through monitoring of the battery discharge current
(either I discharge > 400 A for 5 ms or I discharge > 100 A for 300 ms).
(h) Electrical emergency event
Battery isolation in case of AC normal busbars failure (loss of AC main generation) except when
APU start sequence is initiated.
(2) RAT & EMER GEN control
In case of AC normal busbars failure (loss of AC main generation) the red FAULT legend of the RAT &
EMER GEN pushbutton switch on the ELEC EMER PWR section of the overhead panel 21VU comes
on until the emergency generator is available (operational). The FAULT legend is inhibited when the
landing gear is compressed.
(3) Inhibition of the APU start sequence
In flight, when the electrical emergency configuration is initiated, the APU start sequence is inhibited
during 45 seconds.
NOTE: If the CSM/G comes on line before 45 seconds, the APU start sequence is available as soon as
the CSM/G is coupled to the network.
(4) BAT - Fault warning control

When a thermal runaway occurs the FAULT legend of the BAT1(2) pushbutton switch comes on on the
overhead ELEC panel 35VU.
The battery contactors are opened but no action is required from the crew.
5. BITE Test
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) allows two types of test:
tests at each power up on ground,
tests on ground from the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).
Furthermore, the BCL system is monitored when the BCL is in operation.
A. Power up Test
On the ground, when the equipment is switched on, the following tests are performed:
EPROM test (checksum),
RAM test,
timer test,
discret inputs test,
acquisition current test,
test of the output stage of the battery contactor control,
test of the output stage of the BAT FAULT warning control,
test of the output stage of the RAT & CSM/G warning control,
test of the output stage of the APU start inhibition control,
test of specific external wiring of the BCL,
watchdog test.
B. Test from the CFDS
The same tests as those applicable to power up are performed, plus a test for correct operation of the
FAULT legend of BAT1(2) pushbutton switches and of RAT & EMER GEN annunciator which lasts 6
seconds.
C. Monitoring of the BCL System

When the BCL is supplied, the peripheral circuits are monitored through validation of the inputs (for example
the position of the auxiliary contact of the battery contactor shall be coherent with the order).
D. Communication with the CFDS and/or ECAM
E. Communication with the MCDU and/or ECAM
When a class 1 failure occurs, a BITE message is transmitted to the MCDU via an ARINC 429 serial data
link and a failure indication is transmitted to the ECAM.
In case of BAT FAULT warning, the crew is informed by:
a local amber warning on the overhead panel,
the single chime,
an amber caution on the main instrument panel.
The warning page is displayed on the upper ECAM display unit and, at the same time, the ELEC page is
displayed on the lower ECAM display unit:
(Ref. Fig. BAT 1 FAULT - Lower and Upper ECAM Display Unit)

SYS:
ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
SEE FOLLOWING
BAT 1
INOP
STATUS
PAGE
APU BAT START

NOT AVAIL
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
BAT 1 FAULT
BAT 1 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)
ELEC
WARNING
CAUTION
MASTER
SINGLE
CHIME
AMBER FAULT"
AMBER FAULT"
BAT
BAT
OVHD SYST
PANEL IND.
FAULT
FAULT
OFF
OFF
1
1
LOSS OF BAT 1
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
(ON ECAM CP)

MANUAL CREW
CLEAR P/BSW
ACTION ON
ACTION
N_MM_243800_0_AFL0_01_00
Figure 24-38-00-20100-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - BAT 1 FAULT - Lower and Upper ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 10A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
116V APU GEN 116V
400HZ 400HZ
IDG 1 C110 110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU-ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_243800_0_AFL0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. BAT 2 FAULT - Lower and Upper ECAM Display Unit)

SYS:
ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
BAT 2
SEE FOLLOWING
INOP
STATUS
PAGE
APU BAT START

NOT AVAIL
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
BAT 2 FAULT
BAT 2 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)
ELEC
WARNING
CAUTION
MASTER
SINGLE
CHIME
AMBER FAULT"
AMBER FAULT"
OVHD SYST
PANEL IND.
FAULT
FAULT
OFF
OFF
2
2
BAT
BAT
LOSS OF BAT 2
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
(ON ECAM CP)

MANUAL CREW
CLEAR P/BSW
ACTION ON
ACTION
N_MM_243800_0_AJL0_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

ELEC BAT 1
28 V
BAT 2
28 V
DC BAT
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS

110A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
6 2% 60%
116V APU GEN 116V
400HZ 400HZ
IDG 1 C110 110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU-ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_243800_0_AJL0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

NOTE: For some more information, see ATA (Ref. AMM D/O 31-51-00-00) .
In case of BCL FAULT warning, the crew is informed by the BCL FAULT message displayed on the upper
ECAM display unit whereas the ELEC page is displayed on the lower ECAM display unit.
Class 3 failures can be read using the CFDS. Maintenance personnel must localize the failures by means of
CFDS readouts
(Ref. Fig. Maintenance Test Procedure for BCL SHEET 1)

S Y S T E M R E POR T / T ES T S Y S T E M R E POR T / TES T

E L E C
1L A I RCOND F / CTL 1R 1L AC GE N TR 1 1R
2L AF S F UE L 2R SELECT 2L GC U EME R TR 2 2R
ELEC
3L COM I CE & R A I N 3R 3L BCL 1 TR 3 3R
4L E L EC I NS T 4R 4L BCL 2 4R
5L F I RE P ROT L /G 5R 5L 5R
6L R E T URN NA V 6R 6L R E T URN 6R
SELECT SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST
C F D S ME N U SELECT BCL 1
1L L A S T L E G R E POR T 1R
2L L A S T L EG E C AM RE P O R T 2R B CL
3L PR E V I OUS L EGS RE P O R T 3R 1L L A S T L E G R E POR T 1R
4L A V I ON I C S S T A T U S 4R 2L TEST 2R
5L S Y S T EM RE POR T / T E S T 5R 3L CL A S S 3 F AU L T S 3R
6L PO S T F L I GH T R E P OR T 6R 4L 4R
5L 5R
SELECT CFDS
6L RE T UR N 6R
MC D U ME N U
1L FMS 1R
2L DA T A L I N K 2R
3L CF D S 3R
4L A I DS 4R
5L 5R
SELECT LAST
SELECT TEST LEG REPORT
"TEST WAIT"
6L 6R IS DISPLAYED
SE L E C T D E S I RE D S Y S T E M
B CL
PRESS KEY L AS T L E G RE P OR T
B CL
T E S T 1L 243800 1R
MCDU
MENU 1L 245 100 1R
2L CH E CK D C B U S 3 P P . . . . B C L 1 2R
2L RE L A Y 1 9 X N 1 . B C L 1 C I RCU I T 2R
3L 3R
3L 3R
4L 4R
4L 4R
5L 5R
5L 5R
6L R E T URN PR I NT 6R
6L R E T URN PR I NT 6R
NEGATIVE TEST (IF NO FAILURE

NEGATIVE TEST IF TEST IS "NO REPONSE" IS DISPLAYED)
POSITIVE "TEST OK" IS DISPLAYED N_MM_243800_0_ANN0_01_01
Figure 24-38-00-20400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Maintenance Test Procedure for BCL

** ON A/C ALL

NOTE: If a BAT pushbutton switch is released (OFF position), the BAT OFF warning is displayed on the up-
per ECAM display unit whereas the ELEC page is displayed on the lower ECAM display unit.
The BITE messages generated by the BCL's are:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! ATA REF. ! MESSAGE ! CLASS ! COMMENT !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-51 ! BATTERY 1 (or 2) ! I ! Battery thermal runaway or !
! ! ! ! internal short circuit !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-28-51 ! STATIC INVERTER 3XB ! I ! Failure of static inverter !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-55 ! CHECK CONTACTOR ! I ! Failure of battery contactor !
! ! 6PB1 (or 6PB2) ! ! control of status circuit !
! ! BCL1 (or BCL2) ! ! !
! ! CIRCUIT ! ! !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-00 ! PUSHBUTTON 7PB1 ! I ! Failure of control P/BSW circuit !
! ! (or 7PB2) / BCL1 ! ! !
! ! (or BCL2) CIRCUIT ! ! !
!--------- !----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-00 ! SHUNT 3PB1 (or 3PB2) ! I ! Failure of current acquisition !
! ! /BCL1 (or BCL2) ! ! circuit !
! ! CIRCUIT ! ! !
!--------- !----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-00 ! FUSE 4PB1 (or 4PB2) ! I ! Fuse blown !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-34 ! BCL1 (or BCL2) ! I ! Failure of: !
! ! ! ! -analogic/numeric converter !
! ! ! ! -battery contactor control !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-00 ! CHECK DC BAT BUS ! I ! Failure of BCL BAT BUS supply !
! ! 3PP/BCL1 (or BCL2) ! ! !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-34 ! BCL1 (or BCL2) ! III ! Failure of: !
! ! ! ! -WATCH DOG !
! ! ! ! -BAT FAULT control !
! ! ! ! -APU START VALID control !
! ! ! ! -RAT/EMER GEN/FAULT control !
! ! ! ! (internal to BCL) !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 33-14-00 ! BOARD 5LP/BCL1 ! III ! Failure of BAT FAULT indication !
! ! (or BCL2) CIRCUIT ! ! circuit !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-24-00 ! RELAY 31XE/BCL1 ! III ! Failure of RAT/EMER GEN/FAULT !
! ! (or BCL2) CIRCUIT ! ! indication circuit !
!----------!----------------------!------ !-----------------------------------!
! 32-62-00 ! CHECK LGCIU1/BCL1 ! III ! Failure of nose L/G locked up !
! ! (or BCL2) CIRCUIT ! ! information !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-00 ! BCL1 (or BCL2) ! III ! Ground/flight ADIRU or LGCIU !
! ! LGCIU/ADIRU1 ! ! information disagree !
! ! SIGNAL DISAGREE ! ! !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!

! 24-34-55 ! CHECK CONTACTOR ! III ! Failure of ESS TR contactor !

! ! 3PE/BCL1 (or BCL2) ! ! status circuit !
! ! CIRCUIT ! ! !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-00 ! CHECK HOT BUS 701PP ! III ! Failure of voltage from HOT bus !
! ! (or 702PP)/ BCL1 ! ! !
! ! (or BCL2) CIRCUIT ! ! !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-25-00 ! RELAYS 15XC or 16XC/ ! III ! Failure of emergency !
! ! BCL1 (or BCL2) ! ! configuration information !
! ! CIRCUIT ! ! !
!----------!----------------------!-------!-----------------------------------!
! 24-38-00 ! CHECK HOT BUS POWER ! III ! Abnormal consumption on HOT bus !
! ! CONSUMPTION ! ! !
!-----------------------------------------------------------------------------!
Figure 24-38-00-12800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation - Battery Shunt - Component Location
Figure 24-38-00-16300-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Battery Charge Limiter (BCL1) - Shematic Simplified Cockpit
Compartment Controls and Indicating
Figure 24-38-00-20400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Maintenance Test Procedure for BCL
24-38-00 PB 201 CONF 00 - DC GENERATION - BATTERIES - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 24-38-00-960-801-A
Replacement of the DC Fuse 4PB11(4PB21)

Self explanatory


211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
121AL

C. Expendable Parts

12 DC fuse 24-38-08-01-120
4 DC fuse 24-38-08-01-120
12 DC fuse 24-38-88-01-080
4 DC fuse 24-38-88-01-080
DC Fuse 4PB11 (4PB21) SHEET 1
FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)

120VU
122VU
A
121VU
125VU
124VU
B
13PN
A 4PB11
4PB21
123VU 1
B
10
11
12 4PB11
2
3
4 4PB21
8
7
N_MM_243800_2_AB01_01_00
Figure 24-38-00-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Fuse 4PB11 (4PB21)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-00-010-053-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the bottom right side of rear panel 120VU, remove the access door (1).
Subtask 24-38-00-860-056-A
(1) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft external power-
receptacle.
connect the external power connector to the aircraft external power-receptacle.
released:
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-38-00-020-050-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-38-00-960-050-B
A. Replacement of the DC Fuse
(Ref. Fig. DC Fuse 4PB11 (4PB21) SHEET 1)
(1) For DC Fuse 4PB11
NOTE: The 4PB1 label installed on DC-bus-1 contactor-module 13PN shows the location for the in-
stallation of DC fuse 4PB11.
(a) Remove the nut (9) and washer (8).

(b) Remove the screw (10) and washer (11).
1 Remove and discard the DC fuse (12).
(c) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-38-08-01-120) DC fuse (12) or IPC -CSN (24-38-88-01-080) DC
fuse (12) to the terminals of the mount (5) as shown on Detail B.
(d) Install the washer (8) and nut (9).
1 TORQUE the nut (9) to between 0.9 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).

(e) Install the washer (11) and screw (10).

1 TORQUE the screw (10) to between 0.9 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
(2) For DC Fuse 4PB21
NOTE: The 4PB2 label installed on DC-bus-1 contactor-module 13PN shows the location for the in-
stallation of fuse 4PB21.
(a) Remove the nut (7) and washer (6).

(b) Remove the screw (2) and washer (3).
1 Remove and discard the DC fuse (4).
(c) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-38-08-01-120) DC fuse (4) or IPC -CSN (24-38-88-01-080) DC
fuse (4) to the terminals of the mount (5) as shown on Detail B.
(d) Install the washer (6) and nut (7).
1 TORQUE the nut (7) to between 0.9 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
(e) Install the washer (3) and screw (2).
1 TORQUE the screw (2) to between 0.9 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
Subtask 24-38-00-420-051-A
Subtask 24-38-00-750-050-B
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
(2) On the bottom right side of rear panel 120VU, install the access door (1).
Figure 24-38-00-991-00300-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Fuse 4PB11 (4PB21)
24-38-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - DC GENERATION - BATTERIES - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-38-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL), (with the CFDS)

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF BATTERY CHARGE LIMITER NO 1 AND NO 2 VIA CFDS

Operational test of the BITE function of the BCL. Make sure that the FAULT legends of the BAT pushbutton
switches and the RAT & EMER GEN annunciator come on.
NOTE: If the CFDS is not available, there is an alternative method for this procedure. This task gives the first
method. For the alternative method, refer to the other task in this page block.



812, 822
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the BAT 1 and BAT 2 pushbutton
switches are released. (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF legend is on).
(3) On the MCDU, on the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page, get the ELEC menu (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-
00-860-004) .
Subtask 24-38-00-010-051-A
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the avionics compartment doors 812 and
822.
(3) Open the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and BATTERY power center
105VU.

Subtask 24-38-00-865-050-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-38-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the BCL (with the CFDS)
ACTION RESULT
push the BAT 1 pushbutton switch. the OFF legend of the BAT 1 pushbutton switch
goes off.
push the line key adjacent to the BCL 1 indica- the BCL page comes into view.
tion.
3.On the BCL page: On the panel 35VU:
push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication. the FAULT legend of the BAT 1 pushbutton switch
comes on for 6 seconds approximately.
On the panel 21VU:
the FAULT legend of the RAT & EMER GEN an-
nunciator comes on for 6 seconds approximately.
On the BCL page:
the TEST OK message comes into view.
4.On the MCDU:
push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indica-
tion until the ELEC page comes into view.
release the BAT 1 pushbutton switch, the OFF legend of the BAT 1 pushbutton switch
push the BAT 2 pushbutton switch. comes on,
the OFF legend of the BAT 2 pushbutton switch
goes off.
push the line key adjacent to the BCL 2 indica- the BCL page comes into view.
tion.
7.On the BCL page: On the panel 35VU:
push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication. the FAULT legend of the BAT 2 pushbutton switch
comes on for 6 seconds approximately.
On the panel 21VU:
the FAULT legend of the RAT & EMER GEN an-
nunciator comes on for 6 seconds approximately.
On the BCL page:
the TEST OK message comes into view.

ACTION RESULT
release the BAT 2 pushbutton switch. the OFF legend of the BAT 2 pushbutton switch
comes on.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-00-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and BATTERY power center
105VU.
Subtask 24-38-00-860-050-A
comes into view.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-38-00-710-001-A01
Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL), (without the CFDS)

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF BATTERY CHARGE LIMITER NO 1 AND NO 2 VIA CFDS
Test of the BCL when the CFDS is not operational


822
(Ref. 24-30-00-040-001-A). Do a Charging Cycle of the Battery Connected with the Battery Charge
Limiter (BCL) or Replacement of the Battery

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-00-860-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the BAT 1 and BAT 2 pushbutton
switches are released (the OFF legends are on).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 24-38-00-010-052-A
B. Get Access
Subtask 24-38-00-865-054-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-38-00-710-052-A
A. Operational Test of the BCL (without the CFDS)
(1) Do this test:
ACTION RESULT
get the ELEC page. the usual configuration comes into view,
the BAT 1(2) indication is white,
the white OFF indication is in view,
the amber crosses are in view at the DC BAT
busbar indication.

ACTION RESULT
push the BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch. the OFF legend of the BAT 1(2) pushbutton
switch goes off.
the green DC BAT busbar indication comes into
view,
the green line between the BAT 1(2) indication
and the DC BAT busbar indication comes into
view. The arrow points to the BAT 1(2) indica-
tion,
the related parameter indications (voltage and
current) come into view in green.
After approximately 12 seconds, the green line
between the BAT 1(2) indication and the DC BAT
busbar indication:
goes out of view if the battery charge is correct
and it is not necessary to charge the battery.
stays in view if it is necessary to charge the bat-
tery.
release the BAT 1(2) pushbutton switch. the OFF legend of the BAT 1(2) pushbutton
switch comes on.
the green line between the BAT 1(2) indication
and the DC BAT busbar indication goes out of
view (if it was in view).
NOTE: If the BAT 1 and BAT 2 pushbutton
switches are released simultaneously:
the white OFF indication comes into view,
the amber crosses come into view at the DC
BAT busbar indication.
(2) If necessary, charge the battery (Ref. AMM TASK 24-30-00-040-001) .

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 24-38-00-860-053-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

24-38-00 PB 601 CONF 00 - DC GENERATION - BATTERIES - INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 24-38-00-210-001-A
Visual Inspection of the Batteries

Examination of the batteries.

No specific AR SPONGE
No specific acetic acid

822
Power
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-00-861-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-38-00-941-051-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the BAT 1 and 2 pushbutton switches are
released (out).
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell the
persons not to use the batteries.

Subtask 24-38-00-010-050-A
C. Get Access
Subtask 24-38-00-865-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-38-00-210-050-A
A. Inspect the Batteries
(1) To do this:
WARNING: DO NOT GET ELECTROLYTE ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
- FLUSH IT AWAY IMMEDIATELY WITH CLEAN COLD WATER.
- GET MEDICAL AID.
(a) Disconnect the battery connector and put a CAP - BLANKING on the connector.
(b) Examine the battery externally and make sure that these are in good condition:
case and lid,
latches,
pins of the electrical connector.
(c) Examine the battery internally; to do this:
1 Cut and remove the lockwire from the lid.
2 Remove the lid and do a check of the condition of:
cells (electrolytic spillage, overheating, deformation),
connections between cells (oxidation),
safety valves.
If you find spilled electrolyte, overheat marks or deformation (such as a cell with a swollen
case, damaged cell strap), replace the battery.
(d) Install the lid and safety it with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QFB1).
Subtask 24-38-00-210-051-A
B. Examine the Ventilation Ducts
(1) To do this:
(a) Do a check of the condition of the ventilation ducts (traces of electrolyte).
(b) Remove the ducts to clean and wash them with water and, if necessary, remove the electrolyte.
(c) Install the ducts.
Subtask 24-38-00-160-050-A
C. Clean of the Batteries Area

(1) In areas which you can get access to easily:

Use a clean wet cloth to remove any trace of electrolyte. Be careful not to apply electrolyte all around
with the cloth.
You must of ten clean the cloth not to have a larger area with contamination.
(2) In areas which you cannot get access to easily (complex structure):
(a) First clean the area with a 5 percent acetic acid solution.
NOTE: If acetic acid is not available, you can use pure household spirit vinegar as an alternative.
(b) Then wipe and dry the area as well as possible with a clean cloth.
(3) Electrical cables on which there is electrolyte contamination:
(a) Clean the cables with a clean SPONGE or Textile-Lint free Cotton - (Material No. 14SBA1); if the
cable insulation is damaged, replace the cable.
(4) If some electrolyte comes out of the battery, you must write a report to give details on:
the area where it occurred
the cleaning procedure used and
the cable repair you did.
This is necessary to do another check after 2 weeks.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-00-865-052-A

Subtask 24-38-00-410-050-A
B. Close Access
Subtask 24-38-00-862-051-A
C. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
24-38-34 - CHARGE LIMITER - BATTERY (BCL)
24-38-34 PB 401 CONF 00 - CHARGE LIMITER

- BATTERY (BCL) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-38-34-000-001-A
Removal of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL)
FIN : 1PB1 , 1PB2


Self explanatory


822
Battery Charge Limiter SHEET 1

822
105VU
FR16
FR9
1PB1
1PB2
4
3
N_MM_243834_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-38-34-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Battery Charge Limiter

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-34-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, release the BAT pushbutton switches.
(3) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell the persons not to
operate the batteries.
Subtask 24-38-34-010-050-A
Subtask 24-38-34-865-050-A

FOR FIN 1PB1 (BCL-1)
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Battery Charge Limiter SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-38-34-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Battery Charge Limiter
(3) Loosen and remove the four screws (4) and the washers (3).
(4) Remove the battery charge limiter (1).
TASK 24-38-34-400-001-A
Installation of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL)
FIN : 1PB1 , 1PB2

Self explanatory



822
(Ref. 24-38-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL), (with the CFDS)
(Ref. 24-38-00-710-001-A-01). Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL), (without the CF-
DS)
Power
Battery Charge Limiter SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-34-860-051-A
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the BAT pushbutton switches are
released.
(3) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position
to tell persons not to operate the batteries.
822.
(6) Make sure that the access panel of the BATTERY power center 105VU is open.
Subtask 24-38-34-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Battery Charge Limiter SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-38-34-420-050-A

A. Installation of the Battery Charge Limiter

(1) Install the battery charge limiter (1) on its support.
(2) Install the four screws (4) and the washers (3) and then tighten screws.
(5) Connect the connector (2) to the battery charge limiter (1).
Subtask 24-38-34-865-052-A

Subtask 24-38-34-710-050-A
C. Do an operational test of the BCL from the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-00-710-001) .
NOTE: As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test without the CFDS
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-34-410-050-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 24-38-34-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
Figure 24-38-34-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Battery Charge Limiter
24-38-51 - BATTERY
24-38-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - BATTERY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-38-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Batteries
FIN : 2PB1 , 2PB2


Self explanatory


812, 822
Batteries

Z120
2PB2
A
822
2PB1
FR24
812
106VU
105VU
FR1 10
B
1
C
5
A
TYPICAL
N_MM_243851_4_AAN0_01_03
Figure 24-38-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Batteries

** ON A/C ALL

LOCKWIRE
COPPER WIRE 01
C
NOTE:
01 TO CUT AND REMOVE IF INSTALLED (REMOVAL OF THE BATTERY)
AND TO INSTALL IF POSSIBLE (INSTALLATION OF THE BATTERY)
N_MM_243851_4_AAN0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-51-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, release these pushbutton switches:
BAT 1,
BAT 2.
(3) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell the
persons not to operate the batteries.
Subtask 24-38-51-010-050-A
doors 812 and 822.
(3) Open the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and the BATTERY power
center 105VU.
Subtask 24-38-51-865-050-A

FOR FIN 2PB1 (BAT-1)
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Batteries)
Subtask 24-38-51-020-050-A
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE BATTERY. THE BATTERY IS
HEAVY AND CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
A. Removal of the Batteries
NOTE: The weight of the battery is approximately 26 kg (57 lb).
(1) If installed, cut and remove the copper wire between the knurled nut (6) and the connector (7).
(2) Turn the knurled nut (6) by a quarter turn.
(5) Loosen the clamp (9).
(6) Disconnect the ventilation duct (10) and put a CAP - BLANKING on the duct.

(7) Cut and remove the lockwire from the two wing nuts (2).
(8) Loosen the two wing nuts (2).
(9) Release the two rods (3) that hold the battery.
(10) Remove the battery (1).
Subtask 24-38-51-869-051-A
B. Make sure that there is no electrolyte leakage in the ventilation duct.
NOTE: If there is, remove the duct, clean it and rinse it with water.
TASK 24-38-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Batteries
FIN : 2PB1 , 2PB2

Self explanatory

(Material No. 14QBE1) Wire-Locking Dia: 0.4 mm (0.015 inch) Copper -
(Material No. 14QDB1) Wire-Locking Dia: 0.5 mm (0.020 inch) CRES Nickel Alloy -

812, 822
DS)
Power
Ref. ESPM 20-45-93
Batteries
FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-51-860-052-A
BAT 1,
BAT 2.
(3) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 35VU, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position
to tell persons not to operate the batteries.
(4) Make sure that an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the avionics
compartment doors 812 and 822.
(6) Make sure that the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and BATTERY
power center 105VU are open.
Subtask 24-38-51-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Batteries)
Subtask 24-38-51-420-050-A
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE BATTERY. THE BATTERY IS
HEAVY AND CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.
A. Installation of the Batteries
NOTE: The weight of the battery is approximately 26 kg (57 lb).
NOTE: The battery is discharged in case of new-spare supplier delivery, long term storage or transporta-
tion. Refer to CMM 24-38-51 to service the battery before on A/C installation.
(1) Put the battery (1) in position between the four stops (4) on the plate assembly (5).
(2) Put the rods (3) in position to the battery.
NOTE: Make sure that the rods are engaged in the cover assembly slots of the battery (1) and the
spacers (8) are in position.
(3) Tighten the wing nuts (2) with your hand until they touch the battery, then tighten a 1/4 turn more.

(4) Safety the wing nuts (2) with Wire-Locking Dia: 0.5 mm (0.020 inch) CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QDB1).
(5) Remove all the blanking caps and connect the duct (10) on the battery.
(6) Install the clamp (9) and tighten it.
(9) Connect the connector (7) on the battery (1).
(10) Turn the knurled nut (6) by a quarter turn.
(11) If it is possible to install the Wire-Locking Dia: 0.4 mm (0.015 inch) Copper - (Material No. 14QBE1)
between the knurled nut (6) and the connector (7), you must install it Ref. ESPM 20-45-93.
NOTE: It is possible to install the copper wire only for some connectors.
Subtask 24-38-51-865-052-A

Subtask 24-38-51-710-050-A
C. Do an operational test of the BCL from the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-00-710-001) .
NOTE: As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test without the CFDS
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-00-710-001) .
Subtask 24-38-51-750-050-B
D. Adjustment of the Clock
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-51-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and BATTERY power center
105VU.
Subtask 24-38-51-862-051-A


(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
24-38-51 PB 601 CONF 00 - BATTERY - INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 24-38-51-280-001-A
Removal of the Battery for Overhaul
FIN : 2PB1 , 2PB2

REMOVE BATTERY FOR OVERHAUL


822
Power
FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)
Ref. CMM 24-38-51
FOR 2PB2 (BAT-2)
Ref. CMM 24-38-51
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-51-861-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-38-51-010-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-38-51-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Battery
(a) Remove battery 2PB1 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-000-001) .
Subtask 24-38-51-280-050-A
B. Check of the Battery
(a) Send battery 2PB1 to the workshop for overhaul Ref. CMM 24-38-51 .
(a) Send battery 2PB2 to the workshop for overhaul Ref. CMM 24-38-51 .
Subtask 24-38-51-420-051-A
C. Installation of the Battery
(a) Install battery 2PB1 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-400-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-51-410-051-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 24-38-51-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
TASK 24-38-51-280-802-A
Removal of the Battery for Check in Workshop
FIN : 2PB1 , 2PB2

REMOVE BATTERY FOR CHECK IN WORKSHOP



822
Power
FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)
Ref. CMM 24-38-51
FOR 2PB2 (BAT-2)
Ref. CMM 24-38-51
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-51-861-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-38-51-010-052-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-38-51-020-052-A
A. Removal of the Battery
Subtask 24-38-51-280-051-A
B. Check of the Battery
(a) Send battery 2PB1 to the workshop for check Ref. CMM 24-38-51 .


(a) Send battery 2PB2 to the workshop for check Ref. CMM 24-38-51 .
Subtask 24-38-51-420-052-A
C. Installation of the Battery
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-51-410-052-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 24-38-51-862-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
24-38-54 - SHUNT - BATTERY
24-38-54 PB 401 CONF 00 - SHUNT - BATTERY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-38-54-000-001-A
Removal of the Battery Shunt
FIN : 3PB1 , 3PB2

Self explanatory


812, 822

Battery Shunt (3PB1, 3PB2) SHEET 1

822
A
812
A FR16
FR9
A
12 13 14
10 11
9
2
10 11 3
9
8 4
8 7 6 5
N_MM_243854_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-38-54-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Battery Shunt (3PB1, 3PB2)

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-54-861-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-38-54-941-050-A
(1) In the cockpit, on the ELEC panel 35VU, release these pushbutton switches:
BAT 1,
BAT 2.
(2) In the cockpit, on the ELEC panel 35VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to
operate the batteries.
Subtask 24-38-54-010-050-A
C. Get access to the Avionics Compartment
doors 812 and 822.
(3) Open the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and the battery power center
105VU.
Subtask 24-38-54-865-050-A

FOR FIN 3PB1 (SHUNT-BAT 1)
FOR FIN 3PB2 (SHUNT-BAT 2)
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Battery Shunt (3PB1, 3PB2) SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-38-54-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Battery Shunt
(1) Remove the bolts (8), remove and discard the lockwashers (9), remove the washers (10) and the
ground cable (11).
(2) Remove the bolt (12), remove and discard the lockwasher (13), remove the electrical wire (14).
(3) Remove the bolt (4), remove and discard the lockwasher (3), remove the electrical wire (2).
(4) Remove the bolts (7), the washers (6) and the nuts (1).
(5) Remove the battery shunt (5).
TASK 24-38-54-400-001-A

Installation of the Battery Shunt
FIN : 3PB1 , 3PB2

Self explanatory

to between 40 and 44.51 lbf.in (0.45 and 0.50 m.daN)

812, 822
C. Expendable Parts

9 lockwasher 24-38-01-02-042
13 lockwasher 24-38-01-02-047
3 lockwasher 24-38-01-02-047
9 lockwasher 24-38-81-02-042
13 lockwasher 24-38-81-02-047
3 lockwasher 24-38-81-02-047
Power
Battery Shunt (3PB1, 3PB2) SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-54-860-050-A

BAT 1,
BAT 2.
(3) In the cockpit, on the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons
not to operate the batteries, is in position.
(4) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the avionics
(6) Make sure that the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and the battery
power center 105VU are open.
Subtask 24-38-54-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Battery Shunt (3PB1, 3PB2) SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-38-54-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Battery Shunt
(2) Install the battery shunt (5).
(3) Install the bolts (7), the washers (6) and the nuts (1).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 40 and 44.51 lbf.in (0.45 and 0.50 m.daN).
(5) Install the ground cables (11), the washers (10), new IPC -CSN (24-38-01-02-042) lockwasher (9) or
IPC -CSN (24-38-81-02-042) lockwasher (9) and the bolts (8).
(6) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 53.10 and 79.65 lbf.in (0.60 and 0.90 m.daN).
(7) Install the electrical wire (2), a new IPC -CSN (24-38-01-02-047) lockwasher (3) or IPC -CSN (24-
38-81-02-047) lockwasher (3) and the bolt (4).
(8) Install the electrical wire (14), a new IPC -CSN (24-38-01-02-047) lockwasher (13) or IPC -CSN (24-
38-81-02-047) lockwasher (13) and the bolt (12).
(9) TORQUE the bolts (4) and (12) to between 13.28 and 17.70 lbf.in (0.15 and 0.20 m.daN).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-54-865-052-A


Subtask 24-38-54-410-050-A
B. Close Access
(2) Close the access panels of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU and the battery power center
105VU.
Subtask 24-38-54-862-050-A
C. De-energize the ground service network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
Figure 24-38-54-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Battery Shunt (3PB1, 3PB2)
TASK 24-38-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Battery Line Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 6PB1 , 6PB2

Self explanatory




212 COCKPIT
121AL, 812,
822
Contactors SHEET 1

822
A
105VU
A
FR16
FR9 6PB2
B
6PB1
B
2
B
CONTACTOR BASE
CONTACTOR 6
4
7 3 2
N_MM_243855_4_AAL0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-55-010-050-B
A. Get Access
doors 812 and 822.
(2) Open the avionics compartment doors 812 and 822.
Subtask 24-38-55-941-050-A
(2) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on access door 121AL to tell the persons not to use the external power
receptacle.
(3) In the cockpit, on the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, release these pushbutton switches:
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
21VU (EMER ELEC PWR)
35VU (ELEC).
(5) In the cockpit, on the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position
to tell persons not to start the APU.
(6) Disconnect the electrical connectors of the two batteries, refer to (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-51-000-
001)
CAUTION: REMOVE THE CONTACTOR ONLY AND NOT THE BASE OR THE MODULE WHERE THE
WIRES ARE CONNECTED.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-38-55-020-051-A
(3) Loosen the two captive screws (2).
(4) Disengage the contactor (3) from the base (5) and remove the contactor.
TASK 24-38-55-400-001-A
Installation of the Battery Line Contactor


CIRCUITS.
FIN : 6PB1 , 6PB2

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL, 812,
822
DS)
Contactors SHEET 1
FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-38-55-860-050-B
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE are in position at the avionics
(2) Make sure that the avionics compartment doors 812 and 822 are open.
(3) Make sure that ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
121AL.

(6) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on access door 121AL to tell persons not to
use the external power receptacle.
(7) In the cockpit, on the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that these pushbutton switches are
released:
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
(8) Make sure that the electrical connectors of the two batteries are disconnected.
(9) In the cockpit, make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-38-55-420-050-A
(1) Put the contactor (3) on the tapped barrels (6) of the contactor base (5).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(5) Connect the connector (4) to the contactor (3).
Subtask 24-38-55-710-050-A
B. Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL)
(1) Do an operational test of the BCL from the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-38-00-710-001) .
Subtask 24-38-55-750-050-B
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-38-55-410-050-B
A. Close Access
(3) Close the avionics compartment doors 812 and 822.


24-40 - EXTERNAL POWER
24-40-00 - EXTERNAL POWER
24-40-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - EXTERNAL POWER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The aircraft network can be supplied by a ground power unit. For this, an external power receptacle is provided
forward of the nose landing gear well.
This receptacle enables to supply:
either the whole network via the transfer circuit (Ref. AMM D/O 24-41-00-00) ,
or only part of it, the ground service network which comprises:
. the AC ground service bus control (Ref. AMM D/O 24-42-00-00) ,
. the DC ground service bus control (Ref. AMM D/O 24-43-00-00) .

FR12 FR5
FR14 FR3
FR16
FR20
811
108VU
20XG
121AL
822
120VU 841
49VU
122VU
35VU
21VU
121VU
25VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
LOWER UPPER
ECAM ECAM
DISPLAY DISPLAY
UNIT UNIT
FR16
FR9
92VU
2000VU
106VU
90VU
N_MM_244000_0_AAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
3XG EPC 120VU 212 24-41-55
8XG IND LT-EXT PWR/NOT IN USE 108VU 120 24-41-00
9XG CAUT LT-EXT PWR/AVAIL 108VU 120 24-41-00
10XG P/BSW-ELEC/EXT PWR 35VU 210 24-41-00
20XG RCPT-EXT PWR 121AL 120 24-41-51
12XX CNTOR-AC GND SVCE SPLY 120VU 212 24-42-55
14XX CNTOR-AC & DC GND SVCE SPLY 120VU 212 24-42-55
16XX CNTOR-SVCE BUS 2 120VU 212 24-42-00
24XG GAPCU 92VU 122 24-41-34
5XX SW-MAINT BUS/ON 2000VU 223 24-42-00
24-41 - AC EXTERNAL POWER CONTROL
24-41-00 - AC EXTERNAL POWER CONTROL
24-41-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC EXTERNAL POWER

CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The power supply control of the whole aircraft network from a ground power unit is performed from the cockpit
overhead panel (Ref. AMM D/O 24-00-00-00) .
This control is associated with a Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) which permanently
monitors the parameters for the quality of the electrical power supplied.
Moreover, the GAPCU permanently transmits to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) all its fault
messages, controls and monitors the APU generation.
(Ref. Fig. AC External Power Control (GAPCU) - Component Location)

120VU
21VU 122VU
35VU
25VU 121VU
B 124VU 125VU
123VU
UPPER
ECAM
LOWER DISPLAY UNIT
ECAM
DISPLAY UNIT
A
C
A
120VU
29XN
3XG
PANEL 35VU
B
35VU
V V
OFF OFF FAULT
GALLEY
AC BUS 1 ALTN
E FAULT
A
U
AC ESS BUS AC BUS 2
E
L OFF
T
O
L
E BUS TIE E
A
C IDG 1 U IDG 2 C
OFF O
OFF OFF ON OFF
10XG
N_MM_244100_0_AAR0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-12300-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - AC External Power Control (GAPCU) - Component Location
** ON A/C ALL

FR12
FR14 FR5
FR3
FR16
FR20
811
D
108VU
121AL
822 20XG
841
D
PANEL 108VU
FLT INT
EXT PWR
108VU
8XG
9XG
NOT IN USE AVAIL COCKPIT CALL ADIRU & APU FIRE
AVNCS VENT
LIGHT TEST COCKPIT CALL ASSET
APU SHUT OFF
N_MM_244100_0_AAR0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. AC External Power Control (GAPCU) - Component Location SHEET 1)

A
90VU
B
A
FR16
FR9 B
92VU
24XG
C C
RACK
N_MM_244100_0_ACP0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-12400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC External Power Control (GAPCU) - Component Location
** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
3XG EPC 120VU 212 24-41-55
8XG IND LT-EXT PWR/NOT IN USE 108VU 120 24-41-00
9XG CAUT LT-EXT PWR/AVAIL 108VU 120 24-41-00
10XG P/BSW-ELEC/EXT PWR 35VU 210 24-41-00
20XG RCPT-EXT PWR 121AL 120 24-41-51
24XG GAPCU 92VU 122 24-41-34
(Ref. Fig. External Power Configuration - Block Diagram)

301PP
11PB

49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6KA 6XE
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 12PB2 704PP
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1
701PP B
103PP BCL-1 12PB1 1PR
3PN1 703PP
5PB1 BAT1
101PP SHUNT
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
3XB
5XB
28
115 2XB 6PH
5PU1 D
STATIC 901XP
INV 12XB
801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP
24-50-00
1PU1 115VAC
TR1 8XH
110XP
7XN1 21XN1
431XPC
131XPA 4XH 26V
5XN1 26V
5XH 401XP
15XN1
103XP 115VAC
3XN1
2PU1 AC ESS BUS 4XP
101XP
1XN1
AC BUS 1 1XP E
1XC
115VAC
3XC
15XE
F
G
BTC-1
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS
28-21-00 H
APU GAPCU EXTERNAL
GCU-1 GEN GEN 8XS POWER
4000XU 24XG
1 RECEPTACLE
1XU1
N_MM_244100_0_AEJ0_01_01
Figure 24-41-00-14300-00-N / SHEET 1/2 - External Power Configuration - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

A 802PP
10PH 35XE
801PP
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

20PC 28VDC
2PR
502PP 8PH
401PP
501PP
5PR 8PR
4PC
206PP 28VDC
6PN
B
204PP 601PP
3PN2
202PP 602PP
1PN2
7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
5PU2 3PE
1PX
24-50-00
1PU2 1PE
TR2 ESS TR
210XP
7XN2 21XN2
231XPA
5XN2 26V
15XN2
204XP
3XN2
214XP
202XP 4XX 16XX
1XN2
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC 4PE
212XP
10XN 12XN
ELEC PUMP-Y
3801GX 3805GX 29-24-00
F
G
BTC-2 GLC-EMERG
GLC-2 1XX 14XX
11XU2 2XE
9XU2
2XX 12XX
H
3802GX 3806GX CSM/G
2
1XU2 1XE
N_MM_244100_0_AEJ0_02_01

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Ground Power Control Unit (GAPCU) - Schematic Diagram SHEET 1)

NOT IN USE
EXT PWR
28VDC
8XG
3PP
SDAC2
SDAC1
CFDIU
EXT PWR/AVAIL
DC1
B1
9XG
EPC
3XG
GND SPLY
12XX-AC
CNTOR
BACK UP
28VDC
6XG
4XG
11XG
EPC AUX CTL RLY

5XG
PR
GLC.BTC
10LP
LOGIC
TR
EP INTERLOCK
EP INTERLOCK
EPC EPC
CTL CTL
EXT PWR
AVAIL
ON
P/BSW
GCU1
GCU
10XG
SW
5AVAC
AVAIL
LIGHT
GAPCU
13XG
21XG
115VAC
2XG
401XP
5VAC
ESS
TRIP
EXTERNAL POWER UNIT

5VAC
ESS
35LP
CLOSE
28VDC
N_MM_244100_0_AGN0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-14400-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Ground Power Control Unit (GAPCU) - Schematic Diagram
** ON A/C ALL

A. External Power Receptable

One external power receptable (20XG) located foward of the nose gear well enables power supply of the
aircraft network up to 90 KVA.
This is perfomed by means of a single three-phase, 400 Hz, 115/200 VAC Ground Power Unit (GPU).
B. Ground Power Supply
The GPU supplies the transfer circuit through the EPC (3XG).
The effective supply of the aircraft network by means of the Bus Transfer Contactors (BTC), (Ref. AMM D/
O 24-22-00-00) , depends on the availability of the other generation sources and the defined priority order.
In ground configuration, these two power sources can supply all of the aircraft network:
The APU generator, to a maximum power of 115 KVA, or
The GPU, to a maximum power of 90 KVA (approximately 60KVA for the technical loads).
A. Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) Control and Protection Functions
The GAPCU controls both APU generator and external powers channels. In addition to the APU generator
functions, the GAPCU has three different functions:
aircraft power supply control and network protection,
system test and self-monitoring relating to these functions
provide BITE and messages for the AC generation (GCU').
NOTE: The GAPCU transmits command and data to and receives data from up to the GCUs. The commu-
nication is made via 1553 serial data links.
(1) Control Unit Supply

The control unit is supplied:
with 115 VAC/400 Hz, directly from the external power receptacle, by the voltage it has to analyse.
The GAPCU generates 28VDC from this voltage. It is used:
for its own needs (internal plus or minus 15 V, plus or minus 5 V and + 28 V supply),
to supply the aircraft power supply control and indicating circuits (EPC, EXT PWR
pushbutton switch, EXT PWR NOT IN USE indicator light and EXT PWR AVAIL caution
light, flight/ground network contactors),
with 28 VDC from the normal aircraft electrical network and on the ground only.
This dual supply constitutes the 28 V internal supply, peculiar to the control unit.
(2) Controls
The GAPCU (in association with the EXT PWR pushbutton switch) controls the connection/
disconnection of the external power to/from the aircraft electrical system.
The necessary controls are achieved by means of relays.
The Interloch Monitoring Relay (IMR)
This relay when energized, connects a holding supply to the GPU line contactor. It is
energized when the following conditions exist:
- external power Pin E voltage is higher than 12.6 Volts
- external power protection latch is erroneous
- interlock fault is erroneous:
. the interlock voltage fault is detected when AC voltage is measured higher than 60VAC
or DC voltage is measured higher than 45VDC.
The External Power Ready Relay (PRR)
The PRR when excited enables the connection of the ground power unit to the aircraft
network provided none of the following protections is actived:
. over/undervoltage,
. over/underfrequency,
. incorrect phase order,
. GAPCU internal fault.
Any fault detection:

prevents the ground power unit from being connected to the aircraft network,
or causes it to trip if already in line.
NOTE: When a fault is detected, the PRR is no longer excited and/or inhibits illumination of the ON le-
gend of the EXT PWR pushbutton switch.
NOTE: The PRR also controls the illumination of the AVAIL legend of the EXT PWR pushbutton switch
in the cockpit and the EXT PWR AVAIL caution light in the external power receptacle housing.
(3) Protections
Over/underfrequency (OF, UF)
The control unit permanently monitors the frequency of phase A voltage of the external
power receptacle.
The over/underfrequencies protection are triggered when the frequency becomes higher/
lower than a certain threshold.
Over/undervoltage (OV, UV)
The control unit permanently monitors the voltage of the three phases of the external
power receptacle.
The undervoltage protection is triggered when the voltage of the lower phase becomes
lower than a certain threshold.
Incorrect phase order (IPS)
This detection is performed from voltage information of phases A and B of the external
power receptacle.
After excitation of the ground power unit generator, the control unit analyzes the phase
order of the voltage supply. When the voltage is incorrect, the GAPCU prevents the
closure of the PRR relay (protection of the three phase consumers).
NOTE: This protection is effective in case of: cross connection between any two phases, and also if a
phase and the neutral are crossed. A table listing these functions is shown below:
GAPCU PROTECTIONS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! External Power ! SENSING ! THRESHOLD ! TIME DELAY ! TRIPS!
! FUNCTION ! ! ! ! !
!--------------------!-----------------!---------------!---------------!------I
!Overvoltage (0V) !Highest EP phase !130 +/- 1.5V !Inverse Curve !IMR, !
! ! ! !(max) !EPRR !
!--------------------!-----------------!---------------!---------------!------!
!Undervoltage (UV1) !Lowest EP phase !101.5 +/- 1.5V !4.5 seconds !IMR !
! ! !4V Hysteresis !(max) !EPRR !
!--------------------!-----------------!---------------!---------------!------!
!Overfrequency (OF1) !EP !435 +/- 1Hz !4.0 seconds !IMR, !
! ! !4 Hz Hysteresis!(max) !EPPR !
!--------------------!-----------------!---------------!---------------!------!
!Underfrequency (UF1)IEP !361 +/- 1Hz !4.0 seconds !IMR, !
! I !4 Hz Hysteresis!(max) !EPRR !
! (UF2)I !323 +/- 1Hz !160 milli- ! !
! ! !4 Hz Hysteresis!seconds (max) ! !
!--------------------I-----------------!---------------!---------------!------!
!External Power IEP interlock pins!60 +/- 6VAC !Such that No !IMR, !
!Interlock IE and F !45 +/- 5VDC !Damage is !EPRR !
! I ! !incurred in the! !
! ! ! !GAPCU ! !

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(4) BITE Functions

(a) System self monitoring and function
The same test philosophy applies for the GCU and as well as for the GAPCU (Ref. 24-22-00).
A. Control and Indicating Circuits - Controls and Indicating in the Cockpit
(Ref. Fig. External Power Contactor (EPC) Supply - Schematic Diagram SHEET 1)

301PP
28VDC
BAT BUS 2XU1
FAULT
PMG OFF
PR
3XU1 4XU1
LOCK-OUT ELEC/GEN 1 GLC 1 AUX CTL RLY
BTC
1XU1 9XU1
GLC - 1 11XU1
GCU - 1 BTC -1
301PP
28VDC
2XU2
BAT BUS
FAULT
PMG
OFF
PR
3XU2
LOCK-OUT ELEC/GEN 2 11XU2
4XU2 BTC - 2
BTC GLC 2 AUX CTL RLY
1XU2
GCU - 2
9XU2
301PP GLC - 2
28VDC
BAT BUS 7XG
FAULT
OFF
PMG PR
2XS
APU GEN 4XS
APU GLC AUX CTL RLY
G.P PR
3XC 3XG
GLC - APU EPC
EXT PWR CTL
11XG
24XG
GAPCU 5XG
EPC AUX CTL
N_MM_244100_0_AJP0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-17800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - External Power Contactor (EPC) Supply - Schematic Diagram
** ON A/C ALL

As soon as the ground power unit is connected and selected on, the GAPCU analyzes the voltage delivered
at the external power receptacle.
If the analyzed parameters are correct:
the GAPCU controls the illumination of the green AVAIL legend of EXT PWR pushbutton switch located
on the overhead ELEC panel 35VU.
This pushbutton switch controls the energization of the transfer network by means of the
external power contactor (EPC).
EPC supply is shown in this figure,
when the AVAIL legend of this pushbutton switch is illuminated, the EPC remains open.
NOTE: Nevertheless, the ground power unit can supply ground/flight networks in ground service configura-
tion (Ref. AMM D/O 24-42-00-00) .
when the pushbutton switch is pressed and released, the EPC closes and supplies the transfer circuit.
Blue ON legend comes on to indicate the closure of EPC (AVAIL legend goes off).
The effective supply of the aircraft network by means of the BTCs depends on the availability of the onboard
main generation sources.
In the case of APU generator already supplying the transfer circuit, the supply command by means of the
external power receptacle causes the opening of the APU generator line contactor.
For reference only, each channel is supplied according to the following priority order:
its generator,
the ground power unit,
the APU generator,
the second generator.
NOTE: The EXT PWR pushbutton switch is springloaded. At each impulse on the EXT PWR pushbut-
ton switch, the GAPCU controls the change of position of the external power auxiliary relay,
(Ref. AMM D/O 24-22-00-00) .
B. Control and Indicating Circuits - Indicating in the External Power Receptacle Housing
Two lights located in the external power receptacle housing enable easier utilization or removal of the
ground power unit by the ground personnel.
blue EXT PWR/AVAIL indicator light controlled by the GAPCU, comes on to indicate that the ground
power unit is operating and the voltage correct.
White EXT/PWR NOT IN USE indicator light comes on to indicate that the ground power unit does not
supply the aircraft and can be disconnected.
NOTE: A lamp test of these two lights can be performed by means of the LIGHT TEST pushbutton switch
located in the external power receptacle housing.
C. Communications
(Ref. Fig. Communication - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

PARAMETERS
GEN 2
GCU 2
FADEC 2
(SYSTEM +
(SYSTEM +
SDAC 2
SDAC 1
ECAM)
ECAM)
FADEC 1
PARAMETERS
GEN 1
GCU 1
ANALOG AND DISCRETE SIGNAL

GAPCU
PARAMETERS
EXT PWR
ARINC 429
1553 BUS
PARAMETERS
APU GEN
CFDIU
N_MM_244100_0_ALP0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-18600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Communication - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

A general schematic is shown in this figure and describes all the communications between the different
systems. They are of 2 types:
communications toward the SDAC,
BITE communications.
(1) SDAC communications
(a) Table of Main Digital Signals Sent out by the Equipment to SDAC1(2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! 1 070 01!GEN1 FREQ ! 512 ! HZ ! ! 09 ! ! ! ! GCU1 !
! 2 070 10!GEN2 FREQ ! 512 ! HZ ! ! 09 ! ! ! ! GCU2 !
! 071 01! APU GEN ! 512 ! HZ ! ! 09 ! ! ! ! GAPCU !
! ! FREQ ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 071 10! EXT PWR ! 512 ! HZ ! ! 09 ! ! ! ! GAPCU !
! ! FREQ ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 072 01! GEN1 ! 256 ! V ! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GCU1 !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 072 10! GEN2 ! 256 ! V ! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GCU2 !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 075 01! APU GEN ! 256 ! V ! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GAPCU !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 075 10! EXT PWR ! 256 ! V ! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GAPCU !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 077 01! GEN1 LOAD! 256 !PCT ! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GCU1 !
! 2 077 10! GEN2 LOAD! 256 !PCT ! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GCU2 !
! 100 00! APU GEN ! 256 !PCT ! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GAPCU !
! ! LOAD ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 105 01!IDG1 INLET! 256 !deg.! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GCU1 !
! ! TEMP ! ! C ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 105 10!IDG2 INLET! 256 !deg.! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GCU2 !
! ! TEMP ! ! C ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 1 106 01!IDG1OUTLET! 256 !deg.! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GCU1 !
! ! TEMP ! ! C ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 2 106 10!IDG2OUTLET! 256 !deg.! ! 08 ! ! ! ! GCU2 !
! ! TEMP ! ! C ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 071 11! EMER GEN ! 512 ! HZ ! ! 09 ! ! ! ! 27WV !
! ! FREQ ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 075 11! EMER GEN ! 256 ! V ! ! 08 ! ! ! ! 27WV !
! ! VOLTAGE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(b) Table of Main Discrete Signals Received by the SDAC1(2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
! 002 00!AC/ESS TRU! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 15XE !
! ! CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00!AC/ESS TRU! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 15XE !
! ! CNTOR OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00! AC ESS ! ! ! ! 16 ! ! ! ! 3XH !
! ! SHED BUS ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00! AC ESS ! ! ! ! 16 ! ! ! ! 3XH !
! ! SHED BUS ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00!AC ESS BUS! ! ! ! 18 ! ! ! ! 3XH !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00!AC ESS BUS! ! ! ! 18 ! ! ! ! 3XH !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00! AC ESS ! ! ! ! 20 ! ! ! ! 11XC !
! ! FEED P/B ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ALTN ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00! AC ESS ! ! ! ! 20 ! ! ! ! 11XC !
! ! FEED P/B ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! NOT ALTN ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00! BUS TIE ! ! ! ! 21 ! ! ! ! 10XU !
! ! P/B OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 00! BUS TIE ! ! ! ! 21 ! ! ! ! 10XU !
! ! P/B ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01!GEN1 LINE ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 9XU1 !
! !CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01!GEN1 LINE ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 9XU1 !
! !CNTOR OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01! TRANSFER ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 11XU1 !
! !CNTOR1 ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01! TRANSFER ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 11XU1 !
! !CNTOR1 OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01!AC1/AC ESS! ! ! ! 16 ! ! ! ! 13XC !
! ! CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 01!AC1/AC ESS! ! ! ! 16 ! ! ! ! 13XC !
! ! CNTOR OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10!GEN2 LINE ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 9XU2 !
! !CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10!GEN2 LINE ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 9XU2 !
! !CNTOR OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10! TRANSFER ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 11XU2 !
! !CNTOR2 ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10! TRANSFER ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 11XU2 !
! !CNTOR2 OFF! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10!AC2/AC ESS! ! ! ! 16 ! ! ! ! 14XC !
! !CNTOR ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 10!AC2/AC ESS! ! ! ! 16 ! ! ! ! 14XC !
! !CNTOR OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 11! APU GEN ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 3XS !
! !LINE CNTOR! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 11! APU GEN ! ! ! ! 14 ! ! ! ! 3XS !

! !LINE CNTOR! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 11! EXT PWR ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 3XG !
! !LINE CNTOR! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ON ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 11! EXT PWR ! ! ! ! 15 ! ! ! ! 3XG !
! !LINE CNTOR! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 11! GALLEY ! ! ! ! 17 ! ! ! ! 2XA !
! ! SHED P/B ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 11! GALLEY ! ! ! ! 17 ! ! ! ! 2XA !
! ! SHED P/B ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! NOT OFF ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 11!EMERGENCY ! ! ! ! 22 ! ! ! ! 23XE !
! !GEN TEST ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 002 11! NO ! ! ! ! 22 ! ! ! ! 23XE !
! !EMERGENCY ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! !GEN TEST ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 004 11! MAIN ! ! ! ! 27 ! ! ! ! 6XA !
! ! GALLEY ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! SHED ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! 004 11! NO MAIN ! ! ! ! 27 ! ! ! ! 6XA !
! ! GALLEY ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! SHED ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) BITE communications
The GAPCU transmits command and data to and receives data from up to the two GCUs (GCU 1, 2).
The communication is made via MIL-STD-1553-B link.
The GAPCU is able to read fault data from its own BITE and from the NVMs in each GCU on the ground
or in flight.
The GAPCU is able to initiate its own and each GCUs maintenance BITE when requested by the
Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).
If the GAPCU has lost the communication with a GCU, it generates a message to the CFDS indicating
the failed GCU communication.
(a) GAPCU
The GAPCU transmits the fault messages in clear English to the CFDIU (the CFDIU is connected to
the GAPCU by a discrete input and an ARINC 429 output bus).
It is also the interface between the CFDIU and the various control units (GCU1, GCU2).
The control units are connected to the GAPCU by 1553 serial data links.
1 Operation in normal mode
The GAPCU receives the fault information recorded by the GCU's, compiles them with its own
failures and transmits for the whole system a list of the failures in clear language and starting
from the most recent. When a failure is identified, the information is permanently transmitted with
the ATA reference of the LRU or of the faulty circuit up to the beginning of the next flight.
The CFDIU records all the failures - Class I or II and internal to the system - transmitted by the
GAPCU in flight to inscribe them in the aircraft LAST LEG REPORT. The most recent failure is
the first to be displayed on the MCDU.
2 Operation in menu mode
See Para 6. (BITE test)
D. Automatic Periodic Test
As soon as the GAPCU is supplied (Aircraft on ground and engines shut down) it will automatically perform
the test (GAPCU and GCUs) and will store the failure (if any).

Moreover, the GAPCU will activate the BITE Message discrete. This information is provided to the SDACs
to be written on the ECAM status page.
6. BITE Test
A. Description
The GAPCU is a type 1 system.

The GAPCU performs the following functions:
communication with the CFDS,
communication with up to the four generator control units,
detection of any failure affecting the external power channel and/or the APU Ancillary generator,
identification of the Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) responsible for the external power channel failure,
memorization of the information pertaining to the failure in a Non Volatile Memory (NVM).
B. Conditions of Power-up Test Initialisation
C. Progress of Power-up Test
D. Results of power-up Test
(1) Communication with the CFDIU
(Ref. Fig. BITE Communication - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

PRINTER
ANALOG AND DISCRETE SIGNALS

MCDU 1, 2
ARINC 1553
ARINC 429
CFDIU
1TW
GAPCU
40XG
GCU2
GCU1
40XG
1XU1
PARAMETERS
PARAMETERS
GEN2
GEN1
N_MM_244100_0_AMN0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-21700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - BITE Communication - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

The GAPCU is connected to the CFDIU via separate ARINC 429 links.
The GAPCU transmits data to and receives data from the CFDIU
The GAPCU communicates with the CFDIU in either of the two modes: normal or interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode
The normal mode starts after the GAPCU has completed all its power up and initialization routines.
This normal mode runs continuously, unless one of the following conditions occurs:
initiation of interactive mode,
GAPCU failure (BITE bypass),
loss of GAPCU power.
During the normal mode operation, the GAPCU provides the following communications with the
CFDIU
reception of BITE commands and parametric data,
transmission of the equipment identification data,
transmission of system fault data.
For each fault, the GAPCU transmits a message in English language to the CFDS. The message is
encoded in ISO5 alphabet.
The dialogue principle is the same as for all the other type 1 systems in communication with the
CFDIU.
Refer to chapter 31-32-00 for more detailed data.
(b) Interactive mode
The GAPCU stops normal mode transmission and enters the interactive mode when it receives the
order from the CFDIU. The GAPCU transmits the EPGS (External Power Generation System) main
menu.
The EPGS main menu comprises eight functions which are:

(Ref. Fig. EPGS main menu on MCDU SHEET 1)

MCDU MENU
FMS
AIDS CFDS MENU

1L LAST LEG REPORT 1R
CFDS
2L LAST LEG ECAM REPORT 2R
RETURN
3L PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT 3R
SELECT DESIRED SYSTEM
4L AVIONICS STATUS 4R
BRT
5L SYSTEM REPORT/TEST 5R
6L POST FLIGHT PRINT 6R

MCDU
MENU
SYSTEM REPORT / TEST

1L AIR COND F/CTL 1R
2L AFS FUEL 2R
3L COM ICE & RAIN 3R
4L ELEC INST 4R
5L FIRE PROT L/G 5R
6L RETURN NAV 6R
SYSTEM REPORT / TEST EPGS

ELEC LAST LEG CLASS 3
1L AC GEN TR 1 1R 1L REPORT FAULTS 1R
PREVIOUS LEGS SYSTEM
2L GCU EMER TR 2 2R 2L REPORT TEST 2R
3L BCL 1 TR 3 3R 3L LRU IDENT 3R
4L BCL 2 4R 4L 4R
TROUBLE SOOT GROUND
5L 5R 5L DATA REPORT 5R
SPECIFIC
6L RETURN 6R 6L RETURN DATA 6R
N_MM_244100_0_ANR0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-19200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS main menu on MCDU

** ON A/C ALL

LAST LEG REPORT,

PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT,
LRU IDENTIFICATION,
GROUND REPORT,
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA,
CLASS 3 FAULTS REPORT,
TEST,
SPECIFIC DATA.
The content of each function is described in Para. B. (Description of the Interactive Mode Function)
For more information: Ref. 31-32-00 (CFDIU).
(2) Communication with (up to) the two GCUs
(Ref. Fig. BITE Communication - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

The GAPCU transmits command and data to and receives data from up to the two GCUs (GCU 1, 2).
The communication is made via MIL-STD-1553-B link.
The GAPCU is able to read fault data from its own BITE and from the NVMs in each GCU on the ground
or in flight.
The GAPCU is able to initiate its own and each GCUs maintenance BITE when requested by the CFDS.
If the GAPCU has lost the communication with a GCU, it generates a message to the CFDS indicating
the failed GCU communication.
(3) Detection of any failure affecting the external power channel.
Ref. Para. C.(BITE/TEST Function).

(4) Identification of the LRU responsible for the failure.
Ref. Para. C. (BITE/TEST Function).

(5) Memorization of the information pertaining to the failure in the Non Volatile Memory (NVM)
The GAPCU contains a NVM. The NVM is implemented on the EEPROM. Any fault identified by the
GAPCU BITE is recorded in the GAPCU NVM.
The GAPCU NVM is structured like the other type 1 computers (Ref. 31-32-00)-(CFDIU).
E. Description of the Interactive Mode Function
(Ref. Fig. EPGS - Maintenance Operation : LAST LEG REPORT SHEET 1)

< > < >
< > < >
< > <
<
< >
< < >
NO FAILURE DETECTED
< >
<
< <
>
< <
N_MM_244100_0_APN0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-22300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : LAST LEG REPORT
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. EPGS - Maintenance Operation : PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)

< > < >
< > < >
< > <
<
< >
< < >
< >
> <
A
>
< <
PRESS KEY
>
>
< <
N_MM_244100_0_ARNA_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-22400-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
** ON A/C ALL

<
N_MM_244100_0_ARNA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. EPGS - Maintenance Operation : LRU IDENTIFICATION SHEET 1)

< > < >
< > < >
< > <
<
< >
< < >
< <
PRESS KEY
N_MM_244100_0_ASN0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-22500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : LRU IDENTIFICATION

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. EPGS - Maintenance Operation : GROUND REPORT SHEET 1)

< > < >
< > < >
< > <
<
< >
< < >
NO FAILURE DETECTED
< >
<
< <
FAILURE DETECTED
>
< <
N_MM_244100_0_ATM0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-22600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : GROUND REPORT

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. EPGS - Maintenance Operation : TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA SHEET 1)

< > < >
< > < >
< > <
<
< >
< < >
NO FAILURE DETECTED
< >
<
< <
FAILURE DETECTED
PRESS KEY
< <
N_MM_244100_0_ATR0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-22700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. EPGS - Maintenance Operation : CLASS 3 FAULTS SHEET 1)

< > < >
< > < >
< > <
<
< >
< < >
NO FAILURE DETECTED
< >
<
< <
FAILURE DETECTED
>
< <
N_MM_244100_0_AUM0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-22800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : CLASS 3 FAULTS

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. EPGS - Maintenance Operation : TEST SHEET 1)

< > < >
< > < >
< > <
<
< >
< < >
<
<
< <
>
< <
N_MM_244100_0_AYN0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-22900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : TEST

** ON A/C ALL

F. BITE Test Function
The GAPCU has an initialization test capability and three different types of BITE:
signature/monitor,
isolation,
maintenance.
Isolation BITE has the highest priority followed by maintenance BITE and then signature BITE.
(1) TEST initialization
Test initialization is made at power up, when the ELEC/EXT pushbutton switch is cycled and the
watchdog has timed-out or after a maintenance BITE request.
(2) Signature/monitor BITE
Monitoring is performed as long as the GAPCU is powered except when the BITE is bypassed or if the
maintenance BITE or isolation BITE has precedence.
The monitor BITE does not change the contents of any RAM used by the control and protection
software. It does not change the state of any of the outputs nor stimulate any sense circuitry.
Once a given fault has been determined an indication of the fault is written in the NVM.
If the same fault is detected again during the current flight, the number of occurrences of that fault is
also indicated, up to a maximum of four times.
(3) Fault isolation BITE
In the event of a protective trip, the fault isolation software determines whether the trip is due to external
fault trip condition or due to faulty sense circuitry within the controller.
The fault isolation software stimulates the sense circuitry associated with the trip which has occurred
where appropriate. If the sense circuitry responds to the stimulus as expected then the fault is judged to
be external to the controller.
The fault isolation BITE primary function is to identify the failed LRU after a protective trip has occurred.
The protective trips are classified as any fault detected by the controller that will result in a Power Ready
Relay (PRR) trip. After a failure has been detected and indicated by the protective latch as being true,
the corresponding isolation routine will be executed.
Note that after a protective trip has been isolated (isolation routine is completed and the fault
determined) no further isolation is executed until the protection latch has been cleared (i.e. the External
Power Switch (EPS) is cycled or a cold start is executed).
(4) Maintenance BITE
The maintenance BITE is initiated upon request from the CFDIU.

(a) Stage 1 - Starting maintenance BITE
All the following conditions must be present for a GAPCU maintenance BITE procedure to begin:
a test (maintenance BITE request) signal has been received from the CFDIU (via the ARINC 429
receiver),
a flight phase 1 or 10 signal is being received from the CFDIU,
a null failure monitoring and storage command is being received from the CFDIU,
"The aircraft is on the ground" discrete input is present,
Isolation BITE is not in progress.
If all the conditions are met, the message TEST IN PROGRESS is generated to the CFDIU and the
maintenance BITE procedure continues with stage 2.

NOTE: The GAPCU returns to the normal mode: - if any of the conditions is not met or, - if the GAP-
CU receives a log off command from the CFDIU or, - a return command is pushed at menu
level of the CFDIU or, - for any protocol problem with the CFDIU.
(b) Stage 2 - GAPCU control of GCU maintenance BITE
The GAPCU initiates a maintenance BITE sequence in each of the GCUs by sending a maintenance
BITE request signal to each GCU via its MIL-STD-1553-B communication link.
Once initiated, each GCU is in control of its own maintenance BITE sequence (on ground and
engine not running). At the end of the maintenance BITE sequence (if done), each GCU leaves the
maintenance BITE and stores the messages or fault codes for interrogation by the GAPCU.
(c) Stage 3 - GAPCU maintenance BITE sequence
The maintenance BITE sequence terminates by the completion of all the procedures. All fault codes
generated during the GAPCU maintenance BITE sequence are stored in the GAPCU memory.
NOTE: If all the maintenance BITE tests are completed and no fault codes are generated by any of
the units, a TEST OK message is generated to the CFDIU.
(d) Stage 4 - Message conversion and storage
All the messages are transmitted to the CFDIU.

Figure 24-41-00-12400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC External Power Control (GAPCU) - Component Location
Figure 24-41-00-14400-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Ground Power Control Unit (GAPCU) - Schematic Diagram
Figure 24-41-00-17800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - External Power Contactor (EPC) Supply - Schematic Diagram
Figure 24-41-00-18600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Communication - Block Diagram
Figure 24-41-00-19200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS main menu on MCDU
Figure 24-41-00-21700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - BITE Communication - Block Diagram
Figure 24-41-00-22300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : LAST LEG REPORT
Figure 24-41-00-22500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : LRU IDENTIFICATION
Figure 24-41-00-22600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : GROUND REPORT
Figure 24-41-00-22700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
Figure 24-41-00-22800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : CLASS 3 FAULTS
Figure 24-41-00-22900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - EPGS - Maintenance Operation : TEST
24-41-00 PB 201 CONF 00 - AC EXTERNAL

POWER CONTROL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU
SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE A GROUND POWER UNIT WITH A CAPACITY LESS THAN 90 KVA. IF YOU USE
A LESS POWERFUL UNIT:
- AN OVERLOAD OF THE GROUND POWER UNIT COULD OCCUR

- IT COULD BE NECESSARY TO RESET MANY COMPUTERS ON THE AIRCRAFT.
NOTE: There are alternative methods for this procedure. This task gives one of the methods. For the other
methods, refer to the other tasks in this page block.


(98A24403000000) 1 CABLE HOLDING STRAP

121AL
(Ref. 12-31-31-660-001-A). Cold Weather Maintenance - Indicating/Recording systems and Navig-
ation
(Ref. 12-34-24-869-002-A). Aircraft Grounding (Earthing) for the Maintenance Operations
(Ref. 12-34-24-869-002-A-01). Aircraft Grounding (Earthing) during Transit, Turnaround or Overnight
Stop
(Ref. 24-41-00-040-001-A). Visual Inspection of the External Power Receptacle
Ref. ESPM 20-55-10
(Ref. 24-41-51-000-001-A). Removal of the External Power Receptacle (for corrective action)
(Ref. 24-41-51-400-001-A). Installation of the External Power Receptacle (for corrective action)
External Power Receptacle - Location SHEET 1

A
121AL
108VU
121AL
N_MM_244100_2_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - External Power Receptacle - Location

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. External Power Receptacle - Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-41-00-860-050-A
NOTE: In the avionics compartment, if the temperature is below -15 deg.C (5.00 deg.F), do the cold-
weather maintenance procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 12-31-31-660-001) .
NOTE: When you do maintenance work on the electrical circuits, it can be not possible to supply electrical
power to the aircraft.
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is correctly grounded (earthed):

For grounding (earthing) you must obey the local area regulations.
Ground (Earth) the aircraft if necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-002) .
Subtask 24-41-00-010-050-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 121AL to get access to the external power receptacle and the panel 108VU.
Subtask 24-41-00-480-050-A
C. Install the cable holding strap
(1) Attach the CABLE HOLDING STRAP (98A24403000000) to the feeder cable.
(2) Connect the snap hook of the cable holding strap to the fitting on the aircraft structure.
Subtask 24-41-00-420-050-A
D. Connection of the connector
WARNING: BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE GROUND POWER UNIT TO THE EXTERNAL POWER
RECEPTACLE OF THE AIRCRAFT, MAKE SURE THAT THE EXTERNAL ELECTRIC-
AL POWER SUPPLY IS NOT ENERGIZED. IF IT IS ENERGIZED, DANGEROUS ARCING
CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE STRAP SUPPORTS ALL THE WEIGHT OF THE CABLE
WHEN THE CONNECTOR IS CONNECTED. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE EX-
TERNAL POWER RECEPTACLE.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE GROUND POWER UNIT TO THE AIRCRAFT, MAKE
SURE THAT THERE ARE NO FOREIGN OBJECTS OR FLUID IN THE EXTERNAL
POWER RECEPTACLE OR THE GPU CONNECTOR. FOREIGN OBJECTS AND FLUID
CAN CAUSE AN OVERHEAT AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Examine the external power-supply cable and the external power receptacle before you do the
connection.
(a) If you find corrosion or contamination:
Clean the external power receptacle or the GPU connector Ref. ESPM 20-55-10.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the external power receptacle for overheat damage or cracks
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-040-001) .
(a) If you find burns and/or pits, scratches and/or nibbles, and/or if the pins are not correctly aligned:
Replace the external power receptacle (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-51-000-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-51-400-001) .
(3) Connect the connector of the ground power unit to the external receptacle of the aircraft.

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-00-861-051-B
A. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuit from the External Power
The GEN1, GEN2, APU GEN, BUS TIE, COMMERCIAL and AC ESS FEED pushbutton switches
are pushed.
All the other pushbutton switches are released.
(2) On the overhead CTL and IND panel 22VU, make sure that:
The BLOWER and EXTRACT pushbutton switches are pushed.
(3) Obey the instructions given with the ground power unit and start the ground power unit.
(4) If the protection circuits operate correctly:
On the panel 108VU, the EXT PWR/NOT IN USE indicator light and EXT PWR/AVAIL caution light
come on.
On the panel 35VU, the AVAIL legend on the EXT PWR pushbutton switch comes on.
(5) On the panel 35VU, push the EXT PWR pushbutton switch:
The AVAIL legend goes off.
(6) If the electrical power supply of the aircraft circuits is correct, on the panel 35VU, these legends come
on:
The ON legend of the EXT PWR pushbutton switch
The FAULT legend of the GEN1 and GEN2 pushbutton switches
The OFF legend of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches
The OFF legend of the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch.
(7) On the panel 22VU, make sure that the FAULT legend of the BLOWER and EXTRACT pushbutton
switches is off.
NOTE: That means the electronics rack ventilation operates correctly.
(8) On the panel 35VU, push the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches:
The OFF legends go off.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(a) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key (on the lower ECAM DU, the ELEC page comes
into view).
(b) On the ELEC page, make sure that these EXT PWR parameters are correct:
AC V = 115 + or - 5V,
FRQ HZ = 400 + or - 10HZ.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A01
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU

Self explanatory


ation
Stop
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-860-051-A

the GEN1, GEN2, APU GEN, BUS TIE and AC ESS FEED pushbutton switches are pushed,
(3) On the overhead CTL and IND panel 22VU, make sure that BLOWER and EXTRACT pushbutton
switches are pushed.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-00-861-052-A
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuit from the APU.
(1) Start the APU:
GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-003)
or
APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-005)
or
131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-008) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
view).
(4) Make sure that the APU energizes the aircraft electrical circuit correctly.
(5) On the VENTILATION section of the panel 22VU:
make sure that the FAULT legends of the BLOWER and EXTRACT pushbutton switches are off.
NOTE: This is an indication of the correct operation of the avionics equipment ventilation.
TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A02

Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)

Self explanatory
ation
Stop
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-860-052-A
NOTE: The procedure is the same for the engines 1 and 2.

(2) Do not energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the external power.
(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-00-861-053-C
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuit from the engine 1(2)
(1) Start the engine 1(2) with the automatic procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-003) :
On the ELEC panel 35VU, the FAULT legend of the GEN 1(2) pushbutton switch goes off.

(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .

view).
(4) On the ELEC page, make sure that:
The GEN 1(2) indication comes into view white,
The parameters related to GEN 1(2) come into view green,
The line between GEN 1(2) and AC 1(2) comes into view green,
The GEN 2(1) indication and the related parameters come into view green,
The APU GEN indication and the related parameters come into view green,
The line between APU GEN and AC2(1) comes into view green,
The line between APU GEN and AC1(2) goes out of view.
(5) On the ELEC panel 35VU, release the APU GEN pushbutton switch:
The OFF legend of the APU GEN pushbutton switch comes on.
(6) On the ELEC page, make sure that:
The APU GEN indication comes into view amber and the OFF indication white,
The line between GEN1(2) and AC2(1) comes into view green,
The line between APU GEN and AC2(1) goes out of view.
(7) Stop the APU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power

Self explanatory

121AL
External Power Receptacle - Location SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-869-067-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-00-862-051-B
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the external power
(1) On the ELEC panel 35VU, push and release the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches:
the OFF legends come on.
(2) On the panel 35VU, push the EXT PWR pushbutton switch:
the ON legend goes off,
the AVAIL legend comes on.

(3) The aircraft electrical circuits are correctly de-energized if:

(a) On the panel 35VU, these legends go off:
the FAULT legend of the GEN1 and GEN2 pushbutton switches,
the OFF legend of the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches,
the OFF legend of the GALY and CAB pushbutton switch.
(b) On the panel 108VU, the EXT PWR/NOT IN USE indicator light comes on.
5. Close-up
(Ref. Fig. External Power Receptacle - Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-41-00-080-051-A
A. Obey the instructions given with the ground power unit and stop the ground power unit.
On the panel 35VU, all the pushbutton switch legends are off.
On the panel 108VU, all the lights are off.
Subtask 24-41-00-020-050-A
B. Disconnect the connector
WARNING: DE-ENERGIZE THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE
CONNECTOR OF THE GROUND POWER UNIT. IF NOT DANGEROUS ARCING CAN
OCCUR.
(1) Disconnect the connector of the ground power unit from the external power receptacle.
Subtask 24-41-00-080-050-A
C. Disconnect the snap hook from the fitting on the aircraft structure.
(1) Disconnect all the ground (earth) cables if necessary.
Subtask 24-41-00-410-051-A
D. Close Access
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A01
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU

Self explanatory
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-869-068-A
(1) On the panel 35VU, make sure that the APU GEN pushbutton switch is pushed (OFF legend is off).

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-00-862-052-A
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the APU
(1) On the ELEC panel 35VU, release the APU GEN pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-00-860-053-A
(1) Stop the APU:
GTCP 36-300 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-004)
or
APS 3200 (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-006)
or
131-9(A) (Ref. AMM TASK 49-00-00-860-009) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A02
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)

Self explanatory
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-869-069-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-00-862-053-A
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits from the engine
NOTE: The procedure is the same for the engine 1 and 2.
(1) Stop the engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 71-00-00-710-028) .

(2) On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the FAULT legend of the GEN 1(2) pushbutton switch
comes on.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-00-860-054-B

(1) On the panel 35VU, release the BAT1 and BAT2 pushbutton switches :
the FAULT legends of the GEN1 and GEN2 pushbutton switches go off.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
TASK 24-41-00-860-801-A
Cold Start of the Ground and Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU)

To do a reset of the latched variables in the Non Volatile Memory (NVM) of the GAPCU.


811 FORWARD AVIONICS COMPARTMENT DOOR
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-869-070-B
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-00-710-071-B
A. Cold Start of the GAPCU
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead panel, on ELEC panel 35VU:
Make sure that the BAT 1 and BAT 2 pushbutton switches are released.
Make sure that the EXT PWR pushbutton switch is released.
(2) Make sure that the engines and APU do not operate.
35VU (ELEC)
25VU (APU)
115VU (ENG).
(4) Make sure that the external power connector is not connected to the aircraft external-power
receptacle.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-00-410-054-B
A. Close Access


Figure 24-41-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - External Power Receptacle - Location
24-41-00 PB 401 CONF 00 - AC EXTERNAL POWER

CONTROL - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 24-41-00-040-001-A
Visual Inspection of the External Power Receptacle

MMEL 24-41-02A
External Power Receptacle
(Old MMEL ref: 24-41-01-B)

No specific AR GUN - HOT AIR
(Ref. 52-42-12-000-001-A). Removal of the External-Power Receptacle Door (121AL)
(Ref. 52-42-12-400-001-A). Installation of the External-Power Receptacle Door (121AL)
Ref. SRM 512800
Ref. SRM 531113
External Power Receptacle SHEET 1

FR7 FR8
Z120
121AL
DOOR
STOP ANGLE SPRING

ROD ASSY
LATCH ASSY
N_MM_244100_4_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-41-00-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - External Power Receptacle

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-860-062-A
(1) Make sure that the ground power source is not connected to the aircraft external-power receptacle.
Subtask 24-41-00-010-053-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put an access platform in position at the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
(2) Open the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. External Power Receptacle SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-41-00-210-051-A
A. Visual Inspection of the Electrical-Power Receptacle Assembly and the External-Power Receptacle Door
(1) Examine the electrical-power receptacle assembly.
(a) Examine the electrical-power receptacle assembly for overheat damage Ref. SRM 512800.
1 If there is overheat damage:
Clean the electrical-power receptacle assembly with a Textile-Lint free Cotton
- (Material No. 14SBA1) and Non Aqueous Cleaner-- Petroleum Based
- (Material No. 08BBB1).
Make sure that there are no holes on the receptacle and the adjacent structure.
(b) Examine the electrical-power receptacle assembly for cracks:
1 Make sure that there are no cracks on the external power receptacle and on the adjacent
structure.
(c) Examine the aircraft structure around the electrical power receptacle.
1 If the aircraft structure is damaged:
Repair it Ref. SRM 531113.
(2) Examine the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
(a) Open and close the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
(b) Make sure that the external-power receptacle door (121AL) operates correctly.
1 If the external-power receptacle door (121AL) does not operate correctly:
Replace the external-power receptacle door (121AL) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-42-12-000-
001) and (Ref. AMM TASK 52-42-12-400-001) .
(3) If the electrical-power receptacle assembly is damaged and the external-power receptacle door
(121AL) was not removed:
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to connect power connector to the
electrical power receptacle.
Put a shrink sleeve ABS0916B07 in position below the pins A and B of the electrical power
receptacle.
Shrink it with a GUN - HOT AIR.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-00-410-053-A
A. Close Access
(1) Close the external-power receptacle door (121AL).
Subtask 24-41-00-942-051-A


24-41-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - AC EXTERNAL POWER CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-41-00-740-002-B
Operational Check of the GAPCU via the CFDS

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF GAPCU VIA CFDS

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-00-860-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ELEC page (Ref. AMM TASK 31-32-00-860-004) .
Subtask 24-41-00-865-052-A

123VU GND/PWR/PROT 2XG AB07
4. Procedure

Subtask 24-41-00-710-064-A
A. BITE Test of the GAPCU
NOTE: The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU you use.
ACTION RESULT
1.Push the line key adjacent to the AC GEN indica- The EPGS page comes into view.
tion.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the SYSTEM TEST The EPGS/SYSTEM TEST page with the CONFIRM
indication. APU AND ENGINES ARE NOT RUNNING indication
comes into view.
3.Push the line key adjacent to the START TEST in- - The IN PROGRESS 60s indication comes into view.
dication. - Then the GAPCU TEST PASSED indication comes
into view.
Subtask 24-41-00-710-066-A
B. Check of the Class 3 Faults of the GAPCU from the CFDS
NOTE: The actions and the results of this procedure occur on the MCDU you use.
ACTION RESULT
1.Push the line key adjacent to the AC GEN indica- The EPGS page comes into view.
tion.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the CLASS 3 The EPGS CLASS 3 FAULTS page comes into view.
FAULTS indication.
3.Push the line key adjacent to the GAPCU indica- The NO FAULT DETECTED indication comes into
tion. view.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-00-860-058-A
comes into view.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-41-34 - CONTROL UNIT - GROUND POWER (GPCU OR GAPCU)
24-41-34 PB 401 CONF 00 - CONTROL UNIT - GROUND

POWER (GPCU OR GAPCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-41-34-000-001-B
Removal of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU)

CIRCUITS.


FIN : 24XG
Self explanatory


121AL, 811
Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) SHEET 1

A
24XG
FR1
A
FR9
811
B FWD ELECTRONICS RACK 90VU
1
N_MM_244134_4_BAM0_01_00
Figure 24-41-34-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU)
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-34-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 121AL.
Subtask 24-41-34-941-053-A
receptacle.
(2) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to use the external power
receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).
(5) In the cockpit, on the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, put WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell
persons not to start the APU.
Subtask 24-41-34-865-059-A

122VU ELEC/GAPCU 17XG W24
122VU ELEC/EXT PWR/CTL 11XG X29
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-41-34-020-051-A
A. Removal of the GAPCU
(1) Loosen the nuts (1).
(2) Lower the nuts (1).
(3) Pull the GAPCU (4) on its rack (6) to disconnect the electrical connectors (5).
(4) Remove the GAPCU from its rack (6).
TASK 24-41-34-400-001-B
Installation of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU)


CIRCUITS.
FIN : 24XG
Self explanatory


121AL, 811
Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-34-860-051-A
811.
121AL.
receptacle.
(6) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to

released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
(8) In the cockpit, make sure that WARNING NOTICE(S) is (are) in position to tell persons not to operate
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-41-34-865-060-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU) SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-41-34-420-051-A
A. Installation of the GAPCU
(5) Install the GAPCU on its rack (6).
(6) Push the GAPCU on its rack (6) to connect the electrical connector (5).
(7) Engage the nuts (1) on the lugs (2) and tighten.
Subtask 24-41-34-865-061-A

Subtask 24-41-34-710-051-A
C. Operational Test of the Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU)
(1) Do an operational test of the GAPCU with the CFDS (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-740-002) .
NOTE: As an alternative procedure for the operational test without the CFDS, you can do this proced-
ure (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) . Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are
correctly energized with the external power supply.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-34-410-051-A
A. Close Access
Figure 24-41-34-991-00300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Ground Auxiliary Power Control Unit (GAPCU)
24-41-51 - RECEPTACLE - EXTERNAL POWER
24-41-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - RECEPTACLE -

EXTERNAL POWER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-41-51-000-001-A
Removal of the External Power Receptacle

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 20XG
Self explanatory


121AL, 811

A
Z120
18
19
17
FR8
FR7
1
20XG
2
6
3
7
4 8
16
5 9
15
14 10
11
13
12
N_MM_244151_4_AAM0_01_02

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-51-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE at the access door 121AL.
Subtask 24-41-51-941-050-A
receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-51-020-050-A
A. Removal of the External Power Receptacle
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Loosen the four nuts (18).

(2) Remove the four nuts (18), lock-washers (19) and washers (17).
(3) Remove the protective cover (1).
(4) Loosen the four nuts (2).
(5) Remove the four nuts (2), lock-washers (3) and washers (4).
(6) Remove the four electrical wires (5).
(7) Loosen the two nuts (6).
(8) Remove the two nuts (6), lock-washers (7) and washers (8).
(9) Remove the two electrical wires (9).
(10) Loosen the three screws (10).

(12) Loosen the four studs (16).

(13) Remove the four studs (16) and washers (15).
(14) Remove the external power receptacle (14).
(15) Remove and discard the seal (13).
TASK 24-41-51-400-001-A
Installation of the External Power Receptacle

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 20XG
Self explanatory


121AL, 811
C. Expendable Parts

13 seal 24-41-01-01-040
13 seal 24-41-81-01-090
Power
1(2)

Ref. ESPM 20-45-93
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-51-860-050-A
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at access door
811.
(2) Make sure that access door 811 is open.
(3) Make sure that ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position at access door 121AL.
(6) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position on access door 121AL to tell persons not to
(7) In the cockpit, on overhead ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that these pushbutton switches are
released:
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
(8) In the cockpit, make sure that WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons not to operate the
35VU (ELEC).
(9) In the cockpit, on the APU section of overhead panel 25VU, make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S)
is in position to tell persons not to start the APU.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-51-420-050-A
A. Installation of the External Power Receptacle
(1) Put a new IPC -CSN (24-41-01-01-040) seal (13) or IPC -CSN (24-41-81-01-090) seal (13) on its
support (12).
(2) Put the external power receptacle (14) in position.
(3) Install the four washers (15) and studs (16) on the external power receptacle (14), then tighten the
studs (16) Ref. ESPM 20-45-93.
(4) Install the three washers (11) and screws (10) and then tighten the screws (10) Ref. ESPM 20-45-93.
(5) Install the two electrical wires (9).
(6) Install the two washers (8), lock washers (7) and nuts (6) and then tighten the nuts (6) Ref. ESPM 20-
45-93.

(7) Install the four electrical wires (5).

(8) Install the four washers (4), lock washers (3) and nuts (2) and then tighten the nuts (2) Ref. ESPM 20-
45-93.
(9) Install the protective cover (1).
(10) Install the four washers (17), lock washers (19) and nuts (18) and then tighten the nuts (18)
(Ref. AMM TASK 20-21-11-911-001) .
Subtask 24-41-51-710-050-A
B. Test of the External Power Supply
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are correctly energized with the external power supply
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-51-862-050-A
A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-41-51-410-050-A
B. Close Access
TASK 24-41-55-000-001-A
Removal of the External Power Contactor (EPC)

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 3XG
Self explanatory



212 COCKPIT
121AL
(Ref. 24-23-55-000-001-A). Removal of the APU GLC
Contactor SHEET 1

120VU
B
A
122VU
121VU
3XG
125VU
29XN
124VU
123VU
CONTACTOR
MODULE
3
2
CONTACTOR
1 6
N_MM_244155_4_AAP0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

120VU
122VU A
B
121VU
125VU
124VU
29XN
123VU
A B
3
2
1
16
15
14
6
MODULE
8 7 8 7
6
13
12
7
8
7
8
11
1
2 3 9
10
N_MM_244155_4_AAQ0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-55-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the left lower side of panel 120VU, remove the access panel (4).
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at access door 121AL.
Subtask 24-41-55-941-050-A
receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-55-020-050-B

(4) Remove the contactor (2) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
Subtask 24-41-55-020-051-B
B. Removal of the APU/EXT Power-Contactor Module


NOTE: The removal of the APU/EXT power-contactor module is necessary only if the APU/EXT power-
contactor module is damaged.
(1) Remove the APU GLC (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-55-000-001) .

(3) Remove the six nuts (1) and washers (2).
(a) Disconnect the six cables (3) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
(4) Remove the twelve screws (8) and washers (7) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5) and
from the adjacent module.
(a) Remove the six jumpers (6) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5) and from the
adjacent modules.
(a) Disconnect the three cables (13) from the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
(7) Remove the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5).
TASK 24-41-55-400-001-A
Installation of the External Power Contactor (EPC)

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 3XG
Self explanatory



212 COCKPIT
121AL
(Ref. 24-23-55-400-001-A). Installation of the APU GLC
Power
1(2)
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-41-55-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(2) On the left lower side of panel 120VU, make sure that the access panel (4) is removed.
(3) Make sure that an access platform is in position at access door 121AL.
Subtask 24-41-55-860-050-A
(2) Make sure that the warning notice(s) are in position on access door 121AL to tell persons not to
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
the pushbutton switches on the overhead panels that follow:
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-41-55-420-051-B
A. Installation of the APU/EXT Power-Contactor Module

(1) Install the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5) in the correct position, if removed.
(a) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.27 and 0.30 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).
(3) Make sure that the electrical cables (3) and (13) and the electrical wires (16) are clean and in the
correct condition.
(4) Install the six electrical cables (3).
(a) Install the six washers (2) and nuts (1) and tighten them.
(b) TORQUE the six nuts (1) to between 0.90 and 1.1 m.daN (79.65 and 97.35 lbf.in).
(5) Install the three electrical wires (16).
(6) Install the six jumpers (6) between the APU/EXT power-contactor module (5) and the adjacent
modules.
(a) Install the twelve washers (7) and screws (8) and tighten them.
(b) TORQUE the twelve screws (8) to between 0.52 and 0.70 m.daN (46.02 and 61.95 lbf.in).
(7) Install the three electrical cables (13).
(8) Install the APU GLC (Ref. AMM TASK 24-23-55-400-001) .
Subtask 24-41-55-420-050-A
(1) Install the contactor (2) on the six tapped barrels of the contactor base (5).
Subtask 24-41-55-710-050-A
C. Test of the External Power Supply
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are correctly energized with the external power supply
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-41-55-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-41-55-410-050-A

B. Close Access
(3) Install the access panel (4) on the panel 120VU.
24-42 - AC GROUND SERVICE BUS CONTROL
24-42-00 - AC GROUND SERVICE BUS CONTROL
24-42-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC GROUND SERVICE

BUS CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
(Ref. Fig. AC Ground Service Network - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

24 - 67 - 00
601PP
602PP
24 - 61 - 00 DC SVCE BUS 6PP

28VDC
3PX
1PX
24 - 32 - 00
1PU2
TR2
24 - 32 - 00 24 - 50 - 00 24 - 50 - 00 214XP
4XX 16XX
AC BUS 1 1XP 24 - 25 - 00 24 - 25 - 00 AC BUS 2 2XP 24 - 32 - 00 216XP

115VAC 115VAC
24 - 50 - 00 212XP
24 - 34 - 00
24 - 24 - 00
GLC-EMERG
BTC-1 BTC-2 1XX 14XX
2XE
GLC-1 11XU1 GLC-APU EPLC 11XU2 GLC-2
9XU1 3XS 3XG 9XU2 2XX 12XX
FUEL PUMPS
24 - 50 - 00
28 - 21 - 00
CSM/G
GCU-1 GEN APU GAPCU EXTERNAL GCU-2 CONTROL UNIT CSM/G
4000XU 8XS POWER GEN 8XE
1 GEN 4000XU
1XU1 24XG RECEPTACLE 1XU2 2 1XE
N_MM_244200_0_AAS0_01_00
Figure 24-42-00-11200-00-F / SHEET 1/1 - AC Ground Service Network - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

AC ground/flight distribution network can be supplied:

either normally from the aircraft network,
or directly by the ground power unit upstream of the external power contactor, in ground service
configuration.
In ground service configuration this network can be supplied without energizing the whole aircraft network.
(Ref. Fig. AC Ground Service Bus - Component Location SHEET 1)

120VU
FR16
FR20
D
121AL
841
2000VU
A
123VU
C 20XX
12XX
14XX
B
D
MAINT BUS
ON
16XX
18XX
5XX
N_MM_244200_0_ACQ0_01_00
Figure 24-42-00-12400-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - AC Ground Service Bus - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
12XX CNTOR-AC GND SVCE SPLY 120VU 212 24-42-55
14XX CNTOR-AC & DC GND SVCE SPLY 120VU 212 24-42-55
16XX CNTOR-SVCE BUS 2 120VU 212 24-42-00
5XX SW-MAINT BUS/ON 2000VU 223 24-42-00
The AC ground/flight network comprises the sub-busbars:
212XP,
214XP,
216XP-C.
(Ref. Fig. AC Ground Service Bus Control - Schematic Diagram SHEET 1)

+ 28V
28VDC
501PP
SVCE
BUS
AC GND/FLT
NETWORK
PR
1XA
28VDC
202XP - C
BUS 2
PWR/SVCE/CTL
2PP
115VAC
BUS 2
GAPCU
216XP - C
1XG
5PU2
212XP
214XP
6XG
AC
18XX
22XN
OFF
6XX
16XX
MAINT BUS
5XX
ON
23XN
17XX
7XX
4XX
14P4
14XX
12XN
12XX
2PU2
10XN
115VAC
BUS 2
2XP
BTC2
GLC - 2
EPC
2XX
1XX
GEN2
PXR
EXT
N_MM_244200_0_AES0_01_00
Figure 24-42-00-15000-00-F / SHEET 1/1 - AC Ground Service Bus Control - Schematic Diagram
** ON A/C ALL

Supply selection for ground service network is controlled from panel 2000VU, MAINT BUS switch:
one position corresponds to the normal supply configuration.
the other position controls the ground service network supply from the ground power unit, if available
and if the "COMMERCIAL" pushbutton switch (commercial load shed) is pressed. This position is
electromagnetically latched.
The switch returns to the normal position in case of voluntary or automatic (GAPCU protections) unlatching of
the ground power unit.
The normal supply configuration takes precedence over the ground service configuration.
NOTE: Overheat of TR2 results in the automatic unlatching of MAINT BUS switch. This entails the cut-off of the
ground distribution network.
Figure 24-42-00-11200-00-F / SHEET 1/1 - AC Ground Service Network - Block Diagram

Figure 24-42-00-12400-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - AC Ground Service Bus - Component Location
Figure 24-42-00-15000-00-F / SHEET 1/1 - AC Ground Service Bus Control - Schematic Diagram
24-42-00 PB 201 CONF 00 - AC GROUND SERVICE

BUS CONTROL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power
NOTE: Do this procedure only when it is necessary to energize the electrical loads for the cleaning, servicing
and lighting of the aircraft. If no aircraft power supply is necessary, it is not necessary to do this pro-
cedure.


(98A24403000000) 1 CABLE HOLDING STRAP

121AL
Stop
(Ref. 24-41-00-040-001-A). Visual Inspection of the External Power Receptacle
(Ref. 24-41-51-000-001-A). Removal of the External Power Receptacle
(Ref. 24-41-51-400-001-A). Installation of the External Power Receptacle
Ref. ESPM 20-55-10
3. Job Set-up

Subtask 24-42-00-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the door 121AL to have access to the external power receptacle and panel 108VU.
Subtask 24-42-00-480-050-A
For grounding (earthing), you must obey the local area regulations.
(2) Make sure that the CABLE HOLDING STRAP (98A24403000000) with the snap hook is in position
on the feeder of the ground power unit.
(3) Attach the feeder to the support with the snap hook.
Subtask 24-42-00-420-050-A
C. Connection of the connector
WARNING: BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE GROUND POWER UNIT TO THE EXTERNAL POWER
RECEPTACLE OF THE AIRCRAFT, MAKE SURE THAT THE EXTERNAL ELECTRIC-
AL POWER SUPPLY IS NOT ENERGIZED. IF IT IS ENERGIZED, DANGEROUS ARCING
CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE STRAP SUPPORTS ALL THE WEIGHT OF THE CABLE
WHEN THE CONNECTOR IS CONNECTED. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE EX-
TERNAL POWER RECEPTACLE.
CAUTION: BEFORE YOU CONNECT THE GROUND POWER UNIT TO THE AIRCRAFT, MAKE
SURE THAT THERE ARE NO FOREIGN OBJECTS OR FLUID IN THE EXTERNAL
POWER RECEPTACLE OR THE GPU CONNECTOR. FOREIGN OBJECTS AND FLUID
CAN CAUSE AN OVERHEAT AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Do a visual inspection of the external power receptacle and the GPU connector for corrosion or
contamination.
(a) If you find corrosion or contamination:
Clean the external power receptacle or the GPU connector Ref. ESPM 20-55-10.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the external power receptacle for overheat damage or cracks
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-040-001) .
(a) If you find burns and/or pits, scratches and/or nibbles, and/or if the pins are not correctly aligned:
Replace the external power receptacle (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-51-000-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-51-400-001) .
(3) Connect the connector of the GPU to the external power receptacle of the aircraft.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-42-00-861-054-A
(1) On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that all pushbutton switches are released except BUS TIE and
AC ESS FEED pushbutton switches.
(2) Start the ground power unit (obey the special instructions of the ground power unit).
(3) When the protection circuit operates correctly:

on the panel 108VU, the EXT PWR/NOT IN USE indicator light and EXT PWR/AVAIL caution light
come on,
in the cockpit, on the ELEC panel 35VU, the AVAIL legend of the EXT PWR pushbutton switch
comes on.
(4) On the front circuit breaker panel 2000VU which is in the middle of the cabin ceiling at the level of the
FWD passenger/crew door, put the MAINT BUS switch in the ON position.
NOTE: The ground MECH/CALL horn which is in the nose gear well operates when the BAT 1 and/or
BAT 2 pushbutton switch(es) on the ELEC panel 35VU is(are) pushed.
(5) On the panel 108VU, the EXT PWR/NOT IN USE indicator light goes off. This shows that the power
supply from the ground service network is correct.
TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A
De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power

Self explanatory

121AL
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-42-00-869-058-A
A. Not Applicable
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-42-00-862-054-A
(1) On the front circuit breaker panel 2000VU which is in the middle of the cabin ceiling at the level of the
FWD passenger/crew door, put the MAINT BUS switch in the OFF position.
(2) On the panel 108VU, the EXT PWR/NOT IN USE indicator light comes on. This shows that the
ground service network is de-energized correctly.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-42-00-080-050-A
A. Obey the instructions given with the ground power and stop the ground power unit:
on the panel 35VU, the legends of all the pushbutton switches are off,
on the panel 108VU, all the lights are off.
Subtask 24-42-00-020-050-A
WARNING: DE-ENERGIZE THE ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE
CONNECTOR OF THE GROUND POWER UNIT. IF NOT DANGEROUS ARCING CAN
OCCUR.
(1) Disconnect the connector of the ground power unit and release the snap hook from the support.

(2) Disconnect all the ground (earth) cables, if necessary.

Subtask 24-42-00-410-052-A
C. Close Access
TASK 24-42-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Contactors

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 12XX , 14XX

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
(Ref. 24-42-58-000-001-A). Removal of the AC Service Bus Contactor Module
Contactors SHEET 1

120VU
A
122VU 123VU
121VU
124VU 125VU
20XX
123VU
12XX
14XX
B
A
2
3 4
MODULE 20XX
CONTACTOR
N_MM_244255_4_AAP0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-42-55-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the front panel of the AC power center 123VU.
Subtask 24-42-55-941-050-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-42-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-42-55-020-050-B

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector (1) and the electrical receptacle.

Subtask 24-42-55-020-052-B
B. Removal of the Module 20XX

NOTE: The removal of the module is necessary only if it is damaged.
(1) Remove the module 20XX (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-58-000-001) .
TASK 24-42-55-400-001-A
Installation of the Contactors

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 12XX , 14XX

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Power
(Ref. 24-42-58-400-001-A). Installation of the AC Service Bus Contactor Module
Contactors SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-42-55-860-050-A
001) .

(2) In the cockpit, in the L lower section of the panel 120VU, make sure that the access panel of the
panel 123VU is removed.
121AL.
released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-42-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-42-55-420-052-B
A. Installation of the Module 20XX
NOTE: The installation of a module is necessary only if it was removed.
(1) Install the module 20XX (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-58-400-001) .

Subtask 24-42-55-420-050-B
(1) Install the contactor (3) on the module 20XX (4).


Subtask 24-42-55-865-052-A
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 24-42-55-710-050-A
D. Operational Test
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) On the FWD attendant panel 120RH:
Push the MAIN ON membrane switch.
Make sure that all the entrance and cabin lights come on.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-42-55-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
Subtask 24-42-55-410-050-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the front panel of the panel 123VU.
24-42-58 - MODULE
24-42-58 PB 401 CONF 00 - MODULE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-42-58-000-001-A
Removal of the AC Service Bus Contactor Module

CIRCUITS.

Self explanatory



121AL
(Ref. 24-32-55-000-001-A). Removal of the TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors and the TR 2/AC Service
Bus Normal Supply Contactor
(Ref. 24-42-55-000-001-A). Removal of the Contactors
(Ref. 24-51-55-000-001-A). Removal of the AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor
AC Service Bus Contactor Module SHEET 1

120VU
A
123VU
122VU
121VU
20XX
124VU 125VU
123VU
B
B
1
6 7
5
MODULE
20XX
5 6 7
2 3
4
N_MM_244258_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-42-58-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Service Bus Contactor Module

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-42-58-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the front panel of the AC power center 123VU in the cockpit.
Subtask 24-42-58-860-050-A
receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
switches on these panels:
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AC Service Bus Contactor Module SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-42-58-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Contactors Installed on the Contactor Module 20XX
(1) Remove the contactors 12XX and 14XX (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-55-000-001) .
(2) Remove the contactor 14PU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-55-000-001) .
(3) Remove the contactor 12XN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-51-55-000-001) .
Subtask 24-42-58-020-053-A
B. Removal of the Electrical Components
EQUIPMENT.

(2) Disconnect the electrical cables (7).
Subtask 24-42-58-020-050-A
C. Removal of the Contactor Module 20XX
(1) Remove the protective plugs (2) from the screws (3).

(3) Remove and discard the locking washers (4).

(4) Remove the contactor module (1).
TASK 24-42-58-400-001-A
Installation of the AC Service Bus Contactor Module

CIRCUITS.

Self explanatory


121AL
C. Expendable Parts

4 locking washers 24-42-08-04-020
(Ref. 24-32-55-400-001-A). Installation of the TR 1 and TR 2 Contactors and the TR 2/AC Service
(Ref. 24-42-55-400-001-A). Installation of the Contactors
(Ref. 24-51-55-400-001-A). Installation of the AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor
AC Service Bus Contactor Module SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-42-58-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the front panel of the AC power center 123VU is removed in the cockpit.

121AL.
Subtask 24-42-58-860-051-A
receptacle.
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position at the access door 121AL to tell persons not
to connect the external power connector to the aircraft external power receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
the pushbutton switches on these panels:
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AC Service Bus Contactor Module SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-42-58-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Contactor Module 20XX
(1) Put the contactor module (1) on its support.
(2) Install the new IPC -CSN (24-42-08-04-020) locking washers (4) or IPC -CSN (24-42-88-04-
020) locking washers (4) and the screws (3).
(4) Install the protective plugs (2) on the screws (3).
Subtask 24-42-58-420-051-A
B. Installation of the Electrical Components
(1) Put the electrical cables (7) in position on the contactor module (1).
(2) Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
Subtask 24-42-58-420-052-A
C. Installation of the Contactors on the Module 20XX
(1) Install the contactors 12XX and 14XX (Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-55-400-001) .
(2) Install the contactor 14PU (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-55-400-001) .
(3) Install the contactor 12XN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-51-55-400-001) .
5. Close-up

Subtask 24-42-58-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the front panel of the AC power center 123VU.
Figure 24-42-58-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Service Bus Contactor Module
24-43 - DC GROUND SERVICE BUS CONTROL
24-43-00 - DC GROUND SERVICE BUS CONTROL
24-43-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC GROUND SERVICE

BUS CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
(Ref. Fig. Ground Service Network-General SHEET 1)

24-35-00
301PP
11PB
49-42-00 5KA 10KA 6XE 2PR
6KA
702PP 502PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-2 704PP 501PP
12PB2 5PR 8PR
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 701PP
12PB1 1PR
BCL-1
703PP 601PP
24-62-00 5PB1
24-61-00 BAT1
SHUNT 602PP
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2 7PN 8PN
3PX
24-62-00
5PU1
24-28-00
5PU2
1PX
1PU1 1PU2
TR1 TR2
2PU1
AC BUS 1 1XP 24-25-00 24-25-00 AC BUS 2 2XP

2PU2 14PU
115VAC 115VAC
24-50-00
24-22-00 24-22-00
EXTERNAL 1XX 14XX

GAPCU
POWER
24XG RECEPTACLE
N_MM_244300_0_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-43-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Ground Service Network-General

** ON A/C ALL

DC ground flight distribution network can be supplied:

either normally from the aircraft network,
or directly by the ground power unit upstream of the external power contactor. This is via the TR2 in ground
service configuration, without energizing the whole aircraft network.
(Ref. Fig. DC Ground Service Bus Control - Component Location SHEET 1)

FR16
FR20
841 120VU
A
122VU
121VU
125VU
124VU
123VU
A
3PX
B
14PN
N_MM_244300_0_ACP0_01_00
Figure 24-43-00-12500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Ground Service Bus Control - Component Location
** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
3PX CNTOR-DC SVCE BUS GND SPLY 120VU 212 24-43-55
(Ref. Fig. Ground Service Network-General SHEET 1)
The DC ground/flight network comprises the following 28 VDC service busses:
601PP,
602PP.
These sub-busbars are supplied directly from the ground power unit through the contactor 14XX via the
TR2.
The contactor 14XX is controlled by the MAINT BUS control switch 5XX located on panel 2000VU.
The operation is described in ATA Ref. 24-42-00.
NOTE: In case of TR2 overheat, the supply of the ground service network is cut off.
Figure 24-43-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Ground Service Network-General

Figure 24-43-00-12500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Ground Service Bus Control - Component Location
TASK 24-43-55-000-001-A
Removal of the DC Service Bus Ground Supply Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 3PX
Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL

Contactor SHEET 1

120VU
A
122VU
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
3PX
14PN
B
2 5
B
MODULE 14PN
CONTACTOR
4
3
2
N_MM_244355_4_AAP0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-43-55-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) In the cockpit, remove the front panel on the bottom right side of the panel 120VU.
Subtask 24-43-55-860-050-A
external power connector to the EXT PWR receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-43-55-865-050-A

122VU ELEC/DC SVCE/BUS/ON TR2 5PX U30
124VU SVCE/601PP/602PP/SPLY 1PX BB01
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-43-55-020-050-A

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector (4) and the electrical receptacle.
TASK 24-43-55-400-001-A

Installation of the DC Service Bus Ground Supply Contactor
FIN : 3PX
Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Power
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-43-55-860-051-A
(4) Make sure that on the access door 121AL there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).

001) .
(9) In the cockpit, make sure that the front panel is removed from the bottom right side of the panel
120VU.
Subtask 24-43-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-43-55-420-050-B
(1) Install the contactor (3) on the module 14PN (5).

Subtask 24-43-55-865-052-A

Subtask 24-43-55-710-050-A
C. Test of the Ground Service Network
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
(2) On the overhead panel 25VU, put the INT LT/DOME switch in the BRT position. On the panel 453VU,
the L dome light comes on.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-43-55-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-862-001) .
Subtask 24-43-55-410-050-A
B. Close Access

24-50 - AC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION
24-50-00 - AC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION
24-50-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC ELECTRICAL LOAD

DISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The AC electrical power distribution on board is carried out in several steps corresponding to:
Power distribution:
. from the different sources towards the main AC busbars located in panel 120VU,
. then, from the main AC busbars, either directly towards important consumers (pumps, galleys...), or
towards the associated distribution sub-busbars located in the circuit breaker panels.
Power distribution from sub-busbars:
. the distribution from these sub-busbars towards the different AC consumers.
This chapter deals only with power distribution. The referenced figure gives a schematic summary of the whole
AC distribution on board:
(Ref. Fig. AC Electrical Load Distribution - General)

ELEC PUMP-B
2701GJ 2705GJ 29-12-00
FAN BLOWER
1HQ 8HQ 21-26-00 24-35-00
WHC-1
1DG1 30-42-00 28 3XB
115 STATIC INV
16MC 17MC
901XP
12XB
14MC 15MC GALLEYS 801XP
24-56-00
12MC 13MC
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP
115VAC
1MC 4MC
8XH
110XP
7XN1 21XN1
431XP-C
131XP-A 4XH 26V
5XN1 26V
5XH
15XN1 401XP
103XP
3XN1 115VAC
24-32-00
1XN1
AC BUS 1 1XP A
1XC
115VAC 3XC
15XE
B
C
BTC-1
11XU1
GCL-1 GLC-APU EPC
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS D
28-21-00
GCU-1 GAPCU EXTERNAL
GEN 4000XU APU 8XS POWER
1XU1 1 GEN 24XG RECEPTACLE
N_MM_245000_0_YCX0_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-11200-00-AC / SHEET 1/2 - AC Electrical Load Distribution - General

** ON A/C ALL

FAN EXTRACT
2HQ 7HQ 21-26-00
WHC-2
1DG2 30-42-00
3MC 6MC GALLEYS

24-56-00
2MC 5MC
220XP
28XN 27XN
218XP
210XP
7XN2 21XN2
231XP-A
5XN2 26V
15XN2
204XP
3XN2
202XP
1XN2
A AC BUS 2 2XP 24-32-00 216XP
2XC
115VAC
212XP
10XN 12XN
24-34-00
ELEC PUMP-Y
3801GX 3805GX 29-24-00
B
C 24-42-00
BTC-2
11XU2
GLC-2 GLC-EMERG
9XU2 2XX 12XX 2XE
D
3802GX 3806GX
GCU-2 GEN CSM/G
4000XU CSM/G 8XE
1XU2 2 CONTROL UNIT
1XE
N_MM_245000_0_YCX0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

This can be broken down as follows:

the AC main distribution connected to 115 VAC busses 1XP and 2XP (Ref. 24-51-00, P. Block 1),
the AC essential distribution connected to 115 VAC ESS bus 4XP and 115 VAC SHED bus 8XP (Ref. 24-52-
00, P. Block 1).
A. Component Location
(Ref. Fig. AC Power Distribution Contactors - Component Location)

2000VU 2001VU
RADOME ACCESS
FR1
FR3
109VU
811
FR5
FDW EKECTRONICS RACK 90VU
108VU
FR9 103VU
105VU
FR11 TR
BAT
1
106VU TR
FR13 822
812 BAT
FR15 2
107VU
NOSE LDG/GR
WELL
FR21
824
FR23 187VU 63VU 188VU
AFT ELECTRONICS RACK 80VU
N_MM_245000_0_YCP0_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-12700-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - AC Power Distribution Contactors - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

49VU
35VU
120VU
A
122VU
121VU
125VU
124VU
123VU
N_MM_245000_0_YCP0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
5XH A/XFMR-115/26VAC, ESS 125 24-52-51
12XN CNTOR-AC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY 120VU 212 24-51-55
15XN1 A/XFMR-115/26VAC, 1 120VU 212 24-51-51
15XN2 A/XFMR-115/26VAC, 2 120VU 212 24-51-51
49VU OVERHEAD C/B PNL 210 93-00-00
105VU POWER CENTER-BATTERY 126 93-00-00
106VU POWER CENTER-AC/DC EMERGENCY 125 93-00-00
121VU REAR C/B PNL 212 93-00-00
122VU REAR C/B PNL 212 93-00-00
123VU POWER CENTER-AC 212 93-00-00
124VU POWER CENTER-DC 212 93-00-00
125VU REAR C/B PNL 212 93-00-00
2000VU C/B PNL 2000VU 220 93-00-00
2001VU C/B PNL 2001VU 260 93-00-00
8XH CNTOR-AC SHED ESS BUS 106VU 125 24-52-55
21XN1 CNTOR-115 VAC BUS 1 SPLY 120VU 212 24-51-00
22XN P/BSW-ELEC/COMMERCIAL 35VU 210 24-51-00
27XN CONTACTOR 120VU 212 24-51-55
The panel 123VU mainly contains:
the channel 1 line and transfer contactor and 115 VAC bus 1 (1XP),
the channel 2 line and transfer contactor and 115 VAC bus 2 (2XP),
the APU generator line contactor (APU GLC) and the external power contactor.
The panel 106VU mainly contains contactors related to the electrical emergency power.
The panel 105VU comprises the static inverter contactor.
B. Spare Fuses
(Ref. Fig. AC Power Distribution Contactors - Component Location)
The distribution busbars are supplied according to various configurations depending on:
the procedures applied by the crew members in the different failure configurations,
the availability of the various power sources.
The possible configurations are:
normal flight configuration:
(Ref. Fig. Normal Flight Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC))

A
301PP
11PB
6XE
49-42-00
5KA 10KA 6KA
1PB2 702PP
5PB2
BCL-2 704PP
12PB2 BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 701PP B
12PB1 1PR
BCL-1
103PP 703PP
3PN1 5PB1
BAT1
101PP SHUNT
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
5XB
5PU1 29-12-00 3XB
2XB 6PH
28 D
21-26-00 115
STATIC 901XP
30-42-00 INV 12XB
801XP
24-56-00
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP
1PU1
115VAC
TR1 110XP
7XN1 21XN1 8XH
131XPA 431XPC
5XN1 26V 4XH 26V
15XN1 5XH
103XP 401XP
3XN1 115VAC
2PU1
1XN1
AC BUS 1 1XP E
1XC
115VAC 3XC
15XE
F
G
BTC-1
GCL-1 11XU1 GLC-APU EPC
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS H
28-21-00
EXTERNAL
GCU-1 GEN 4000XU APU GAPCU
1 8XS POWER
GEN 24XG RECEPTACLE
1XU1
N_MM_245000_0_YLA0_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-14600-00-S / SHEET 1/2 - Normal

Flight Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)
** ON A/C ALL

802PP
A 10PH 35XE
801PP
DC ESS BUS 8PP

2PR
20PC 28VDC
502PP
8PH
501PP
5PR 8PR 401PP
208PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP
4PC
B 206PP 28VDC
6PN
204PP 601PP
3PN2
202PP 602PP
1PN2
7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
210PP 3PX
11PN 10PN
212PP
D
21-26-00
3PE
30-42-00 5PU2
24-56-00 220XP
1PX
28XN 27XN
218XP
1PU2 1PE
210XP TR2 ESS TR
7XN2 21XN2
231XPA
5XN2 26V
15XN2
204XP
3XN2
202XP 214XP
1XN2 4XX 16XX
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC
212XP
10XN 12XN 4PE
ELEC PUMP-Y
3801GX 3805GX 29-24-00
F
G
1XX 14XX
BTC-2
11XU2 GLC-2 GLC-EMERG
9XU2 2XX 12XX 2XE
H
3802GX 3806GX
GCU-2 CSM/G
GEN
2
4000XU CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
1XU2 1XE
N_MM_245000_0_YLA0_02_00
Figure 24-50-00-14600-00-S / SHEET 2/2 - Normal

Flight Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)
** ON A/C ALL

emergency configuration corresponding to the loss of the two main generators with the auxiliary generator not
available:
(Ref. Fig. Emergency Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC))
A
301PP
APU START 11PB
CSM/G CONTROL UNIT
49 - 42 - 00 6XE
5KA 10KA 6KA
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL- 2 704PP
12PB2 BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 701PP B
12PB1 1PR
BCL- 1
103PP 703PP
3PN1 5PB1
BAT1
101PP SHUNT
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
29 - 12 - 00 5XB
21 - 26 - 00 3XB 2XB 6PH

D
5PU1 28
30 - 42 - 00 115
STATIC 901XP
24 - 56 - 00 INV 12XB
801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP
115VAC
1PU1 110XP
TR1 7XN1 21XN1 8XH
131XPA 431XPC
5XN1 26V 4XH 26V
15XN1 5XH
103XP 401XP
3XN1 115VAC
2PU1 AC ESS BUS 4XP
101XP
1XN1
AC BUS 1 1XP E
1XC
115VAC 3XC
15XE
F
G
BTC - 1
11XU1
GCL - 1 GLC - APU EPC
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS H
28 - 21 - 00
EXTERNAL
GCU-1 GEN APU GAPCU
4000XU 8XS POWER
N_MM_245000_0_YGX0_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-14700-00-R / SHEET 1/2 - Emergency

Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)
** ON A/C ALL

A 802PP
10PH 35XE
2PR 801PP
502PP DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP
20PC 28VDC
501PP 8PH
5PR 8PR 401PP
208PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP
4PC
B 206PP 28VDC
6PN
204PP 601PP
3PN2
202PP 602PP
1PN2
7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
D
21 - 26 - 00
30 - 42 - 00 5PU2 3PE
24 - 56 - 00
1XP
210XP 1PU2 1PE

7XN2 21XN2 TR2 ESS TR
231XPA
5XN2 26V
15XN2
204XP
3XN2
202XP 214XP
1XN2 4XX 16XX
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC
212XP 4PE
10XN 12XN
ELEC PUMP - Y
3801GX 3805GX 29 - 24 - 00
F
G
BTC - 2 1XX 14XX
11XU2
GLC - 2 GLC - EMERG
9XU2 2XX 12XX 2XE
H
3802GX 3806GX
GCU-2 GEN CSM/G
2 4000XU CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
1XU2
1XE
N_MM_245000_0_YGX0_02_00
Figure 24-50-00-14700-00-R / SHEET 2/2 - Emergency

Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)
** ON A/C ALL

smoke configuration:
(Ref. Fig. Smoke Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC))
A
301PP
11PB
49-42-00 6XE
5KA 10KA 6KA
702PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL-1 704PP
12PB2
BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 701PP B
12PB1 1PR
BCL-2
103PP 703PP
3PN1 5PB1
BAT1
101PP SHUNT
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
5XB
3XB
5PU1
28 2XB 6PH
115 D
29-12-00
STATIC
901XP
21-26-00 INV 12XB
801XP
30-42-00
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP
1PU1 24-56-00 115VAC
TR1
8XH
110XP
7XN1 21XN1
431XPC
131XPA 4XH 26V
5XN1 26V
5XH
15XN1 401XP
103XP
3XN1 115VAC
2PU1
1XN1
AC BUS 1 1XP E
1XC
115VAC 3XC
15XE
F
G
BTC-1
GCL-1 11XU1 GLC-APU EPC
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS H
28-21-00
EXTERNAL
GCU-1 GEN APU GAPCU POWER
4000XU 8XS
N_MM_245000_0_YKT0_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-14800-00-P / SHEET 1/2 - Smoke Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)
** ON A/C ALL

A
801PP
2PR DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

28VDC
502PP
20PC 8PH
501PP
5PR 8PR 401PP
208PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP
4PC
B 206PP 28VDC
6PN
204PP 601PP
3PN2
202PP 602PP
1PN2
7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
240PP
D DC SHED BUS 2PP

21-26-00
30-42-00 5PU2 5PU3 3PE
24-56-00
1XP
210XP
7XN2 21XN2 1PU2 1PU3 1PE
TR2 TR4 ESS TR
231XPA
5XN2 26V
15XN2 2PU3
204XP
3XN2
202XP
1XN2
214XP
4XX 16XX
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC
212XP 4PE
10XN 12XN
ELEC PUMP - Y
3801GX 3805GX 29-24-00
F
G
BTC - 2 1XX 14XX
11XU2 GLC - EMERG
GLC - 2
9XU2 2XX 12XX 2XE
H
3802GX 3806GX
GCU-2 CSM/G
GEN
2 4000XU CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
1XU2
1XE
N_MM_245000_0_YKT0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

NOTE: These configurations are dealt with in their respective ATA chapter.
4. Interface
A. Circuit Breakers Panels
(1) Overhead circuit breaker panel 49VU
(a) General
The overhead circuit breaker panel 49VU is accessible to the Captain and First Officer.
The circuit breakers are connected either to an AC or a DC power source.
1 AC Power Supply
115 VAC
26 VAC
2 DC Power Supply
28 VDC
(b) Description
(Ref. Fig. Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panel 49VU SHEET 1)

HIGH VOLTAGE INSIDE 49VU
HA HA
H H
G G
F F
E E
D D
C C
B B
A A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
N_MM_245000_0_YPB0_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-16200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panel 49VU
** ON A/C ALL

A simplified drawing shows the provision for circuit breakers installation on the panel 49VU.
On the aircraft, the Functional Item Number (FIN) is shown on the rear side of the VU panel.
(2) Circuit Breaker Panel 105VU
(a) General
The circuit breaker panel 105VU (Battery Power Center) is located in the avionics compartment next
to access door 822. You must open the access door from the panel 105VU.
The circuit breakers are connected to BAT 1(2) power source.
1 BAT power supply
28 VDC
(b) Description
(Ref. Fig. Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panels 105VU and 106VU SHEET 1)

105VU
106VU
RELAYS
CONTACTORS
N_MM_245000_0_YQA0_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-16400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Provision

for C/B(s) Installation on the Panels 105VU and 106VU
** ON A/C ALL

On the aircraft, the FIN is marked below the head of each circuit breaker.
(a) General
The circuit breaker panel 106VU (AC/DC emergency power center) is located in the avionics
compartment next to access door 812. You must open the access door from the panel 106VU.
The circuit breakers are connected either to an AC or a DC power source.
1 AC Power Supply
115 VAC
26 VAC
2 DC Power Supply
28 VDC
(b) Description
On the aircraft, the labels and the FINs are marked behind the access door of the panel 106VU
opposite the circuit breaker panel.
(4) Rear Circuit Breaker Panel 120VU
It comprises the following panels:
121VU,
122VU,
123VU,
124VU,
125VU.
(a) General
These circuit breaker panels are located on the rear panel 120VU. The circuit breakers are
connected either to an AC or a DC power source.
1 AC Power Supply
115 VAC
26 VAC
2 DC Power Supply
28 VDC
(b) Description
(Ref. Fig. Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panel 121VU)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
N_MM_245000_0_YRAA_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-16700-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panel 121VU
** ON A/C ALL

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
N_MM_245000_0_YRAA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panel 122VU)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
N_MM_245000_0_YRDA_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
N_MM_245000_0_YRDA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL


123VU
12
11
10
9
AC
AD
AB
AE
AF
123VU
8
7
6
5
AB
AA
123VU
4
3
2
1
AC
AD
AB
AE
AF
N_MM_245000_0_YRG0_01_00
** ON A/C ALL


124VU 125VU
BG CK
CJ
BF
CH
BE
CG
BD
CF
BC
CE
BB CD
CC
BA
1
CB
CA
N_MM_245000_0_YRK0_01_00
Figure 24-50-00-17000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Provision

for C/B(s) Installation on the Panels 124VU and 125VU
** ON A/C ALL

Simplified drawings show the provision for circuit breakers installation on panels 121VU, 122VU,
123VU, 124VU and 125VU.
On the aircraft, the FIN is marked below the head of each circuit breaker.
(a) General
The front circuit breaker panel 2000VU faces the FWD passenger/crew door (841) and is located
in the center of the cabin ceiling. The circuit breakers are connected to either an AC or a DC power
source.
1 AC Power Supply
115 VAC
26 VAC
2 DC Power Supply
28 VDC
(b) Description

2000VU
J
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N_MM_245000_0_YVA0_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

(a) General
The circuit breaker panel 2001VU faces the aft passenger door (842) and is located in the center of
the cabin ceiling. The circuit breakers are connected to either an AC or a DC power source.
1 AC Power Supply
115 VAC
26 VAC
2 DC Power Supply
28 VDC
(b) Description

2001VU
F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
N_MM_245000_0_YXA0_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

B. Configuration of Circuit Breakers
(1) Black head circuit breaker
This type of circuit breaker does not have an auxiliary contact. It is standard.
(2) Green head circuit breaker
This type of circuit breaker holds an auxiliary contact connected to SDAC when it is tripped.
(3) Circuit breaker with a red threaded bush
For safety reasons, to avoid that the crew resets it in flight, the C/B is guarded. If it is necessary to open
it, the red threaded bush must first be removed, unscrewed with a standard wrench.
(4) Circuit breaker with a yellow collar
Some circuit breakers have a yellow collar to help the crew to find them more easily on the circuit
breaker panel.
(5) For clipped circuit breaker, there are two types of collars, metallic or plastic, secured by
lockwire, (Ref. ESPM 20-46-10).
C. Circuit Breakers Data Tables by Circuit

49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1 1CN B12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/TAT 1DA2 Y15
49VU ANTI ICE/RAIN/RPLNT/CAPT 1DB1 D01
122VU ANTI ICE/RAIN/RPLNT/F/O 1DB2 W11
123VU ANTI ICE/L/WHSLD 1DG1 AF10
123VU ANTI ICE/R/WHSLD 1DG2 AF03
49VU ANTI ICE/WING/MONG 1DL C01
122VU ANTI ICE/ENG/1 1DN1 X10
122VU ANTI ICE/ENG/2 1DN2 W10
122VU DUMMY CB 1DR X15
2000VU WASTE WIP-DRAINMAST-FWD 1DU B06
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-LINE 1DW D07
121VU ENG1/REV/LOCK 1EG1 N44
121VU ENG2/REV/LOCK 1EG2 N45
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/OIL/QTY 1EN1 N39
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/OIL/QTY 1EN2 N41
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
ING/SYS1/CTL
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRK FAN/WHEELS/1 AND 2 1GS L32
121VU DUMMY CB 1GV M31
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRK/TEMP/DET/UNIT 1GW M37
122VU CKPT/FOOT/HEATERS 1HE V23
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/SPLY 1HG X18
49VU AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL1 1HL D09
123VU AVNCS VENT/BLOWER/FAN 1HQ AD10
49VU OXYGEN/CREW/OXY/SPLY 1HT HA01
122VU AIR BLEED/X FEED VALVE/NORM 1HV Z20
122VU CSAS / CTLR 1HW U17
49VU AIR COND/RAM/AIR/INLET 1HZ D10
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
49VU ENGINE/1/HP FUEL SOV 1KC1 A01


49VU ENGINE/2/HP FUEL SOV 1KC2 A02
122VU LIGHT/EXT LT NAV1/AND LOGO/LT 1LA T03
122VU LIGHTING/LANDING LT/L/SPLY 1LB T04
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/RWY TURN OFF/L 1LC1 W06
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/RWY TURN OFF/R 1LC2 W05
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
49VU LIGHTING/STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04
2001VU LIGHT SEC-19 1LJ E07
2000VU AIR CONDTN COMPT OUTLET 1LK G08
122VU LIGHTING/WHL WELL/LTG/OUT 1LL X07
2000VU LAV LIGHT 1LQ J01
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/TAXI AND TAKE OFF/ 1LR W08
TAXI
122VU LIGHTING/AVNCS COMPT/DOME 1LS Z07
2000VU LIGHT-CARGO COMPT-FWD 1LU J06
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/BEACON/UPPER 1LV U06
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU PASSENGER/READING/LIGHT 1LW C G01
** ON A/C ALL
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/WING/AND ENG 1LX W03
SCAN/R
122VU LIGHTING/LOGO/R 1LY V02
2000VU LIGHT-ATTND-WORK 1LZ J03
2000VU WATER SYSTEM-QANT-IND 1MA B01
2000VU LAV FWD & MID-HOT WATER-A 1MB F02
2000VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN 1ME A03
Z222
122VU DOORS/CARGO 1MJ T12
2001VU WATER SYS-DRAIN 1MP B05
122VU DOORS CKPT LOCK 1MQ T13
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/CAPT 1MS1 U11
122VU COCKPIT SEATS/SEAT CTL/F/O 1MS2 U14
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/STAT INV 1NA K25
106VU EMER/SHED/CNTOR/SPLY 1PH C07
125VU 101PP/SPLY 1PN1 CD01
124VU 202PP/SPLY 1PN2 BG01
121VU APU/FUEL/BLOW OFF/CTL 1QC K39
121VU FUEL/X FEED/VALVE/MOT2 1QE M24
121VU APU/FUEL/LP VALVE/CTL 1QF M40
49VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT1/ENG1 1QG A08
121VU FUEL/HI/LVL/SPLY 1QJ L25
121VU FUEL/CTR TK/L&R XFR/CTL & IND 1QL R25
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/L 1QP A10
49VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/1 1QT A13


121VU FUEL/RFL/DFL/XFR/DEFUEL/VALVE 1QU L23
49VU COM HF1 1RE1 HA14
121VU COM NAV/HF2 1RE2 C L13
49VU NAV/ADF/1 1RP1 H14
** ON A/C 001-050
121VU DUMMY CB 1RP2 K02
** ON A/C ALL
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/1 1SA1 K11
121VU COM NAV/RAD ALTM/2 1SA2 K12
49VU NAV/DME/1 1SD1 G14
121VU COM NAV/DME/2 1SD2 K06
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2 FIRE EXTIG/BTL1/ 1WE1 Q43
SQUIB/A
SQUIB/A
121VU APU/FIRE/EXTIG/SQUIB/A 1WF L38
121VU APU/FIRE AND OVHT/DET/LOOP A 1WG L43
2000VU LAV FWD-OCCUPIED 1WJ F01
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 1WL H05
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN 1WR HA02
122VU AIR COND/CARGO/FIRE/EXTIG 1WX T19
106VU AC/SHED/ESS BUS/CNTOR/CTL 1XH C04
123VU BUS 1/101XP/SPLY 1XN1 AD11
123VU BUS 2/202XP/SPLY 1XN2 AD02
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/2POS/IND 2CN P16
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1 2DA1 D03
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/2 2DA2 Y12
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/3 2DA3 Y16
49VU ANTI ICE/WING/CTL 2DL C02
2000VU POT/WASTE WIP-HEATER-CTL 2DW D08
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/OIL/PRESS 2EN1 N40
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/OIL/PRESS 2EN2 N42
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35
ING/SYS1/IND AND/SPLY
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRK FAN/WHEELS/3 AND 4 2GS L35
49VU AIR BLEED/ENG 1/MONG 2HA1 D11
122VU AIR BLEED/ENG 2/MONG 2HA2 Z22
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/L/CTL 2HG X20
122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/2 2HL Y22
123VU AVNCS VENT/EXTC/FAN 2HQ AE02
49VU AIR BLEED/X FEED/VALVE/BAT 2HV D13


49VU ENGINE/1/FADEC A/AND EIU 1 2KS1 A04
49VU ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2 2KS2 A05
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/NAV2/AND LOGO/LT 2LA T02
122VU LIGHTING/LANDING LT/R/SPLY 2LB T06
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04
2001VU LIGHT APU 2LJ E08
122VU LIGHTING/WHL WELL/LTG/DOME 2LL X08
CTL
2000VU LIGHT-CARGO COMPT-AFT 2LU J07
** ON A/C 001-050
** ON A/C ALL
122VU LIGHTING/LOGO/L 2LY V03
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-HOT WATER-D 2MB B02
121VU PILOTS OUTLETS/115V 60HZ 2NA K23
122VU ELEC/REFLNG/NORM 2PR S27
49VU APU/FUEL/BLOW OFF/PUMP 2QC B14
49VU FUEL/X FEED/VALVE/MOT1 2QE A12
121VU APU/FUEL/LP VALVE/SPLY 2QF M39
49VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT1/ENG2 2QG A09
121VU FUEL/CTR TK/L&R XFR/CTL & IND 2QL R26
49VU FUEL/XFR VALVE1/WING/R 2QP A11
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHAN/2 2QT M27
121VU FUEL/RFL/DFL/SPLY 2QU L24
** ON A/C 001-050
49VU COM NAV/VHF/1 2RC1 G09
121VU COM NAV/VHF/2 2RC2 L04
121VU COM NAV/VHF/3 2RC3 L05
** ON A/C ALL
49VU COM/RMP/1 2RG1 G10
121VU COM NAV/RMP/2 2RG2 L02
121VU COM NAV/RMP/3 2RG3 L03
49VU NAV/VOR/1 2RS1 G13
121VU COM NAV/VOR/2 2RS2 K08
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU EIS/HORN/SPLY 2WC P09
SQUIB/B
SQUIB/B
121VU APU/FIRE/EXTIG/SQUIB/B 2WF L39


121VU APU/FIRE AND OVHT/DET/LOOP B 2WG L44
121VU EIS/SDAC/2/SPLY 2WV Q06
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07
121VU EIS/GPWS/28VDC 2WZ P06
106VU AC ESS BUS/MONG/SPLY 2XH C05
123VU SVCE/BUS 2/212XP SPLY 2XX AB05
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1 3DA1 D02
ING/SYS2/CTL
121VU HYDRAULIC/BRK/FAN/CTL 3GS M32
49VU AIR BLEED/ENG 1/CTL 3HA1 D12
122VU AIR BLEED/ENG 2/CTL 3HA2 Z23
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/SPLY 3HG W18
122VU AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/MAN 3HL Y23
122VU AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG 3HQ Y17
122VU LIGHTING/LANDING LT/L/CTL 3LB T05
122VU LIGHTING/CKPT/DOME 3LE Y06
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03
TO
2000VU LIGHT-LDG-AREA 3LU J08
** ON A/C 001-050
** ON A/C ALL
125VU 103PP/SPLY 3PN1 CE01
124VU 204PP/SPLY 3PN2 BF01
121VU APU/FUEL/PUMP/CTL 3QC M38
121VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT2/ENG1 3QG M25
121VU FUEL/CTR TK/AUTO/CTL 3QL R27
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/L 3QP M22
121VU ATSU 1 3TX1 L16
121VU APU/FIRE/LP VALVE/STBY 3WF M41
122VU LIGHTING/CABIN/EMER/LT 3WL V07


49VU SDAC/1/SPLY 3WV F04
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU EIS/GPWS/115VAC 3WZ P07
123VU BUS 1/103XP/SPLY 3XN1 AB11
123VU BUS 2/204XP/SPLY 3XN2 AB02
122VU ELEC/AC PWR/SVCE/CTL 3XX V29
49VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1 4DA1 D04
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA 4DA2 Y13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/AOA 4DA3 Z15
122VU ANTI ICE/WIPER/CAPT 4DB1 X12
122VU ANTI ICE/F/O/WIPER 4DB2 W12
122VU ANTI ICE/ICE DET/L 4DD1 V12
122VU ANTI ICE/ICE DET/R 4DD2 V13
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/L 4DG1 X14
122VU ANTI ICE/WINDOWS/R 4DG2 W14
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/OIL/CHIP/DET 4EN1 N38
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/OIL/CHIP/DET 4EN2 N43
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU1/115VAC 4FP1 F06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/115VAC 4FP2 N06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/115VAC 4FP3 N05
121VU CLOCK/STBY/SPLY 4FS N02
ING/SYS2/SPLY
122VU RPCU 4HL X23
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1 4KS1 R41
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B/AND EIU 2 4KS2 Q40
122VU LIGHTING/LANDING LT/R/CTL 4LB T07
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/F/O/SIDE 4LE Z06
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL 4LF Y04
AND/PED
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU PASSENGER READING LIGHT 4LW C G04
** ON A/C ALL
122VU CKPT/OVRD SYS/SPLY 4MQ S10
122VU ELEC/RFL/SPLY/LOGIC 4PR U29
121VU FUEL/LP VALVE/MOT2/ENG2 4QG M26
121VU FUEL/XFR VALVE2/WING/R 4QP M23
49VU ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS 4RN G06
121VU COM NAV/TCAS 4SG K10
121VU APU/FIRE/LP VALVE/NORM 4WF M42
49VU OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION 4WR HA05
121VU EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR 4WW P08


122VU ELEC/EXT PWR/LT CLT/AVAIL 4XG X31
106VU 26VAC/ESS BUS/SPLY 4XH B06
123VU SVCE/BUS 2/214XP SPLY 4XX AA05
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND 5CV B06
MONG/SYS1
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC 5DA1 Z13
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/STATIC 5DA2 Y11
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/3/STATIC 5DA3 Z14
122VU ANTI ICE/WHC/1 5DG1 X13
122VU ANTI ICE/WHC/2 5DG2 W13
49VU NAV/STBY/INST 5FN F12
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU 1/AND AOA 1/ 5FP1 F07
26VAC
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/26VAC AND AOA 5FP2 N08
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/26VAC AND AOA 5FP3 N07
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EX- 5HU U21
TRACT FAN/CTL
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CAPT/SIDE 5LE Z05
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/GLARE/SHLD 5LF Y05
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/BEACON/LOWER 5LV U03
** ON A/C 001-050
** ON A/C ALL
122VU LIGHTING/EXT LT/WING/AND ENG 5LX W02
SCAN/L
2001VU VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET-CABIN 5ME F01
Z261
122VU ELEC/DC/SVCE/BUS 5PN X24
49VU ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT 5RN G07
49VU COM NAV/ATC/1 5SH1 G11
121VU COM NAV/ATC/2 5SH2 K07
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/1 5SQ1 K13
121VU COM NAV/RADAR/2 5SQ2 K14
121VU DLS&/DLRB/SPLY 5TD J15
121VU AIDS & RCDR/FDIMU 5TV K15
121VU ATSU 1/SWTG 5TX1 L15
49VU SDAC/1/26VAC SYNC/AC ESS BUS 5WV F02
49VU CAPT/LOUD/SPKR 5WW F10
106VU AC ESS BUS/EMER/CNTOR/CTL 5XE B07


123VU BUS 1/131XP-A/SPLY 5XN1 AB12
122VU ELEC/GEN1/OFF/BTC1 SPLY 5XU T28
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND 6CV B07
MONG/SYS1
105VU ADIRS/ADIRU1/28VDC 6FP1 C02
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2/28VDC 6FP2 N04
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3/28VDC 6FP3 N03
49VU CLOCK/NORM/SPLY 6FS F11
122VU AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT CTL/EX- 6HU U19
TRACT FAN/SPLY
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU PASSENGER READING LIGHT 6LW C G06
** ON A/C ALL
124VU 206PP/208PP/SPLY 6PN BE01
121VU COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT 6RN M02
121VU PTR/SPLY 6TW J21
** ON A/C 001-050
121VU DCDU 1 6TX1 L17
121VU DCDU 2 6TX2 L18
** ON A/C ALL
49VU SDAC/2/26VAC SYNC/AC ESS BUS 6WV F03
122VU ESS NTWK AUTO ALTN 6XC V24
49VU ELEC/AC BUS/8XP/MONG 6XH H11
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
124VU DC SVCE/602PP/SPLY 7PN BD01
121VU COM NAV/ACP/AVNCS/COMPT 7RN C M03
121VU RCDR/DFDR 7TU K16
49VU ENGINE/1/FIRE DET/LOOP A 7WD1 A06
121VU ENGINE/ENG2/FIRE DET/LOOP A 7WD2 Q39
121VU EIS/SDAC/1/BUS2/26VAC SYNC AC 7WV Q03
122VU ELEC/GPCU 7XG C Y24
123VU BUS 1/110XP/SPLY 7XN1 AF11
123VU BUS 2/210XP/SPLY 7XN2 AF02
121VU IGGS/CTLR 7YA N28


121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/ 8CV Q21
MONG/SYS2
49VU NAV PROBES/ADIRU3/PWR/SWTG 8FP F09
121VU FUEL/FQI/CHANNEL/1 AND 2 8QT L26
121VU COM NAV/SELCAL 8RN M04
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP 8TW J17
121VU ENGINE/ENG1/FIRE DET/LOOP B 8WD1 Q38
49VU ENGINE/2/FIRE DET/LOOP B 8WD2 A07
122VU ELEC/COML/SHED/SYS2 8XN V28
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
122VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1 9CV S06
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/3PWR/SWTG 9FP N09
2001VU LAV AFT&MID HOT WATER 9MB B03
122VU ELEC/DC SHED BUS/CNTR 9PN U26
49VU INT 1 + 2 9RN G08
121VU RCDR/ACCLRM 9TU K18
121VU CFDS/TEST PLUG/1 9TW J19
122VU ELEC/COML/SHED/SYS1 9XN V26
49VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/1 10CA1 B02
121VU AUTO FLT/FMGC/2 10CA2 M17
122VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1 10CV S07
121VU ADIRS/ADIRU/2PWR/SHED 10FP N10
122VU LIGHTING/WING/STROBE 10LV V05
106VU 802PP SPLY 10PH B09
121VU CFDS/TEST PLUG/2 10TW J20
49VU EIS/DMC1/SPLY 10WT1 E11
121VU EIS/DMC2/SPLY 10WT2 Q08
121VU EIS/DMC3/SPLY 10WT3 Q09
106VU AC ESS BUS/EMER/STBY/CNTOR/SPLY 10XE C06
123VU BUS 2/212XP/SPLY 10XN AD03
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2 11CV P19
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/P2/T2/ENG1 11DA1 C Z10
122VU ANTI ICE/PROBES/P2/T2/ENG2 11DA2 C Y10


2001VU WASTE WIP-DRAINMAST-AFT 11DU E01
122VU AIR COND/RECIRC FAN/R/CTL 11HG W20
122VU LIGHTING/AVNCS COMPT/OUT/28VDC 11LS Z08
123VU L WING TK/PUMP 1/STBY SPLY 11QA AD12
2001VU LAVATORY AFT-OCCUPIED 11WJ B04
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 11WL. H05
49VU EIS/PFD/CAPT/SPLY 11WT1 E03
121VU EIS/PFD/F/O 11WT2 R03
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2 12CV P20
122VU LIGHTING/AVNCS COMPT/OUT/115VAC 12LS Z09
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CABIN 12WL. H06
49VU EIS/ND CAPT/SPLY 12WT1 E01
121VU EIS/ND/F/O 12WT2 R04
121VU AUTO FLT/STICK/LOCK 13CA N16
121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/GND 13WN P10
49VU EIS/ECAM DU/UPPER/SPLY 13WT1 E05
121VU EIS/ECAM DU/LOWER/SPLY 13WT2 R11
49VU ELEC/LT/CTL 13XG H10
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/ARTF/FEEL 14CA N17
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
122VU ELEC/CNTOR/DC BUS/TIE 1/FAULT 14PC U24
121VU PDL/PWR/SPLY 14TD K19
122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/2 14WH T18
49VU EIS/DMC3/STBY/SPLY 14WT1 E10
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/BUS1/28VDC 14WV P04
121VU AUDIO MIXING 14WW K03
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
2001VU POT/WASTE WIP SVCE PNL 15DV D01
** ON A/C 001-050
121VU HUD 15FH1 C P01
** ON A/C ALL
122VU DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY 15RA T16
49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR1 ESS 15WH C05


121VU EIS/SLIDES/ARM AND WARN/FLT 15WN P11
49VU EIS/ECAM/CTL/PNL 15WT E12
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
122VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR NORM/1 17WH T17
122VU ELEC/BUS/2XP/CTL 17XN2 V27
122VU ELEC/DC BUS/TIE2//APU/START 18PC W31
49VU AIR COND/CIDS/SDF/DIR2 ESS 18WH C06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY 20CE1 B10
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY 20CE2 Q20
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU IFE-VCC-DC 20MH C01
2000VU IFE/SEAT-POWER-PAX SYS 20MK D08
** ON A/C ALL
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC2/SPLY 21CE2 Q18
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU IFE-VCC-AC 21MH C C02
** ON A/C 002-050
2000VU IFE-IFEC-DC 21MK C05
** ON A/C ALL
49VU EIS/DMC1/SWTG 21WT1 E09
121VU EIS/DMC2/SWTG 21WT2 R08
49VU EIS/DMC3/SWTG 21WT3 E07
105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU IFE-TU-LH 22MH C03
2000VU IFE-IFEC-AC 22MK C06
** ON A/C ALL
49VU EIS/PFD CAPT/SWTG 22WT1 E04
121VU EIS/PFD/F/O/SWTG 22WT2 R05
105VU NAV/STBY/INST/BAT 23FN J01
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU PES MUSIC-LH 23MK D02

** ON A/C ALL
49VU COM/CVR/SPLY 23RK E14
49VU EIS/ND CAPT/SWTG 23WT1 E02
121VU EIS/ND/F/O/SWTG 23WT2 R06
123VU APU GEN/EGIU2/115VAC 23XS AA08
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU IFE-TU-RH 24MH C04
2000VU PES MUSIC-RH 24MK D03
** ON A/C ALL
49VU EIS/ECAM DU/UPPER/SWTG 24WT1 E06
121VU EIS/ECAM DU/LOWER/SWTG 24WT2 R10
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 1 26LP X04
49VU COM/CVR/CTL 26RK E13
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2 27LP X05
106VU EMER/GEN/REF 27WV B05
122VU LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/STAT 28LP X03
INV
49VU LIGHTING/XFMR/115V.5V/ESS BUS 29LP H03
122VU AIR COND/AFT CARGO VENT/FAN 30HN S22
122VU LIGHTING/TST/BOARD/SPLY 30LP X06
121VU APU/AUTO/EXTIG/GND/TEST 30WF L40
49VU AIR COND/AFT CARGO/VENT & HTG/ 31HN C07
CTL & MONG
2001VU VACU TOIL SYS-LAV PWR-A 32MG A01
2001VU VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM/VACUUM 33MG A08
GEN
2001VU VACU TOIL SYS-LAV PWR-E 34MG A04
2001VU VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM/VACUUM 35MG A06
SYS
2001VU VACU TOIL SYS-LAV PWR-D 39MG A03
49VU NAV/MMR/1 42RT1 G12
121VU COM NAV/MMR/2 42RT2 L07
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/BUS2/28VDC 44WV P03
2001VU VACU TOIL SYS-LAV PWR 45MG C A02
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/AVNCS 46WV P02
121VU EIS/SDAC1 AND 2/DOOR/DET/PAX 48WV P05
122VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL SYS 1/CHAN A/ 49HH X22
115VAC
122VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL SYS 1/CHAN B/ 50HH Y18
115VAC
122VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL SYS 1/CHAN A/ 51HH X21
28VDC
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34
49VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL/SYS 1 CHAN B/ 52HH D08
28VDC


122VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL SYS 2/CHAN A/ 53HH W22
115VAC
115VAC
122VU AIR COND/TEMP CTL SYS 2/CHAN A/ 55HH W21
28VDC
49VU FUEL/SMOKE/CONFIG/PUMP CTL 55QA A14
28VDC
121VU LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS1 58GA R32
49VU AIR COND/TEMP/CTL/IND 58HH D07
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU INSEAT POWER-MCU 1 58HP B05
** ON A/C ALL
121VU LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS2 59GA R33
** ON A/C 001-050
2000VU INSEAT POWER-MCU 2 59HP B08
** ON A/C ALL
49VU ABCU &/Y BRK/PRESS IND 61GG C10
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM 70GG N36
121VU HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY 71GG N37
121VU RUDDER FTU 75CE R16
** ON A/C 001-050
POST SB 27-1248 for A/C 101-101
121VU THS ACTR/ELSD 95CE P15
** ON A/C ALL
121VU ABCU/HOT BUS/SPLY 110GG P30
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/1 150RH G01
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/1 151RH M05
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS 153RH G03
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DIR NORM/2 156RH M06
49VU COM/CIDS/DIR ESS/2 157RH G02
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/FWD R 158RH HA10
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/FWD L 159RH HA09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM 162RH M08
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD 163RH M09
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD 164RH M10
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT 167RH M11
121VU COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT 168RH M12
121VU COM/FAP1/NORM 170RH Q14
49VU COM/CIDS/FLT ATTND PNL/ESS 171RH H01
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/AFT R 172RH HA12
49VU COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/AFT L 179RH HA11


2000VU PES PFIS RADVR 188MH C C08
2000VU PES/PFIS 189MH G09
** ON A/C 001-050
121VU SATCOM 240RV K01
** ON A/C ALL
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-WINDOW-FWD 300LG H01
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-WINDOW-AFT 301LG H03
2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-CEILING-AFT 304LG H07
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-CEILING-FWD 305LG H05
2000VU LIGHT-CABIN-ENTRY 308LG J02
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
49VU HYD/FIRE VALVE/G/ENG1 1703GK C13
121VU HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/PTU 1801GL N34
121VU PTU INHIT/G SYS 1807GL Q32
121VU PTU INHIT/Y SYS 1808GL Q33
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD/QTY/IND 1831GQ P35
121VU HYDRAULIC/LOW/LVL/IND 1832GQ N32
49VU HYD/HYD/PRESS/XMTR 1841GN C11
121VU HYDRAULIC/SOL VALVES/G/Y/B/LEAK/ 1881GP N35
TST
49VU HYD/RAT/CTL 2801GE D14
121VU HYDRAULIC/RAT/SPLY/EXTN/SOL1 2803GE P33
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/MONG 3700GD Q37
121VU HYDRAULIC/Y HYD/PUMP ENG2/CTL 3701GD Q36
49VU HYD/FIRE VALVE/Y/ENG2 3702GD C14
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/ELEC PUMP/NORM 3801GX AB03
123VU Y HYD/ELEC/PUMP 3802GX AB06
121VU HYDRAULIC/HYD POWER/Y 3803GX N30
A. Reset of the Circuit Breaker
in flight, it is not permitted to close a tripped circuit breaker,
on ground, you must not close a tripped circuit breaker without trouble shooting of the related system.
Figure 24-50-00-14600-00-S / SHEET 1/2 - Normal Flight Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)
Figure 24-50-00-14600-00-S / SHEET 2/2 - Normal Flight Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)
Figure 24-50-00-14700-00-R / SHEET 1/2 - Emergency Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)
Figure 24-50-00-14700-00-R / SHEET 2/2 - Emergency Configuration for the Whole Network (AC/DC)

Figure 24-50-00-16200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panel 49VU
Figure 24-50-00-16400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panels 105VU and 106VU
Figure 24-50-00-17000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Provision for C/B(s) Installation on the Panels 124VU and 125VU
24-50-00 PB 401 CONF 00 - AC ELECTRICAL LOAD

DISTRIBUTION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 24-50-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the C/B TRIPPED Warning on the Upper ECAM DU

MMEL 24-09-02A
C/B TRIPPED Alert


812, 822
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-50-00-860-054-A


(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
Subtask 24-50-00-010-051-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 822.
(3) On the battery power center 105VU:
Loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
(5) On the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU:
Loosen the five screws and remove the protective cover.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-50-00-040-052-A
A. Check for C/B TRIPPED
(1) If the C/B TRIPPED ECAM warning comes into view, do this check:
ACTION RESULT
1.If the C/B TRIPPED ON OVHD PANEL warning
comes into view on the upper ECAM DU:
On the overhead circuit breaker panel 49VU, If all the circuit breakers are closed, no mainten-
make sure that all the circuit breakers are ance procedure is necessary.
closed.
2.If the C/B TRIPPED R ELEC BAY warning
On the battery power center 105VU, make sure If all the circuit breakers are closed, no mainten-
that all the circuit breakers are closed. ance procedure is necessary.
3.If the C/B TRIPPED L ELEC BAY warning
On the AC/DC emergency power center If all the circuit breakers are closed, no mainten-
106VU, make sure that all the circuit breakers ance procedure is necessary.
are closed.
4.If the C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL J-M warning
On the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU If all the circuit breakers are closed, no mainten-
between lines J and M, make sure that all the ance procedure is necessary.
circuit breakers are closed.
5.If the C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL N-R warning
between lines N and R, make sure that all the ance procedure is necessary.
6.If C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL S-V warning
between lines S and V, make sure that all the ance procedure is necessary.

ACTION RESULT
7.If the C/B TRIPPED REAR PNL W-Z warning
between lines W and Z, make sure that all the ance procedure is necessary.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-50-00-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(2) Tighten the two screws.
(3) Install the protective cover on the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
(4) Tighten the five screws.
Subtask 24-50-00-860-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(2) On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY and LOWER DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-50-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the C/B TRIPPED Warning on the Upper ECAM DU

MMEL 24-09-02A
C/B TRIPPED Alert
Power
1(2)

Ref. TSM 24-00-00-810-803 Circuit Breaker Tripped and/or C/B TRIPPED Warning
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-50-00-860-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-50-00-440-052-A
A. Do the troubleshooting procedure given in the TSM task Ref. TSM 24-00-00-810-803 .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-50-00-860-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-51 - AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION
24-51-00 - AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION
24-51-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
(Ref. Fig. AC Main Distribution - Block Diagram SHEET 1)

24-50-00
220XP
24-50-00 28XN 27XN

218XP
110XP
7XN1 21XN1 210XP
7XN2 21XN2
131XP-A
5XN1 26V 231XP-A
5XN2 26V
15XN1
103XP 15XN2
3XN1 204XP
3XN2
24-32-00
101XP 202XP
1XN1 1XN2
AC BUS 1 1XP 24-25-00 24-25-00 AC BUS 2 2XP 24-32-00 216XP
115VAC 115VAC
212XP
10XN 12XN 24-34-00
24-50-00
24-24-00
24-42-00
BTC-1 BTC-2
11XU1 11XU2
GCL-1 GLC-APU EPC GLC-2 GLC-EMERG
2XX 12XX
9XU1 3XS 3XG 9XU2 2XE
FUEL PUMPS
24-50-00
28-21-00
EXTERNAL
GCU-1 4000XU GAPCU GCU-2 CSM/G
GEN APU 8XS POWER GEN
1 GEN 2 4000XU CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
1XU1 24XG RECEPTACLE 1XU2
1XE
N_MM_245100_0_AAX0_01_00
Figure 24-51-00-11200-00-G / SHEET 1/1 - AC Main Distribution - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

The AC main distribution network corresponds to busbars 1XP and 2XP and their associated sub-busbars.
(Ref. Fig. AC Main Distribution - Component Location SHEET 1)

C A
A 15XN1
122VU
15XN2
121VU
125VU
124VU 21XN1
123VU
25XN1
B 21XN2 25XN2
4
3
2
B
123VU
D
12XN
20XX
CONTACTOR
C
7
1
N_MM_245100_0_ACQ0_01_00
Figure 24-51-00-12400-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - AC Main Distribution - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. AC Main Distribution - Component Location SHEET 1)

22XN
PANEL 35VU
N_MM_245100_0_AGM0_01_00
Figure 24-51-00-12500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Main Distribution - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
12XN CNTOR-AC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY 120VU 212 24-51-55
15XN1 A/XFMR-115/26VAC, 1 120VU 212 24-51-51
15XN2 A/XFMR-115/26VAC, 2 120VU 212 24-51-51
22XN P/BSW-ELEC/COMMERCIAL 35VU 210 24-51-00
27XN CONTACTOR 120VU 212 24-51-55
The main busbars can be supplied:
either by the corresponding generator,
or by the other main generator, or by the APU generator or the ground power unit by means of the transfer
circuit.
The major part of the network is supplied with three-phase 115 VAC/400 Hz.
A 115/26 VAC single-phase autotransformer supplying a normal 26 VAC/400 Hz sub-busbar (131XP.A and
231XP.A) is connected to each main busbar.
Part of the AC main network (212XP, 214XP, 216XP.C) can be supplied directly by the ground power unit in
ground service configuration (Ref. 24-42-00, P. Block 1). For each main busbar, a warning is triggered on the
ECAM to indicate a loss of supply
(Ref. Fig. AC Main Distribution - ECAM Warnings SHEET 1)

DATA BUS 2
DATA BUS 2
SDAC 2
FWC 2
LMP
RMP
05K
04A
04B
05J
BUS
BUS
FWC-1
TO SDAC-2
BUS
04K
04J
12C
12A
12B
RMP
LMP
DATA BUS 2 DATA BUS 2

SDAC 1 DATA BUS 1
FWC 1
FWC 2
TO
SDAC 1
RMP
LMP
09G
09H
09D
09C
09J
09B
SDAC-1
15XC
16XC
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
17XN2
17XN1
202XP-A
115VAC
101XP-A
115VAC
BUS 1
BUS 2
N_MM_245100_0_YEL0_01_00
Figure 24-51-00-13800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC Main Distribution - ECAM Warnings

** ON A/C ALL

Figure 24-51-00-11200-00-G / SHEET 1/1 - AC Main Distribution - Block Diagram

Figure 24-51-00-12400-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - AC Main Distribution - Component Location
Figure 24-51-00-12500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Main Distribution - Component Location
Figure 24-51-00-13800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - AC Main Distribution - ECAM Warnings
24-51-00 PB 401 CONF 00 - AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 24-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Galley Supply System

MMEL 24-26-02B
Galley Manual Load Shed System (GALLEY)

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-00-861-051-B
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-51-00-865-052-A



2000VU CABIN LIGHT POWER-WINDOW AFT 302LG H04
2000VU CAB LIGHT PWR-WINDOW-AFT 301LG H03
Subtask 24-51-00-860-058-B
C. In the forward and aft galleys, make sure that all the circuit breakers are closed.
Subtask 24-51-00-860-052-I
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch is pushed
(OFF legend is off).
(2) On this panel, make sure that the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch is released (OFF legend is
on).
(3) On the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP), select the CABIN LIGHTING page:
Push the hard key LIGHT MAIN ON/OFF to get the lights on, and
On the CABIN LIGHTING page make sure that AISLE and WDO buttons are green.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-51-00-040-050-B
A. Deactivation of the Galley Supply System
(1) Test of the Commercial Electrical Load-Shedding
ACTION RESULT
1.On the ECAM control panel: On the lower display unit of the ECAM system:
Get the ELEC system page. The ELEC page comes into view with the white
GALLEY SHED indication.
Push the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton The OFF legend of the ELEC/COMMERCIAL
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
On the lower display unit of the ECAM system:
The GALLEY SHED indication goes out of view.
In the forward and aft galleys:
Make sure that the galleys operate.
In the passenger cabin:
The CEILING and WINDOW lights come on.
Release the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton The OFF legend of the ELEC/COMMERCIAL
switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
On the lower display unit of the ECAM system:
view.
Make sure that no equipment operate.
The CEILING and WINDOW lights go off.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-51-00-860-053-B
(1) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU:
Push the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch (OFF legend is off), and
Push the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch (OFF legend is off).
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(4) Put a PLACARD in the cockpit to tell persons that the galley supply system is deactivated.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-51-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Galley Supply System

MMEL 24-26-02B
Power
1(2)
Ref. TSM 24-56-00-810-801 Galley Supply Fault
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-00-861-052-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-51-00-865-054-A

4. Procedure

Subtask 24-51-00-440-050-B
A. Do the trouble shooting of the galley supply system Ref. TSM 24-56-00-810-801 .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-51-00-862-051-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-51-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-51-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Commercial Electrical Load Shedding

OPERATIONAL CHECK OF COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC LOAD SHEDDING
Make sure that the commercial electrical load shedding is effective

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-00-861-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-51-00-865-050-A



Subtask 24-51-00-860-050-C
(1) In all galley areas, make sure that all the circuit breakers are closed.
(2) On the AC power center 123VU and the rear circuit breaker panel 122VU, make sure that all the
circuit breakers related to the galley feeder (xxMC) are closed.
(3) On circuit breaker panel 2000VU, make sure that all the circuit breakers related to the cabin lighting
(xxxLG) are closed.
NOTE: The applicable circuit breakers xxMC and xxxLG are related to the different cabin configura-
tions.
(4) On the ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch is pushed (OFF
legend off).
(5) On this panel, make sure that the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch is released (OFF legend
on).
(6) On the FWD ATTENDANT panel 120RH, make sure that the pushbutton switches that supply the
ceiling and window lights are pushed.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-51-00-710-050-A
A. Test of the Commercial Electrical Load Shedding
ACTION RESULT
Push the ELEC key to get access to the ELEC The ELEC page comes into view with the white
page. GALLEY SHED indication.
2.On the electrical panel 35VU: On the electrical panel 35VU:
Push the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton The OFF legend of the ELEC/COMMERCIAL
switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
The GALLEY SHED indication goes out of view.
Make sure that the galley equipment operates.
If the mid galleys are installed:

Make sure that the mid galley equipment operates.
The CEILING and WINDOW lights come on.
3.On the electrical panel 35VU: On the electrical panel 35VU:
Release the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton The OFF legend of the ELEC/COMMERCIAL
switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
view.

ACTION RESULT
Make sure that no galley equipment operates.
If the mid galleys are installed:

Make sure that no mid galley equipment operates.
The CEILING and WINDOW lights go off.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-51-00-860-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-51-51 - TRANSFORMER - 115/26VAC
24-51-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - TRANSFORMER - 115/26VAC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-51-51-000-001-A
Removal of the 115/26VAC Autotransformer

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 15XN1 , 15XN2

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL

Autotransformers SHEET 1

120VU
A
A 120VU
122VU
6
15XN1
121VU
B 15XN2
124VU 125VU
123VU
120VU
B
3
2 4
N_MM_245151_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-51-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Autotransformers

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-51-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) In the cockpit, remove the panel (6) which gives access to the panel 122VU. The panel 122VU is at
the top of the panel 120VU.
Subtask 24-51-51-860-050-A
(2) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) on the access door 121AL to tell persons not to connect the external
power connector.
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1(2),
EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-51-51-865-050-A

FOR FIN 15XN1 (A/XFMR-115/26VAC, 1)
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Autotransformers SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-51-51-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Autotransformer
(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (1) and (5).
(4) Hold the transformer (2).
(6) Remove the transformer (2).
TASK 24-51-51-400-001-A

Installation of the 115/26VAC Autotransformer

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 15XN1 , 15XN2

Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Power
1(2)
Autotransformers SHEET 1
FOR 15XN1 (A/XFMR-115/26VAC, 1)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-51-860-051-A
121AL.

released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).
(8) In the cockpit, make sure that the panel (6) which gives access to the panel 122VU is removed.
Subtask 24-51-51-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Autotransformers SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-51-51-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Autotransformer
(1) Put the transformer (2) in position.
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1) and (5).
Subtask 24-51-51-865-052-A

Subtask 24-51-51-710-050-B
C. Operational Test of the Autotransformer
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .

(2) FOR 15XN1 (A/XFMR-115/26VAC, 1)

(a) Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only) (Ref. AMM TASK 31-
60-00-860-001) .
(b) Get the HYD page.
(c) Make sure that there is no cross on the HYDRAULIC quantity indications.
(d) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(3) FOR 15XN2 (A/XFMR-115/26VAC, 2)
(a) On the ADIRS MSU panel 41VU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch of the ADIRU 2 to the
NAV position.
(b) On the ADR 2 pushbutton switch, make sure that the FAULT legend does not stay on.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-51-51-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-51-51-410-050-A
B. Close Access
(3) Install the panel (6) which gives access to panel 122VU.
Figure 24-51-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Autotransformers
TASK 24-51-55-000-001-A
Removal of the AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 12XN
Self explanatory




212 COCKPIT
121AL
Contactor SHEET 1

120VU
A
122VU 123VU
B
121VU
12XN
124VU 125VU
123VU
20XX
8
2
3
6
MODULE 20XX
CONTACTOR
7
1
N_MM_245155_4_AAP0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-55-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the front panel (8) of the panel 123VU.
Subtask 24-51-55-860-050-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-51-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-51-55-020-050-A

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector (1) and electrical receptacle (7).
TASK 24-51-55-400-001-A
Installation of the AC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor


CIRCUITS.
FIN : 12XN
Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Power
1(2)
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-55-860-051-A
121AL.

released:
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).
001) .
(9) Make sure that the front panel (8) of the panel 123VU is removed.
Subtask 24-51-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-51-55-420-050-B
(1) Install the contactor (3) on the module 20XX (6).
Subtask 24-51-55-865-052-A

Subtask 24-51-55-710-050-A
C. Test of Lights in the Cockpit
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the FWD ATTENDANT panel 120RH, push the MAIN ON pushbutton switch.
Make sure that these lights come on:
CEILING FWD RH,
CEILING AFT RH,

WINDOW FWD LH,

WINDOW AFT LH.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-51-55-862-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-51-55-410-050-A
B. Close Access
(2) Install the front panel (8) of the panel 123VU.
TASK 24-51-55-000-002-A

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 27XN
Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Contactor SHEET 1

120VU
A
A 122VU
122VU
6
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
27XN
N_MM_245155_4_AAS0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-55-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(1) In the cockpit, remove the panel (6) which gives access to the panel 122VU. The panel 122VU is at
the top of the panel 120VU.
Subtask 24-51-55-860-052-A
receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2.
APU GEN.
GEN 1, GEN 2.
EXT PWR.
21VU (EMER ELEC PWR section).
25VU (APU section).
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-51-55-865-053-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-51-55-020-052-B
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the electrical receptacle (5).
(4) Remove the contactor (3) from the module (1).

TASK 24-51-55-400-002-A

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 27XN
Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Power
1(2)
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-51-55-860-053-A
121AL.

(4) Make sure that, on the access door 121AL, a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not
to connect the external power connector.
BAT 1, BAT 2.
APU GEN.
GEN 1, GEN 2.
EXT PWR.
(6) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the
25VU (APU section).
35VU (ELEC).
(8) In the cockpit, make sure that the panel (6) which gives access to the panel 122VU is removed.
Subtask 24-51-55-865-054-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-51-55-420-052-B
(1) Remove blanking caps from the electrical receptacle (5).
(2) Install the contactor (3) on the module (1).
(6) Connect the electrical connector (4) to the electrical receptacle (5).
Subtask 24-51-55-865-055-A

Subtask 24-51-55-710-051-B
C. Test
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, push the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch (22XN) (the
white indication light goes off).

(3) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, push the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch (2XA) (the white
indication light goes off).
(4) On the rear panel 120VU, make sure that there is 115VAC on busbars 218XP and 220XP.
(5) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, release the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch (2XA) (the white
indication light goes on).
(6) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, release the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch (22XN) (the
white indication light goes on).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-51-55-410-051-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the panel (6) of the panel 122VU.
Subtask 24-51-55-862-051-A
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-52 - AC ESSENTIAL DISTRIBUTION
24-52-00 - AC ESSENTIAL DISTRIBUTION
24-52-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - AC ESSENTIAL

1. General
(Ref. Fig. AC Essential Distribution - Block Diagram)

801XP
AC SHED ESS BUS 8XP

115VAC
8XH
431XP-C
4XH 26V
5XH
401XP
115VAC
24-32-00 24-50-00
AC ESS BUS 4XP
AC BUS 1 1XP A
1XC
115VAC 3XC
15XE
24-28-00 B
C
BTC-1
11XU1
GCL-1 GLC-APU EPC
9XU1 3XS 3XG
FUEL PUMPS D
28-21-00 EXTERNAL
GCU-1 GCU-APU GPCU
GEN APU POWER
4000XU 1XS 8XS 1XG
1XU1 1 GEN RECEPTACLE
N_MM_245200_0_AAQ0_01_00
Figure 24-52-00-11200-00-D / SHEET 1/2 - AC Essential Distribution - Block Diagram

** ON A/C ALL

24-35-00
24-34-00
1PE
ESS TR
24-50-00
A AC BUS 2 2XP 24-32-00

2XC
115VAC 24-50-00
4PE
B
C
BTC-2
11XU2
GLC-2 GLC-EMERG
24-42-00
9XU2 2XE
D 24-50-00
CSM/G
GCU-2 CONTROL UNIT CSM/G 8XE
GEN 4000XU
1XU2 2 1XE
N_MM_245200_0_AAQ0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

The AC essential distribution network corresponds to busbars 4XP (115 VAC ESS bus) and 8XP (115 VAC
SHED essential bus) and their associated sub-busbars.
(Ref. Fig. AC Essential Distribution - Component Location SHEET 1)

FR13
FR15
121AL
812
A
106VU
8XH
A
FR16
B FR9
N_MM_245200_0_ACM0_01_00
Figure 24-52-00-12400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Essential Distribution - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. AC Essential Distribution - Component Location SHEET 1)

Z125 FR13
FR12
A
5XH
N_MM_245200_0_AEM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
5XH A/XFMR-115/26VAC, ESS 125 24-52-51
8XH CNTOR-AC SHED ESS BUS 106VU 125 24-52-55
3. Operation
The AC essential distribution-network can be supplied by:
115 VAC BUS1 1XP
115 VAC BUS2 2XP, if there is a loss of power from main busbar 1XP (then, the crew must select ALTN on
the AC ESS FEED pushbutton switch to make 115 VAC ESS BUS serviceable again), or
The emergency generator in emergency configuration or smoke emergency configuration, or
The static inverter in emergency configuration during RAT extension and when the CSM/G is switched off
after landing.
The largest part of this network is supplied with a three-phase 115 VAC/400 Hz.
A 115/26 VAC single-phase autotransformer, same as those of the main distribution, supplies the essential 26
VAC/400 Hz sub-busbar (431XP-C).
If there is a loss of supply of 115 VAC ESS bus and 115 VAC SHED bus, a warning comes into view on the
ECAM
(Ref. Fig. AC Essential Distribution - ECAM Warnings SHEET 1)

SHEDDABLE
DATA BUS 2
DATA BUS 2
ESS BUS/
115VAC
SDAC 2
801XP
FWC 2
6XH
7XH
BUS
BUS
FWC-1
TO SDAC-2
BUS

FWC 1
SDAC 1 DATA BUS 1
AC ESS/AC ESS SHED CNTOR OFF
FWC 2
TO
SDAC 1
OFF
ON
3XH
SDAC-1
115VAC
ESS BUS
4XP
N_MM_245200_0_AGM0_01_00
Figure 24-52-00-13900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Essential Distribution - ECAM Warnings

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 115 VAC SHED BUS - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
PRESELELECTED
SEE FOLLOWING
RETURN TO
PAGE
PAGE
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
- ATC........................SYS 2
NORMAL CONFIG.
AC ESS BUS SHED
AC ESS BUS SHED (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)
ELEC
WARNING
CAUTION
MASTER
SINGLE
CHIME
+
OVHD SYST
PANEL IND.
LOSS OF AC
SHEDDABLE
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
ESS BUS
MANUAL CREW
(ON ECAM CP)

ACTION
CLEAR P/BSW
- SELECT ATC
- ACTION ON
SYS 2
N_MM_245200_0_AJM0_01_00
Figure 24-52-00-14000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - 115 VAC SHED BUS - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
11 0A 82A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
SHED
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
11 6 V APU GEN 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110
110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_245200_0_AJM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. Loss of the 115 VAC ESS BUS (Class 1 - Level 2) SHEET 1)

AC ESS BUS FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)


AC ESS FEED SINGLE
CHIME
FAULT ELEC AC ESS BUS FAULT
AC ESS FEED.........ALTN
LOSS OF AC ESS
BUS ALTN + - IF UNSUCCESSFUL:
Customer : HIM
- EIS DMC SWTG....CAPT3

MASTER - ATC....................SYS2
AMBER "FAULT " CAUTION
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
AC ESS FEED
SELECT:
FAULT RETURN TO
- ALTN
** ON A/C ALL
AC ESS BUS ALTN PRESELECTED
- EIS DMC SWTG SUPPLIED BY AC2
CAPT PAGE
- ATC SYS2 WHITE "ALTN "


Figure 24-52-00-14100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Loss of the 115 VAC ESS BUS (Class 1 - Level 2)
N_MM_245200_0_AKM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 850 of 1294

NOTE: Part of this network (115 VAC SHED bus 8XP) is automatically shed in the emergency configuration
when the static inverter operates.

Figure 24-52-00-13900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC Essential Distribution - ECAM Warnings
Figure 24-52-00-14100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Loss of the 115 VAC ESS BUS (Class 1 - Level 2)
24-52-51 - TRANSFORMER - 115/26VAC
24-52-51 PB 401 CONF 00 - TRANSFORMER - 115/26VAC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-52-51-000-001-A
Removal of the Essential 115/26VAC Autotransformer
FIN : 5XH
Self explanatory


812
AutoTransformer SHEET 1

5XH
A
FR13
Z 125 FR12
B
N_MM_245251_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-52-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AutoTransformer

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-52-51-861-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
Subtask 24-52-51-010-050-A
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door 812 to get access to the
(3) Open the access panel of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
Subtask 24-52-51-865-050-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AutoTransformer SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-52-51-020-050-A
A. Removal of the Autotransformer
(4) Hold the transformer (1).
(6) Remove the transformer (1).
TASK 24-52-51-400-001-A
Installation of the Essential 115/26VAC Autotransformer
FIN : 5XH
Self explanatory


812

Power
1(2)
AutoTransformer SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-52-51-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-42-00-861-001) .
812.
(4) Make sure that the access panel of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU is open.
Subtask 24-52-51-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AutoTransformer SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-52-51-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Autotransformer
(1) Put the transformer (1) in position.
(2) Install the washers (5) and the screws (4), then tighten the screws.
Subtask 24-52-51-865-052-A

Subtask 24-52-51-710-050-B

C. Test of the Essential 115/26 VAC Autotransformer

(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the ADIRS MSU panel 41VU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch of the ADIRU 1 and ADIRU 3
to the NAV position.
(3) On the ADR 1 and ADR 3 pushbutton switches, makes sure that the FAULT legend does not stay on.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-52-51-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(1) In the avionics compartment, close the access panel of the AC/DC emergency power center 106VU.
Figure 24-52-51-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AutoTransformer
TASK 24-52-55-000-001-A
Removal of the AC Shed Essential Bus Contactor
FIN : 8XH
Self explanatory


812, 822
AC SHED ESS BUS Contactor SHEET 1

FR16
FR12
A
106VU
822
8XH
A
812
105VU
CONTACTOR BASE 3
1 2
CONTACTOR
N_MM_245255_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-52-55-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC SHED ESS BUS Contactor

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-52-55-010-050-A
doors 812 and 822.
Subtask 24-52-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AC SHED ESS BUS Contactor SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-52-55-020-050-A
TASK 24-52-55-400-001-A
Installation of the AC Shed Essential Bus Contactor
FIN : 8XH
Self explanatory



812, 822
Power
1(2)
AC SHED ESS BUS Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-52-55-860-050-A
doors 812 and 822.
Subtask 24-52-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. AC SHED ESS BUS Contactor SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-52-55-420-050-A
(1) Install the contactor (2) on the 3 tapped barrels (3) of the contactor base.
(2) TORQUE the 3 captive screws (1) to between 0.05 and 0.068 m.daN (4.42 and 6.02 lbf.in).
Subtask 24-52-55-865-052-A


Subtask 24-52-55-710-050-A
C. Test of the AC Shed Essential Bus Contactor
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) Make sure that the AC SHED ESS BUS OFF warning does not come into view.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-52-55-410-050-A
A. Close Access
Figure 24-52-55-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - AC SHED ESS BUS Contactor
24-56 - GALLEY SUPPLY
24-56-00 - GALLEY SUPPLY
24-56-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - GALLEY SUPPLY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The power supply provides the galleys with 115 V AC. There are 50 KVA available for all galleys. This power is
divided into two parts, the AFT galley power with 30 KVA and the FWD galley power with 20 KVA. The galleys
are electrically connected with cable lugs to the aircraft terminal blocks.
(Ref. Fig. Galley Supply - Component Location)

OVERHEAD PANEL
35VU
GALLEY AT
LOCATION II
Z220
GALLEY AT 2XA
LOCATION I
6478MM
GALLEY AT
LOCATION V
FR23 Z260
6475MM
FR13
6483MM
FR70
FR63
N_MM_245600_0_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-56-00-12300-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Galley Supply - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

FR21
FR20 200VU
Z220
FR23
FR13
A
200VU
5MC
17MC
6MC
16MC
200VU
13MC
EQUIPMENT TYPE
MICRO CONTACTOR 4MC
CONTACTOR
N_MM_245600_0_AAN0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
4MC CONTACTOR, GALLEY PWR -C- 200VU 220 24-56-55
5MC CONTACTOR, GALLEY PWR -D- 200VU 220 24-56-55
6MC CONTACTOR, GALLEY PWR -A- 200VU 220 24-56-55
13MC RELAY-GALLEY PWR SPLY 200VU 220 24-56-55
15MC CONTACTOR, GALLEY PWR -E- 200VU 220 24-56-55
17MC CONTACTOR, GALLEY PWR -F- 200VU 220 24-56-55
6475MM GALLEY LOC.I 200 25-31-42
6483MM GALLEY LOC.V 200 25-33-45
7000MM GALLEY LOC.XIIIA 200 25-32-44
(Ref. Fig. Galley Power Supply and Distribution - Schematic)

1
2XP
AC BUS 2 2
115VAC
3
123VU 4
3MC C/B
MAIN
120VU 200VU 6MC
GALLEY A
42XU4 CT-AC2
5
1XP
AC BUS 1 6
115VAC
7
123VU
12MC C/B
GALLEY B
200VU 13MC
8
1XP 9
AC BUS 1
115VAC 10
123VU 11
14MC C/B
MAIN GALLEY E
200VU 15MC
12
1XP 13
AC BUS 1
115VAC 14
123VU 15
1MC C/B
MAIN GALLEY C
200VU 4MC
16
1XP 17
AC BUS 1
115VAC 18
123VU 19
16MC C/B
MAIN GALLEY F 120VU 200VU 17MC
POWER 42XU3 CT-AC1
20
2XP
AC BUS 2 21
115VAC
22
123VU
2MC C/B
GALLEY D
120VU 200VU 5MC
42XU4 CT-AC2 23
601PP UNSD
SVCE BUS 24
28VDC UNSD
122VU/B FAULT UNSD
7MC C/B
ELEC GALLEY OFF UNSD
CONTACTOR
601PP UNSD UNSD
SVCE BUS
28VDC
1XA C/B
35VU 103VU 103VU
122VU 5XA RELAY
ELEC GALLEY 2XA P/BSW 4XA RELAY
ELEC GALLEY GROUND GALLEY SPLY CTL
CONTROL 25
AUTO FAIL MONG 26
N_MM_245600_0_ACNA_01_00
Figure 24-56-00-14600-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Galley Power Supply and Distribution - Schematic
** ON A/C ALL

1
2 15.0 KVA/43.5A
3
4
5.0 KVA/14.5A
5
6 10.0 KVA/29.0A
7
AFT GALLEY
LOCATION 5
8
9
10
11
12
13 5.0 KVA/14.5A
14
15
16
17 10.0 KVA/9.0A
18
19
5.0 KVA/14.5A
20
GALLEY LOCATION 2
21
22
5.0 KVA/14.5A
23
24
10.0 KVA/9.0A
5.0 KVA/14.5A
103VU 103VU
9XA RELAY 6XA RELAY GALLEY LOCATION 1
GALLEY SPLY MAN GALLEY FWD DOOR 1
25 CONTROL SPLY CONTROL
26
N_MM_245600_0_ACNA_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

The power supply provides the galley assemblies with 115 V AC through the three phase normal busbars 1XP
and 2XP. Six triple core wires (feeders A to F) distribute the power to terminal blocks in the forward and aft
galley area. Vendor wiring distributes the power to the galley units. The wiring is connected to the terminal
blocks by the electrical connector.
The maximum available load for all galleys is 50 KVA. The load is distributed as follows:
Network 1 = feeder A, B and E with 30 KVA,
Network 2 = feeder C, D and F with 20 KVA.
Circuit breakers protect the feeders. Power contactors switch the power.
The power contactors for the galleys are controlled through control relays as follows:
With the APU generator running or with external power supplied you can supply all feeders with power (on the
ground). With both engine driven generators running, you can supply all feeders with power (on the ground or
in flight). With only engine 1 driven generator running, only feeders B and D is supplied. Feeders A, C, E and F
are shed automatically (on the ground or in flight). You can manually shed all the feeders to the galley with the
pushbutton switch 2XA GALLEY OFF in the cockpit (on the overhead panel 35VU).
24-56-00 PB 401 CONF 00 - GALLEY SUPPLY - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 24-56-00-040-001-A
Task Summary
MMEL or CDL Ref Access Test Specific Tools Mhr E/T Nb Men
MMEL 24-26-01B NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 24-26-01B
Galley Automatic Load Shed System

No specific PLACARD
(Ref. 11-00-00-400-021-A). Installation of the Cabin Placards

Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-00-860-052-B
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Make sure that the pushbutton switch GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU is in the OFF
position (white indication light shows OFF).
(3) Make sure that the pushbutton switch ELEC/COMMERCIAL 22XN on the overhead panel 35VU is in
the on position (white indication OFF is off).
Subtask 24-56-00-865-050-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-56-00-040-050-A
A. Deactivation of the Galley Supply
(1) Make sure that the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s) does (do) not operate.
(2) Install a PLACARD "INOP" on the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s) to tell persons
not to use it (Ref. AMM TASK 11-00-00-400-021) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-00-862-050-A
TASK 24-56-00-040-002-A
Task Summary
MMEL or CDL Ref Access Test Specific Tools Mhr E/T Nb Men
MMEL 24-26-02A NO NO NO 00.3 00.3 1

MMEL 24-26-02A
(Old MMEL ref: 24-56-01-B))



No specific PLACARD
(Ref. 11-00-00-400-021-A). Installation of the Cabin Placards
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-00-860-055-A
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Make sure that the pushbutton switch GALLEY 2XA on the overhead panel 35VU is in the OFF
position (white indication light shows OFF).
(3) Make sure that the pushbutton switch ELEC/COMMERCIAL 22XN on the overhead panel 35VU is in
the ON position (white indication OFF is off).
Subtask 24-56-00-865-057-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-56-00-040-052-A
A. Deactivation of the Galley Supply
(1) Make sure that the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s) does (do) not operate.
(2) Install a PLACARD "INOP" on the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s) to tell persons
not to use it (Ref. AMM TASK 11-00-00-400-021) .

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-00-862-054-A
TASK 24-56-00-440-001-A

MMEL 24-26-01B
Galley Automatic Load Shed System
(Ref. 11-00-00-000-003-A). Removal of the Cabin Placards
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-00-861-051-A
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-56-00-865-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-56-00-440-050-A
A. Reactivation of the Galley Supply
(1) Do the trouble shooting procedure of the galley supply system Ref. TSM 24-56-00-810-801 .
(2) Remove the PLACARD "INOP" from the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s)
(Ref. AMM TASK 11-00-00-000-003) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-00-862-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

TASK 24-56-00-440-002-A

MMEL 24-26-02A
(Old MMEL ref: 24-56-01-B))
(Ref. 11-00-00-000-003-A). Removal of the Cabin Placards
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-00-861-053-A
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-56-00-865-059-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-56-00-440-051-A
A. Reactivation of the Galley Supply
(1) Do the trouble shooting procedure of the galley supply system Ref. TSM 24-56-00-810-801 .
(2) Remove the PLACARD "INOP" from the galley electrical panel(s) and galley equipment(s)
(Ref. AMM TASK 11-00-00-000-003) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-00-862-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .

24-56-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - GALLEY SUPPLY - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
TASK 24-56-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Galley Supply

Self explanatory
Power
1(2)
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-00-860-050-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) Make sure that the pushbutton switch GALLEY 2XA, on the overhead panel 35VU is in the OFF
position (a white indication light shows OFF).
Subtask 24-56-00-865-052-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-56-00-710-050-A
A. Operational test of the Galley Supply
ACTION RESULT
1.On the overhead panel 35VU: On the overhead panel 35VU:
push the GALLEY pushbutton switch 2XA. the white indicator light goes off.
push and release the GALLEY pushbutton switch the white indicator light comes on.
2XA again.

ACTION RESULT
In the FWD and AFT galleys:
no galley equipment operates.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-00-860-051-A
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
(1) In all galleys, make sure that the equipment is off.
(2) Make sure that the pushbutton switch GALLEY 2XA, on the overhead panel 35VU is in the OFF
position (a white indication light shows OFF).
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-56-55 - CONTACTOR - GALLEY SUPPLY
24-56-55 PB 401 CONF 00 - CONTACTOR - GALLEY SUPPLY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-56-55-000-001-A
Removal of the Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 4MC , 5MC , 6MC , 13MC , 15MC , 17MC

Self explanatory

(Ref. 25-23-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Ceiling Panels
(Ref. 25-23-42-000-001-A). Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1

200VU
FR21
FR20 A
200VU
B
B
3
4
6
N_MM_245655_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-56-55-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-55-860-050-B
(1) In the cockpit, on the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, make sure that the GALY & CAB pushbutton
switch is released (the OFF legend is on).
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the ELEC panel 35VU to tell persons not to operate the GALY &
CAB pushbutton switch.
Subtask 24-56-55-010-050-A
B. Removal of the Ceiling Panels
(1) Remove the ceiling panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-41-000-001) and the forward utility area ceiling
panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-42-000-001) .
Subtask 24-56-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-56-55-020-050-A
A. Removal of the micro contactor
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Disconnect the wires (5) from the contactor (6).

(2) Remove the 6 screws (4) and washers (3).
(3) Remove the power supply wires (2).
(6) Remove the 4 nuts (1).
TASK 24-56-55-400-001-A
Installation of the Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU

CIRCUITS.


Self explanatory

(Ref. 25-23-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Ceiling Panels
(Ref. 25-23-42-400-001-A). Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-55-860-051-B
(2) Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the ELEC panel 35VU to tell persons not to
operate the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch.
Subtask 24-56-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-56-55-420-050-A
A. Installation of the micro contactor
(1) Put the contactor (6) in position.

(2) Install the nuts (1) and tighten them.
(4) Install the 6 washers (3) and screws (4). Tighten the screws (4).
(5) Connect the wires (5) to the contactor (6).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-55-865-052-A


Subtask 24-56-55-410-050-A
B. Installation of the Ceiling Panels
(1) Install the ceiling panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-41-400-001) and the forward utility area ceiling
Subtask 24-56-55-942-050-A
TASK 24-56-55-000-002-A
Removal of the Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU

CIRCUITS.

Self explanatory

Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1

200VU
A
200VU
FR21
FR20
6
CONTACTOR BASE
CONTACTOR
N_MM_245655_4_BAM0_01_00
Figure 24-56-55-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-55-860-052-B
Subtask 24-56-55-010-051-A
Subtask 24-56-55-865-053-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-56-55-020-051-A

NOTE: Do not remove the captive screws (5) and the spring washers (6) from the contactor (3).
TASK 24-56-55-400-002-A
Installation of the Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU

CIRCUITS.

Self explanatory


Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-55-860-053-B
Subtask 24-56-55-865-054-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-56-55-420-051-A
(1) Install the contactor (3) on the 6 tapped barrels (2) of the contactor base (1).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-55-865-055-A


Subtask 24-56-55-410-051-A
B. Installation of the Ceiling Panels
Subtask 24-56-55-942-051-A
TASK 24-56-55-000-003-A
Removal of the Micro Contactor or/and Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU

CIRCUITS.

Self explanatory

(Ref. 24-56-55-000-001-A). Removal of the Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
(Ref. 24-56-55-000-002-A). Removal of the Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
Micro Contactor or/and Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1

200VU
FR21
FR20
A
200VU
5MC
17MC
6MC
4MC
15MC 13MC
200VU
EQUIPMENT TYPE
MICRO CONTACTOR
CONTACTOR
N_MM_245655_4_CEM0_01_00
Figure 24-56-55-991-00300-00-E / SHEET 1/1 - Micro

Contactor or/and Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-55-860-054-B
Subtask 24-56-55-010-052-A
Subtask 24-56-55-865-056-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Micro Contactor or/and Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-56-55-020-052-A
A. Removal of the Micro Contactor
(1) Remove the micro contactor (Ref. AMM TASK 24-56-55-000-001) .
Subtask 24-56-55-020-053-A
B. Removal of the Contactor
(1) Remove the contactor (Ref. AMM TASK 24-56-55-000-002) .
TASK 24-56-55-400-003-A
Installation of the Micro Contactor or/and Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU

CIRCUITS.

Self explanatory


(Ref. 24-56-00-710-001-A). Operational Test of the Galley Supply
(Ref. 24-56-55-400-001-A). Installation of the Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
(Ref. 24-56-55-400-002-A). Installation of the Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
Micro Contactor or/and Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-56-55-860-055-B
Subtask 24-56-55-865-057-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Micro Contactor or/and Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-56-55-420-052-A
A. Installation of the Micro Contactor
(1) Install the micro contactor (Ref. AMM TASK 24-56-55-400-001) .
Subtask 24-56-55-420-053-A
(1) Install the contactor (Ref. AMM TASK 24-56-55-400-002) .
Subtask 24-56-55-865-058-A
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):

Subtask 24-56-55-710-050-A
D. Do an Operational Test of the Galley Supply (Ref. AMM TASK 24-56-00-710-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-56-55-410-052-A
A. Installation of the Ceiling Panels

Subtask 24-56-55-942-052-A
Figure 24-56-55-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Micro Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
Figure 24-56-55-991-00200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
Figure 24-56-55-991-00300-00-E / SHEET 1/1 - Micro Contactor or/and Contactor Located in the Panel 200VU
24-60 - DC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION
24-60-00 - DC ELECTRICAL LOAD DISTRIBUTION
24-60-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC ELECTRICAL LOAD

1. General
The DC electrical distribution on board is carried out in several steps corresponding to:
power distribution from the transformers rectifiers towards the main DC busbars located in the DC electrical
power center, then from the main busbars towards the associated distribution sub-busbars,
distribution from these sub-busbars towards the different consumers.
This chapter deals only with power distribution.
The referenced figure gives a schematic summary of the whole DC distribution on board.
(Ref. Fig. DC Electrical Load Distribution - General)

301PP
11PB
APU START
CSM/G CONTROL UNIT
49-42-00 6XE
5KA 10KA 6KA
1PB2 702PP
5PB2
BCL-2 704PP
12PB2 BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 701PP B
12PB1 1PR
BCL-1
103PP 703PP
3PN1 5PB1
BAT1
101PP SHUNT
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
24-62-00
5PU1
24-28-00
1PU1
TR1
2PU1
24-50-00
AC BUS 1 1XP 24-25-00

115VAC
24-22-00
N_MM_246000_0_AAQ0_01_00
Figure 24-60-00-11300-00-D / SHEET 1/2 - DC Electrical Load Distribution - General

** ON A/C ALL

802PP
A 10PH 35XE
801PP
DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

28VDC
2PR
502PP
20PC 8PH
501PP
5PR 8PR 401PP
208PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP
4PC
206PP 28VDC
B 6PN
204PP 601PP
3PN2 24-28-00
202PP 602PP
1PN2
7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
210PP 3PX
11PN 10PN
212PP
5PU2 3PE
1PX
1PU2 1PE
TR2 ESS TR
24-50-00
24-25-00 AC BUS 2 2XP 24-42-00

2PU2 14PU
115VAC
4PE
24-22-00 24-50-00 24-43-00 24-24-00
N_MM_246000_0_AAQ0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

This can be broken down as follows:

the DC main distribution connected to 28 VDC BUS1 1PP, 28 VDC BUS2 2PP and 28 VDC BAT BUS 3PP
(Ref. 24-61-00, P. Block 1),
the DC essential distribution connected to busbars 28 VDC ESS BUS 4PP and 28 VDC SHED ESS BUS 8PP
(Ref. 24-62-00, P. Block 1).
(Ref. Fig. DC Electrical Load Distribution - Component Location SHEET 1)

PANEL 49VU
PANEL 120VU
122VU
121VU
123VU 124VU
RADOME ACCESS DOOR

FR1
109VU 811
FR5
FWD ELEKS RACK 90VU
108VU
FR9 103VU
105VU
FR11 ESS TR BAT
TR 1
TR
FR13 822
BCL1
812 BCL2
BAT
FR15 2
106VU 107VU
FR17 STATIC INVERTER
NOSE LDG/GR
FR19 WELL
FR21
824
FR23 187VU 63VU

188VU
AFT ELEKS RACK 80VU
N_MM_246000_0_ACL0_01_00
Figure 24-60-00-12600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Electrical Load Distribution - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


FR24
A
FR20
FR16 A
FR13
FR1
SPARE FUSE
N_MM_246000_0_ACP0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
8PH CNTOR-DC SHED ESS BUS 106VU 125 24-62-55
8PN CNTOR-DC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY 120VU 212 24-61-55
10PN CONTACTOR 120VU 212 24-61-55
6PH HOLDER-FUSE 105VU 126 24-62-00
A. Spare Fuse
If fuse 6PH1 melts, you can replace it by a spare 80A fuse that is installed at the top of the left side panel,
in the cockpit.
B. DC Power Generation
The main DC power is located in the DC power center 124VU.
It mainly contains:
Contactors related to channel 1 as well as busses 1PP and 3PP,
Contactors related to channel 2 as well as busses 2PP and 6PP,
The APU start contactor.
The DC part of the electrical emergency generation is located in the electrical emergency power center
106VU.
The battery line contactors are located in the battery power center 105VU.
Different distribution configurations: (See ATA Ref. 24-50-00).
In case of loss of the DC BUS 1, DC BUS 2, DC BAT BUS and DC ESS BUS (DC power snag), the crew must
extend the RAT by pressing the RAT & EMER GEN/MAN ON pushbutton switch located on the EMER ELEC
PWR section of the overhead panel:
(Ref. Fig. DC EMER CONFIG - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

DC EMER CONFIG (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)


SINGLE
CHIME
DC EMER CONFIG:
- LOSS OF DC1, SEE FOLLOWING
DC2, DC BAT AND + PAGE
Customer : HIM
DC ESS BUSBARS. ELEC DC EMER CONFIG

-EMER ELEC PWR..MAN ON
MASTER
CAUTION
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
AFTER RAT
DEPLOYMENT AND
WHEN CSM/G
** ON A/C ALL
- RAT&EMER GEN AVAILABLE: MASTER SEE TWO PAGES
MAN ON - DC AND AC ESS CAUTION FARTHER
BUS ON CSM/G ELEC DC EMER CONFIG
CSM/G IS SWITCHED
OFF
MASTER

AC ESS BUS SEE THREE PAGES
- LDG DOWN CAUTION FARTHER
SUPPLIED BY AC1 ELEC DC EMER CONFIG
LOSS OF DC ESS
BUS
Figure 24-60-00-14400-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - DC EMER CONFIG - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
N_MM_246000_0_AEL0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 891 of 1294

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
10A 10A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0 A 0 A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
11 6 V APU GEN 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110
110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246000_0_AEL0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. DC Emergency Configuration - Supply of the Network by the CSM/G SHEET 1)

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0 A 28V 116 V 0 A
62A 400 HZ
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
11 6 V APU GEN 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110
110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246000_0_AJL0_01_00
Figure 24-60-00-14500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Emergency

Configuration - Supply of the Network by the CSM/G
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. DC Emergency Configuration - Supply of the Network with the Landing Gear Extended SHEET 1)

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
8A 10A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0 A 0 A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
11 6 V APU GEN 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110
110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246000_0_ALL0_01_00
Figure 24-60-00-14600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Emergency

Configuration - Supply of the Network with the Landing Gear Extended
** ON A/C ALL


Figure 24-60-00-12600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Electrical Load Distribution - Component Location
Figure 24-60-00-14500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Emergency Configuration - Supply of the Network by the CSM/G
Figure 24-60-00-14600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Emergency Configuration - Supply of the Network with the Landing
Gear Extended
24-61 - DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION
24-61-00 - DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION
24-61-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
The main 28 VDC distribution network corresponds to busbars 1PP, 2PP, 3PP, 6PP and associated sub-
busbars,
(Ref. Fig. DC Main Distribution - General SHEET 1)

24-35-00
301PP
11PB
49-42-00 10KA 5KA 6XE 2PR
6KA
702PP 502PP
1PB2 5PB2
BCL- 2 704PP 501PP
12PB2 5PR 8PR
BAT2
SHUNT 208PP
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 701PP 206PP
12PB1 1PR 6PN
BCL- 1
103PP 703PP 204PP 601PP
3PN1 5PB1 3PN2
BAT1
101PP SHUNT 202PP 602PP
1PN1 4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PN2
1PC1 1PC2 7PN 8PN
210PP
3PX
24 - 62 - 00 11PN 10PN
5PU1 212PP
24 - 28 - 00
5PU2
1PX
1PU1 1PU2
TR1 TR2
2PU1
AC BUS 1 1XP 24 - 25 - 00 24 - 25 - 00 AC BUS 2 2XP

2PU2 14PU
115VAC 115VAC
24 - 50 - 00
24 - 22 - 00 24 - 22 - 00 24 - 43 - 00
N_MM_246100_0_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-61-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - DC Main Distribution - General

** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. DC Main Distribution - Component Location SHEET 1)

FR16
FR20
841
120VU A
122VU
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
8PN
A
B
14PN
N_MM_246100_0_ACP0_01_00
Figure 24-61-00-12500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Main Distribution - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
8PN CNTOR-DC SVCE BUS NORM SPLY 120VU 212 24-61-55
10PN CONTACTOR 120VU 212 24-61-55
Busbars 1PP, 3PP are supplied by TR1.
Busbars 2PP, 6PP are supplied by TR2.
NOTE: In case of loss of one main TR, both main busbars are supplied by the remaining main TR.
Busbar 6PP is supplied in flight and/or on ground. This busbar can be supplied, independently from the main
network, by the ground power unit via TR2 in ground service configuration (Ref. 24-43-00, P. Block 1).
In case of loss of supply, a warning is triggered on the ECAM system,
(Ref. Fig. DC Main Distribution - ECAM Warnings SHEET 1)

DATA BUS 2
DATA BUS 2
SDAC 2
FWC 2
RMP
LMP
TO SDAC 2
BUS
BUS
FWC 1
BUS
RMP
LMP
DATA BUS 2
FWC 1
SDAC 1 DATA BUS 1
FWC 2
TO
DATA BUS 2
SDAC 1
RMP
LMP
SDAC 1
44WV
14WV
DC 2
DC 1
N_MM_246100_0_AEM0_01_00
Figure 24-61-00-13700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Main Distribution - ECAM Warnings

** ON A/C ALL

In case of loss of main busbars, the ELEC page is automatically displayed on the ECAM lower display unit:
(Ref. Fig. DC BUS 1 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM display Unit)

DC BUS 1 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)


- LOSS OF DC1
SINGLE
CHIME
- TR1 INOP
- DC ESS BUS AND SEE FOLLOWING

DC SHEDDABLE + PAGE
Customer : HIM
ESS BUS SUPPLIED ELEC DC BUS 1 FAULT

BY TR ESS.
- BLOWER.................OVRD
MASTER - EXTRACT................OVRD
CAUTION
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
STATUS
SELECT: INOP SYS:

CAB ZONE AT
- BLOWER OVRD FIXED TEMP TR 1
- EXTRACT OVRD CAT 2 ONLY
** ON A/C ALL
- CLEAR P/BSW
(ON ECAM CP)
NORMAL CONFIG.
RETURN TO
- CLEAR P/BSW

PRESELECTED
(ON ECAM CP) PAGE
STS
Figure 24-61-00-13800-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - DC BUS 1 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM display Unit
N_MM_246100_0_AGM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 904 of 1294

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
0 V ESS TR EMER GEN 28V
0 A 28V 13 0A
62A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
11 6 V APU GEN 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110
110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246100_0_AGM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. DC BUS 2 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

DC BUS 2 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)


- LOSS OF DC2 SINGLE
CHIME
- TR2 INOP
SEE FOLLOWING
- DC ESS BUS AND + PAGE
DC SHEDDABLE ELEC DC BUS 2 FAULT
Customer : HIM
ESS BUS SUPPLIED

- AIR DATA SWITCH.....F/O
BY TR ESS. MASTER
CAUTION
STATUS
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
INOP SYS:
INCREASED LDG
DIST TR 2
- CLEAR P/BSW PACK 2 AT FIXED
** ON A/C ALL
(ON ECAM CP) TEMP
FLAPS/LATS SLOW
CAT 2 ONLY
NORMAL CONFIG.
RETURN TO

(ON ECAM CP) PAGE
STS
Figure 24-61-00-13900-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - DC BUS 2 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
N_MM_246100_0_AJM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 907 of 1294

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

28V DC BAT 28V
0A 0A
DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
28V ESS TR EMER GEN 0 V
130A 28V 0 A
62A
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
62% 60%
11 6 V APU GEN 11 6 V
400 HZ 400 HZ
IDG 1 C110
110C IDG 2
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246100_0_AJM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. DC BUS 1 and DC BUS 2 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

DC BUS 1 + 2 FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)


- LOSS OF DC1, DC SINGLE
BAT AND DC2 CHIME
- TR1 AND TR2 ELEC DC BUS 1 + 2 FAULT

INOP SEE FOLLOWING
+ FUEL GRVTY FEED
MAX FL........................150
PAGE
Customer : HIM
- DC ESS BUS AND (FL 100 IF JET B)

AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
DC SHEDDABLE MASTER MAX BRK.............1000PSI
ESS BUS SUPPLIED CAUTION DC BAT BUS FAULT
BY TR ESS.
Type : A318/A319/A320/A321
STATUS
INOP SYS:
ACTION ON: TR 1
** ON A/C ALL
TR 2
- CLEAR P/BSW
(ON ECAM CP)
NORMAL CONFIG.
DC BUS 2 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit

Figure 24-61-00-14000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - DC BUS 1 and
RETURN TO

(ON ECAM CP) PAGE
STS
N_MM_246100_0_ALM0_01_00
Manual : AMM
Page 910 of 1294

DC ESS
V V
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
APU GEN
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246100_0_ALM0_02_00
Figure 24-61-00-14000-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - DC BUS 1 and

DC BUS 2 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. DC BAT BUS FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

INOP SYS
APU FIRE
ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
SEE FOLLOWING
DET
STATUS
PAGE
APU START NOT

AVAIL
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
ELEC DC BAT BUS FAULT
DC BAT BUS FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)
WARNING
CAUTION
MASTER
SINGLE
CHIME
+
OVHD SYST
PANEL IND.
- LOSS OF DC BAT
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
BUS
- CLEAR P/BSW
(ON ECAM CP)
MANUAL CREW
ACTION ON:
ACTION
N_MM_246100_0_ANM0_01_00
Figure 24-61-00-14100-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - DC BAT BUS FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

DC 1 DC 2
DC ESS
TR 1 TR 2
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
APU GEN
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246100_0_ANM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

Figure 24-61-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - DC Main Distribution - General

Figure 24-61-00-12500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Main Distribution - Component Location
Figure 24-61-00-13700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Main Distribution - ECAM Warnings
Figure 24-61-00-14000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - DC BUS 1 and DC BUS 2 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display
Unit
Figure 24-61-00-14000-00-A / SHEET 2/2 - DC BUS 1 and DC BUS 2 FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display
Unit
TASK 24-61-55-000-001-A
Removal of the DC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 8PN
Self explanatory


121AL
Contactor SHEET 1

120VU
122VU A
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
8PN
B
14PN
2 5
B
MODULE 14PN
CONTACTOR
4
3
2
N_MM_246155_4_AAP0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-61-55-010-050-A
A. Get Access
Subtask 24-61-55-860-050-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
(5) In the cockpit, on the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-61-55-020-050-A

(2) Put a blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector (4) and the electrical receptacle.
TASK 24-61-55-400-001-A
Installation of the DC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor

CIRCUITS.

FIN : 8PN
Self explanatory


121AL
Power
1(2)
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-61-55-860-051-A
BAT 1, BAT 2,
APU GEN,
GEN 1, GEN 2,

EXT PWR.
35VU (ELEC).
001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-61-55-420-050-B
(1) Install the contactor (3) in position on the module 14PN (5).
Subtask 24-61-55-710-050-A
B. Test of the Dome Lights in the Cockpit
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the overhead panel 25VU, put the INT LT/DOME switch in the BRT position. The dome lights on
the panel 453VU, on the left of the cockpit, come on.
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-61-55-410-050-A
A. Close Access
TASK 24-61-55-000-002-A
Removal of the DC Shed-Bus Normal-Supply Contactor


CIRCUITS.
FIN : 10PN
Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Contactor SHEET 1

120VU
122VU A
121VU
124VU 125VU
123VU
10PN
2 1
B
4 3
2
N_MM_246155_4_AAT0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-61-55-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the third occupant seat (Ref. AMM TASK 25-11-41-000-001) .
Subtask 24-61-55-860-052-A
receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2.
APU GEN.
GEN 1, GEN 2.
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section),
35VU (ELEC).
(5) In the cockpit, on the APU section of the overhead panel 25VU, put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell
Subtask 24-61-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-61-55-020-051-B
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (5) from the electrical receptacle (4).

(4) Remove the contactor (3) from the module (1).
TASK 24-61-55-400-002-A
Installation of the DC Shed-Bus Normal-Supply Contactor

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 10PN
Self explanatory


212 COCKPIT
121AL
Power
1(2)
Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-61-55-860-053-A
121AL.


(4) Make sure that on the access door 121AL, a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not
to connect the external power connector.
BAT 1, BAT 2.
APU GEN.
GEN 1, GEN 2.
EXT PWR.
(6) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the
25VU (APU section).
35VU (ELEC).
001) .
Subtask 24-61-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
Subtask 24-61-55-420-051-B
(1) Install the contactor (3) on the module (1).

(2) TORQUE the two captive screws (2) to between 0.27 and 0.30 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).
(4) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical receptacle (4).
(6) Connect the electrical connector (5) to the electrical receptacle (4).
Subtask 24-61-55-865-052-A



Subtask 24-61-55-710-051-B
C. Test
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, push the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch (22XN) (the
white indication light goes off).
(3) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, push the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch (2XA) (the white
indication light goes off).
(4) On the rear panel 120VU, make sure that there is 28VDC on busbar 210PP.
(5) On the panel 2000VU, make sure that there is 28VDC on busbar 212PP.
(6) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, release the GALY & CAB pushbutton switch (2XA) (the white
indication light goes on).
(7) On the overhead ELEC panel 35VU, release the ELEC/COMMERCIAL pushbutton switch (22XN) (the
white indication light goes on).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-61-55-410-051-A
A. Close Access
Subtask 24-61-55-862-051-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
24-61-58 - MODULE
24-61-58 PB 401 CONF 00 - MODULE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
TASK 24-61-58-000-001-A
Removal of the DC Bus 1 Contactor Module

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 13PN


Self explanatory


121AL
(Ref. 24-35-55-000-001-A). Removal of the Contactor
(Ref. 49-42-55-000-001-A). Removal of the Start Contactors
DC Bus 1 Contactor Module SHEET 1

A
120VU
122VU
121VU
124VU
123VU
A 13PN
B
B
15
13
14
12
11 23
10 20
22
9 17 19
21 24
18
8
16 25
7
26
4 27
28
29
6
30
20
1 19
2
18
3
5 4
N_MM_246158_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-61-58-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Bus 1 Contactor Module

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-61-58-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) In the cockpit, remove the front panel on the bottom right side of the rear panel 120VU.
Subtask 24-61-58-860-050-A
receptacle.
external power connector to the aircraft external-power receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
switches on the overhead panel:
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. DC Bus 1 Contactor Module SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-61-58-020-051-A
A. Removal of the Contactors Installed on the Contactor Module 13PN
(1) Remove the contactor 5PU1 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-55-000-001) .
(2) Remove the contactor 1PC1 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-35-55-000-001) .
(3) Remove the contactors 5KA and 10KA (Ref. AMM TASK 49-42-55-000-001) .
Subtask 24-61-58-020-052-A
B. Removal of the Electrical Components
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Removal of the fuses (4).

(a) Remove the nuts (1).
(b) Remove and discard the locking washers (2) and disconnect the electrical cables (3).
(c) Remove the screws (17) and the washers (16).
(d) Remove the fuses (4).
(2) Removal of the fuse (10).

(a) Remove the nut (13).

(b) Remove and discard the locking washer (12) and disconnect the electrical cable (11).
(c) Remove the screw (15) and the washer (14).
(d) Remove the fuse (10) and the spacer (6).
(3) Removal of the busbar (7).
(a) Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8).
(b) Remove the busbar (7).
(4) Disconnection of the electrical cables.
(a) Remove the screws (20), the washers (19) and disconnect the electrical cables (18).
(b) Remove the screw (23), the washer (22) and disconnect the electrical cable (21).
(c) Remove the screw (27), the washer (28) and disconnect the electrical cables (29) and (30).
Subtask 24-61-58-020-050-A
C. Removal of the DC Bus 1 Contactor Module (13PN)
TASK 24-61-58-400-001-A
Installation of the DC Bus 1 Contactor Module

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 13PN
Self explanatory


121AL
C. Expendable Parts


(Ref. 24-35-55-400-001-A). Installation of the Contactor
(Ref. 49-42-55-400-001-A). Installation of the Start Contactors
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-61-58-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(2) In the cockpit, make sure that the front panel on the bottom right side of the rear panel 120VU is
removed.
(3) Make sure that an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
121AL.
Subtask 24-61-58-860-051-A
receptacle.
connect the external power connector to the aircraft external-power receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
pushbutton switches on the overhead panel:
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-61-58-420-050-A
A. Installation of the DC Bus 1 Contactor Module (13PN)
(1) Put the contactor module (5) in position on its support.

Subtask 24-61-58-420-052-A
(1) Installation of the fuses (4).

(a) Install the fuses (4) on the contactor module (5).
(b) Connect the electrical cables (3).
(c) Install the new locking washers (2) and the nuts (1).
(d) Tighten the nuts (1).
(e) Install the washers (16) and the screws (17).
(f) Tighten the screws (17).
(2) Installation of the fuse (10).
(a) Install the busbar (7) between the contactor modules 13PN and 14PN.
(b) Install the spacer (6).
(c) Install the fuse (10).
(d) Install the washers (8) and (14) and the screws (9) and (15).
(e) Tighten the screws (9) and (15).
(f) Put the electrical cable (11) in position on the contactor module (5).
(g) Install the new locking washer (12) and the nut (13).
(h) Tighten the nut (13).
(3) Connection of the electrical cables.
(a) Put the electrical cables (18) in position on the contactor module (5).
(b) Install the washers (19) and the screws (20).
(c) TORQUE the screws (20) to between 0.27 and 0.3 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).
(d) Put the electrical cable (21) in position on the contactor module (5).
(e) Install the washer (22) and the screw (23).
(f) Tighten the screw (23).
(g) Put the electrical cables (29) and (30) in position on the contactor module (5).
(h) Install the washer (28) and the screw (27).
(i) Tighten the screw (27).
Subtask 24-61-58-420-051-A
C. Installation of the Contactors on the Contactor Module 13PN
(1) Install the contactor 5PU1 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-55-400-001) .

(2) Install the contactor 1PC1 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-35-55-400-001) .

(3) Install the contactors 5KA and 10KA (Ref. AMM TASK 49-42-55-400-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-61-58-410-050-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the front panel on the bottom right side of the rear panel 120VU.
TASK 24-61-58-000-002-A
Removal of the DC Bus 2 Contactor Module

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 14PN
Self explanatory


121AL
(Ref. 24-35-55-000-001-A). Removal of the Contactor
(Ref. 24-43-55-000-001-A). Removal of the DC Service Bus Ground Supply Contactor
(Ref. 24-61-55-000-001-A). Removal of the DC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor
(Ref. 24-61-55-000-002-A). Removal of the DC Shed-Bus Normal-Supply Contactor


A
120VU
122VU
121VU
124VU
123VU
A 14PN
B
B
27
25
28
16
21 24 29
15 23 26
20 22
14 19
18
13 17
12 4 1
11
5 2
10 6
3
9
CONTACTOR MODULE 13PN
N_MM_246158_4_ABM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-61-58-010-053-A
A. Get Access
(2) In the cockpit, remove the front panel on the bottom right side of the rear panel 120VU.
Subtask 24-61-58-860-053-A
receptacle.
external power connector to the aircraft external-power receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
switches on the overhead panel:
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-61-58-020-056-A
A. Removal of the Contactors Installed on the Contactor Module 14PN
(1) Remove the contactor 5PU2 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-55-000-001) .
(2) Remove the contactor 1PC2 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-35-55-000-001) .
(3) Remove the contactor 8PN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-61-55-000-001) .
(4) Remove the contactor 10PN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-61-55-000-002) .
(5) Remove the contactor 3PX (Ref. AMM TASK 24-43-55-000-001) .
Subtask 24-61-58-020-057-A
B. Removal of Electrical Components
EQUIPMENT.
(1) Removal of the busbar (8).

(a) Remove the nut (4).
(b) Remove and discard the locking washer (5) and disconnect the electrical cable (6).
(c) Remove the screw (1) and the washer (2).

(d) Remove the fuse (3) and the spacer (7).

(e) Remove the screw (10) and the washer (9).
(f) Remove the busbar (8).
(2) Disconnection of the electrical cables.
(a) Remove the screws (27), the washers (28) and disconnect the electrical cables (29).
(b) Remove the screw (25), the washer (24) and disconnect the electrical cables (23) and (22).
(c) Remove the screws (13), the washers (12) and disconnect the electrical cables (11).
(d) Remove the screw (21), the washer (20) and disconnect the electrical cables (19), (18) and (17).
Subtask 24-61-58-020-058-A
C. Removal of the DC Bus 2 Contactor Module (14PN)
TASK 24-61-58-400-002-A
Installation of the DC Bus 2 Contactor Module

CIRCUITS.
FIN : 14PN
Self explanatory


121AL
C. Expendable Parts


(Ref. 24-35-55-400-001-A). Installation of the Contactor
(Ref. 24-43-55-400-001-A). Installation of the DC Service Bus Ground Supply Contactor
(Ref. 24-61-55-400-001-A). Installation of the DC Service Bus Normal Supply Contactor
(Ref. 24-61-55-400-002-A). Installation of the DC Shed-Bus Normal-Supply Contactor
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-61-58-010-052-A
A. Get Access
(2) In the cockpit, make sure that the front panel on the bottom right side of the rear panel 120VU is
removed.
(3) Make sure that an ACCESS PLATFORM 1M (3 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
121AL.
Subtask 24-61-58-860-052-A
receptacle.
connect the external power connector to the aircraft external-power receptacle.
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
pushbutton switches on the overhead panel:
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-61-58-420-053-A
A. Installation of the DC Bus 2 Contactor Module (14PN)
(1) Put the contactor module (26) in position on its support.


Subtask 24-61-58-420-055-A
(1) Installation of the busbar (8).

(a) Install the busbar (8) between the contactor modules 14PN and 13PN.
(b) Install the spacer (7).
(c) Install the fuse (3).
(d) Install the washers (2) and (9) and the screws (1) and (10).
(e) Tighten the screws (1) and (10).
(f) Put the electrical cable (6) in position on the contactor module (13PN).
(g) Install the new locking washer (5) and the nut (4).
(h) Tighten the nut (4).
(2) Connection of the electrical cables.
(a) Put the electrical cables (19), (18) and (17) in position on the contactor module (26).
(b) Install the washer (20) and the screw (21).
(c) TORQUE the screw (21) to between 0.27 and 0.3 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).
(d) Put the electrical cables (11) in position on the contactor module (26).
(e) Install the washers (12) and the screws (13).
(f) TORQUE the screws (13) to between 0.27 and 0.3 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).
(g) Put the electrical cables (22) and (23) in position on the contactor module (26).
(h) Install the washer (24) and the screw (25).
(i) Tighten the screw (25).
(j) Put the electrical cables (29) in position on the contactor module (26).
(k) Install the washers (28) and the screws (27).
(l) TORQUE the screws (27) to between 0.27 and 0.3 m.daN (23.89 and 26.55 lbf.in).
Subtask 24-61-58-420-054-A
C. Installation of the Contactors on the Contactor Module 14PN
(1) Install the contactor 5PU2 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-32-55-400-001) .
(2) Install the contactor 1PC2 (Ref. AMM TASK 24-35-55-400-001) .
(3) Install the contactor 8PN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-61-55-400-001) .
(4) Install the contactor 10PN (Ref. AMM TASK 24-61-55-400-002) .
(5) Install the contactor 3PX (Ref. AMM TASK 24-43-55-400-001) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-61-58-410-051-A

A. Close Access
(2) Install the front panel on the bottom right side of the rear panel 120VU.
24-62 - DC ESSENTIAL DISTRIBUTION
24-62-00 - DC ESSENTIAL DISTRIBUTION
24-62-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - DC ESSENTIAL

1. General
(Ref. Fig. DC Essential Distribution - General)

301PP
11PB
APU START
CSM/G CONTROL UNIT
49-42-00 6XE
5KA 10KA 6KA
1PB2 702PP
5PB2
BCL-2 704PP
12PB2 BAT2
SHUNT
4PB2 6PB2 2PB2
3PB2
1PB1 701PP B
12PB1 1PR
BCL-1
703PP
24-61-00 5PB1
BAT1
SHUNT
4PB1 6PB1 2PB1
3PB1
1PC1 1PC2
28VDC 28VDC
24-62-00
5PU1
24-28-00
1PU1
TR1
24-52-00
115VAC
2PU1
AC ESS BUS 4XP
AC BUS 1 1XP D
1XC
115VAC
3XC
15XE
24-22-00 24-28-00 E
N_MM_246200_0_AAN0_01_00
Figure 24-62-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/2 - DC Essential Distribution - General

** ON A/C ALL

A 802PP
10PH 35XE
801PP
24-43-00 DC SHED ESS BUS 8PP

2PR
28VDC
24-60-00
20PC 8PH
24-60-00
5PR 8PR 401PP
DC ESS BUS 4PP

4PC
28VDC
B
24-28-00
24-43-00
24-61-00

7PN 8PN
28VDC 28VDC
3PX
5PU2 3PE
1PX
1PU2 1PE
TR2 ESS. TR
D AC BUS 2 2XP
2XC 2PU2 14PU
115VAC
4PE
24-22-00 24-43-00
E
EMER GLC
2XE
CSM/GCU
1XE EMER 8XE
GEN
N_MM_246200_0_AAN0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

The essential 28 VDC distribution network corresponds to busbars 4PP, 8PP and associated sub-busbars.
(Ref. Fig. DC Essential Distribution - Component Location SHEET 1)

FR16
FR9 A
106VU
A 812
B
8PH
D
B
105VU
6PH
6PH1
6PH
N_MM_246200_0_ACL0_01_00
Figure 24-62-00-12400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Essential Distribution - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL


NE CESS
DOOR
8PH CNTOR-DC SHED ESS BUS 106VU 125 24-62-55
6PH HOLDER-FUSE 105VU 126 24-62-00
3. Operation
The essential 28 VDC distribution network can be supplied:
either by busbar 3PP (in fact by TR1) in normal configuration,
by Essential TR in case of loss of one main TR, loss of both main TRs or in emergency configuration.
Part of this network (busbar 8PP) can be shed in emergency configuration during RAT extension and as soon
as the landing gear is extended (case of battery supply).
NOTE: The sub-busbar 802PP of the busbar 8PP is shed if the Constant Speed Motor/Generator (CSM/G) is
on line and if the forward landing gear is not locked up.
In case of loss of supply, a warning is triggered on the ECAM system

(Ref. Fig. DC Essential Distribution - ECAM Warnings SHEET 1)

DATA BUS 2
DATA BUS 2
SDAC 2
FWC 2
LMP
RMP
BUS
BUS
TO SDAC 2
FWC 1
BUS
RMP
LMP

SDAC 1 DATA BUS 1
FWC 1
FWC 2
TO
SDAC 1
RMP
LMP
SDAC 1
12WV
8PH
N_MM_246200_0_AEM0_01_00
Figure 24-62-00-13800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Essential Distribution - ECAM Warnings

** ON A/C ALL

In case of loss of busbars 4PP or 8PP, the ELEC page is automatically displayed on the ECAM lower display
unit.
(Ref. Fig. DC ESS BUS FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
INOP SYS
NORMAL CONFIG.
SEE FOLLOWING
STATUS
PAGE
INCREASED LDG
SLATS/FLAPS
SLOW
DIST
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
ELEC DC ESS BUS FAULT
- VHF 2 OR 3................USE
DC ESS BUS FAULT (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)
WARNING
CAUTION
MASTER
SINGLE
CHIME
+
OVHD SYST
PANEL IND.
LOSS OF DC ESS
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
BUS.
(ON ECAM CP)

MANUAL CREW
- VHF 2 OR 3
ACTION
SELECT:
- CLEAR
N_MM_246200_0_AGL0_01_00
Figure 24-62-00-13900-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - DC ESS BUS FAULT - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

DC BAT
DC 1 DC 2
TR 1 TR 2
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
APU GEN
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246200_0_AGL0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. DC ESS BUS SHED - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit)

ECAM LOWER DISPLAY
INOP SYS
NORMAL CONFIG.
SEE FOLLOWING
STATUS
PAGE
SLATS/FLAPS
SLOW
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY
NORMAL CONFIG.
ELEC DC ESS BUS SHED
EXTRACT..................OVRD
DC ESS BUS SHED (CLASS 1 - LEVEL 2)
WARNING
CAUTION
MASTER
SINGLE
CHIME
+
OVHD SYST
PANEL IND.
LOSS OF DC
SHEDDABLE
CONFIG.
SYSTEM
ESS BUS
MANUAL CREW
- EXTRACT OVRD
(ON ECAM CP)

ACTION
SELECT:
- CLEAR
N_MM_246200_0_AJM0_01_00
Figure 24-62-00-14000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - DC ESS BUS SHED - Upper and Lower ECAM Display Unit
** ON A/C ALL

DC BAT
DC 1 DC 2
TR 1 TR 2
AC 1 AC ESS AC 2
GEN 1 GEN 2
APU GEN
4WT2
DU - ECAM, LOWER
N_MM_246200_0_AJM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

It must be noted that due to segregation rules between DC channels, the TR2 cannot supply the DC ESS
busbar.
Figure 24-62-00-12400-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Essential Distribution - Component Location
Figure 24-62-00-13800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - DC Essential Distribution - ECAM Warnings
24-62-00 PB 201 CONF 00 - DC ESSENTIAL DISTRIBUTION - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
TASK 24-62-00-960-801-A
Replacement of the Fuse 6PH1

Self explanatory


822
C. Expendable Parts

2 fuse 24-38-08-01-120
2 fuse 24-38-88-01-080
Ref. ESPM 20-46-20
Fuse 6PH1 SHEET 1
FOR 2PB1 (BAT-1)

Z120
A
105VU
FR25
6PH
B
FR16
FR1
C
1
B 1
6PH1 2
N_MM_246200_2_AA01_01_00
Figure 24-62-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Fuse 6PH1

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-62-00-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at access door 822.
(2) Open access door 822.
(3) In the avionics compartment, open the access door of panel 105VU.
Subtask 24-62-00-860-050-A
released:
BAT 1, BAT 2
APU GEN
GEN 1, GEN 2
EXT PWR.
25VU (APU section)
35VU (ELEC).
Subtask 24-62-00-020-050-A
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-62-00-960-050-A
(Ref. Fig. Fuse 6PH1 SHEET 1)
(1) Loosen the nut (3) and remove and discard the fuse (2).
terminals of the mount (1) as shown on the View B and C.
(3) Tighten the nut (3) Ref. ESPM 20-46-20.
Subtask 24-62-00-420-050-A
Subtask 24-62-00-750-050-B
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-62-00-410-050-A

A. Close Access
Figure 24-62-00-991-00100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Fuse 6PH1
TASK 24-62-55-000-001-A
Removal of the DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor
FIN : 8PH
Self explanatory


812, 822
DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor SHEET 1

FR16
FR9
A
106VU
822 B
A
812
105VU
8PH
B
6
CONTACTOR BASE
2
CONTACTOR
3
2 7 4
N_MM_246255_4_AAL0_01_00
Figure 24-62-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-62-55-010-050-A
doors 812 and 822.
Subtask 24-62-55-865-050-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-62-55-020-050-A

(4) Disengage the contactor (3) from the base (5) and then remove the contactor.
TASK 24-62-55-400-001-A
Installation of the DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor
FIN : 8PH
Self explanatory




812, 822
Power
1(2)
DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-62-55-860-050-A
doors 812 and 822.
Subtask 24-62-55-865-051-A

4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-62-55-420-050-A

(1) Put the contactor (3) on the tapped barrels (6) of the contactor base (5).
(2) TORQUE the two captive screws (2) to between 23.9 and 26.55 lbf.in (0.27 and 0.30 m.daN).
(5) Connect the connector (4) on the contactor (3).
Subtask 24-62-55-865-052-A

Subtask 24-62-55-710-050-A
C. Test of the DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-001) .
(3) Make sure that the DC ESS BUS SHED warning does not come into view.
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-62-55-410-050-A
A. Close Access
Figure 24-62-55-991-00100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Shed Essential Bus Contactor
24-67 - REFUELING ON BATTERY

24-67-00 - REFUELING ON BATTERY
24-67-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - REFUELING ON BATTERY - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
1. General
(Ref. Fig. Refueling on Battery - Simplified Schematic SHEET 1)

MODE SELECT/REFUEL/
OFF/DEFUEL/XFR
REFLNG BUS 2
502PP
OPEN
3QU
DOOR POS
REFUEL
20QU
2QU
DOWN
UP
NORM CTL
LEVER L/G
6GA
501PP
REFLNG BUS 1
501PP/502PP CTL
REFLNG BUS
NORM
8PR
ON
BATTERY
POWER
10PR
8PN
11PR
12PR
3PX
28-25
NORM/BAT
REFLNG
5PR
2PR
4PR
1PR
28-25-00
HOT BUS
601PP
701PP
SVCE BUS
28VDC
28VDC
N_MM_246700_0_ACP0_01_00
Figure 24-67-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Refueling on Battery - Simplified Schematic

** ON A/C ALL

The network consists of busbars 501PP and 502PP (28 VDC). It is supplied as soon as the refuel door located
on the fuselage below the right wing is opened.
Two supplies are then possible:
28 VDC service bus 601PP if at least ground service busses are energized,
28 VDC hot bus 701PP (directly linked to battery 1) if no other power is available on board.
NOTE: Refueling power supply is automatically cut off ten minutes after.
(Ref. Fig. Refuel/Defuel Panel - Component Location SHEET 1)

FUEL CTY
KGx1000
LEFT CTR RIGHT INDICATOR
HI. LVL.
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
MODE SELECT TEST BATT POWER
REFUEL HI.LVL ON
OFF
DEFUEL XFR OPEN LTS NORM
PRESELECTED REFUEL ACTUAL

KGx1000
DEC INC CKPT END PRESELECTOR
N_MM_246700_0_AAP0_01_00
Figure 24-67-00-12500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Panel - Component Location

** ON A/C ALL

Figure 24-67-00-11200-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Refueling on Battery - Simplified Schematic

Figure 24-67-00-12500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Refuel/Defuel Panel - Component Location
24-92 - ELECTRICAL ROUTING
24-92-00 - ELECTRICAL ROUTING
24-92-00 PB 401 CONF 00 - ELECTRICAL ROUTING - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 24-92-00-000-001-A
Removal of the IDG Feeders from the Pylon

Self explanatory

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)

413AR, 423AR
438AR
448AR
(Ref. 54-52-11-000-002-B). Removal of the Access Panels
IDG Feeders on the Pylon SHEET 1

A
A
A
SECTION
C
A-A
B A
400VT
2
1 C
18 5
4
11
17
6
7
8
16 5
9 3
7 6
8
9
10 10 12
13
15
14
400VC
N_MM_249200_4_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-04000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG Feeders on the Pylon

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-081-A
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
procedure.
Subtask 24-92-00-010-073-F
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position on the right side of the engine.
(2) Remove these access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-000-002) :
For the left pylon: 413AR
For the right pylon: 423AR.
(3) Open the right fan cowl (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
438AR
448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Feeders on the Pylon SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-020-050-A
A. Removal of the IDG feeder cables
(1) Disconnect the feeder cables from the right side of the pylon:
(a) Remove the bolts (18), the washers (17) and the plate (16).
(b) Disconnect the IDG feeder connector from the connector (14).
(c) Put blanking caps on all the disconnected electrical connector(s) and receptacle(s).
(d) Remove and discard the lockwire from the attachment plate (13) and the connector (14).
(e) Remove the four nuts (12), the four bolts (15) and one attachment plate (13).
(f) Remove the nuts (10) and the washers (9).
(g) Disengage the two clamps (8) and remove the spacers (7).
(h) Remove the clamp blocks (6), the bobbins (11) and the spacers (5).
(i) Remove and discard the lockwire (2) from the plate (4).
(j) Remove the cover (3).
(k) Remove the nuts (1) and disconnect the four electrical feeders.
(l) Remove the IDG feeders from the pylon.
TASK 24-92-00-400-001-A
Installation of the IDG Feeders on the Pylon


Self explanatory


413AR, 423AR
438AR
448AR
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 54-52-11-400-002-B). Installation of the Access Panels
Ref. ESPM 20-44-52
Ref. AWM 24-22-01
Ref. AWM 24-22-02
IDG Feeders on the Pylon SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-082-A

(1) On the center pedestal, on the panel 115VU, make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to
tell persons not to start the engine.
(b) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 24-92-00-010-074-G
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position on the right side of the engine.
(2) Make sure that these access panels are removed (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-000-002) :
For the right pylon: 423AR
For the left pylon: 413AR.
(3) Make sure that the right fan cowl is open (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-010-040) :
438AR
448AR
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Feeders on the Pylon SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-420-052-A
A. Installation of the IDG feeder cables
(1) Connection of the feeder cables on the right side of the pylon:
(a) Install the IDG feeders in the engine electrical box 400VC.
(b) Install the attachment plate (13), the four bolts (15), the four nuts (12) and tighten the nuts (12).
(c) Install the new Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy - (Material No. 14QFB1) on the
attachment plate and the connector (14).
(d) Install the plate (16) on the engine electrical box.
(e) Install the washers (17), the bolts (18) and tighten the bolts.
(f) Install the spacers (5), the clamp blocks (6) and the bobbins (11) on the pylon.
(g) Install the spacers (7) and the clamps (8).
(h) Install the washers (9), the nuts (10) and tighten the nuts (10).
(i) Install the four electrical feeders on the plate 400VT (4) with the nuts (1) Ref. AWM 24-22-01
and Ref. AWM 24-22-02.
(j) Tighten the nuts (1) Ref. ESPM 20-44-52.
(k) Install the cover (3) and the new Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QFB1) (2) on the plate (4).
(l) Remove the blanking caps from all the electrical connector(s) and receptacle(s).
(m) Make sure that all the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(n) Connect the IDG feeder connector to the connector (14).
Subtask 24-92-00-410-075-G
B. Close Access

(2) Close the right fan cowl (Ref. AMM TASK 71-13-00-410-040) :
438AR
448AR
(3) Close these access panels: (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-400-002)
For the right pylon: 423AR
For the left pylon: 413AR.
Subtask 24-92-00-710-050-A
C. Test
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page:
Make sure that the voltage of the IDG is 115 VAC.
Make sure that the frequency of the IDG is 400Hz + or - 5Hz.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-942-054-A
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration
(1) De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-
862-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-000-002-A
Removal of the IDG Feeders from the Wing and the Pylon

Self explanatory


131MW, 131PW,
132MW, 132PW,
413AR, 413CR,
423AR, 423CR,
471AL, 471AR,
481AL, 481AR,
521AB, 521BT,


521CB, 521EB,
621AB, 621BT,
621CB, 621EB,
825AR
(Ref. 25-54-12-000-001-A). Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34 or FR35.5
(Ref. 25-54-12-000-003-A). Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
tric Pump
(Ref. 54-53-11-000-002-B). Removal of the Pylon-to-Wing Access Panels
(Ref. 57-41-37-000-004-A). Removal of the Pressure-Relief Panels
IDG Feeders

K
A A
G TYPICAL
1
9 B
2
A
TYPICAL
10
TYPICAL
TYPICAL
3
8 2
2 4
2 5
N_MM_249200_4_ACP0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-04200-00-C / SHEET 1/5 - IDG Feeders

** ON A/C ALL

B
D
A
C
SECTION
A-A 11
12
13
C
14
15
16
26
17
27
28
D 23
29
22
24
18
19
25 401VC1
(401VC2)
A
400VT1
(400VT2)
A
21 20
N_MM_249200_4_ACP0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

38 30
N_MM_249200_4_ACP0_03_00

** ON A/C ALL

4049VN
J (4050VN)
37 4019VP
H (4020VP)
34
33
36
31
32
35
N_MM_249200_4_ACP0_04_00

** ON A/C ALL

A K
SECTION
A-A
40
1999VT
L (1998VT)
42
41
4009VP 43
M (4010VP)
45 44
46
A
A
N_MM_249200_4_ACP0_05_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-083-A
(a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
procedure.
Subtask 24-92-00-010-075-J
B. Get Access
(1) Removal of the access panels
(a) For the left pylon:
413CR
471AL, 471AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-000-002)
413AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-000-002) .
(b) For the right pylon:
481AL, 481AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-000-002)
423CR
423AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-000-002) .
(c) For the left wing:
521EB, 521CB, 521AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-004)
521BT.
(d) For the right wing:
621BT.
(2) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door 825AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) .
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 825AR.
(4) In the zone 131, remove the sidewall and partition panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-003) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-001) .
(a) For the left IDG feeders:
131PW, 131MW
(b) For the right IDG feeders:
132PW, 132MW
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Feeders)
Subtask 24-92-00-020-051-A
A. Removal of the IDG feeder cables
(1) Disconnect the feeder cables from the right side of the pylon:
(a) Remove the bolts (27), the washers (28) and the plate (29).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connector from the connector (19).
(c) Put blanking caps on all the disconnected electrical connector(s) and receptacle(s).

(d) Remove the four nuts (18) and the four screws (21).
(e) Disengage the connector (19) from the engine electrical box (20).
(f) Remove the nut (14), the washer (15) and the bolt (17) from the clamp (16).
(g) Remove the bolt (13) and the washer (12) from the clamp (11).
(h) Remove and discard the lockwire (22) from the two screws (23).
(i) Remove the screws (23) and the cover (24) from the terminal block (25).
(j) Remove the nuts (26) and disconnect the electrical feeders from the terminal block (25).
(2) Loosen the nut (31) of the pressure seal (32) on the wing above the pylon.
(3) Remove the bolt (33) and the washer (34) from the clamp (37).
(4) Remove the sealant from the bolt (35).
(5) Remove the bolt (35) from the ground point (36).
(6) Loosen the nut (45) of the pressure seal (46) at the wing and cargo compartment junction.
(7) Disconnect the electrical feeders in the cargo compartment:
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire (42) from the two screws (41).
(b) Remove the screws (41) and the cover (43) from the terminal block (44).
(c) Remove the nuts (40) and disconnect the electrical feeders from the terminal block (44).
(8) Removal of the cable supports along the IDG feeder cables:
(a) Cut and remove all the cable ties (1).
(b) Remove all the bolts (3), the plate (4) and the spacers (5).
(c) Remove all the bolts (7) and the nuts (8).
(d) Remove all the nuts (9) and the bolts (10).
(e) Disengage all the cable supports (2).
(9) Removal of the IDG feeder cables:
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG FEEDERS WHEN YOU RE-
MOVE/INSTALL THEM.
(a) Remove the IDG feeder cables from the wing, the pylon and the cargo compartment.
TASK 24-92-00-400-002-A
Installation of the IDG Feeders on the Wing and the Pylon

Self explanatory


(Material No. 06ABB1) Polysulfide Sealant-Fuel Tank Fillet -

131MW, 131PW,
132MW, 132PW,
413AR, 413CR,
423AR, 423CR,
471AL, 471AR,
481AL, 481AR,
521AB, 521BT,
521CB, 521EB,
621AB, 621BT,
621CB, 621EB,
825AR
(Ref. 25-54-12-400-001-A). Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34 or
FR35.5
(Ref. 25-54-12-400-003-A). Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Forward Cargo- Compartment
tric Pump
tric Pump
(Ref. 54-53-11-400-002-B). Installation of the Pylon-to-Wing Access Panels
(Ref. 57-41-37-400-002-A). Installation of the Pressure-Relief Panels
Ref. ESPM 20-44-52
Ref. ESPM 20-46-10
Ref. ESPM 20-48-19
Ref. AWM 24-22-01
Ref. AWM 24-22-02
IDG Feeders

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-084-A
(1) On the center pedestal, on the panel 115VU, make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to
tell persons not to start the engine.
(b) Make sure that a WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).
Subtask 24-92-00-010-076-J
B. Get Access
(1) Make sure that these access panels are removed:
413AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-000-002)
471AL, 471AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-000-002)
413CR.
423AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-000-002)
481AL, 481AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-000-002)
423CR.
521BT.
621BT.
(2) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door 825AR is open (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-
001) .
825AR.
(4) In the zone 131, make sure that these sidewall and partition panels are removed
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-003) and (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-001) :
131PW, 131MW
132PW, 132MW.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. IDG Feeders)
Subtask 24-92-00-420-053-B
A. Installation of the IDG feeder cables
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE IDG FEEDERS WHEN YOU RE-
MOVE/INSTALL THEM.
(1) Put the feeder cables in position in the cargo compartment, the wing and the pylon.

(2) Connection of the feeder cables on the right side of the pylon:
(a) Install the electrical feeder cables on the terminal block (25) with the nuts (26) Ref. AWM 24-22-
01 or Ref. AWM 24-22-02.
(b) Tighten the nuts (26) Ref. ESPM 20-44-52.
(c) Install the cover (24) with the screws (23) on the terminal block (25).
(d) Tighten the screws (23) and safety with new Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QFB1) (22).
(e) Install the connector (19) in the engine electrical box (20).
NOTE: When you put the connector in place, make sure that the harness is not twisted.
(f) Install the screws (21) and the nuts (18) and tighten the nuts (18).
(g) Install the clamp (16) with the bolt (17), the washer (15) and the nut (14).
(h) Install the clamp (11) with the bolt (13) and the washer (12).
(i) Tighten the nut (14) and the bolt (13).
(j) Remove the blanking caps from all the electrical connector(s) and receptacle(s).
(k) Make sure that all the electrical connections are clean and in the correct condition.
(l) Connect the electrical connector to the connector (19).
(m) Install the plate (29) on the engine electrical box.
(n) Install the washers (28), the bolts (27) and tighten the bolts (27).
(3) Install the nut (31) on the pressure seal (32) on the wing above the pylon and tighten it.
(4) Install the bolt (33) with the washer (34) on the clamp (37).
(5) Install the bolt (35) on the ground point (36) Ref. ESPM 20-48-19.
(6) Tighten the bolts (33) and (35).
(7) Apply Polysulfide Sealant-Fuel Tank Fillet - (Material No. 06ABB1) on the ground point (36).
(8) Install the nut (45) on the pressure seal (46) at the wing and cargo compartment junction and tighten
it.
(9) Connection of the feeder cables in the cargo compartment:
(a) Install the electrical feeder cables on the terminal block (44) with the nuts (40) Ref. AWM 24-22-
01 or Ref. AWM 24-22-02.
(b) Tighten the nuts (40) Ref. ESPM 20-44-52.
(c) Install the cover (43) with the screws (41) on the terminal block (44).
(d) Tighten the screws (41) and safety with new Wire-Locking Dia: 0.8 mm CRES Nickel Alloy
- (Material No. 14QFB1) (42).
(10) Installation of the cable supports along the IDG feeder cables:
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE IDG CABLES DO NOT TOUCH THE PYLON FITTING. IF
THE IDG CABLES TOUCH THE PYLON FITTING, DAMAGE WILL OCCUR TO THE
CABLES AND/OR PYLON FITTING.
(a) Install the clamp block (30) on the rod with the retaining bracket (38) between the top axis
attachment of the rod and the top axis attachment of the clamp block.

(b) Make sure that there is a clearance of 25 mm (0.98 in.) minimum between the IDG feeder cables
and the pylon fitting.
(c) Make sure that there is a clearance of 20 mm (0.79 in.) minimum between the IDG feeder cables
and the other components of the structure.
(d) If the clearances are not correct, turn the clamp block (30) to get the necessary clearance.
(e) Put all the cable supports (2) in position.
(f) Install all the bolts (7) and the nuts (8) and tighten the nuts (8).
(g) Install all the bolts (10) and the nuts (9) and tighten the nuts (9).
(h) Install all the spacers (5), the plate (4) and the bolts (3) and tighten the bolts (3).
(i) Install all the new TIE WRAP (1) Ref. ESPM 20-46-10.
Subtask 24-92-00-710-051-A
B. Test
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits from engine 1(2) (Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
(2) On the ECAM control panel, push the ELEC key to get the ELEC page:
Make sure that the voltage of the IDG is 115 VAC.
Make sure that the frequency of the IDG is 400Hz + or - 5Hz.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-076-J
A. Close Access
(2) Close these access panels:
413AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-400-002)
471AL, 471AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-400-002)
413CR.
423AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-400-002)
481AL, 481AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-400-002)
423CR.
521BT.
621BT.
(3) In the zone 131, install the sidewall and partition panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-400-003) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-400-001) .
131PW, 131MW
132PW, 132MW
(4) Close the FWD cargo-compartment door 825AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) .


Subtask 24-92-00-942-055-A
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration
(Ref. AMM TASK 31-60-00-860-002)
Figure 24-92-00-991-04000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - IDG Feeders on the Pylon
24-92-00 PB 601 CONF 00 - ELECTRICAL ROUTING - INSPECTION/CHECK
TASK 24-92-00-210-003-A
Inspection of the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in Wing Inboard Leading- Edge
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
GEAR. MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAM-
AGE TO THE AIRCRAFT AND/OR EQUIPMENT.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE WARNINGS AND THE CAUTIONS INCLUDED IN THE
REFERENCED PROCEDURES.

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN WING INBOARD
LEADING EDGE
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in wing inboard leading-edge.

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific AR BRUSH - BRISTLED
No specific AR SPRAY - BOTTLE, PUMP TYPE (NON AEROSOL)

(Material No. 12ACB1) Corrosion Preventive Compound-Heavy Duty Hard Film -

521 INBOARD FIXED L.E STRUCTURE
621 INBOARD FIXED L.E STRUCTURE
471DL, 481DR,
521GB, 621GB
Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-80-00-866-004-A). Extending the Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 27-80-00-866-005-A). Retracting the Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 57-41-37-000-010-A). Removal of the Access Panel
(Ref. 57-41-37-400-010-A). Installation of the Access Panel
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30
Electrical Harness Conduits - Corrosion Protection SHEET 1
Typical Fittings SHEET 1
Location of Conduit Fittings

CONDUIT FITTINGS
CONDUIT
FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_AJM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-00500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Harness Conduits - Corrosion Protection

** ON A/C ALL

BACKSHELL TRANSITION CONNECTOR
A B A B
3 AND 4 WAY 45 TRANSITIONS

3 AND 4 WAY 90 TRANSITIONS
45 ELBOW ADAPTER 90 ELBOW ADAPTER
MALE BULKHEAD ADAPTER

NUT TRANSITION JOINER
BULKHEAD ADAPTER JOINER CLAMPFITTING
N_MM_249200_6_ALM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-00600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Typical Fittings

** ON A/C ALL

A
FALSE REAR SPAR
Z520
(Z620)
B
FWD
N_MM_249200_6_ANM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-00700-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Location of Conduit Fittings

** ON A/C ALL

PROTECT FITTING
1
AGAINST CORROSION.
B
1
1
N_MM_249200_6_ANM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-055-A
(1) Extend the slats (Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-866-004) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-052-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-054-A
C. Connect the aircraft to the ground (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-052-E
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the wing inboard leading-
edge.
(2) For the left wing.
(a) Remove and retain the access panels:
521GB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-010)
471DL (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-000-002) .
(3) For the right wing.
(a) Remove and retain the access panels:
621GB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-010)
481DR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-000-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-052-A
A. Inspection of the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Harness Conduits - Corrosion Protection SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Typical Fittings SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Location of Conduit Fittings)
WARNING: BE CAREFUL NOT TO CUT YOUR FINGERS. FLAKES OF NICKEL ARE SHARP.
(1) At each fitting use the procedure that follows to protect against corrosion:
(a) Use Non Aqueous Cleaner-General - - (Material No. 08BAA9) and a Textile-Lint free Cotton
- (Material No. 14SBA1) to remove any contamination from the fitting.
(b) Remove any flakes or blisters, make sure that the you do not damage the base metal while you
do this task.
NOTE: We recommend that you use a dental tool or a seal tool (non metallic) to remove the
flakes and the blisters.
(c) Use a BRUSH - BRISTLED or an SPRAY - BOTTLE, PUMP TYPE (NON AEROSOL) to apply
a continuous thin and smooth coat of Corrosion Preventive Compound-Heavy Duty Hard Film
- (Material No. 12ACB1), to cover all the fitting Ref. ESPM 20-33-30.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-053-E
A. Close Access

(a) Install the access panels:
521GB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-010)
471DL (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-400-002) .
(a) Install the access panels:
621GB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-010)
481DR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-400-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-860-056-A
(1) Disconnect the aircraft from the ground (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-002) .
(2) Retract the slats (Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-866-005) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-004-A
Inspection of the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in Wing Outboard Leading-Edge

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN WING
OUTBOARD LEADING EDGE
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in wing outboard leading-edge.




522 OUTBOARD FIXED L.E STRUCTURE
622 OUTBOARD FIXED L.E STRUCTURE
522AB, 622AB
Stop
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

CONDUIT FITTINGS
CONDUIT
FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_AQM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

A
FALSE REAR SPAR
Z520
(Z620)
B
FWD
N_MM_249200_6_ASM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

PROTECT FITTING
B 1
AGAINST CORROSION
N_MM_249200_6_ASM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-057-A
(1) Extend the slats (Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-866-004) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-053-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-057-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-053-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the wing outboard leading-
edge.
(a) Remove and retain the access panels: 522AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-004) .
(a) Remove and retain the access panels: 622AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-004) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-053-A
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-054-A
A. Close Access

(a) Install the access panels: 522AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-002) .
(a) Install the access panels: 622AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-860-058-A
TASK 24-92-00-210-005-A
Inspection of the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in the Wing Tip

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN WING TIP
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in the wing tip.



534 WING TIP
634 WING TIP
534AB, 634AB
Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 33-48-14-000-001-A). Removal of the Strobe Light
(Ref. 33-48-14-400-001-A). Installation of the Strobe Light
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30
Electrical Harness Conduits SHEET 1
Location of Conduit Fittings SHEET 1

CONDUIT FITTINGS
CONDUIT FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_AUN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-01000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Harness Conduits

** ON A/C ALL

A
A 1
Z534 (Z634)
1 PROTECT FITTING AGAINST CORROSION.
N_MM_249200_6_AWN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-01100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Location of Conduit Fittings

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-054-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-059-A
B. Connect the aircraft to the ground (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-054-B
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the wing tip.
(a) Remove and retain the access panel: 534AB.
(a) Remove and retain the access panel: 634AB.
(4) Remove the Wingtip Navigation Light 9LA (10LA) (Ref. AMM TASK 33-41-11-000-001) .
(5) Remove the strobe light (Ref. AMM TASK 33-48-14-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-054-A
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Harness Conduits SHEET 1)
(Ref. Fig. Location of Conduit Fittings SHEET 1)
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-055-B
A. Close Access
(1) Install the strobe light (Ref. AMM TASK 33-48-14-400-001) .
(2) Install the Wingtip Navigation Light 9LA (10LA) (Ref. AMM TASK 33-41-11-400-001) .

(a) Install the access panel: 534AB.

(a) Install the access panel: 634AB.
TASK 24-92-00-210-006-A
Apply Temporary Protection to End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in Wing Outboard Trailing-Edge

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN WING
OUTBOARD TRAILING EDGE
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in wing outboard trailing-edge.



575 AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
675 AFT OUTBD SE OF WING AND TE FIXED STRUCT
575BB, 575CB,
575DB, 575EB,
575FB, 575GB,
575HB, 575KB,
575LB, 575MB,
675BB, 675CB,
675DB, 675EB,
675FB, 675GB,
675HB, 675KB,
675LB, 675MB
Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-008-A). Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-008-A-01). Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-009-A). Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-009-A-01). Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 27-60-00-866-002-A). Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-004-A). Removal of the Access Panels 575AB(675AB), 575BB(675BB),
575CB(675CB), 575DB(675DB), 575EB(675EB), 575FB(675FB),
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-005-A). Removal of the Access Panels 575KB(675KB), 575LB(675LB),
575MB(675MB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-004-A). Installation of the Access Panels 575AB(675AB), 575BB(675BB),
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-005-A). Installation of the Access Panels 575KB(675KB), 575LB(675LB),
575MB(675MB)
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

CONDUIT FITTINGS
CONDUIT FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_AYN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-01200-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Harness Conduits - Corrosion Protection

** ON A/C ALL

Z575 (Z675)
A
RIB12 RIB11
RIB14 RIB13
NOTE:
1 PROTECT END-FITTING AGAINST CORROSION

N_MM_249200_6_BAN0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

Z575 (Z675)
RIB17 RIB14
1 1 1 1 1 1
RIB18
RIB21
1 1 1
1
1 PROTECT FITTING AGAINST CORROSION
N_MM_249200_6_BAN0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

Z575 (Z675)
C
C RIB22
1 1
RIB27
N_MM_249200_6_BAN0_03_00

** ON A/C ALL

RIB27
575MB (675MB)
575LB (675LB)
C
RIB22 575KB (675KB)
575HB (675HB)
575GB (675GB)
B
RIB17 575FB (675FB)
575EB (675EB)
RIB14 575DB (675DB)
575CB (675CB)
RIB11
A
575BB (675BB)
N_MM_249200_6_BAN0_04_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-061-A
(1) Extend the flaps (Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-866-008) .
(2) Extend the spoilers (Ref. AMM TASK 27-60-00-866-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-061-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-055-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the wing outboard trealing-
edge.
(a) Remove and retain the access panel:
575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB, 575HB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-004)
575KB, 575LB, 575MB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-005) .
(a) Remove and retain the access panel:
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Typical Fittings SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Electrical Harness Conduits - Corrosion
Protection SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Location of Conduit Fittings)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-055-A
A. Temporary Protection of the Electrical Conduits End-Fittings in the Wing Outboard Trailing-Edge
(1) At each fitting, use the procedure that follows to protect against corrosion:
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-056-A

A. Close Access
(a) Install the access panel:
575KB, 575LB, 575MB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-005)
(a) Install the access panel:
Subtask 24-92-00-860-062-A
(2) Retract the spoilers (Ref. AMM TASK 27-60-00-866-002) .
(3) Retract the flaps (Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-866-009) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-007-A
Apply Temporary Protection to the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in the Air Conditioning Compartment

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN AIR
CONDITIONING COMPARTMENT
Protection of the end fittings of the electrical conduits in the air conditioning compartment with temporary
protective material



191 AIR CONDITIONING COMPT AND FAIRINGS
191BB, 191KB,
192FB, 192KB
Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 53-35-13-000-002-A). Removal of the Quick-Release Access Panels from the Belly Fairing
Structure
(Ref. 53-35-13-400-002-A). Installation of the Quick-Release Access Panels on the Belly Fairing
Structure
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

CONDUIT FITTINGS
CONDUIT FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_BCM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

FR47
FR43
FR42
D
FR35 D
E
C
TYPICAL B
A B
1
C
A
TYPICAL
1
B 1
TYPICAL

N_MM_249200_6_BEM0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

E
TYPICAL
FR43
1 FR42 D
TYPICAL
FR43
1 4X
1 3X
N_MM_249200_6_BEM0_02_01

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-056-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-063-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-056-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the wing and the center
fuselage.
(2) For the center fuselage.
(a) Remove the access panels: 191BB, 191KB, 192FB, 192KB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-
002) .
(b) Open the L and R main landing-gear doors at zone 734 and 744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-
010-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-056-A
A. Protection of the End Fittings of the Electrical Conduits in the Air Conditioning Compartment with
Temporary Protective Material
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-057-A
A. Close Access
(2) For the center fuselage.
(a) Install the access panels: 191BB, 191KB, 192FB, 192KB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-002) .
(b) Close the L and R main landing-gear doors at zone 734 and 744 (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-
410-001) .

TASK 24-92-00-210-008-A
Inspection of the End Fittings of electrical Conduits in Vertical Stabilizer Trailing-Edge

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN VERTICAL
STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in vertical stabilizer trailing-edge.


325 VERTICAL STABILIZER TRAILING EDGE
325BL, 325BR,


325CL, 325DL
Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 55-33-13-010-002-A). Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical
Stabilizer
(Ref. 55-33-13-410-002-A). Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical
Stabilizer
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

B CONDUIT FITTINGS CONDUIT FITTINGS A
A
VERTICAL STABILIZER
325DL
325CL
325BL
B
VERTICAL STABILIZER
325BR
N_MM_249200_6_BGM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

A
1
FR73
1 PROTECT FITTING
AGAINST CORROSION
RIB4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 1
RIB2
N_MM_249200_6_BJM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-057-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-065-A
B. Connect the aircraft to ground (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-057-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the vertical stabilizer trailing-
edge.
(2) Remove and retain the access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 55-33-13-010-002) :
(a) For the left vertical stabilizer trailing-edge: 325BL, 325CL, 325DL.
(b) For the right vertical stabilizer trailing-edge: 325BR.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-057-A
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-058-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 55-33-13-410-002) :
(a) For the left vertical stabilizer trailing-edge: 325BL, 325CL, 325DL.
(b) For the right vertical stabilizer trailing-edge: 325BR.
(3) Disconnect the aircraft from ground (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-002) .

TASK 24-92-00-210-010-A
Apply Temporary Protection to End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in Fuselage Tail Area

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN FUSELAGE TAIL
AREA
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in the fuselage tail area.

(Material No. 08BLA9) Non Aqueous Cleaner-Wing - Legacy
(Material No. 08BPA1) Non Aqueous Cleaner-Non structural use - -

311 AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION
312 AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION
312AR, 314AR,


315AL, 316AR
Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 52-41-16-000-001-A). Removal of the Accessory Compartment Access Door 312AR
(Ref. 52-41-16-400-001-A). Installation of Accessory Compartment Access-Door 312AR
(Ref. 52-41-23-000-001-A). Removal of the Maintenance Door
(Ref. 52-41-23-400-001-A). Installation of the Maintenance Door
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

CONDUIT
FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_BQM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

FR77
PROTECT FITTING
1
AGAINST CORROSION
FR74
FR70
FR73
FR72
A
1
1
1
N_MM_249200_6_BSM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL


FR77
B C
D
B
Z310
1 1
1 1
1
N_MM_249200_6_BSM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-059-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-069-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-059-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the fuselage tail area.
(2) Remove and retain the access panels:
312AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-16-000-001)
314AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-23-000-001) .
(3) Open the access doors 315AL and 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-059-A
(a) Use Non Aqueous Cleaner-Non structural use - - (Material No. 08BPA1) or Non
Aqueous Cleaner-General - - (Material No. 08BAA9) or Non Aqueous Cleaner-Wing -
Legacy (Material No. 08BLA9) and a Textile-Lint free Cotton - (Material No. 14SBA1) to remove
any contamination from the fitting.
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-060-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the access panels:
312AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-16-400-001)
314AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-23-400-001) .
(3) Close the access doors 315AL and 316AR (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-001) .

TASK 24-92-00-210-011-A
Apply Temporary Protection to the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN TRIMMABLE
HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
Protection of the end fittings of the electrical conduits in the THS with temporary protective material


334 THS TRAILING EDGE
334CB, 334DB,


334EB, 344CB,
344DB, 344EB
Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 55-13-11-000-001-A). Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
(Ref. 55-13-11-400-001-A). Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

CONDUIT FITTINGS
CONDUIT
FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_BUM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Z344 A
Z334
TER0
TER1
TER2
01
TER3
TER4
TER5
01
A
RH SHOWN
LH SYMMETRICAL
01 PROTECT ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FITTINGS AGAINST CORROSION N_MM_249200_6_BWN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-060-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Subtask 24-92-00-869-071-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-060-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the THS.
(2) Remove and retain the access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 55-13-11-000-001) :
(a) For the left THS: 334CB, 334DB, 334EB.
(b) For the right THS: 344CB, 344DB, 344EB.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-060-A
A. Protection of the End Fittings of the Electrical Conduits in the THS with Temporary Protective Material
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-061-A
A. Close Access
(a) For the left THS: 334CB, 334DB, 334EB.
(b) For the right THS: 344CB, 344DB, 344EB.

TASK 24-92-00-210-012-A
Inspection of the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN VERTICAL
STABILIZER LEADING EDGE
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in vertical stabilizer leading-edge.


321 DORSAL FIN
322 VERTICAL STABILIZER LEADING EDGE
324 VERTICAL STABILIZER TIP
321AL, 322BL,
324AT

Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 53-45-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
(Ref. 53-45-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
(Ref. 55-34-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
(Ref. 55-34-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

CONDUIT FITTINGS A
A
VERTICAL STABILIZER
324AT
322BL
321AL
N_MM_249200_6_BYM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

1 PROTECT FITTING
AGAINST CORROSION
RIB11
N_MM_249200_6_CAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-061-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-073-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-061-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the vertical stabilizer
leading-edge.
321AL (Ref. AMM TASK 53-45-11-000-001)
324AT (Ref. AMM TASK 55-34-11-000-001)
322BL.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-061-A
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-062-A
A. Close Access
321AL (Ref. AMM TASK 53-45-11-400-001)
324AT (Ref. AMM TASK 55-34-11-400-001)
322BL.

TASK 24-92-00-210-013-A
Inspection of the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in Flap Track No. 2 Fairing

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN FLAP TRACK
NUMBER 2 FAIRING
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in flap track No. 2 fairing.


531 FLAP TRACK 2 FAIRING
631 FLAP TRACK 2 FAIRING
531AT, 631AT

Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 57-55-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4
(Ref. 57-55-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Flap Track Fairings Nos. 2, 3 and 4
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

CONDUIT FITTINGS
CONDUIT FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_CCM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Z531
(Z631)
A
REAR SPAR
FLAP TRACK N2
CENTER LINE
N_MM_249200_6_CEN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-02700-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Location of Conduit Fittings

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-063-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-077-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-063-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the flap track No. 2 fairing.
(2) For the left wing:
(a) Remove and retain the top cover of the movable fairing of the No. 2 flap track: 531AT
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-55-11-000-001) .
(3) For the right wing:
(a) Remove and retain the top cover of the movable fairing of the No. 2 flap track: 631AT
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-55-11-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-063-A
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-064-A
A. Close Access
(2) For the left wing:
(a) Install the top cover of the movable fairing of the No. 2 flap track: 531AT (Ref. AMM TASK 57-
55-11-400-001) .
(3) For the right wing:

(a) Install the top cover of the movable fairing of the No. 2 flap track: 631AT (Ref. AMM TASK 57-
55-11-400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-014-A
Inspection of the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in the Main Landing Gear (MLG) Well and False Spar Box

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN MAIN LANDING
GEAR BAY AND FALSE SPAR BOX
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in the MLG well and false spar box.



571 MLG BAY
574 FALSE SPAR BOX
671 MLG BAY
674 FALSE SPAR BOX
574AB, 574BB,
674AB, 674BB
Stop
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-008-A). Removal of the Access Door
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-009-A). Removal of the Access Door
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-008-A). Installation of the Access Door
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-009-A). Installation of the Access Door
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

CONDUIT FITTINGS
CONDUIT FITTINGS
N_MM_249200_6_CGM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Z571
(Z671)

B
1 1
1 1
1
1
N_MM_249200_6_CJM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

UP
B
OUTBOARD
FORWARD
1
OUTBOARD
C 1
1
1
RIB2
RH VIEW ON
LH VIEW ON RIB1
C-C C-C
1 1
RH LANDING
LH LANDING LAMP
LAMP
N_MM_249200_6_CJM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

Z574 1 PROTECT FITTING AGAINST CORROSION.

(Z674)
1 1
1
1
B C
1 1
C 1 B
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
N_MM_249200_6_CLN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-03000-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Location of Conduit Fittings

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-064-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-079-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-064-C
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the MLG well and false spar
box.
For the left wing:
574AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-008)
574BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-009) .
For the right wing:
674AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-008)
674BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-009) .
(3) If necessary, remove the overwing panel protection (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-42-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-064-A
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-065-C
A. Close Access
(2) Install the overwing panel protection, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-42-400-001) .


For the left wing:
574AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-008)
574BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-009) .
For the right wing:
674AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-008)
674BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-009) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-015-A
Inspection of the End Fittings of Electrical Conduits in the Dry Bay (Outboard)

APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION TO END FITTINGS OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS IN DRY BAY
(OUTBOARD)
Apply temporary protection to end fittings of electrical conduits in the dry bay (outboard).



560 DRY BAY (OUTBOARD)
560AB, 660AB
Stop
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30

A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
560AB (660AB)
B
CONDUIT FITTING
N_MM_249200_6_CNN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-062-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-075-A
Subtask 24-92-00-010-062-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the dry bay.
(a) Remove and retain the access panel: 560AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-27-11-000-002) .
(a) Remove and retain the access panel: 660AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-27-11-000-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-062-A
do this task.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-063-A
A. Close Access
(a) Install the access panel: 560AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-27-11-400-002) .
(a) Install the access panel: 660AB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-27-11-400-002) .

TASK 24-92-00-210-018-A
General Visual Inspection of Elements Fitted on the Following Harnesses: 405VB to 409VB (LH side) and 400VB to
404VB (RH side)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF ELEMENTS FITTED ON THE FOLLOWING HARNESSES:
- 405VB, 406VB, 407VB, 408VB, 409VB, LH SIDE
- 400VB, 401VB, 402VB, 403VB, 404VB, RH SIDE


334AB, 334BB,
334CB, 334DB,
334EB, 344AB,
344BB, 344CB,
344DB, 344EB
Ref. ESPM 20-53-32
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Electrical Harnesses - Inspection SHEET 1

A
Z345
344AB
344BB
344CB
344DB A
344EB
Z335
334AB
334BB
334CB
334DB
334EB RIB 3
405VB
(401VB)
A
RIB 4
RIB 5
408VB
(403VB)
RIB 6
407VB
(400VB)
RIB 8
406VB
(402VB)
NOTE: LH SIDE SHOWN, RH SIDE SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_249200_6_AAM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-03200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Harnesses - Inspection

** ON A/C ALL

A
Z345
344AB
344BB
344CB
344DB A
344EB
Z335
334AB
334BB
334CB
334DB
334EB
RIB 3
A RIB 4
RIB 5
RIB 6
409VB
(404VB)
RIB 8
RIB 9
NOTE: LH SIDE SHOWN, RH SIDE SYMMETRICAL N_MM_249200_6_ABM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-03800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Harnesses - Inspection

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-069-A
(1) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems.
Subtask 24-92-00-010-067-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access panels
334AB, 334BB, 334CB, 334DB, 334EB, 344AB, 344BB, 344CB, 344DB and 344EB.
(2) Remove the access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 55-13-11-000-001) :
(a) For the left Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS): 334AB, 334BB, 334CB, 334DB and 334EB.
(b) For the right THS: 344AB, 344BB, 344CB, 344DB and 344EB.
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-067-A
A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. Electrical Harnesses - Inspection SHEET 1)
(1) Do a general visual inspection of the components on these harnesses:
405VB, 406VB, 407VB, 408VB, 409VB for the left THS,
400VB, 401VB, 402VB, 403VB, 404VB for the right THS.
(a) Do a check of the general condition of these components and make sure that they are correctly
attached:
electrical bonding leads,
braided conduits,
clamps,
electrical connectors,
braided shields.
(b) Make sure that there is no sign of contamination Ref. ESPM 20-55-00 and corrosion Ref.
ESPM 20-53-32.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-068-A
A. Close Access
(a) For the left THS: 334AB, 334BB, 334CB, 334DB and 334EB.
(b) For the right THS: 344AB, 344BB, 344CB, 344DB and 344EB.
Subtask 24-92-00-860-070-A
TASK 24-92-00-210-019-A

General Visual Inspection of Elements Fitted on the Following Harnesses: 4202VB, 4204VB

- 4202VB, 4204VB


321 DORSAL FIN
321AL
(Ref. 53-45-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
(Ref. 53-45-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
Ref. ESPM 20-53-32
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00

321AL
RIB11
N_MM_249200_6_ADM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-071-A
systems.
Subtask 24-92-00-010-068-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 10M (33 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the vertical stabilizer
leading-edge.
(2) Remove the access panel 321AL (Ref. AMM TASK 53-45-11-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-068-A
A. Inspection
4202VB,
4204VB.
attached:
braided conduits,
clamps,
electrical connectors, braided shields.
ESPM 20-53-32.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-069-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the access panel 321AL (Ref. AMM TASK 53-45-11-400-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-860-072-A
TASK 24-92-00-210-020-A



- 4202VB, 4204VB


322 VERTICAL STABILIZER LEADING EDGE
322BL
(Ref. 55-32-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
(Ref. 55-32-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
Ref. ESPM 20-53-32
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00

A
322BL
RIB11
N_MM_249200_6_AFM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-073-A
systems.
Subtask 24-92-00-010-069-A
B. Get Access
leading-edge.
(2) Remove the access panel 322BL (Ref. AMM TASK 55-32-11-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-069-A
A. Inspection
(1) Do a general visual inspection of the components on these harnesses :
4202VB,
4204VB.
attached:
braided conduits,
clamps,
braided shields.
ESPM 20-53-32.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-070-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the access panel 322BL (Ref. AMM TASK 55-32-11-400-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-860-074-A
TASK 24-92-00-210-021-A


- 4202VB, 4204VB


324 VERTICAL STABILIZER TIP
324AT
(Ref. 55-34-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
(Ref. 55-34-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Tip
Ref. ESPM 20-53-32
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00

324AT
A
RIB11
N_MM_249200_6_AHM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-075-A
systems.
Subtask 24-92-00-010-070-A
B. Get Access
leading-edge.
(2) Remove the access panel 324AT (Ref. AMM TASK 55-34-11-000-001) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-210-070-A
A. Inspection
4202VB,
4204VB.
attached:
braided conduits,
clamps,
braided shields.
ESPM 20-53-32.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-071-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the access panel 324AT (Ref. AMM TASK 55-34-11-400-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-860-076-A
TASK 24-92-00-210-023-A
Check that Connector is Correctly Tightened by Measurement of the Resistance with a Loop Tester


CHECK THAT THE CONNECTOR IS CORRECTLY TIGHTENED BY MEASUREMENT OF THE
RESISTANCE WITH A LOOP TESTER:
- 4005VC, 4007VC, 4009VC, 4011VC, LH SIDE
- 4013VC, 4015VC, 4017VC, 4019VC, LH SIDE
- 4006VC, 4008VC, 4010VC, 4012VC, RH SIDE
- 4014VC, 4016VC, 4018VC, 4020VC, RH SIDE
Do this procedure to make sure that these connectors are correctly tightened; to do this check, measure the
resistance with a loop tester:
4005VC, 4007VC, 4009VC, 4011VC, 4013VC, 4015VC, 4017VC, 4019VC, LH side
4006VC, 4008VC, 4010VC, 4012VC, 4014VC, 4016VC, 4018VC, 4020VC, RH side


511 SLAT N 1
520 LEFT WING FIXED LEADING EDGE
611 SLAT N 1
620 RIGHT WING FIXED LEADING EDGE
521EB, 521GB,
522AB, 621EB,
621GB, 622AB
Stop
(Ref. 20-28-00-720-014-A). Loop Impedance Test
(Ref. 20-28-00-912-003-A). Electrical Bonding of Electrical Connectors

clude the tanks)
Power
1(2)
Location of the Loop Tester Measurement Points

Z520 (Z620)
A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
4015VC
(4016VC)
4009VC
(4010VC)
RIB7 4005VC 4007VC 4011VC 4013VC

(4006VC) (4008VC) (4012VC) (4014VC)
N_MM_249200_6_AMM0_01_01
Figure 24-92-00-991-03700-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Location of the Loop Tester Measurement Points
** ON A/C ALL

4017VC 4019VC
(4018VC) (4020VC)
RIB8
N_MM_249200_6_AMM0_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-860-079-A
(1) Extend the slats fully (Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-866-004) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-066-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-869-082-A
C. Connect the aircraft to ground (Ref. AMM TASK 12-34-24-869-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-072-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the wings.
(2) At the left wing:
Remove the access panels 521EB, 522AB, (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-004) and 521GB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-010) .
(3) At the right wing:
Remove the access panels 621EB, 622AB, (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-004) and 621GB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-010) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-280-051-A
A. Measurement of the Resistance with a Loop Tester
(Ref. Fig. Location of the Loop Tester Measurement Points)
(1) Do a loop impedance test at connectors (Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-720-014) :
4005VC, 4007VC, 4009VC, 4011VC, 4013VC, 4015VC, 4017VC, 4019VC, LH side
4006VC, 4008VC, 4010VC, 4012VC, 4014VC, 4016VC, 4018VC, 4020VC, RH side.
NOTE: It is not necessary to do a test of the conduits connected to the non-conductive connectors
(9QG-A and 10QG-A) because they are not part of the general electromagnetic protection.
(2) Make sure that the measured values are not more than the maximum permitted value of 200
milliohms.
(a) If the measured value is more than the maximum permitted value of 200 milliohms:
Do the electrical bonding of the electrical connectors (Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-912-003)
and of the components. Use conductive bolts and screws and bonding straps in the fuselage
and in the wings (Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-912-004) .
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-074-A
A. Close Access
(2) At the left wing:
Install the access panels 521EB, 522AB, (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-002) and 521GB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-010) .
(3) At the right wing:

Install the access panels 621EB, 622AB, (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-002) and 621GB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-400-010) .
Subtask 24-92-00-860-080-A
(2) Retract the slats (Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-866-005)
TASK 24-92-00-210-024-A
Detailed Inspection of Bonding Leads Located on the Following Movable Surfaces: Elevator, Rudder, Flaps, Flap
Track Fairings, Slats, Spoilers, Ailerons,.......
CAUTION: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY. INCOR-
RECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

DETAILED INSPECTION OF BONDING LEADS LOCATED ON THE FOLLOWING MOVABLE SURFACES:
ELEVATOR, RUDDER, FLAPS, FLAP TRACK FAIRINGS, SLATS, SPOILERS, AILERONS, LANDING GEAR
DOORS AND PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
Do this inspection on the movable surfaces that follow:
Flaps
Flap track fairings
Slats
Spoilers
Ailerons
Elevator
Rudder
Nose landing gear doors
Main landing gear doors
Passenger/crew doors.


(98D27803000000) 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

300 STABILIZERS AND TAIL UNIT
500 LEFT WING
600 RIGHT WING
700 LANDING GEAR AND LANDING GEAR DOORS
800 DOORS
325BL, 325BR,
325CL, 325CR,
325DL, 325DR,
325EL, 325ER,
334BB, 334DB,
334FB, 334GB,
334HB, 344BB,
344DB, 344FB,
344GB, 344HB,
521AB, 522AB,
522FB, 522NB,
522SB, 571AB,
573AB, 573BB,
573CB, 575AB,
575AT, 575BB,
575CB, 575DB,
575EB, 575FB,
575GB, 575KB,
575LB, 575MB,
590AB, 590BB,
621AB, 622AB,
622FB, 622NB,
622SB, 671AB,
673AB, 673BB,
673CB, 675AB,
675AT, 675BB,
675CB, 675DB,
675EB, 675FB,
675GB, 675KB,
675LB, 675MB,
690AB, 690BB,
831FZ, 831GZ,
832FZ, 832GZ,
841FZ, 841GZ,
842FZ, 842GZ

clude the tanks)
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-23-46-000-001-A). Removal of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
(Ref. 25-23-46-000-002-A). Removal of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
(Ref. 25-23-46-400-001-A). Installation of the Door Linings at the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
(Ref. 25-23-46-400-002-A). Installation of the Door Linings at the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-008-A). Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-008-A-01). Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-009-A). Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
(Ref. 27-50-00-866-009-A-01). Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
(Ref. 29-10-00-863-001-A). Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System with a Hydraulic Ground
Power-Cart
(Ref. 29-10-00-863-002-A). Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with a Hydraulic Ground
Power-Cart
Cart
(Ref. 29-10-00-864-001-A). Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
(Ref. 29-10-00-864-002-A). Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
nector
Unit (APU)
(Ref. 32-00-00-481-002-A). Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gear Doors
(Ref. 32-22-00-010-001-A). Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
(Ref. 32-22-00-410-001-A). Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
(Ref. 52-10-00-010-001-A). Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
(Ref. 52-10-00-410-001-A). Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
(Ref. 55-33-13-010-002-A). Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical
Stabilizer

(Ref. 55-33-13-410-002-A). Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels of the Vertical
Stabilizer
(Ref. 57-41-37-000-006-A). Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. 57-41-37-400-006-A). Installation of the Access Panels
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-002-A). Removal of the Access Panels 571AB(671AB), 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-004-A). Removal of the Access Panels 575AB(675AB), 575BB(675BB),
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-005-A). Removal of the Access Panels 575KB(675KB), 575LB(675LB),
575MB(675MB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-000-011-A). Removal of the Access Panels
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-002-A). Installation of the Access Panels 571AB(671AB), 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-004-A). Installation of the Access Panels 575AB(675AB), 575BB(675BB),
575GB(675GB), 575HB(675HB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-005-A). Installation of the Access Panels 575KB(675KB), 575LB(675LB),
575MB(675MB)
(Ref. 57-51-37-400-011-A). Installation of the Access Panels
Bonding Leads located on Movable Surfaces

ELEVATOR
RUDDER
AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
SPOILERS
FLAPS
AILERON
FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR

SLATS
N_MM_249200_6_CPM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-09000-00-A / SHEET 1/2 - Bonding Leads located on Movable Surfaces

** ON A/C ALL

NOSE LANDING
GEAR DOORS
FLAP TRACK FAIRING

MAIN LANDING
GEAR DOORS
N_MM_249200_6_CPM0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-861-055-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-861-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-941-052-A
(1) Install the ground safety locks on the landing gear doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-481-002) .
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to pressurize the hydraulic systems:
On the ground service panel 197CB.
In the cockpit, on the HYD/FUEL panel 40VU.
(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position on the panel 400VU to tell persons not to operate the landing
gear doors.
Subtask 24-92-00-860-086-A
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
(1) Extend the slats to the fully extended position (Ref. AMM TASK 27-80-00-866-004) .
(2) Extend the flaps to the fully extended position (Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-866-008) .
(3) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000) on the flap/slat
control lever.
(4) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-864-003) (Ref. AMM TASK 29-
10-00-864-002) .
(5) Depressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-865-050-A

49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/ 15CE1 B11
SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1


MONG/SYS2
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/ 15CE2 R20
SPLY
Subtask 24-92-00-010-078-A
E. Get Access
(1) Open the MLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Open the NLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-22-00-010-001) .
(3) Open the passenger/crew doors (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
(4) Remove the door lining panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-000-001) (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-46-
000-002) :
831FZ, 841FZ, 831GZ, 841GZ, 832FZ, 842FZ, 832GZ, 842GZ.
(5) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable zone.
(6) Remove the access panels.
(a) For the flaps:
1 For the left wing, remove the access panels:
571AB
573AB, 573BB, 573CB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-002) .
575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB.
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-004) .
2 For the right wing, remove the access panels:
671AB
673AB, 673BB, 673CB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-002) .
675AB, 675BB, 675CB, 675DB, 675EB, 675FB, 675GB.
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-004) .
(b) For the spoilers:
573BB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-002) .
575BB, 575DB, 575EB, 575GB.
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-004) .
673BB

(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-002) .

675BB, 675DB, 675EB, 675GB.
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-004) .
(7) Remove the access panels.
(a) For the slats:
For the left wing, remove the access panels 521AB, 522AB, 522FB, 522NB, 522SB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-004) (Ref. AMM TASK 57-41-37-000-006) .
For the right wing, remove the access panels 621AB, 622AB, 622FB, 622NB, 622SB
(b) For the ailerons:
575AT (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-007)
575MB, 575KB, 575LB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-005)
590AB, 590BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-011) .
675AT (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-007)
690AB, 690BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-000-011) .
(c) For the elevators:
Remove the access panels
334BB, 344BB, 334DB, 344DB, 334FB, 344FB, 334GB, 344GB, 334HB, 344HB
(Ref. AMM TASK 55-13-11-000-001) .
(d) For the rudder:
Remove the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR, 325EL, 325ER
(Ref. AMM TASK 55-33-13-010-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Bonding Leads located on Movable Surfaces)
Subtask 24-92-00-220-061-A
A. General Inspection Recommendations
(1) Do a detailed inspection of the bonding leads on the movable surfaces that follow:
MLG, NLG and passenger/crew doors
Flaps
Flap track movable fairings
Spoilers
Surfaces between slats 2 and 3, 3 and 4, 4 and 5
Slat tracks No. 1, No. 5 and No. 11
Ailerons
Elevators
Rudder.
NOTE: Use an MIRROR - INSPECTION, if necessary.
(2) During the inspection, replace all the bonding leads if they are found broken or if more than 25 per
cent of their strands are damaged (Ref. AMM TASK 20-28-00-912-004) .
NOTE: Because it is not possible to know with precision the number of damaged strands when a
bonding lead is damaged: 25 per cent is equal to 1/4 of the section (i.e.: 3.25 mm2 (0.01 in.2)
for a section of 13 mm2 (0.02 in.2) or 1.75 mm2 (0.00 in.2) for a section of 7 mm2 (0.01 in.2)).

(3) If you cannot replace all the bonding leads before the planned aircraft release, the bonding lead
installations that follow are satisfactory.
Subtask 24-92-00-220-062-B
B. Inspection of the Bonding Leads Installed on the Flaps, Flap Track Fairings, Slats, Spoilers, Ailerons,
Nose Landing-Gear Doors, Main Landing-Gear Doors and Passenger/Crew Doors
(1) During the inspection, if you cannot replace the bonding leads that are broken or damaged, the
bonding lead installations that follow are satisfactory:
(a) Movable surface with two bonding leads:
If one bonding lead is broken and less than 25 percent of the strands of the other bonding lead
are damaged.
(b) Movable surface with three bonding leads:
If two bonding leads are broken and less than 25 percent of the strands of the other bonding
lead are damaged.
(2) Replace all the remaining broken or damaged bonding leads at the next maintenance operation but
before 24 months (or 7500 flight hours or 5000 flight cycles, the one that occurs first).
Subtask 24-92-00-220-063-B
C. Inspection of the Elevator Bonding Leads
bonding lead installations that follow are satisfactory:
(a) Bonding lead installed near the elevator tip:
If less than 25 percent of its strands are damaged.
(b) And for the other bonding leads installed on the elevator:
If only one bonding lead is broken or has more than 25 percent of its strands damaged and the
other bonding leads have less than 25 percent of their strands damaged.
before 24 months (or 7500 flight hours or 5000 flight cycles, the on that occurs first).
Subtask 24-92-00-220-064-B
D. Inspection of the Rudder Bonding Leads
installations that follow are satisfactory:
(a) Bonding leads installed on the rudder hinge arms No. 1 and 7 (on the top and bottom parts of the
rudder):
If less than 25 percent of their strands are damaged.
(b) And for bonding leads installed on the rudder hinge arms No. 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6:
If only one bonding lead is broken or has more than 25 percent of its strands damaged
And if the other bonding leads have less than 25 percent of their strands damaged.
before 120 days (or 750 flight hours or 750 flight cycles, the one that occurs first).
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-078-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install these access panels.
(a) For the slats:

For the left wing, install the access panels 521AB, 522AB, 522FB, 522NB, 522SB
For the right wing, install the access panels 621AB, 622AB, 622FB, 622NB, 622SB
(b) For the ailerons:
1 For the left wing, install the access panels:
575AT (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-007)
590AB, 590BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-011) .
2 For the right wing, install the access panels:
675AT (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-007)
690AB, 690BB (Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-011) .
(c) For the elevators:
Install the access panels
334BB, 344BB, 334DB, 344DB, 334FB, 344FB, 334GB, 344GB, 334HB, 344HB
(Ref. AMM TASK 55-13-11-400-001) .
(d) For the rudder:
Install the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR, 325EL, 325ER
(Ref. AMM TASK 55-33-13-410-002) .
(2) Install the access panels.
(a) For the flaps:
571AB
573AB, 573BB, 573CB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-002) .
575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB.
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-004) .
671AB
673AB, 673BB, 673CB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-002) .
675AB, 675BB, 675CB, 675DB, 675EB, 675FB, 675GB.
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-004) .
(b) For the spoilers:
573BB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-002) .
575BB, 575DB, 575EB, 575GB.
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-004) .
673BB
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-002) .
675BB, 675DB, 675EB, 675GB.
(Ref. AMM TASK 57-51-37-400-004) .
(3) Close the MLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
(4) Close the NLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-22-00-410-001) .

(5) Install the door lining panels 831FZ, 841FZ, 831GZ, 841GZ, 832FZ, 842FZ, 832GZ, 842GZ
(6) Close the passenger/crew doors (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-865-052-A

49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/ 15CE1 B11
SPLY
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS1
MONG/SYS2
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/ 15CE2 R20
SPLY
Subtask 24-92-00-860-087-A
(2) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-003) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 29-10-00-863-002) .
(3) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. AMM TASK 29-14-00-614-002) .
(5) Retract the flaps (Ref. AMM TASK 27-50-00-866-009) .
items.


Subtask 24-92-00-862-068-A
D. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-025-A
General Visual Inspection of G and P Routes Installed in the Tail Cone and APU Accessory Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF G AND P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE TAIL CONE AND APU
ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
NOTE: This is an EWIS (Electrical Wiring Interconnection System) procedure. EWIS is defined in ESPM 20-
33-11.



315 TAIL CONE APU AND ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT
316 TAIL CONE APU AND ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT
315AL, 316AR
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Tail Cone and APU Accessory Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 315-316 SHEET 1

A
FR78
FR80
FR82
FR84
INSPECTION AREA
ZONE 315-316
316AR 315AL
N_MM_249200_6_AMP0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-04300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Tail Cone and

APU Accessory Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 315-316
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-079-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the fuselage tail cone.
(2) Open the APU doors 315AL, 316AR for access (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-069-A
B. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Tail Cone and APU Accessory Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 315-316 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-075-A
A. General Visual Inspection of G and P Route Wiring Installed in the Tail Cone and APU Accessory
Compartment
(1) Do a visual inspection of the wiring to make sure that there is no signs of ageing, alteration,
overheating, scaling and deformation Ref. ESPM 20-52-11:
(a) On the AC/DC feeder route: 3G.
(b) On the AC/DC power-distribution route: 3P.
(2) Make sure that there is no oil or fuel contamination.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-079-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the APU doors 315AL, 316AR after access (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-220-001-A
Detailed Inspection of EWIS Installed in the Upper Forward Pylon (EWIS)

DETAILED INSPECTION OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE UPPER FORWARD PYLON (EWIS)
DETAILED INSPECTION OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE UPPER FORWARD PYLON (EWIS)
33-11.


No specific AR FLASHLIGHT
No specific AR MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE



413 UPPER FWD PYLON
414 UPPER FWD PYLON
423 UPPER FWD PYLON
424 UPPER FWD PYLON
413AL, 413AR,
413BL, 413BR,
413CL, 413CR,
413DT, 414AZ,
471AL, 471AR
423AL, 423AR,
423AZ, 423BL,
423BR, 423CL,
423CR, 423DT,
481AL, 481AR
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-12
Ref. AWM 94-08-01
Ref. AWM 94-08-02
Upper Forward Pylon - Access Panels
Upper Forward Pylon - Inspection Area - Zones 413-414-423-424 SHEET 1

A B
A
471AL
413DT
413BL
413CL
413AL
471AR
414AZ
413BR
413CR
413AR
N_MM_249200_6_UMN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-04400-00-E / SHEET 1/2 - Upper Forward Pylon - Access Panels

** ON A/C ALL

B A
A
481AL
423DT
423BL
423AZ
423CL
423AL
481AR
423BR
423CR 423AR
N_MM_249200_6_UMN0_02_00

** ON A/C ALL

A B A
B
INSPECTION AREA
Z413-423
INSPECTION AREA
Z414-424
N_MM_249200_6_CMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-10600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Upper

Forward Pylon - Inspection Area - Zones 413-414-423-424
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-941-054-A
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to start the engine.
procedure.
Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
(4) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).
Subtask 24-92-00-862-070-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-080-C
C. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the upper forward pylon.
(2) Remove these access panels:
413AL, 413AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-000-002) .
413BL, 413CL, 413DT, 414AZ, 413BR, 413CR
471AL, 471AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-000-002) .
423AL, 423AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-000-002) .
423AZ, 423BL, 423CL, 423DT, 423BR, 423CR
481AL, 481AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-000-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Upper Forward Pylon - Access Panels) (Ref. Fig. Upper Forward Pylon - Inspection Area - Zones
413-414-423-424 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-220-051-A
A. Detailed Inspection of All the Wiring Installed in the Upper Forward Pylon
(1) Make sure that there is no hydraulic or fuel contamination.
NOTE: This inspection is necessary to prevent contamination of the wiring routes immediately adja-
cent to the fuel and hydraulic areas.
(2) Do a detailed inspection of the wiring to make sure that there are no signs of ageing, deterioration,
overheating, scaling and deformation Ref. ESPM 20-52-12.
NOTE: For information:

- On the AC/DC feeder routes 1G and 2G, you can refer to the Ref. AWM 94-08-01 and
Ref. AWM 94-08-02.
- On the engine control routes 1S and 2S, you can refer to the Ref. AWM 94-08-01 and
Ref. AWM 94-08-02.
- On the other routes 1M and 2M, you can refer to the Ref. AWM 94-08-01 and Ref. AWM
94-08-02.

- On the generator excitation routes 1E and 2E, you can refer to the Ref. AWM 94-08-01
and Ref. AWM 94-08-02.
NOTE: Use a FLASHLIGHT or a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE if necessary.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-080-C
A. Close Access
(2) Install these access panels:
413AL, 413AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-400-002) .
413BL, 413CL, 413DT, 414AZ, 413BR, 413CR.
471AL, 471AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-400-002) .
423AL, 423AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-52-11-400-002) .
423AZ, 423BL, 423CL, 423DT, 423BR, 423CR.
481AL, 481AR (Ref. AMM TASK 54-53-11-400-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-220-003-A
Detailed Inspection of EWIS in the Fan and Accessory Gear Box (EWIS)
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

DETAILED INSPECTION OF EWIS IN THE FAN AND ACCESSORY GEAR BOX (EWIS)
33-11.


No specific 1 FLASHLIGHT
No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION



437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-12
Fan and Accessory Gear Box - Access SHEET 1

NOTE:
INSPECTION AREA
N_MM_249200_6_KLM0_01_01
Figure 24-92-00-991-04600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Fan and Accessory Gear Box - Access
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-941-056-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-072-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-082-D
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the engine.
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Fan and Accessory Gear Box - Access SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-220-053-A
A. Detailed Inspection of All Wiring in the Fan and Accessory Gear Box
(1) Do a detailed inspection of the wiring to make sure that there is no signs of ageing, alteration,
(a) Use FLASHLIGHT a or a MIRROR - INSPECTION, if necessary.
(2) Make sure that there is no dust, fuel, oil or hydraulic contamination.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-082-D
A. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
TASK 24-92-00-220-004-A

Detailed Inspection of EWIS Installed in the Hot Section (EWIS)
FIN : 1000EM1 , 1000EM2

DETAILED INSPECTION OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE HOT SECTION (EWIS)
33-11.


No specific 1 FLASHLIGHT
No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION

453 HOT SECTION
454 HOT SECTION
463 HOT SECTION
464 HOT SECTION
437AL, 438AR,
451AL, 452AR
447AL, 448AR,
461AL, 462AR
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 78-30-00-081-041-B). Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after Maintenance
(Ref. 78-30-00-481-041-B). Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for Maintenance
(Ref. 78-36-00-010-040-B). Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
(Ref. 78-36-00-410-040-B). Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
Hot Section - Access SHEET 1

NOTE:
INSPECTION AREA
N_MM_249200_6_NLM0_01_01
Figure 24-92-00-991-04700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Hot Section - Access

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-941-057-A
procedure.
Subtask 24-92-00-010-083-D
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the engine.
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
Subtask 24-92-00-040-051-D
C. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser
WARNING: THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE DEACTIV-
ATED BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER. FAILURE TO
DEACTIVATE THE HCU CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST REVERSER OPERA-
TION AND INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Make the thrust reverser unserviceable for maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-481-041) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-073-A
D. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-084-D
E. Get Access
(1) Open the thrust reverser doors (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-010-040) :
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Hot Section - Access SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-220-054-A
A. Detailed Inspection of All Wiring installed in the Hot Section
overheating, scaling and deformation.

(a) Use a FLASHLIGHT or a MIRROR - INSPECTION, if necessary.

(b) Make sure that there is no dust, fuel or oil contamination.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-163-D
A. Close Access
(2) Close the thrust reverser doors (Ref. AMM TASK 78-36-00-410-040) :
451AL, 452AR
461AL, 462AR.
Subtask 24-92-00-440-050-D
B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable after maintenance (Ref. AMM TASK 78-30-00-081-041) .
Subtask 24-92-00-410-083-D
C. Close Access
437AL, 438AR
447AL, 448AR.
TASK 24-92-00-210-026-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS installed in the Wing Center Box (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EXPOSED EWIS INSTALLED IN THE WING CENTRE BOX (EWIS)
33-11.




141 WING CENTER BOX
142 WING CENTER BOX
147AZ, 148AZ
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 57-17-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Access Covers 147AZ (148AZ)
(Ref. 57-17-11-000-001-A-01). Removal of the Access Cover 148AZ or/and the ACT-Equipment Sup-
port Door
(Ref. 57-17-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Access Covers 147AZ (148AZ)
(Ref. 57-17-11-400-001-A-01). Installation of the Access Cover 148AZ or/and the ACT-Equipment
Support Door
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Wing Center Box - Access - Zones 141-142 SHEET 1

B
ZONE 141/142
Z140
A
FR42
FR36
INSPECTION AREA
147AZ 148AZ
N_MM_249200_6_ATM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-04800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Center Box - Access - Zones 141-142
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-086-A
A. Get Access
(1) Open the main gear doors for access (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) .
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
(4) Remove the access panels from the wing center box (Ref. AMM TASK 57-17-11-000-001) :
147AZ, 148AZ.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-074-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Wing Center Box - Access - Zones 141-142 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-076-A
A. Inspection of All Exposed Wiring Installed in the Wing Center Box
(1) Do a visual inspection of the wiring to make sure that there are no signs of ageing, alteration,
(a) On the fuel quantity indication routes: 4S and 5S.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-084-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the access panels on the wing center box (Ref. AMM TASK 57-17-11-400-001) :
147AZ, 148AZ.
(2) Close the main gear doors after access (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
items.
TASK 24-92-00-210-027-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS Installed in the Forward Avionic Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
(EWIS)
33-11.




121AF, 121AL,
121BF, 121CF,
122BF, 811
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 52-41-00-010-002-A). Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
(Ref. 52-41-00-410-002-A). Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
(Ref. 53-12-13-000-001-A). Removal of the avionics compartment floor panels
(Ref. 53-12-13-400-001-A). Installation of the avionics compartment floor panels
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Forward Avionic Compartment - Access SHEET 1
Forward Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 121-122 SHEET 1

FR12 A
FR6
FR1
811
121AL
FR1 FR7
FR3
FR2 FR5
122BF
121AF 121CF
121BF
N_MM_249200_6_RLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-06100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Avionic Compartment - Access

** ON A/C ALL

A
Z120
INSPECTION AREA
Z121-122
FR24
FR20
FR9
FR1
N_MM_249200_6_EMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-11000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward

Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 121-122
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-089-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
(2) Open the access doors:
121AL
811 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
(3) Remove the forward avionic-compartment floor-panels 121AF, 121BF, 121CF, 122BF
(Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-077-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Avionic Compartment - Access SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Forward Avionic Compartment -
Inspection Area - Zones 121-122 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-077-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Wiring Installed in the Forward Avionic Compartment
(a) On the AC/DC feeder routes: 4G, 5G and 6G.
(b) On the AC/DC power-distribution routes: 1P, 2P and 6P.
(c) On the flight control wiring.
(d) On the engine-control routes: 1S and 2S.
(e) On the other routes: 1M and 2M.
(f) On the audio route: 1R.
(g) On the coaxial cable routes: 4T, 3U and 4U.
(h) On the generator excitation routes: 1E, 2E and 3E.
(2) Make sure that there is no dust, lint or hydraulic contamination.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-087-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the forward avionics-compartment floor-panels 121AF, 121BF, 121CF, 122BF
(Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-400-001) .
(3) Close the access doors:
121AL
811 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-028-A

General Visual Inspection of 90VU, 108VU and 109VU in the Forward Avionic Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF 90, 108, 109 VU IN THE FORWARD AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
(EWIS)
33-11.



121AL, 811,
812, 813
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
90VU, 108VU and 109VU Location SHEET 1

90VU INSPECTION AREA

ZONE 121-122
FR12
B
A
109VU
B A
811
121AL
812
108VU
822
N_MM_249200_6_SLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-05300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - 90VU, 108VU and 109VU Location

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-090-A
A. Get Access
121AL
811, 812 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002)
813.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-078-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 90VU, 108VU and 109VU Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-078-A
A. General Visual Inspection of 90VU, 108VU and 109VU in the Forward Avionic Compartment
(d) On the engine control routes: 1S and 2S.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-088-A
A. Close Access
121AL
811, 812 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002)
813.
TASK 24-92-00-220-005-A
Detailed Inspection of G, E and P Routes in the Forward Avionic Compartment (EWIS)


DETAILED INSPECTION OF G, E AND P ROUTES IN THE FORWARD AVIONIC COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.



121AF, 121AL,
121BF, 121CF,
122BF, 811
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-12
Ref. AWM 94-21-06
Ref. AWM 94-21-20
Ref. AWM 94-23-05
Forward Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 121-122 SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-091-A
A. Get Access
121AL
811 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .

(3) Remove the forward avionic-compartment floor-panels 121AF, 121BF, 121CF, 122BF
(Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-079-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-220-055-A
A. Detailed Inspection of G, E and P Route Wiring in the Forward Avionic Compartment
(a) On the AC/DC feeder routes: 4G, 5G and 6G Ref. AWM 94-21-06.
(b) On the AC/DC power-distribution routes: 1P, 2P and 6P Ref. AWM 94-23-05 , Ref. AWM 94-
21-06 and Ref. AWM 94-21-20.
(c) On the generator excitation routes: 1E, 2E and 3E Ref. AWM 94-23-05 and Ref. AWM 94-21-
20.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-089-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the forward avionics-compartment floor-panels 121AF, 121BF, 121CF, 122BF
(Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-400-001) .
121AL
811 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-029-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS of the 2000VU (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EWIS OF THE 2000VU (EWIS)
33-11.




223 FWD CAB OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Forward Cabin Overhead Compartment - Inspection Area -Zones 223-224 SHEET 1

Z220
B
A FR23
B
FR11
2000VU
INSPECTION AREA
N_MM_249200_6_AVM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-05500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cabin

Overhead Compartment - Inspection Area -Zones 223-224
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-093-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 831 (841).
(2) Open the forward passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
(3) Open the circuit breaker panel 2000VU at the zone 220.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-081-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Cabin Overhead Compartment - Inspection Area -Zones 223-224 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-079-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Wiring of the 2000VU
(2) Make sure that there is no dust contamination.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-091-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the circuit breaker panel 2000VU at the zone 220.
(3) Close the forward passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-030-A
General Visual Inspection of 105VU, 106VU, 103VU, 107VU and 70VU Installed in the Lateral Avionic
Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF 105, 106, 103, 107 AND 70 VUS INSTALLED IN THE LATERAL
AVIONIC COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.





812, 822
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
105VU, 106VU, 103VU, 107VU and 70VU - Location SHEET 1

A
FR9
FR20
INSPECTION AREA
Z125-126
812
107VU
822
831
70VU
103VU
FR20
FR9 106VU
105VU
N_MM_249200_6_TLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-05800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - 105VU, 106VU, 103VU, 107VU and 70VU - Location
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-095-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position.
(2) Open the forward passenger/crew door 831 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
(3) Open the access doors 812, 822 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-083-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 105VU, 106VU, 103VU, 107VU and 70VU - Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-080-A
A. General Visual Inspection of the 105VU, 106VU, 103VU, 107VU and 70VU Installed in the Lateral Avionic
Compartment
(a) On the AC/DC feeder routes: 1G, 2G, 4G and 6G.
(e) On the others routes: 1M, 2M and 6M.
(g) On the coaxial cable routes: 3T and 4T.
(h) On the generator excitation routes: 1E, 2E, 3E and 6E.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-093-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the forward passenger/crew door 831 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
(3) Close the access doors 812, 822 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-031-A
General Visual Inspection of G Route(s) Installed Around FR47/48 (EWIS)


GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF G ROUTES INSTALLED AROUND FR 47/48 (A320)/FR 47.1 (A321)/FR
47/51 (A319)/FR 47/54 (A318) (EWIS)
33-11.



251 AFT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
251CW, 252AW,
252BW, 252CW
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-23-43-000-001-A). Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
(Ref. 25-23-43-400-001-A). Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
(Ref. 25-23-44-000-001-A). Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
(Ref. 25-23-44-400-001-A). Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
(Ref. 25-23-48-000-001-A). Removal of the Cove Light Panels
(Ref. 25-23-48-400-001-A). Installation of the Cove Light Panels
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Center Passenger Compartment - Inspection -Route 6G SHEET 1

Z251 - Z252
FR64
FR49
B FR49 FR47
A FR47
252CW
FR47
FR49
251CW
252AW 252BW
A
FWD
B
FWD
N_MM_249200_6_ARM0_01_01
Figure 24-92-00-991-06200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Compartment - Inspection -Route 6G

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-097-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
(3) Remove the furnishings in the zone 250 between FR47 and FR49.
(a) Remove the lavatories, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-42-41-000-001) .
(4) Remove the linings in the zone 250 between FR47 and FR49.
(a) Remove the upper sidewall panels 252BW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-43-000-001) .
(b) Remove the lower sidewall panels 252AW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-44-000-001) .
(c) Remove the cove light panels 251CW and 252CW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-48-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-085-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Center Passenger Compartment - Inspection -Route 6G SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-081-A
A. General Visual Inspection of G Route Wiring Installed Around FR47/FR48
(a) On the AC/DC feeder wiring: route 6G.
(2) Make sure that there is no dust or lint contamination.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-095-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the linings in the zone 250 between FR47 and FR49.
(a) Install the upper sidewall panels 252BW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-43-400-001) .
(b) Install the lower sidewall panels 252AW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-44-400-001) .
(c) Install the cove light panels 251CW and 252CW (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-48-400-001) .
(3) Install the furnishings in the zone 250 between FR47 and FR49.
(a) Install the lavatories, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-42-41-400-001) .
(4) Close the passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-033-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS Installed in the Rear Avionic Compartment (EWIS)


GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.



127 REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
824, 825
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-54-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24A
(Ref. 25-54-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR24A
tric Pump
tric Pump
(Ref. 52-30-00-860-003-A). Open the FWD or Aft Cargo-Compartment Door with the Hand Pump
(Ref. 52-30-00-860-004-A). Close the FWD or Aft Cargo-Compartment Door with the Hand Pump
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
(Ref. 06-41-53-00). FUSELAGE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Rear Avionic Compartment SHEET 1

Z120
FR24
Z127, Z128
FR20
NOTE:
A
INSPECTION AREA
N_MM_249200_6_XLM0_01_01
Figure 24-92-00-991-07700-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Rear Avionic Compartment

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-107-B
A. Get Access
(2) Open the access door 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
(3) Open the forward cargo-compartment door 825 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
(4) Remove the aft avionic-compartment floor-panels between FR21 and FR24 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-
13-000-001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(5) Remove the forward cargo-compartment partition-panels at FR24A (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-11-000-
001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-095-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Rear Avionic Compartment SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-083-B
A. General Visual Inspection of All Wiring Installed in the Rear Avionic Compartment
(a) On the AC/DC feeder routes: 1G and 2G.
(b) On the AC/DC power-distribution routes: 1P and 2P.
(g) On the coaxial wiring routes: 3T and 4T.
(h) On the generator excitation routes: 1E and 2E.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-105-B
A. Close Access
(2) Install the aft avionic-compartment floor-panels between FR21 and FR24 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-
400-001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(3) Install the forward cargo-compartment partition-panels at FR24A (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-11-400-
001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(4) Close the forward cargo-compartment door 825 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .

(5) Close the access door 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-220-007-A
Detailed Inspection of G, E and P Routes Installed in the Rear Avionic Compartment (EWIS)

DETAILED INSPECTION OF G, E AND P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
(EWIS)
33-11.



824, 825
Power
1(2)
tric Pump
tric Pump
Ref. ESPM 20-52-12

Ref. AWM 94-21-06
Ref. AWM 94-23-05
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-109-B
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-097-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-410-170-B
A. Preparation for Detailed Inspection
(1) Remove the aft avionic-compartment floor-panels from FR20 to FR24 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-
000-001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
Subtask 24-92-00-220-057-B
B. Detailed Inspection of G, E and P Route Wiring Installed in the Rear Avionic Compartment
(a) On the AC/DC feeder routes: 1G and 2G Ref. AWM 94-23-05.
(b) On the AC/DC power-distribution routes: 1P and 2P Ref. AWM 94-23-05 and Ref. AWM 94-21-
06.
(c) On the generator excitation routes: 1E and 2E Ref. AWM 94-23-05.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-107-B
A. Close Access
(2) Install the aft avionic-compartment floor-panels from FR20 to FR24 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-400-
001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .

001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-034-A
General Visual Inspection of 63VU, 80VU, 187VU and 188VU Installed in the Rear Avionic Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF 80, 63, 187, 188 VU INSTALLED IN THE REAR AVIONIC
COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.



824, 825
Power
1(2)
tric Pump
tric Pump

Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
63VU, 80VU, 187VU and 188VU - Location SHEET 1

A
B
A INSPECTION AREA
Z127-128
824
825
63VU
188VU
80VU
187VU
FR16
FR9
N_MM_249200_6_BMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-07900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - 63VU, 80VU, 187VU and 188VU - Location
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-110-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-098-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 63VU, 80VU, 187VU and 188VU - Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-084-A
A. General Visual Inspection of 63VU, 80VU, 187VU and 188VU Installed in the Rear Avionic compartment

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-108-A
A. Close Access
001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-035-A

General Visual Inspection of EWIS of the 49VU and the 120VU (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EWIS OF 49VU AND THE 120VU (EWIS)
33-11.



211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
49VU and 120VU - Location SHEET 1

841 FR24A
Z210
A
B
831
A
49VU
INSPECTION AREA
FR1 Z211-212
120VU
N_MM_249200_6_HMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-08200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - 49VU and 120VU - Location

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-099-A
A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-111-A
B. Get Access
(3) Open the overhead circuit-breaker panel 49VU.
(4) On the rear panel 120VU, open:
the rear circuit-breaker panel 121VU
the AC power center 123VU
the rear circuit-breaker panel 125VU.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 49VU and 120VU - Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-085-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Wiring of the 49VU and the 120VU
(g) On the generator excitation routes: 1E, 2E and 3E.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-109-A
A. Close Access
(2) On the rear panel 120VU, close:
the rear circuit-breaker panel 125VU.
(3) Close the overhead circuit-breaker 49VU.

TASK 24-92-00-210-036-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS Between Seat and A/C Installed in the Forward Passenger Compartment
(EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EWIS CONNECTIONS, ATTACHMENT POINTS AND ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS BETWEEN SEAT AND A/C INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
(EWIS)
33-11.
NOTE: This task is applicable only for aircraft with seats and with wiring connections between seats and air-
craft.



231 FWD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Forward Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 231-232 SHEET 1

A
Z230
841
831
INSPECTION AREA
Z231-232
FR35
FR20
N_MM_249200_6_KMM0_01_00

Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 231-232
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-112-A
A. Get Access
(3) Remove the seat covers in zones 231 and 232, if necessary.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-100-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 231-232 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-086-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Wiring Connections Between Seat and Aircraft Installed in the Forward
Passenger Compartment
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-110-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the seat covers in zones 231 and 232, if necessary.
TASK 24-92-00-210-810-A
General Visual Inspection of All G and P Routes Installed in the Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment
(EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL G & P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.




233 FWD PASSENGER COMPT OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT
231AC, 231BC,
231CC, 231DC,
231EC, 231FC,
231GC, 231HC,
232AC
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-24-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Overhead Stowage Compartments (OHSC)
(Ref. 25-24-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Overhead Stowage Compartments (OHSC)
(Ref. 25-27-44-000-002-A). Removal of the Stowage FWD
(Ref. 25-27-44-400-002-A). Installation of the Stowage FWD
(Ref. 25-41-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Lavatory A
(Ref. 25-41-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Lavatory A
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 233-234 SHEET 1
Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 233-234 SHEET 1

FR20
FR24 FR21
FR26
FR30 FR28
FR32
FR34
FR36
231AC
AD
232AC
231HC 231GC 231FC 231EC 231DC 231CC 231BC
N_MM_249200_6_EFM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-16000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Passenger

Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 233-234
** ON A/C ALL

Z230
INSPECTION AREA
Z233-Z234
FR35
FR20
N_MM_249200_6_DJM0_01_00

Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 233-234
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-163-A
A. Get Access
(3) Remove the furnishings in the zones 231 and 232:
(a) Remove the lavatories, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-41-000-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-42-000-001) .
(b) Remove the stowage, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-27-44-000-002) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-27-44-000-003) .
(c) Remove the galleys, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-31-41-000-002) and (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
31-41-000-001) .
(4) Remove the overhead stowage compartments between FR20 and FR35 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-24-41-
000-001) .
(5) Remove the ceiling panels in the zones 233 and 234 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-41-000-001) :
231AC, 232AC, 231BC, 231CC, 231DC, 231EC, 231FC, 231GC, 231HC.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-145-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 233-
234 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 233-
234 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-110-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All G and P Route Wiring Installed in the Forward Passenger Overhead
Compartment

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-161-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the ceiling panels in the zones 233 and 234 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-41-400-001) :
(3) Install the overhead stowage compartments between FR20 and FR35 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-24-41-
400-001) .
(4) Install the furnishings in the zones 231 and 232:

(a) Install the lavatories, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-41-400-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-42-400-001) .
(b) Install the stowage, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-27-44-400-002) and (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
27-44-400-003) .
(c) Install the galleys, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-31-41-400-002) and (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
31-41-400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-037-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS Connections Between Seats and A/C Installed in the Center Passenger
Compartment (EWIS)

CONNECTORS BETWEEN SEATS AND A/C INSTALLED IN THE CENTER PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
(EWIS)
33-11.
craft.



241 CENTER PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Center Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 241-242 SHEET 1


A 842
Z240
832
INSPECTION AREA
Z241-242
FR42
FR36
N_MM_249200_6_JMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-08400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-114-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the aft passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-102-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Center Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 241-242 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-087-A
A. General Visual Inspection of Wiring Connections Between Seats and Aircraft Installed in the Center
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-112-A
A. Close Access
(3) Close the aft passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-039-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS connections Between Seats and A/C Installed in the Aft Passenger
Compartment (EWIS)

CONNECTORS BETWEEN SEATS AND A/C INSTALLED IN THE AFT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
(EWIS)
33-11.
craft.




Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Aft Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 251-252 SHEET 1

A
842
Z250
832
INSPECTION AREA
Z251-252
FR64
FR47
N_MM_249200_6_LMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-09300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-120-A
A. Get Access
Subtask 24-92-00-862-108-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 251-252 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-089-A
A. General Visual Inspection of Wiring Connections Between Seats and Aircraft Installed in the Aft
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-118-A
A. Close Access
TASK 24-92-00-210-040-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS Connections Between Seats and A/C Installed in the Aft Cabin Utility (EWIS)

CONNECTORS BETWEEN SEATS AND A/C INSTALLED IN THE AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA (EWIS)
33-11.
craft.




261 AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Aft Cabin Utility - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1

842
Z260
832
INSPECTION AREA
Z261-262
FR70
FR64
N_MM_249200_6_MMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-09500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Utility - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-121-A
A. Get Access
Subtask 24-92-00-862-109-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin Utility - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-090-A
A. General Visual Inspection of Wiring Connections Between Seats and Aircraft Installed in the Aft Cabin
Utility Area
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-119-A
A. Close Access
TASK 24-92-00-210-041-A
General Visual Inspection of G and P Routes Installed in the Center Passenger Overhead Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF G AND P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE CENTER PASSENGER
OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.




243 CENTER PASSENGER COMPT OVERHEAD COMPT
241AC, 241BC,
241CC, 241DC,
241EC, 241FC
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 243-244 SHEET 1
Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 243-244 SHEET 1

Z240
FR47
INSPECTION AREA
Z243-244
FR35
N_MM_249200_6_BAS0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-09800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger

** ON A/C ALL

FR36
FR38
FR41 FR39
FR43
FR45
FR47
AD
241BC
241FC 241EC 241DC 241CC 241AC
N_MM_249200_6_BBM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-123-A
A. Get Access
000-001) .
241AC, 241BC, 241CC, 241DC, 241EC, 241FC.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-111-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 243-
244 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 243-
244 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-091-A
A. General Visual Inspection of G and P Route wiring Installed in the Center Passenger Overhead
Compartment
(b) On the AC/DC power- distribution routes: 1P, 2P and 3P.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-121-A
A. Close Access
241AC, 241BC, 241CC, 241DC, 241EC, 241FC.
400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-042-A

General Visual Inspection of G and P Routes Installed in the Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF G AND P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE AFT PASSENGER
OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.



253 AFT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT OVERHEAD COMPT
251AC, 251BC,
251CC, 251DC,
251EC, 251FC,
251GC, 251HC,
251JC
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area -Zones 253-254 SHEET 1
Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 253-254 SHEET 1

Z250
INSPECTION AREA
Z253-254
FR64
FR47
N_MM_249200_6_EEM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-10000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Passenger

Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area -Zones 253-254
** ON A/C ALL

FR47
FR51 FR49
FR55 FR53
FR57
FR61 FR59
FR63
FR65
AD
251JC 251HC 251GC 251FC 251EC 251DC 251CC 251BC 251AC
N_MM_249200_6_EAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-124-A
A. Get Access
000-001) .
251AC, 251BC, 251CC, 251DC, 251EC, 251FC, 251GC, 251HC, 251JC.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-112-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area -Zones 253-254 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Aft
Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 253-254 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-092-A
A. General Visual Inspection of G and P Route Wiring Installed in the Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-122-A
A. Close Access
400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-043-A
General Visual Inspection of G and P Routes Installed in the Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment (EWIS)


GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF G AND P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE AFT CABIN OVERHEAD
COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.



263 AFT CABIN OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT
251JC, 261BC,
261CC, 262BC,
262CC
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-23-42-000-002-A). Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
(Ref. 25-23-42-400-002-A). Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1
Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1

Z260
A
INSPECTION AREA
Z263-264
FR70
FR64
N_MM_249200_6_FBM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-11500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin

** ON A/C ALL

FR66
FR68
261BC
261CC
262CC
251JC
262BC
N_MM_249200_6_FAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-128-A
A. Get Access
000-001) .
(4) Remove the ceiling panel in the zones 263 and 264 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-41-000-001) :
251JC.
(5) Remove the ceiling panels in the aft utility area (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-42-000-002) :
261BC, 261CC, 262BC, 262CC.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-116-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin
Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-093-A
A. General Visual Inspection of G and P Route Wiring Installed in the Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment
NOTE: Use a flash light or a mirror if necessary.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-126-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the ceiling panels in the aft utility area (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-42-400-002) :
261BC, 261CC, 262BC, 262CC.
(3) Install the ceiling panel in the zones 263 and 264 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-41-400-001) :
251JC.
400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-044-A
General Visual Inspection of P Route Installed in the Aft Cabin Utility-Area (EWIS)


GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA (EWIS)
33-11.



Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-33-45-000-001-A). Removal of the Aft Galley
(Ref. 25-33-45-400-001-A). Installation of the Aft Galley
(Ref. 25-43-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Lavatory D
(Ref. 25-43-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Lavatory D
(Ref. 25-43-42-000-001-A). Removal of the Lavatory E
(Ref. 25-43-42-400-001-A). Installation of the Lavatory E
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Aft Cabin Utility Area - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1
Aft Cabin Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1

Z260
INSPECTION AREA
ZONE 261-262
FR70
FR64
N_MM_249200_6_DAM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-11800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Utility Area - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262
** ON A/C ALL

B A
FR65 FR63
A
251CX
B 251BX
251AX
FR63 FR65
252CX
252AX 252BX
N_MM_249200_6_DBM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-11900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 261-262
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-129-A
A. Get Access
(a) Remove the lavatories, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-41-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
43-42-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-43-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-44-000-001) ,
(b) Remove the galleys and stowage, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-41-000-
001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-41-000-002) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-41-000-
008) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-42-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-43-000-001) ,
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-49-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-117-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin Utility Area - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin Utility-Area -
Access Panels - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-094-A
A. General Visual Inspection of P Route Wiring Installed in the Aft Cabin Utility Area
(a) On the AC/DC power-distribution routes: 2P installed between FR68 and FR70 on R side only.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-127-A
A. Close Access
(a) Install the lavatories, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-41-400-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
(b) Install the galleys and stowage, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-41-400-001) ,
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-41-400-002) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-41-400-008) ,
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-49-400-001) .

TASK 24-92-00-210-045-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS of 2001VU (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL EWIS OF 2001 VU (EWIS)
33-11.



Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 263-264 SHEET 1

Z260 A
A
B
FR68
2001VU
INSPECTION
AREA
N_MM_249200_6_BDM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-130-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 832 (842).
(3) Open the circuit breaker panel 2001VU at the zone 260.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-118-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 263-264 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-095-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Wiring of the 2001VU

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-128-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the circuit breaker panel 2001VU at the zone 260.
TASK 24-92-00-210-801-A
General Visual Inspection of All Exposed EWIS Within the Wing Fuel Tank (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EXPOSED EWIS WITHIN THE WING FUEL TANK (EWIS)
GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EXPOSED EWIS WITHIN THE WING FUEL TANK (EWIS)
33-11.





540 FUEL TANK
640 FUEL TANK
540AB, 540AZ,
540BB, 540BZ,
540CB, 540DB,
540EB, 540FB,
540GB, 540HB,
540JB, 540KB,
540LB, 540MB,
540NB, 540PB,
540QB, 540RB,
640AB, 640AZ,
640BB, 640BZ,
640CB, 640DB,
640EB, 640FB,
640GB, 640HB,
640JB, 640KB,
640LB, 640MB,
640NB, 640PB,
640QB, 640RB
(Ref. 12-11-28-650-003-A). Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 28-10-00-910-001-A). Safety Procedures When You Do Work in a Fuel Tank
(Ref. 28-10-00-910-002-A). Access to the Fuel Tanks and the Work Areas
(Ref. 28-25-00-650-001-A). Pressure Defuel
(Ref. 28-25-00-650-003-A). To Drain Remaining Fuel from the Wing Tanks and the Center Tank
(Ref. 28-25-00-650-003-A-01). To Drain Remaining Fuel from the Wing Tanks and the Center Tank
(Ref. 28-25-00-869-001-A). Fuel Transfer
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Wing Fuel Tank - Inspection Area - Zones 540-640 SHEET 1
Wing Fuel Tank - Access Panels - Zone 540 SHEET 1

Wing Fuel Tank - Access Panels - Zone 640 SHEET 1

INSPECTION AREA
Z540 (Z640)
NOTE: LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_249200_6_DDN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-13100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Fuel Tank - Inspection Area - Zones 540-640
** ON A/C ALL

RIB22
540RB
540QB
540PB
540NB
A 540MB
540LB
540KB
540JB
RIB13 540HB
540GB
540FB
540EB
540DB
540CB
540BB
RIB5
RIB2
540AB
540AZ 540BZ
N_MM_249200_6_DNN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-13500-00-E / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Fuel Tank - Access Panels - Zone 540
** ON A/C ALL

640AZ 640BZ
640AB
RIB2
A
640BB
640CB
640DB
640EB
640FB
640GB
RIB13 640HB
640JB
640KB
640LB
640MB
640NB
640PB
640QB
640RB
RIB22
N_MM_249200_6_DPN0_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-941-058-A
WARNING: OBEY THE SAFETY PROCEDURES WHEN YOU DO WORK IN A FUEL TANK.
NOTE: You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. AMM TASK 28-10-00-910-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-10-00-910-002) when you do work in a fuel tank.
(2) Install the LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS (98D27803500001) on the flap/slat control lever.
(3) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flaps or slats.
Subtask 24-92-00-650-050-A
B. Fuel Configuration
(1) Defuel the applicable fuel tank (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-001) .
(2) Drain the remaining fuel from the applicable fuel tank (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-003) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-135-C
C. Get Access
(1) Put an adjustable ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position at the zones 540 and 640.
(2) Open the RIB2 surge doors:
(a) For the left wing:
540AZ, 540BZ.
(b) For the right wing:
640AZ, 640BZ.
(3) Remove the access panels between RIB2 to RIB13 (Ref. AMM TASK 57-27-11-000-001) :
540AB, 540BB, 540CB, 540DB, 540EB, 540FB, 540GB.
640AB, 640BB, 640CB, 640DB, 640EB, 640FB, 640GB.
540HB, 540JB, 540KB, 540LB, 540MB, 540NB, 540PB, 540QB, 540RB.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-123-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Wing Fuel Tank - Inspection Area - Zones 540-640 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Wing Fuel Tank - Access
Panels - Zone 540 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Wing Fuel Tank - Access Panels - Zone 640 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-099-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Exposed Wiring Within the Wing Fuel Tank

(a) On sensitive routes: 1S and 2S and fuel quantity probes.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-133-C
A. Close Access
(1) Close the RIB2 surge doors:
540AZ, 540BZ.
640AZ, 640BZ.
(2) Install the access panels between RIB2 to RIB13 (Ref. AMM TASK 57-27-11-400-001) :
540AB, 540BB, 540CB, 540DB, 540EB, 540FB, 540GB.
640AB, 640BB, 640CB, 640DB, 640EB, 640FB, 640GB.
Subtask 24-92-00-650-052-A
(1) Refuel, defuel or transfer fuel as necessary (Ref. AMM TASK 12-11-28-650-003) ,
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-869-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-942-056-A
C. Removal of Equipment
(2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL ZERO POS (98D27803500001) from the flap/slat control lever.
TASK 24-92-00-210-802-A
General Visual Inspection of All Exposed EWIS Within the Vent Surge Tank (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EXPOSED EWIS WITHIN THE VENT SURGE TANK (EWIS)
33-11.



550 VENT SURGE TANK
650 VENT SURGE TANK
550AB, 550BB,
550CB, 550DB,
650AB, 650BB,
650CB, 650DB
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Vent Surge Tank - Access Panels - Zones 550-650 SHEET 1
Vent Surge Tank - Inspection Area - Zones 550-650 SHEET 1

A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
RIB26
550DB (650DB)
550CB (650CB)
550BB (650BB)
550AB (650AB)
RIB22
N_MM_249200_6_BRN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-13800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Vent Surge Tank - Access Panels - Zones 550-650
** ON A/C ALL

INSPECTION AREA
Z550 (Z650)
NOTE: LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
N_MM_249200_6_BPN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-13900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Vent Surge Tank - Inspection Area - Zones 550-650
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-941-061-A
NOTE: You must obey the fuel safety procedures when you do work in a fuel tank
(3) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flaps or slats.
Subtask 24-92-00-650-056-A
(1) Drain the remaining fuel from the applicable surge tank (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-003) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-138-A
C. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the zones 550 and 650.
550AB, 550BB, 550CB, 550DB.
650AB, 650BB, 650CB, 650DB.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-126-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Vent Surge Tank - Access Panels - Zones 550-650 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Vent Surge Tank -
Subtask 24-92-00-210-102-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Exposed Wiring Within the Vent Surge Tank
(a) On sensitive routes: 1S and 2S, surge tank overflow-sensor and electrical harness.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-136-A
A. Close Access
550AB, 550BB, 550CB, 550DB.

650AB, 650BB, 650CB, 650DB.

Subtask 24-92-00-650-057-A
Subtask 24-92-00-942-059-A
TASK 24-92-00-210-803-A
General Visual Inspection of All Exposed EWIS Within Dry Bay (Outboard)(EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EXPOSED EWIS WITHIN THE DRY BAY (OUTBOARD) (EWIS)
33-11.



560AB, 660AB
Power

1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Dry Bay (Outboard) - Access Panels - Zones 560-660 SHEET 1
Dry Bay (Outboard) - Inspection Area - Zones 560-660 SHEET 1

A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
560AB (660AB)
RIB26
RIB22
N_MM_249200_6_BTN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-14000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Dry Bay (Outboard) - Access Panels - Zones 560-660
** ON A/C ALL

LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
INSPECTION AREA
Z560 (Z660)
N_MM_249200_6_TPN0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-14100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Dry Bay (Outboard) - Inspection Area - Zones 560-660
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-941-062-A
NOTE: You must obey the fuel safety procedures (Ref. AMM TASK 28-10-00-910-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 28-10-00-910-002) when you do work in a fuel tank.
(3) Put WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the flaps or slats.
Subtask 24-92-00-650-058-A
(1) Drain the remaining fuel from the applicable surge tank (Ref. AMM TASK 28-25-00-650-003) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-139-A
C. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels (Ref. AMM TASK 57-27-11-000-002) :
560AB.
660AB.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-127-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Dry Bay (Outboard) - Access Panels - Zones 560-660 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Dry Bay (Outboard) -
Subtask 24-92-00-210-103-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Exposed Wiring Within Dry Bay (Outboard)
(a) On sensitive routes: 1S and 2S, vent surge tank overflow sensor.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-137-A
A. Close Access
560AB.

660AB.
Subtask 24-92-00-650-059-A
Subtask 24-92-00-942-060-A
TASK 24-92-00-210-804-A
General Visual Inspection of P Route Pump Feeder EWIS (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF P ROUTE PUMP FEEDER (EWIS)
33-11.



571 MLG BAY
671 MLG BAY
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 28-21-49-000-001-A). Removal of the Fuel Pump Fairings
(Ref. 28-21-49-400-001-A). Installation of the Fuel Pump Fairings

(Ref. 32-00-00-481-001-A). Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
MLG Bay - Inspection Area - Zones 571-671 SHEET 1

Z540
A Z640
B
A
Z571
Z671
N_MM_249200_6_BZM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-14200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - MLG Bay - Inspection Area - Zones 571-671
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-941-063-A
(2) Make sure that the ground safety locks are on the landing gear (Ref. AMM TASK 32-00-00-481-
001) .
(3) On the R center instrument panel 400VU:
Make sure that the landing-gear control-lever 6GA is in the DOWN position.
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
Subtask 24-92-00-010-140-A
B. Get Access
(1) Open the MLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-010-001) :
(2) Make sure that the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE is correctly installed on the applicable MLG door
actuating-cylinder.
(4) Remove the fuel pump fairings (Ref. AMM TASK 28-21-49-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-128-A
C. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. MLG Bay - Inspection Area - Zones 571-671 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-104-A
A. General Visual Inspection of P Route Pump Feeder Wiring
(a) On the AC/DC power-distribution routes: 1P and 2P.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-138-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the fuel pump fairings (Ref. AMM TASK 28-21-49-400-001) .
(3) Close the MLG doors (Ref. AMM TASK 32-12-00-410-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-805-A
General Visual Inspection of G, E and P Routes Installed in the Forward Cargo Compartment (EWIS)


GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF G, E AND P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD CARGO

COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.



131 FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT
825
Power
1(2)
tric Pump
tric Pump
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Forward Cargo Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 131-132 SHEET 1

825
FR34
FR24
INSPECTION AREA
Z131-132
N_MM_249200_6_SMM0_01_00

Cargo Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 131-132
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-143-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door 825 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
(3) Remove the ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment from FR24 to FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
54-12-000-002) .
(4) Remove the sidewall panels in the FWD cargo compartment from FR24 to FR34
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-003) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-131-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Cargo Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 131-132 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-105-A
A. General Visual Inspection of G, E and P Routes Installed in the Forward Cargo Compartment
(c) On the generator excitation routes: 1E and 2E.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-141-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the sidewall panels in the FWD cargo compartment from FR24 to FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
54-12-400-003) .
(3) Install the ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment from FR24 to FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-
12-400-002) .
(4) Close the FWD cargo-compartment door 825 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
TASK 24-92-00-210-806-A
General Visual Inspection of P Route(s) Installed in the Aft Cargo Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF P ROUTES INSTALLED IN AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT (EWIS)

33-11.



151 AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT
826
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-55-11-000-002-A). Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/
FR59
(Ref. 25-55-11-000-003-A). Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/
FR59
(Ref. 25-55-11-400-002-A). Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/
FR59
(Ref. 25-55-11-400-003-A). Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -
FR47/FR59
tric Pump
tric Pump
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Ref. AWM 94-42-20
Ref. AWM 94-42-21
Aft Cargo Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 151-152 SHEET 1

A
826
FR59
FR47
INSPECTION AREA
Z151-152
N_MM_249200_6_UMM0_01_00

Cargo Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 151-152
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-144-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door 826 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
(3) Remove the Additional Center Tank (ACT) or ACTs No. 1 and No. 2 or ACTs No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3
in zones 151 and 152, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-000-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-
27-000-002) or (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-000-003) or (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-000-004) .
(4) Remove the sidewall panels in the AFT cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
55-11-000-003) .
NOTE: To see the panels that you must remove, refer to Ref. AWM 94-42-20 or Ref. AWM 94-42-
21.
(5) Remove the ceiling panels in the AFT cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
55-11-000-002) .
NOTE: To see the panels that you must remove, refer to Ref. AWM 94-42-20 or Ref. AWM 94-42-
21.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-132-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Cargo Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 151-152 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-106-A
A. General Visual Inspection of P Route Wiring Installed in the Aft Cargo Compartment
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-142-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the ceiling panels in the AFT cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-
11-400-002) .
(3) Install the sidewall panels in the AFT cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
55-11-400-003) .
(4) Install the ACT or ACTs No. 1 and No. 2 or ACTs No.1, No. 2 and No. 3 in zones 151 and 152,
if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-400-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-400-002) or
(5) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door 826 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .

TASK 24-92-00-210-808-A
General Visual Inspection of EWIS Installed in the Lateral Avionic Compartment (EWIS)

GENERAL VISUAL INSPECTION OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
(EWIS)
33-11.



812, 813,
822, 824
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-52-11
Lateral Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 125-126 SHEET 1

FR9 B
FR20
A
831
813
812
822
824
FR20
FR9
INSPECTION AREA
Z125-126
N_MM_249200_6_VMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-15600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Lateral

Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 125-126
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-153-A
A. Get Access
(3) Open the access doors 812, 822, 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
(4) Open the access door 813, if installed.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-139-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Lateral Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 125-126 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-210-108-A
A. General Visual Inspection of All Wiring Installed in the Lateral Avionic Compartment
(e) On the other routes: 1M, 2M and 6M.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-151-A
A. Close Access
(2) Close the access door 813, if installed.
(3) Close the access doors 812, 822, 824 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-220-008-A
Detailed Inspection of G, E and P Routes Installed in the Lateral Avionic Compartment (EWIS)


DETAILED INSPECTION OF G, E AND P ROUTES INSTALLED IN THE LATERAL AVIONIC
COMPARTMENT (EWIS)
33-11.



812, 813,
822, 824
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 53-12-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru FR12
(Ref. 53-12-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 thru FR12
(Ref. 53-12-12-000-001-A). Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
(Ref. 53-12-12-400-001-A). Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
Ref. ESPM 20-52-12
Ref. AWM 94-21-06
Ref. AWM 94-21-20
Ref. AWM 94-23-05
Lateral Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 125-126 SHEET 1
3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-154-A
A. Get Access


Subtask 24-92-00-862-140-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Lateral Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 125-126 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-410-169-A
A. Preparation for Detailed Inspection
(1) Remove the cockpit and cabin floor panels from FR9 to FR16 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-11-000-001)
and (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-12-000-001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
Subtask 24-92-00-220-058-A
B. Detailed Inspection of G, E and P Routes Installed in the Lateral Avionic Compartment
(a) On the AC/DC feeder routes: 1G, 2G Ref. AWM 94-23-05 , 4G, 6G Ref. AWM 94-21-06.
(b) On the AC/DC power-distribution routes: 1P, 2P and 6P Ref. AWM 94-23-05 , Ref. AWM 94-
21-06 and Ref. AWM 94-21-20.
(c) On the generator excitation routes: 1E, 2E, 3E and 6E. Ref. AWM 94-23-05 , Ref. AWM 94-21-
06 and Ref. AWM 94-21-20.

5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-152-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the cockpit and cabin floor panels from FR9 to FR16 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-11-400-001)
and (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-12-400-001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
Figure 24-92-00-991-00600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Typical Fittings
Figure 24-92-00-991-01000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Harness Conduits


Figure 24-92-00-991-02700-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Location of Conduit Fittings
Figure 24-92-00-991-03000-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - Location of Conduit Fittings
Figure 24-92-00-991-03800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Harnesses - Inspection
Figure 24-92-00-991-04300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Tail Cone and APU Accessory Compartment - Inspection Area -
Zones 315-316
Figure 24-92-00-991-10600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Upper Forward Pylon - Inspection Area - Zones 413-414-423-424
Figure 24-92-00-991-04600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Fan and Accessory Gear Box - Access
Figure 24-92-00-991-04700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Hot Section - Access
Figure 24-92-00-991-04800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Center Box - Access - Zones 141-142
Figure 24-92-00-991-11000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 121-122
Figure 24-92-00-991-05300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - 90VU, 108VU and 109VU Location
Figure 24-92-00-991-05500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cabin Overhead Compartment - Inspection Area -Zones
223-224
Figure 24-92-00-991-06200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Compartment - Inspection -Route 6G
Figure 24-92-00-991-05800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - 105VU, 106VU, 103VU, 107VU and 70VU - Location
Figure 24-92-00-991-07900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - 63VU, 80VU, 187VU and 188VU - Location
Figure 24-92-00-991-08300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 231-
232

Figure 24-92-00-991-16000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels -

Zones 233-234
Figure 24-92-00-991-16100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area -
Zones 233-234
Figure 24-92-00-991-08400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 241-
242
Figure 24-92-00-991-09300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Passenger Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 251-252
Figure 24-92-00-991-09500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Utility - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262
Figure 24-92-00-991-09800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area -
Zones 243-244
Figure 24-92-00-991-09900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels -
Zones 243-244
Figure 24-92-00-991-10100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones
253-254
Figure 24-92-00-991-10000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area -Zones
253-254
Figure 24-92-00-991-11600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 261-
262
Figure 24-92-00-991-11500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 261-
262
Figure 24-92-00-991-11800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Utility Area - Inspection Area - Zones 261-262
Figure 24-92-00-991-12100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones
263-264
Figure 24-92-00-991-13100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Wing Fuel Tank - Inspection Area - Zones 540-640
Figure 24-92-00-991-13800-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Vent Surge Tank - Access Panels - Zones 550-650
Figure 24-92-00-991-13900-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Vent Surge Tank - Inspection Area - Zones 550-650
Figure 24-92-00-991-14000-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Dry Bay (Outboard) - Access Panels - Zones 560-660
Figure 24-92-00-991-14100-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Dry Bay (Outboard) - Inspection Area - Zones 560-660
Figure 24-92-00-991-14200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - MLG Bay - Inspection Area - Zones 571-671
Figure 24-92-00-991-14600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cargo Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 131-132
Figure 24-92-00-991-14700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cargo Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 151-152
Figure 24-92-00-991-15600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Lateral Avionic Compartment - Inspection Area - Zones 125-126
24-92-00 PB 701 CONF 00 - ELECTRICAL ROUTING - CLEANING/PAINTING
TASK 24-92-00-100-001-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Aft Cabin Underfloor Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE AFT CABIN UNDERFLOOR COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
CONTAMINATED)(EWIS)
33-11.




171 AFT CABIN U/FLOOR COMPARTMENT
172 AFT CABIN U/FLOOR COMPARTMENT
171AL, 172AR
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-55-12-000-001-A). Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65
(Ref. 25-55-12-400-001-A). Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Aft Cabin Underfloor Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 171-172 SHEET 1
Aft Cabin Underfloor Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 171-172 SHEET 1

Z170 A
FR65
FR70
171AL
172AR
N_MM_249200_7_AAM0_01_00

Underfloor Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 171-172
** ON A/C ALL

Z170
FR70
FR65
CLEANING AREA
ZONES 171-172
N_MM_249200_7_BAM0_01_00

Underfloor Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 171-172
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-087-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access panels:
172AR, 171AL.
(2) Open access panels:
172AR
171AL.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-075-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin Underfloor Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 171-172 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin
Underfloor Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 171-172 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-410-181-A
A. Preparation for Cleaning of Contaminated Wiring
(1) Remove the AFT cargo-compartment partition FR65 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-12-000-001) .
(2) Remove the cabin floor panels from FR65 to FR70 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-42-12-000-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-160-050-A
B. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the AFT Cabin Underfloor Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring).
(1) Clean wiring if there is dust or lint contamination Ref. ESPM 20-55-00.
(b) On the flight control routes: 7S and 8S.
(c) On the engine control routes: 1S and 2S APU.
(d) On other routes: 1M and 2M.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-085-A
A. Close Access
(1) Installation of the cabin floor panels from FR65 to FR70 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-42-12-400-002) .
(2) Install the AFT cargo-compartment partition FR65 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-12-400-001) .
(3) Close the access panels:
172AR
171AL
TASK 24-92-00-100-002-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Forward Passenger Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
CONTAMINATED) (EWIS)

33-11.



231AW, 231BW,
231CW, 231DW,
231EW, 231FW,
231GW, 231HW,
231JW, 231KW,
231LW, 231MW,
231NW, 231PW,
231QW, 231RW,
231SW, 231TW,
231UW, 231VW,
231WW, 231XW,
231YW, 231ZW,
232AW, 232BW,
232CW, 232DW,
232EW, 232FW,
232GW, 232HW,
232JW, 232KW,
232LW, 232MW,
232NW, 232PW,
232QW, 232RW,
232SW, 232TW,
232UW, 232VW,
232WW, 232XW,
232YW, 232ZW
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-21-41-000-001-A). Removal of the Passenger Seats
(Ref. 25-21-41-400-001-A). Installation of the Passenger Seats

(Ref. 25-23-45-000-002-A). Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
(Ref. 25-23-45-000-005-A). Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
(Ref. 25-23-45-400-006-A). Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passen-
ger/Crew Door
(Ref. 25-23-45-400-007-A). Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passen-
ger/Crew Door
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Forward Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 231-232 SHEET 1
Forward Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 231-232 SHEET 1

Z230
CLEANING AREA
Z231- Z232
FR35
FR20
N_MM_249200_7_KAM0_01_00

Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 231-232
** ON A/C ALL

B A
FR20
FR24 FR21
FR26
FR28
FR30
FR32
FR34
FR36
A
231ZW 231WW 231TW 231QW 231MW 231JW 231FW
231CW
231BW
231XW 231UW 231RW 231NW 231KW 231GW 231DW
231YW 231VW 231SW 231PW 231LW 231HW 231EW 231AW
B
FR34 FR36
FR32
FR30
FR28
FR26
FR24
FR21
FR20
232FW 232JW 232MW 232QW 232TW 232WW 232ZW
232CW
232BW
232AW
232DW 232GW 232KW 232NW 232RW 232UW 232XW

232EW 232HW 232LW 232PW 232SW 232VW 232YW
N_MM_249200_7_LAM0_01_00

Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 231-232
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-088-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-42-000-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-27-44-000-003) .
31-41-000-001) .
(d) Remove the passenger seats, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-21-41-000-001) .
(4) Remove the door frame linings at the left and right FWD passenger/crew doors at FR20
(5) Remove the linings in the zones 231 and 232:
(a) Remove the upper sidewall panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-43-000-001) :
231BW, 231EW, 231HW, 231LW, 231PW, 231SW, 231VW, 231YW,
232BW, 232EW, 232HW, 232LW, 232PW, 232SW, 232VW, 232YW.
(b) Remove the lower sidewall panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-44-000-001) :
231AW, 231DW, 231GW, 231KW, 231NW, 231RW, 231UW, 231XW,
232AW, 232DW, 232GW, 232KW, 232NW, 232RW, 232UW, 232XW.
(c) Remove the cove light panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-48-000-001) :
231BW, 231EW, 231HW, 231LW, 231PW, 231SW, 232BW, 232EW, 232HW, 232LW, 232P
W, 232SW.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-076-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 231-232 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Forward
Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 231-232 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-051-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Forward Passenger Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(a) On the flight control wiring: routes 7S, 8S and 7M.
(b) On the engine control wiring: routes 1S and 2S.
(c) On the generator excitation wiring: routes 3E and 6E.
(d) On other wiring: routes 1M and 2M.
(e) On the coaxial wiring: routes 1T, 3T, 7T, 8T, 9T and 1U.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-086-A
A. Close Access

(2) Install the linings in the zones 231 and 232:
(a) Install the upper sidewall panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-43-400-001) :
231BW, 231EW, 231HW, 231LW, 231PW, 231SW, 231VW, 231YW,
232BW, 232EW, 232HW, 232LW, 232PW, 232SW, 232VW, 232YW.
(b) Install the lower sidewall panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-44-400-001) :
231AW, 231DW, 231GW, 231KW, 231NW, 231RW, 231UW, 231XW,
232AW, 232DW, 232GW, 232KW, 232NW, 232RW, 232UW, 232XW.
(c) Install the cove light panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-48-400-001) :
231CW, 231FW, 231JW, 231MW, 231QW, 231TW, 231WW, 231ZW,
232CW, 232FW, 232JW, 232MW, 232QW, 232TW, 232WW, 232ZW.
(3) Install the door frame linings at the left and right FWD passenger/crew doors at FR20
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-42-400-001) .
27-44-400-003) .
31-41-400-001) .
(d) Install the passenger seats, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-21-41-400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-003-A
Cleaning of EWIS installed in the Center Passenger Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE CENTER PASSENGER COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
33-11.



241AW, 241BW,


241CW, 241DW,
241EW, 241HW,
241JW, 241KW,
241LW, 241MW,
241NW, 241PW,
241QW, 241RW,
241SW, 241TW,
241UW, 241VW,
241WW, 242AW,
242CW, 242DW,
242EW, 242HW,
242JW, 242KW,
242LW, 242MW,
242NW, 242PW,
242QW, 242RW,
242SW, 242TW,
242UW, 242VW,
242WW
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-23-47-000-002-A). Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW), 241CW,
(242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
(Ref. 25-23-47-400-002-A). Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel Assy 241LW, (242LW),
241CW, (242CW) and 241FW, (242FW)
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Center Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 241-242 SHEET 1
Center Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 241-242 SHEET 1

Z240
FR47
FR35
CLEANING AREA
Z241- Z242
N_MM_249200_7_QAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

A
FR36
FR38
FR39
FR41
B FR43
FR45
FR47
D 241WW 241TW 241QW 241MW 241DW

241HW
FR37 FR36
FR39 FR38
FR41 FR40
D
241VW 241SW 241PW 241KW 241BW
241UW 241RW 241NW 241JW 241EW 241AW
B
FR47
FR45
241LW 241CW
FR43
FR42
FR41
C
FR39
FR36 FR38
FR37 FR39 FR41
FR36 FR38 FR40 242DW 242HW 242MW 242QW 242TW 242WW
242CW 242LW
242KW
242JW 242PW 242SW 242VW
242AW 242EW 242NW 242RW 242UW
N_MM_249200_7_RAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-094-A
A. Get Access
(b) Remove the passenger seats, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-21-41-000-001) .
(a) Remove the upper sidewall panel assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-000-002) :
241CW, 241LW, 242CW, 242LW.
(b) Remove the upper sidewall panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-43-000-001) :
241PW, 241SW, 241VW, 242PW, 242SW, 242VW.
(c) Remove the lower sidewall panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-44-000-001) :
241AW, 241BW, 241EW, 241KW, 241JW, 241NW, 241RW, 241UW, 242AW, 242EW,
242KW, 242JW, 242NW, 242RW, 242UW.
(d) Remove the cove light panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-48-000-001) :
241DW, 241HW, 241MW, 241QW, 241TW,
241WW, 242DW, 242HW, 242MW, 242QW, 242TW, 242WW.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-082-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Center Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 241-242 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Center
Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 241-242 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-053-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Center Passenger Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(a) On routes: 1M and 2M
(b) Audio and video cables: 1R and 2T
(c) On coaxial cables: 2U
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-092-A
A. Close Access
(a) Install the upper sidewall panel assembly (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-47-400-002) :
241CW, 241LW, 242CW, 242LW.
(b) Install the upper sidewall panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-43-400-001) :
241PW, 241SW, 241VW, 242PW, 242SW, 242VW.
(c) Install the lower sidewall panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-44-400-001) :

241AW, 241BW, 241EW, 241KW, 241JW, 241NW, 241RW, 241UW, 242AW, 242EW,
242KW, 242JW, 242NW, 242RW, 242UW.
(d) Install the cove light panels (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-48-400-001) :
241DW, 241HW, 241MW, 241QW, 241TW,
241WW, 242DW, 242HW, 242MW, 242QW, 242TW, 242WW.
(b) Install the passenger seats, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-21-41-400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-004-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Forward Avionic Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD AVIONIC COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
CONTAMINATED)(EWIS)
33-11.



121AF, 121AL,
121BF, 121CF,
122BF, 811
Power
1(2)

Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Forward Avionic Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 121-122 SHEET 1

FR12 A
FR6
FR1
811
121AL
FR1 FR7
FR3
FR2 FR5
122BF
121AF 121CF
121BF
N_MM_249200_7_ALM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

A
Z120
CLEANING AREA
Z121-122
FR24
FR20
FR9
FR1
N_MM_249200_7_JLM0_01_00

Avionic Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 121-122
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-092-A
A. Get Access
121AL
811 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-010-002) .
(3) Remove the forward avionic-compartment floor-panels 121AF, 121BF, 121CF and 122BF
(Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-080-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
Cleaning Area - Zones 121-122 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-052-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Forward Avionic Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(1) Clean the wiring if there is dust, lint or hydraulic contamination Ref. ESPM 20-55-00.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-090-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the forward avionics-compartment floor-panels 121AF, 121BF, 121CF and 122BF
(Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-400-001) .
121AL
811 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-41-00-410-002) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-005-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Forward Passenger Overhead Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)


CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD PASSENGER COMPARTMENT OVERHEAD

COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED) (EWIS)
33-11.



231AC, 231BC,
231CC, 231DC,
231EC, 231FC,
231GC, 231HC,
232AC
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Forward Passenger Overhead Compartment - Cleaning - Zones 233-234 SHEET 1
Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 231-232 SHEET 1

Z230
CLEANING AREA
Z233- Z234
FR35
FR20
N_MM_249200_7_EBM0_01_00

Passenger Overhead Compartment - Cleaning - Zones 233-234
** ON A/C ALL

FR20
FR24 FR21
FR26
FR30 FR28
FR32
FR34
FR36
231AC
AD
232AC
231HC 231GC 231FC 231EC 231DC 231CC 231BC
N_MM_249200_7_EAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-096-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-42-000-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-27-44-000-003) .
31-41-000-001) .
000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-084-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Passenger Overhead Compartment - Cleaning - Zones 233-
234 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 231-
232 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-054-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Forward Passenger Overhead Compartment (Only Contaminated
Wiring)
(1) Clean the wiring if there is dust contamination Ref. ESPM 20-55-00.
(b) On the AC/DC power- distribution routes: 1P, 2P and 3P.
(c) On the flight control routes: 7M and 7S.
(d) On the engine control route: 1S.
(e) On other routes: 1M and 2M.
(f) On the coaxial routes: 1T, 3T, 8T, 9T and 1U.
(g) On the generator excitation route: 6E.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-094-A
A. Close Access
400-001) .


(Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-42-400-001) .
27-44-400-003) .
31-41-400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-007-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Forward Cabin Utility-Area (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD CABIN UTILITY AREA (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED)
(EWIS)
33-11.



221 FWD CAB UTILITY AREA
222 FWD CAB UTILITY AREA
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-23-45-000-002-A). Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
(Ref. 25-23-45-000-005-A). Removal of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passenger/Crew
Door
(Ref. 25-23-45-400-006-A). Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Left FWD Passen-
ger/Crew Door
(Ref. 25-23-45-400-007-A). Installation of the Door Frame Linings at the Right FWD Passen-
ger/Crew Door

Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Forward Cabin Utility-Area - Cleaning Area - Zones 221-222 SHEET 1
Forward Cabin Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 221-222

Z220
CLEANING
AREA
ZONES 221-222
FR20
FR12
N_MM_249200_7_VAM0_01_00

Cabin Utility-Area - Cleaning Area - Zones 221-222
** ON A/C ALL

FR16
A
C 221VW
FR20
221SW
A
221FW
221EW
B FR16
221BW
221SW 221RW B
FR20 221CW
221AW
221VW
221RW
N_MM_249200_7_XAM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-06600-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Forward

Cabin Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 221-222
** ON A/C ALL

FR16
C
222VW FR20
222SW
222UW
FR16 D D
222SW
FR20
222RW
222TW
222VW
222RW
N_MM_249200_7_XAM0_02_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-06600-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Forward

Cabin Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 221-222
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-100-A
A. Get Access
Subtask 24-92-00-862-088-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Cabin Utility-Area - Cleaning Area - Zones 221-222 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Forward Cabin
Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 221-222)
Subtask 24-92-00-410-171-A
A. Preparation for Cleaning
(1) Remove the door frame linings at the left and right FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
23-45-000-005) and (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-45-000-002) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(2) Remove the cabin floor panels from FR12 to FR20 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-12-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-160-056-A
B. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Forward Cabin Utility-Area (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(1) Clean the wiring if there is dust or lint contamination Ref. ESPM 20-55-00.
(a) On the AC/DC power-distribution route: 1P.
(b) On other routes: 2M and 1R.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-098-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the cabin floor panels from FR12 to FR20 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-12-400-001) .
(2) Install the door frame linings at the left and right FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-
45-400-006) and (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-45-400-007) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-009-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE CENTER PASSENGER OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
33-11.




241AC, 241BC,
241CC, 241DC,
241EC, 241FC
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 243-244 SHEET 1
Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 243-244 SHEET 1

Z240
FR47
CLEANING AREA
Z243- Z244
FR35
N_MM_249200_7_YAM0_01_00

Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 243-244
** ON A/C ALL

FR36
FR38
FR41 FR39
FR43
FR45
FR47
AD
241BC
241FC 241EC 241DC 241CC 241AC
N_MM_249200_7_ZAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-102-A
A. Get Access
000-001) .
241AC, 241BC, 241CC, 241DC, 241EC, 241FC.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-090-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 243-
244 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 243-
244 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-058-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment (Only Contaminated
Wiring)
(c) On the engine control routes: 1S, 2S and 6S.
(e) On the coaxial wiring route: 1U.
(f) On the generator excitation routes: 6E and 3E.
(g) On the audio or video routes: 7T, 8T and 9T.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-100-A
A. Close Access
241AC, 241BC, 241CC, 241DC, 241EC, 241FC.
400-001) .

TASK 24-92-00-100-010-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD CABIN OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
33-11.



221AC, 221BC,
222BC
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-31-42-000-001-A). Removal of the Forward Galley Unit
(Ref. 25-31-42-400-001-A). Installation of the Forward Galley Unit
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 223-224 SHEET 1
Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 223-224 SHEET 1

CLEANING
Z220 AREA
ZONES 223-224
FR20
FR12
N_MM_249200_7_PAM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

FR14
FR16
FR20
FR21
221BC
221AC
AD
222BC
N_MM_249200_7_PAN0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-103-A
A. Get Access
(3) Remove the ceiling panels in the forward utility area (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-42-000-001) :
221AC, 221BC, 222BC.
(4) Remove the lavatory A (Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-41-000-001) or stowage (Ref. AMM TASK 25-27-
44-000-001) if installed.
(5) Remove the forward galley unit (6475MM) (Ref. AMM TASK 25-31-41-000-001) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-31-42-000-001) if installed.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-091-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 223-
224 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 223-224 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-059-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(c) On the generator excitation routes: 3E and 6E.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-101-A
A. Close Access
(1) Install the ceiling panels in the forward utility area (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-42-400-001) .
221AC, 221BC, 222BC.
(2) Install the forward galley unit (6475MM) (Ref. AMM TASK 25-31-41-400-001) or
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-31-42-400-001) if removed.
(3) Install the lavatory A (Ref. AMM TASK 25-41-41-400-001) or stowage (Ref. AMM TASK 25-27-44-
400-001) if removed.
TASK 24-92-00-100-013-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Rear Avionic Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED)
(EWIS)

33-11.



824, 825
Power
1(2)
tric Pump
tric Pump
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00

Z120
FR24
Z127, Z128
FR20
NOTE:
A
CLEANING AREA
N_MM_249200_7_CCM0_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-108-B
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
(4) Remove the aft avionic-compartment floor-panels between FR21 and FR24 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-
13-000-001) and (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
001) and (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-096-B
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
Subtask 24-92-00-160-062-B
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Rear Avionic Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-106-B
A. Close Access
(2) Install the aft avionic-compartment floor-panels between FR21 and FR24 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-12-13-
400-001) and (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
001) and (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-015-A

Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Zone Under Cabin Floor (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE ZONE UNDER CABIN FLOOR (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED)
(EWIS)
33-11.



145 PRESS ZONE BETW WING CTR BOX MAIN GEAR
146 PRESS ZONE BETW WING CTR BOX MAIN GEAR
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 53-32-12-000-002-A). Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
(Ref. 53-32-12-400-002-A). Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Zone Under Cabin Floor - Cleaning Area - Zones 145-146 SHEET 1

842
A
Z140
832
CLEANING AREA
Z145-146
FR46
FR36
N_MM_249200_7_QLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-08700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Zone Under Cabin Floor - Cleaning Area - Zones 145-146
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-116-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the aft passenger/crew doors 832 (842) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-010-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-104-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Zone Under Cabin Floor - Cleaning Area - Zones 145-146 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-410-172-A
(1) Remove the cabin floor panels from FR36 to FR46 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-32-12-000-002) ,
(Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
Subtask 24-92-00-160-064-A
B. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Zone Under Cabin Floor (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(b) On the engine control routes: 1S and 2S.
(c) On the other routes: 1M and 2M.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-114-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the cabin floor panels from FR36 to FR46 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-32-12-400-002) .
(3) Close the aft passenger/crew doors 832 (842) (Ref. AMM TASK 52-10-00-410-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-016-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Cockpit (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE COCKPIT (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED) (EWIS)
33-11.




211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
211BC, 211FC,
211HC, 212BC,
212FC, 212KW
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Cockpit - Sidewall Panels and Ceiling Panels - Zones 211-212 SHEET 1
Cockpit - Cleaning Area - Zones 211-212 SHEET 1

841 FR24A
Z210
831
FR1
211BC 211FC 211HC 212BC

212FC
212KW
N_MM_249200_7_NLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-08800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Cockpit

- Sidewall Panels and Ceiling Panels - Zones 211-212
** ON A/C ALL

Z210 A
FR24A
CLEANING AREA
ZONE 211-212
FR1
N_MM_249200_7_MLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-13000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Cockpit - Cleaning Area - Zones 211-212

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-117-A
A. Get Access
(3) Remove the cockpit ceiling panels 211BC, 211FC, 211HC, 212BC, 212FC, 212KW
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-13-41-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-105-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Cockpit - Sidewall Panels and Ceiling Panels - Zones 211-212 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Cockpit -
Cleaning Area - Zones 211-212 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-065-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Cockpit (Only Contaminated Wiring)
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-115-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the cockpit ceiling panels 211BC, 211FC, 211HC, 212BC, 212FC, 212KW
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-13-41-400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-017-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in 49VU and 120VU (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN 49VU AND 120VU (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED) (EWIS)
33-11.



211 COCKPIT
212 COCKPIT
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
49VU and 120VU - Location SHEET 1

841 FR24A
B
A
831
CLEANING AREA
Z211-212
FR1 A
49VU
B
120VU
N_MM_249200_7_LLM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-862-106-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
Subtask 24-92-00-010-118-A
B. Get Access
(3) Open the overhead circuit-breaker panel 49VU.
(4) On the rear panel 120VU, open:
The rear circuit-breaker panel 121VU
The AC power center 123VU
The rear circuit-breaker panel 125VU.
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 49VU and 120VU - Location SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-066-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in 49VU and 120VU (Only Contaminated Wiring)
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-116-A
A. Close Access
(2) On the rear panel 120VU, close:
The rear circuit-breaker panel 125VU.
(3) Close the overhead circuit-breaker panel 49VU.
TASK 24-92-00-100-019-A

Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Aft Passenger Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE AFT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED)
(EWIS)
33-11.



251AW, 251AX,
251BW, 251BX,
251CW, 251CX,
251DW, 251EW,
251FW, 251GW,
251HW, 251JW,
251KW, 251LW,
251MW, 251NW,
251PW, 251QW,
251RW, 251SW,
251TW, 251UW,
251VW, 251WW,
251XW, 251YW,
251ZW, 252AW,
252AX, 252BW,
252BX, 252CW,
252CX, 252DW,
252EW, 252FW,
252GW, 252HW,
252JW, 252KW,
252LW, 252MW,
252NW, 252PW,
252QW, 252RW,
252SW, 252TW,
252UW, 252VW,
252WW, 252XW,
252YW, 252ZW

Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Aft Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 251-252 SHEET 1
Aft Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 251-252 SHEET 1

Z250
CLEANING AREA
Z251-252
FR64
FR47
N_MM_249200_7_ACM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

A A
FR47
FR49
FR51
FR53
FR55
FR57
FR59
FR61
FR63
FR65
251CX 251ZW 251WW 251TW 251QW 251MW 251JW 251FW 251CW
251AX 251XW 251UW 251RW 251NW 251KW 251GW 251DW 251AW
251BX 251YW 251VW 251SW 251PW 251LW 251HW 251EW 251BW
FR47 FR49 FR51 FR53 FR55 FR57 FR59 FR61 FR63 FR65
252CW 252FW 252JW 252MW 252QW 252TW 252WW 252ZW 252CX
252AW 252DW 252GW 252KW 252NW 252RW 252UW 252XW 252BX
252BW 252EW 252HW 252LW 252PW 252SW 252VW 252YW 252AX
N_MM_249200_7_ADM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-122-A
A. Get Access
(b) Remove the passenger seats, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-21-41-000-001) .
251BW, 251EW, 251HW, 251LW, 251PW, 251SW, 251VW, 251YW, 251BX,
252BW, 252EW, 252HW, 252LW, 252PW, 252SW, 252VW, 252YW, 252BX.
251AW, 251DW, 251GW, 251KW, 251NW, 251RW, 251UW, 251XW, 251AX,
252AW, 252DW, 252GW, 252KW, 252NW, 252RW, 252UW, 252XW, 252AX.
251CW, 251FW, 251JW, 251MW, 251QW, 251TW, 251WW, 251ZW, 251CX,
252CW, 252FW, 252JW, 252MW, 252QW, 252TW, 252WW, 252ZW, 252CX.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-110-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 251-252 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Aft Passenger
Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 251-252 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-068-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Aft Passenger Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(b) On the engine control route: 1S.
(c) On other routes: 1M, 2M and 8M.
(d) On the audio and video route: 1R.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-120-A
A. Close Access
251BW, 251EW, 251HW, 251LW, 251PW, 251SW, 251VW, 251YW, 251BX,
252BW, 252EW, 252HW, 252LW, 252PW, 252SW, 252VW, 252YW, 252BX.
251AW, 251DW, 251GW, 251KW, 251NW, 251RW, 251UW, 251XW, 251AX,
252AW, 252DW, 252GW, 252KW, 252NW, 252RW, 252UW, 252XW, 252AX.

251CW, 251FW, 251JW, 251MW, 251QW, 251TW, 251WW, 251ZW, 251CX,
252CW, 252FW, 252JW, 252MW, 252QW, 252TW, 252WW, 252ZW, 252CX.
(b) Install the passenger seats, if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 25-21-41-400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-021-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE AFT PASSENGER OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
33-11.



251AC, 251BC,
251CC, 251DC,
251EC, 251FC,
251GC, 251HC,
251JC
Power
1(2)

Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 253-254 SHEET 1
Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 253-254 SHEET 1

Z250
CLEANING AREA
Z253-254
FR64
FR47
N_MM_249200_7_AGM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

FR47
FR51 FR49
FR55 FR53
FR57
FR61 FR59
FR63
FR65
AD
251JC 251HC 251GC 251FC 251EC 251DC 251CC 251BC 251AC
N_MM_249200_7_AHM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-125-A
A. Get Access
000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-113-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 253-254 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Aft
Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 253-254 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-069-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(c) On the engine control route: 1S.
(d) On other routes: 1M, 2M and 3M.
(e) On the excitation wiring routes: 6E and 3E.
(f) On the audio or video route: 1R.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-123-A
A. Close Access
400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-022-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Aft Cabin Utility-Area (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)


CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED) (EWIS)
33-11.



251AX, 251BX,
251CX, 252AX,
252BX, 252CX
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Aft Cabin Utility-Area - Cleaning Area - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1
Aft Cabin Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1


Z260
A
CLEANING AREA
Z261-262
FR70
FR64
N_MM_249200_7_AVM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-10400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Utility-Area - Cleaning Area - Zones 261-262
** ON A/C ALL

FR65 FR63
251CX
251AX
B
251BX
FR63 FR65
252CX
252BX
252AX
N_MM_249200_7_AXM0_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-126-A
A. Get Access
43-42-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-43-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-44-000-
001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-44-000-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-44-000-003) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-48-000-001) .
(c) Remove the passenger seats (Ref. AMM TASK 25-21-41-000-001) , if installed.
251BX, 252BX.
251AX, 252AX.
251CX, 252CX.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-114-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin Utility-Area - Cleaning Area - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin Utility-Area -
Access Panels - Zones 261-262 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-070-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Aft Cabin Utility-Area (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(b) On other routes: 1M, 2M and 8M.
(c) On the audio and video route: 1R.
(d) On the coaxial wiring routes: 9T and 10T.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-124-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the linings and insulation panels in the zones 261 and 262:
251BX, 252BX.

251AX, 252AX.
251CX, 252CX.
43-42-400-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-43-400-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-44-400-
001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-44-400-001) , (Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-44-400-003) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-43-48-400-001) .
(c) Install the passenger seats (Ref. AMM TASK 25-21-41-400-001) , if removed.
TASK 24-92-00-100-023-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment (Only IF Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE AFT CABIN OVERHEAD COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
33-11.



251JC, 261BC,
261CC, 262BC,
262CC
Power

1(2)
(Ref. 25-23-42-000-002-A). Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
(Ref. 25-23-42-400-002-A). Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Aft Cabin Overhead Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 263-264 SHEET 1
Aft Cabin Overhead Compartment - Access Panels -Zones 263-264 SHEET 1

Z260
CLEANING AREA
Z263-264
FR70
FR64
N_MM_249200_7_AWM0_01_00

Overhead Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 263-264
** ON A/C ALL

FR68 FR66
261BC
261CC
262CC
251JC
262BC
N_MM_249200_7_AZM0_01_00

Overhead Compartment - Access Panels -Zones 263-264
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-127-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-49-000-001) .
000-001) .
(5) Remove the ceiling panel in the zones 263 and 264 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-41-000-001) :
251JC.
(6) Remove the ceiling panels in the aft utility area (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-42-000-002) :
261BC, 261CC, 262BC, 262CC.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-115-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin Overhead Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 263-264 SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Aft Cabin
Overhead Compartment - Access Panels -Zones 263-264 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-071-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Aft Cabin Overhead-Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(c) On other routes: 1M, 2M and 8M.
(d) On the audio and video route: 1R.
(e) On coaxial wiring routes : 9T and 10T.
(f) On the excitation routes: 3E and 6E.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-125-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the ceiling panels in the aft utility area (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-42-400-002) :
261BC, 261CC, 262BC, 262CC.
(3) Install the ceiling panel in the zones 263 and 264 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-23-41-400-001) :

251JC.
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-33-49-400-001) .
400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-024-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Underfloor Bay of Forward Cargo Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE UNDERFLOOR BAY OF FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT
(ONLY IF CONTAMINATED) (EWIS)
33-11.



133 BAY UNDER FWD CAR COMPT FLOOR
134 BAY UNDER FWD CAR COMPT FLOOR
133AL, 134AR,
825
Power
1(2)

tric Pump
tric Pump
(Ref. 53-22-14-000-001-A). Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
(Ref. 53-22-14-400-001-A). Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Forward Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 133-134 SHEET 1

825
134AR
133AL
FR34
FR24
CLEANING AREA
Z133-134
N_MM_249200_7_RLM0_01_00

Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 133-134
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-131-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
(3) Open the access doors 133AL and 134AR.
(4) Remove the FWD cargo-compartment floor-panels from FR24 to FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-22-14-
000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-119-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 133-134 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-072-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Underfloor Bay of Forward Cargo Compartment (Only Contaminated
Wiring)
(a) On the flight control routes: 8S and 8M.
(b) On the engine control route: 2S.
(c) On the other routes: 1M and 2M.
(d) On the coaxial wiring route: 5U.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-129-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the FWD cargo-compartment floor-panels from FR24 to FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 53-22-14-400-
001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
(4) Close the access doors 133AL and 134AR.
TASK 24-92-00-100-025-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Forward Cargo Compartment (Only IF Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE FORWARD CARGO COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
33-11.




825
Power
1(2)
tric Pump
tric Pump
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Forward Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 131-132 SHEET 1

825
FR34
FR24
CLEANING AREA
Z131-132
N_MM_249200_7_TLM0_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-141-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
(3) Remove the ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment from FR24 to FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
54-12-000-002) .
(4) Remove the sidewall panels in the FWD cargo compartment from FR24 to FR34
(Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-003) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-129-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Forward Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 131-132 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-073-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Forward Cargo Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(c) On the flight control routes: 7S, 8S, 7M and 8M.
(d) On the engine control routes: 1S, 2S, 4S and 5S.
(f) On the coaxial wiring routes: 1U, 2U, 1T, 2T, 3T, 4T, 9T and 5V.
(g) On the audio route: 1R.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-139-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the sidewall panels in the FWD cargo compartment from FR24 to FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
54-12-400-003) .
(3) Install the ceiling panels in the FWD cargo compartment from FR24 to FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-
12-400-002) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-026-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Aft Cargo Compartment (Only IF Contaminated)(EWIS)


CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED)
(EWIS)
33-11.



826
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-55-11-000-002-A). Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/
FR59
(Ref. 25-55-11-000-003-A). Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/
FR59
(Ref. 25-55-11-400-002-A). Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment - FR47/
FR59
(Ref. 25-55-11-400-003-A). Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo-Compartment -
FR47/FR59
tric Pump
tric Pump
(Ref. 53-42-14-000-001-A). Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels Zone 150
(Ref. 53-42-14-400-001-A). Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Floor-Panels Zone 150
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Aft Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 151-152 SHEET 1

A
826
FR59
FR47
CLEANING AREA
Z151-152
N_MM_249200_7_VLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-14500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 151-152
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-142-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the aft cargo-compartment door 826 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-130-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Aft Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 151-152 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-410-173-A
(1) Remove the Additional Center Tank (ACT) or ACTs No. 1 and No. 2 or ACTs No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3
in zones 151 and 152, if installed (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-000-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-
27-000-002) or (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-000-003) or (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-000-004) .
(2) Remove the sidewall panels in the aft cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
55-11-000-003) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(3) Remove the ceiling panels in the aft cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-
11-000-002) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
(4) Remove the floor panels in the aft cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 in zones 153 and 154
(Ref. AMM TASK 53-42-14-000-001) , (Ref. AMM D/O 06-41-53-00) .
Subtask 24-92-00-160-074-A
B. Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Aft Cargo Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(1) Clean the wiring if there is dust, lint or other contamination Ref. ESPM 20-55-00.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-140-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the floor panels in the aft cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 in zones 153 and 154
(Ref. AMM TASK 53-42-14-400-001) .
(3) Install the ceiling panels in the aft cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-
11-400-002) .
(4) Install the sidewall panels in the aft cargo compartment from FR47 to FR59 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-
11-400-003) .
(5) Install the ACT or ACTs No. 1 and No. 2 or ACTs No.1, No. 2 and No. 3 in zones 151 and 152,
if removed (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-400-001) or (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-400-002) or
(6) Close the aft cargo-compartment door 826 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-027-A

Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE AIR CONDITIONING COMPARTMENT AND FAIRINGS (ONLY IF
33-11.



191AB, 191AT,
191BT, 191CT,
191DT, 191EB,
191ET, 191GB,
191HB, 191JB,
191KB, 191LB,
192AB, 192AT,
192BT, 192CT,
192DT, 192EB,
192ET, 192FB,
192KB, 192LB,
192MB
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 52-42-18-000-001-A). Removal of Fuel Panel Access-Door
(Ref. 52-42-18-400-001-A). Installation of the Fuel Panel Access-Door
(Ref. 53-35-11-000-001-A). Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
(Ref. 53-35-11-400-001-A). Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
(Ref. 53-35-13-000-001-A). Removal of the Belly Fairing Access Panels
(Ref. 53-35-13-000-002-A). Removal of the Quick-Release Access Panels from the Belly Fairing
Structure
(Ref. 53-35-13-400-001-A). Installation of the Belly Fairing Access Panels

(Ref. 53-35-13-400-002-A). Installation of the Quick-Release Access Panels on the Belly Fairing
Structure
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Access Panels on the Left Side SHEET 1
Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Access Panels on the Right Side SHEET 1
Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Cleaning Area - Zones 191-192 SHEET 1

FR31 A
FR34
FR36
191AT
191BT
191EB
FR42
191CT
191DT
191LB
191AB FR47
191ET
FR50
FR53
191GB
191HB
191KB
191JB
N_MM_249200_7_YLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-14800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Air Conditioning

Compartment and Fairings - Access Panels on the Left Side
** ON A/C ALL

A FR31
FR34
A FR36
192AT
192BT
192DT
FR42
192CT
192LB
FR47
192ET
FR50
FR53
192AB
192EB
192FB
192KB
192MB
N_MM_249200_7_BMM0_01_00

Compartment and Fairings - Access Panels on the Right Side
** ON A/C ALL

Z190
CLEANING AREA
Z191-192
FR31
FR47
N_MM_249200_7_EMM0_01_00

Compartment and Fairings - Cleaning Area - Zones 191-192
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-145-A
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the access panels:
For the left side:
191AB, 191AT, 191GB, 191JB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-001)
191BT, 191CT, 191DT, 191ET, 191LB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-11-000-001)
191EB, 191HB, 191KB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-002) .
For the right side:
192AB, 192AT (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-001)
192EB, 192FB, 192KB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-000-002)
192MB (Ref. AMM TASK 52-42-18-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-133-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Access Panels on the Left Side SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Air
Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Access Panels on the Right Side SHEET 1) (Ref. Fig. Air
Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Cleaning Area - Zones 191-192 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-075-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings (Only Contaminated
Wiring)
(b) On the other routes: 1M and 2M.
(c) On the overheat detection.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-143-A
A. Close Access
For the left side:
191AB, 191AT, 191GB, 191JB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-001)
191EB, 191HB, 191KB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-002) .
For the right side:
192AB, 192AT (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-001)
192EB, 192FB, 192KB (Ref. AMM TASK 53-35-13-400-002)
192MB (Ref. AMM TASK 52-42-18-400-001) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-029-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Bay Behind FWD Cargo Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)


CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE BAY BEHIND FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF
33-11.



137 BAY BETW AFT PART. BULKHEAD OF FWD CARGO
138 BAY BETW AFT PART. BULKHEAD OF FWD CARGO
825
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-54-12-400-001-A). Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34 or
FR35.5
tric Pump
tric Pump
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Bay Behind FWD Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 137-138 SHEET 1

825
FR36 CLEANING AREA

Z137-138
FR35
FR34
N_MM_249200_7_XLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-15200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bay Behind

FWD Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 137-138
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-148-A
A. Get Access
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
(3) Remove the additional center tanks No. 4 and No. 6 in zones 137 and 138, if installed
(4) Remove the FWD cargo-compartment partition FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-000-001) .
Subtask 24-92-00-862-135-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Bay Behind FWD Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 137-138 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-077-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Bay Behind FWD Cargo Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(c) On the flight control routes: 7S and 8S.
(f) On the coaxial wiring routes: 2T and 2U.
(g) On the generator excitation routes: 1E and 2E.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-146-A
A. Close Access
(2) Install the additional center tanks No. 4 and No. 6 in zones 137 and 138, if removed
(3) Install the FWD cargo-compartment partition FR34 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-54-12-400-001) .
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-030-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Bulk Cargo Compartment (Only If Contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF CONTAMINATED)
(EWIS)

33-11.



161 BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT
162 BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT
826
Power
1(2)
(Ref. 25-55-12-000-003-A). Removal of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment - FR59/
FR65
(Ref. 25-55-12-400-003-A). Installation of the Sidewall Panels in the Aft Cargo Compartment -
FR59/FR65
tric Pump
tric Pump
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Bulk Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 161-162 SHEET 1

A
826
FR65
FR59
CLEANING AREA
Z161-162
N_MM_249200_7_WLM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-15300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bulk

** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-149-B
A. Get Access
(2) Open the aft cargo-compartment door 826 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-001) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-003) .
(3) Remove the sidewall panels in the aft cargo compartment from FR59 to FR65 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-
55-12-000-003) .
(4) If installed, remove the additional center tank No. 5 from zones 161 and 162, (Ref. AMM TASK 28-
11-27-000-006) if applicable.
Subtask 24-92-00-862-136-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Bulk Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 161-162 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-078-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Bulk Cargo Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(b) On the flight control routes: 7S and 8S.
(c) On the engine control routes: 1S, 2S and APU.
(d) On the other routes: 1M and 2M.
(e) On the coaxial wiring routes: 5T and 6T.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-147-B
A. Close Access
(2) If removed, install the additional center tank No. 5 in zones 161 and 162, (Ref. AMM TASK 28-11-27-
400-006) if applicable.
(3) Install the sidewall panels in the aft cargo compartment from FR59 to FR65 (Ref. AMM TASK 25-55-
12-400-003) .
(4) Close the aft cargo-compartment door 826 (Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-002) and
(Ref. AMM TASK 52-30-00-860-004) .
TASK 24-92-00-100-031-A
Cleaning of EWIS Installed in the Lateral Avionic Compartment (Only If contaminated)(EWIS)

CLEANING OF EWIS INSTALLED IN THE LATERAL AVIONIC COMPARTMENT (ONLY IF

33-11.



812, 813,
822, 824
Power
1(2)
Ref. ESPM 20-55-00
Lateral Avionic Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 125-126 SHEET 1

FR9 B 831
FR20
A
813
812
822
824
FR20
FR9
CLEANING AREA
Z125-126
N_MM_249200_7_JMM0_01_00
Figure 24-92-00-991-15500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Lateral

Avionic Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 125-126
** ON A/C ALL

3. Job Set-up
Subtask 24-92-00-010-152-A
A. Get Access
Subtask 24-92-00-862-138-A
(Ref. AMM TASK 24-41-00-862-002) .
4. Procedure
(Ref. Fig. Lateral Avionic Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 125-126 SHEET 1)
Subtask 24-92-00-160-080-A
A. Cleaning of All Wiring Installed in the Lateral Avionic Compartment (Only Contaminated Wiring)
(e) On the other routes: 1M, 2M and 6M.
5. Close-up
Subtask 24-92-00-410-150-A
A. Close Access
Figure 24-92-00-991-04900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Underfloor Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 171-
172
Figure 24-92-00-991-05000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Underfloor Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 171-
172
Figure 24-92-00-991-05200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 231-
232
Figure 24-92-00-991-05100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 231-
232
Figure 24-92-00-991-05700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 241-242
Figure 24-92-00-991-05600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 241-242

Figure 24-92-00-991-11700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Avionic Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 121-122
Figure 24-92-00-991-06000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels -
Zones 231-232
Figure 24-92-00-991-05900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Passenger Overhead Compartment - Cleaning - Zones
233-234
Figure 24-92-00-991-06600-00-B / SHEET 1/2 - Forward Cabin Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 221-222
Figure 24-92-00-991-06600-00-B / SHEET 2/2 - Forward Cabin Utility-Area - Access Panels - Zones 221-222
Figure 24-92-00-991-06500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cabin Utility-Area - Cleaning Area - Zones 221-222
Figure 24-92-00-991-07000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels -
Zones 243-244
Figure 24-92-00-991-06900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Center Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area -
Zones 243-244
Figure 24-92-00-991-11100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones
223-224
Figure 24-92-00-991-07300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cabin Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones
223-224
Figure 24-92-00-991-08700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Zone Under Cabin Floor - Cleaning Area - Zones 145-146
Figure 24-92-00-991-08800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Cockpit - Sidewall Panels and Ceiling Panels - Zones 211-212
Figure 24-92-00-991-13000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Cockpit - Cleaning Area - Zones 211-212
Figure 24-92-00-991-09700-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Passenger Compartment - Access Panels - Zones 251-252
Figure 24-92-00-991-09600-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Passenger Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 251-252
Figure 24-92-00-991-10300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Access Panels - Zones
253-254
Figure 24-92-00-991-10200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Passenger Overhead-Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones
253-254
Figure 24-92-00-991-10400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Utility-Area - Cleaning Area - Zones 261-262
Figure 24-92-00-991-10900-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Overhead Compartment - Access Panels -Zones 263-
264
Figure 24-92-00-991-10800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cabin Overhead Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 263-
264
Figure 24-92-00-991-12200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 133-134
Figure 24-92-00-991-14400-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Forward Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 131-132
Figure 24-92-00-991-14500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Aft Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 151-152
Figure 24-92-00-991-14800-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Access Panels on
the Left Side
Figure 24-92-00-991-15000-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Access Panels on
the Right Side
Figure 24-92-00-991-15100-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Air Conditioning Compartment and Fairings - Cleaning Area -
Zones 191-192
Figure 24-92-00-991-15200-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bay Behind FWD Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones
137-138
Figure 24-92-00-991-15300-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Bulk Cargo Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 161-162
Figure 24-92-00-991-15500-00-A / SHEET 1/1 - Lateral Avionic Compartment - Cleaning Area - Zones 125-126
End of document


24 Electrical Power

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

24 Electrical Power

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

24 Electrical Power

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Customer : HIM Manual : AMM

Type : A318/A319/A320/A321 Selected applicability : 002-002

24-00-00 - ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL

24-00-00 PB 001 CONF 00 - ELECTRICAL POWER

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 1 of 1294

CSM/G CONTROL UNIT

PANEL 35VU 1PB2 702PP

DC BUS 1 1PP BAT BUS 3PP C

Figure 24-00-00-11200-00-Q / SHEET 1/2 - Electrical Power - General Schematic

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 2 of 1294

C DC BUS 2 2PP DC SVCE BUS 6PP

Figure 24-00-00-11200-00-Q / SHEET 2/2 - Electrical Power - General Schematic

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 3 of 1294

(Ref. Fig. Electrical Power - Component Location SHEET 1)

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 4 of 1294

RADOME ACCESS DOOR

FR23 187VU 63VU

AFT ELECTRONIC RACK 80VU

Figure 24-00-00-13600-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - Electrical Power - Component Location

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 5 of 1294

(Ref. Fig. Control and Indicating - Component Location SHEET 1)

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 6 of 1294

DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA AC 1 AC ESS AC 2

TAT 19 C G.W. 60300 KG

Figure 24-00-00-13700-00-D / SHEET 1/1 - Control and Indicating - Component Location

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 7 of 1294

FIN FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION PANEL ZO AC- ATA REF

(Ref. Fig. AC Generation and Distribution - Schematic SHEET 1)

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 8 of 1294

GCU-1 GEN 1 LINE BUS TIE

Figure 24-00-00-13800-00-C / SHEET 1/1 - AC Generation and Distribution - Schematic

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 9 of 1294

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 10 of 1294

B. DC Generation and Distribution

(Ref. Fig. DC Generation and Distribution - Schematic SHEET 1)

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 11 of 1294

Print Date: September 21, 2017

AC ESS 115 VAC 115 VAC

AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.

Figure 24-00-00-15500-00-B / SHEET 1/1 - DC Generation and Distribution - Schematic

(1) DC Power Sources

C. Power Supply Via the External Power Receptacle

(Ref. Fig. AC Generation and Distribution - Schematic SHEET 1)

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 13 of 1294

(1) AC External Power Control Supply

(Ref. Fig. Control and Indicating - Component Location SHEET 1)

(Ref. Fig. Control and Indicating - Component Location SHEET 1)

(Ref. Fig. Lower ECAM Display Unit - ELEC Page)

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 14 of 1294

1 - TR2 (W) 9 - IDG: (W) IN NORMAL CONFIGURATION

8 - LO PR OR DISC (NOT DISPLAYED IN NORMAL CONFIGURATION)

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 15 of 1294

15 - BAT 2 VOLTAGE (G) 21 - STATIC INVERTER VOLTAGE (G)

16 - BAT 2 CURRENT (G) 22 - STATIC INVERTER FREQUENCY (G)

(A) WHEN THE VOLTAGES FROM

ELEC BAT 1 BAT 2

Print Date: September 21, 2017 Page 16 of 1294

24-00-00 PB 501 CONF 00 - ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST